aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorSven Gothel <[email protected]>2023-02-23 22:10:17 +0100
committerSven Gothel <[email protected]>2023-02-23 22:10:17 +0100
commit55a3e7e548bbc3333318ee55dbab39f016b8d5f6 (patch)
treea754d6d621532328c15095619180c0ef4556aabc /make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600
parentdc48fb0f101dfefd3f4fb23f585d14de7fa9a6fe (diff)
FFMPEGMediaPlayer: Replace old FFmpeg header w/ FFmpeg version 4.3, 5.1 and 6.0 (major version counts for binary compatibility)
Diffstat (limited to 'make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600')
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h36
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/adts_parser.h37
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/avcodec.h3192
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/avdct.h88
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/avfft.h118
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/bsf.h332
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/codec.h375
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/codec_desc.h128
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/codec_id.h661
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/codec_par.h247
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/d3d11va.h112
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/defs.h192
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/dirac.h131
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/dv_profile.h82
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/dxva2.h93
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/jni.h46
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/mediacodec.h103
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/packet.h731
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/qsv.h109
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/vdpau.h157
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/version.h45
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/version_major.h52
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h150
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h74
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/xvmc.h171
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavdevice/avdevice.h397
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavdevice/version.h45
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavdevice/version_major.h36
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavfilter/avfilter.h1491
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavfilter/buffersink.h173
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavfilter/buffersrc.h218
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavfilter/version.h48
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavfilter/version_major.h38
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavformat/avformat.h2826
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavformat/avio.h837
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavformat/version.h47
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavformat/version_major.h52
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/adler32.h63
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/aes.h69
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/aes_ctr.h99
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/ambient_viewing_environment.h72
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/attributes.h173
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/audio_fifo.h186
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/avassert.h75
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/avconfig.h6
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/avstring.h429
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/avutil.h371
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/base64.h72
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/blowfish.h82
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/bprint.h251
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/bswap.h111
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/buffer.h322
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/camellia.h70
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/cast5.h80
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/channel_layout.h783
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/common.h578
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/cpu.h134
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/crc.h102
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/csp.h150
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/des.h81
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/detection_bbox.h108
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/dict.h241
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/display.h109
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/dovi_meta.h236
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/downmix_info.h115
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/encryption_info.h205
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/error.h128
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/eval.h140
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/ffversion.h5
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/fifo.h448
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/file.h80
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/film_grain_params.h260
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/frame.h964
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hash.h264
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h343
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h285
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hmac.h99
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext.h610
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h69
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h178
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h169
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h75
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h61
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_opencl.h100
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h64
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h117
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h44
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h96
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_vulkan.h281
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/imgutils.h331
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/intfloat.h77
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/intreadwrite.h644
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/lfg.h81
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/log.h387
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/lzo.h66
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/macros.h80
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h128
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/mathematics.h245
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/md5.h89
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/mem.h609
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/motion_vector.h57
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/murmur3.h115
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/opt.h891
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/parseutils.h197
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/pixdesc.h435
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/pixelutils.h51
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/pixfmt.h691
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/random_seed.h43
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/rational.h221
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/rc4.h69
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/replaygain.h50
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/ripemd.h83
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/samplefmt.h269
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/sha.h90
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/sha512.h92
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/spherical.h227
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/stereo3d.h229
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/tea.h71
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/threadmessage.h115
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/time.h56
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/timecode.h199
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/timestamp.h78
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/tree.h137
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/twofish.h70
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/tx.h176
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/uuid.h146
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/version.h122
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/video_enc_params.h171
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/xtea.h94
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswresample/swresample.h650
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswresample/version.h46
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswresample/version_major.h31
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswscale/swscale.h436
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswscale/version.h44
-rw-r--r--make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswscale/version_major.h35
135 files changed, 33147 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ff8cc4cf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*
+ * AC-3 parser prototypes
+ * Copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard
+ * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H
+#define AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * Extract the bitstream ID and the frame size from AC-3 data.
+ */
+int av_ac3_parse_header(const uint8_t *buf, size_t size,
+ uint8_t *bitstream_id, uint16_t *frame_size);
+
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/adts_parser.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/adts_parser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f85becd13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/adts_parser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H
+#define AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define AV_AAC_ADTS_HEADER_SIZE 7
+
+/**
+ * Extract the number of samples and frames from AAC data.
+ * @param[in] buf pointer to AAC data buffer
+ * @param[out] samples Pointer to where number of samples is written
+ * @param[out] frames Pointer to where number of frames is written
+ * @return Returns 0 on success, error code on failure.
+ */
+int av_adts_header_parse(const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t *samples,
+ uint8_t *frames);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/avcodec.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/avcodec.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..39881a1d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/avcodec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,3192 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H
+#define AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ * Libavcodec external API header
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavutil/frame.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
+#include "libavutil/rational.h"
+
+#include "codec.h"
+#include "codec_desc.h"
+#include "codec_par.h"
+#include "codec_id.h"
+#include "defs.h"
+#include "packet.h"
+#include "version_major.h"
+#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version
+ * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including
+ * the full version information. */
+#include "version.h"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup libavc libavcodec
+ * Encoding/Decoding Library
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavc_decoding Decoding
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavc_encoding Encoding
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec Codecs
+ * @{
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_native Native Codecs
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_wrappers External library wrappers
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel Hardware Accelerators bridge
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavc_internal Internal
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ * @defgroup lavc_encdec send/receive encoding and decoding API overview
+ * @{
+ *
+ * The avcodec_send_packet()/avcodec_receive_frame()/avcodec_send_frame()/
+ * avcodec_receive_packet() functions provide an encode/decode API, which
+ * decouples input and output.
+ *
+ * The API is very similar for encoding/decoding and audio/video, and works as
+ * follows:
+ * - Set up and open the AVCodecContext as usual.
+ * - Send valid input:
+ * - For decoding, call avcodec_send_packet() to give the decoder raw
+ * compressed data in an AVPacket.
+ * - For encoding, call avcodec_send_frame() to give the encoder an AVFrame
+ * containing uncompressed audio or video.
+ *
+ * In both cases, it is recommended that AVPackets and AVFrames are
+ * refcounted, or libavcodec might have to copy the input data. (libavformat
+ * always returns refcounted AVPackets, and av_frame_get_buffer() allocates
+ * refcounted AVFrames.)
+ * - Receive output in a loop. Periodically call one of the avcodec_receive_*()
+ * functions and process their output:
+ * - For decoding, call avcodec_receive_frame(). On success, it will return
+ * an AVFrame containing uncompressed audio or video data.
+ * - For encoding, call avcodec_receive_packet(). On success, it will return
+ * an AVPacket with a compressed frame.
+ *
+ * Repeat this call until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or an error. The
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value means that new input data is required to
+ * return new output. In this case, continue with sending input. For each
+ * input frame/packet, the codec will typically return 1 output frame/packet,
+ * but it can also be 0 or more than 1.
+ *
+ * At the beginning of decoding or encoding, the codec might accept multiple
+ * input frames/packets without returning a frame, until its internal buffers
+ * are filled. This situation is handled transparently if you follow the steps
+ * outlined above.
+ *
+ * In theory, sending input can result in EAGAIN - this should happen only if
+ * not all output was received. You can use this to structure alternative decode
+ * or encode loops other than the one suggested above. For example, you could
+ * try sending new input on each iteration, and try to receive output if that
+ * returns EAGAIN.
+ *
+ * End of stream situations. These require "flushing" (aka draining) the codec,
+ * as the codec might buffer multiple frames or packets internally for
+ * performance or out of necessity (consider B-frames).
+ * This is handled as follows:
+ * - Instead of valid input, send NULL to the avcodec_send_packet() (decoding)
+ * or avcodec_send_frame() (encoding) functions. This will enter draining
+ * mode.
+ * - Call avcodec_receive_frame() (decoding) or avcodec_receive_packet()
+ * (encoding) in a loop until AVERROR_EOF is returned. The functions will
+ * not return AVERROR(EAGAIN), unless you forgot to enter draining mode.
+ * - Before decoding can be resumed again, the codec has to be reset with
+ * avcodec_flush_buffers().
+ *
+ * Using the API as outlined above is highly recommended. But it is also
+ * possible to call functions outside of this rigid schema. For example, you can
+ * call avcodec_send_packet() repeatedly without calling
+ * avcodec_receive_frame(). In this case, avcodec_send_packet() will succeed
+ * until the codec's internal buffer has been filled up (which is typically of
+ * size 1 per output frame, after initial input), and then reject input with
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN). Once it starts rejecting input, you have no choice but to
+ * read at least some output.
+ *
+ * Not all codecs will follow a rigid and predictable dataflow; the only
+ * guarantee is that an AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value on a send/receive call on
+ * one end implies that a receive/send call on the other end will succeed, or
+ * at least will not fail with AVERROR(EAGAIN). In general, no codec will
+ * permit unlimited buffering of input or output.
+ *
+ * A codec is not allowed to return AVERROR(EAGAIN) for both sending and receiving. This
+ * would be an invalid state, which could put the codec user into an endless
+ * loop. The API has no concept of time either: it cannot happen that trying to
+ * do avcodec_send_packet() results in AVERROR(EAGAIN), but a repeated call 1 second
+ * later accepts the packet (with no other receive/flush API calls involved).
+ * The API is a strict state machine, and the passage of time is not supposed
+ * to influence it. Some timing-dependent behavior might still be deemed
+ * acceptable in certain cases. But it must never result in both send/receive
+ * returning EAGAIN at the same time at any point. It must also absolutely be
+ * avoided that the current state is "unstable" and can "flip-flop" between
+ * the send/receive APIs allowing progress. For example, it's not allowed that
+ * the codec randomly decides that it actually wants to consume a packet now
+ * instead of returning a frame, after it just returned AVERROR(EAGAIN) on an
+ * avcodec_send_packet() call.
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures.
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ *
+ * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities,
+ * allocating core structures, etc.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup lavc_encoding
+ * minimum encoding buffer size
+ * Used to avoid some checks during header writing.
+ */
+#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE 16384
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup lavc_encoding
+ */
+typedef struct RcOverride{
+ int start_frame;
+ int end_frame;
+ int qscale; // If this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead.
+ float quality_factor;
+} RcOverride;
+
+/* encoding support
+ These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization.
+ Note: Not everything is supported yet.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned
+ * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping).
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Use fixed qscale.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE (1 << 1)
+/**
+ * 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H.263.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * Output even those frames that might be corrupted.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT (1 << 3)
+/**
+ * Use qpel MC.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL (1 << 4)
+/**
+ * Don't output frames whose parameters differ from first
+ * decoded frame in stream.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_DROPCHANGED (1 << 5)
+/**
+ * Request the encoder to output reconstructed frames, i.e.\ frames that would
+ * be produced by decoding the encoded bistream. These frames may be retrieved
+ * by calling avcodec_receive_frame() immediately after a successful call to
+ * avcodec_receive_packet().
+ *
+ * Should only be used with encoders flagged with the
+ * @ref AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_RECON_FRAME capability.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME (1 << 6)
+/**
+ * @par decoding
+ * Request the decoder to propagate each packets AVPacket.opaque and
+ * AVPacket.opaque_ref to its corresponding output AVFrame.
+ *
+ * @par encoding:
+ * Request the encoder to propagate each frame's AVFrame.opaque and
+ * AVFrame.opaque_ref values to its corresponding output AVPacket.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * May only be set on encoders that have the
+ * @ref AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE capability flag.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * While in typical cases one input frame produces exactly one output packet
+ * (perhaps after a delay), in general the mapping of frames to packets is
+ * M-to-N, so
+ * - Any number of input frames may be associated with any given output packet.
+ * This includes zero - e.g. some encoders may output packets that carry only
+ * metadata about the whole stream.
+ * - A given input frame may be associated with any number of output packets.
+ * Again this includes zero - e.g. some encoders may drop frames under certain
+ * conditions.
+ * .
+ * This implies that when using this flag, the caller must NOT assume that
+ * - a given input frame's opaques will necessarily appear on some output packet;
+ * - every output packet will have some non-NULL opaque value.
+ * .
+ * When an output packet contains multiple frames, the opaque values will be
+ * taken from the first of those.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * The converse holds for decoders, with frames and packets switched.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE (1 << 7)
+/**
+ * Signal to the encoder that the values of AVFrame.duration are valid and
+ * should be used (typically for transferring them to output packets).
+ *
+ * If this flag is not set, frame durations are ignored.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_FRAME_DURATION (1 << 8)
+/**
+ * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 (1 << 9)
+/**
+ * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 (1 << 10)
+/**
+ * loop filter.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER (1 << 11)
+/**
+ * Only decode/encode grayscale.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY (1 << 13)
+/**
+ * error[?] variables will be set during encoding.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR (1 << 15)
+/**
+ * Use interlaced DCT.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT (1 << 18)
+/**
+ * Force low delay.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY (1 << 19)
+/**
+ * Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER (1 << 22)
+/**
+ * Use only bitexact stuff (except (I)DCT).
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT (1 << 23)
+/* Fx : Flag for H.263+ extra options */
+/**
+ * H.263 advanced intra coding / MPEG-4 AC prediction
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED (1 << 24)
+/**
+ * interlaced motion estimation
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME (1 << 29)
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP (1U << 31)
+
+/**
+ * Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Skip bitstream encoding.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER (1 << 3)
+
+/**
+ * Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries
+ * instead of only at frame boundaries.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS (1 << 15)
+/**
+ * Discard cropping information from SPS.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP (1 << 16)
+
+/**
+ * Show all frames before the first keyframe
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL (1 << 22)
+/**
+ * Export motion vectors through frame side data
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS (1 << 28)
+/**
+ * Do not skip samples and export skip information as frame side data
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL (1 << 29)
+/**
+ * Do not reset ASS ReadOrder field on flush (subtitles decoding)
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_RO_FLUSH_NOOP (1 << 30)
+/**
+ * Generate/parse ICC profiles on encode/decode, as appropriate for the type of
+ * file. No effect on codecs which cannot contain embedded ICC profiles, or
+ * when compiled without support for lcms2.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_ICC_PROFILES (1U << 31)
+
+/* Exported side data.
+ These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.export_side_data before initialization.
+*/
+/**
+ * Export motion vectors through frame side data
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_MVS (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Export encoder Producer Reference Time through packet side data
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_PRFT (1 << 1)
+/**
+ * Decoding only.
+ * Export the AVVideoEncParams structure through frame side data.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * Decoding only.
+ * Do not apply film grain, export it instead.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_FILM_GRAIN (1 << 3)
+
+/**
+ * The decoder will keep a reference to the frame and may reuse it later.
+ */
+#define AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * The encoder will keep a reference to the packet and may reuse it later.
+ */
+#define AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0)
+
+struct AVCodecInternal;
+
+/**
+ * main external API structure.
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+ * version bump.
+ * You can use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from user
+ * applications.
+ * The name string for AVOptions options matches the associated command line
+ * parameter name and can be found in libavcodec/options_table.h
+ * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C
+ * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity.
+ * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*.
+ */
+typedef struct AVCodecContext {
+ /**
+ * information on struct for av_log
+ * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3
+ */
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+ int log_level_offset;
+
+ enum AVMediaType codec_type; /* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx */
+ const struct AVCodec *codec;
+ enum AVCodecID codec_id; /* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx */
+
+ /**
+ * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A').
+ * This is used to work around some encoder bugs.
+ * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec.
+ * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one
+ * which maximizes the information about the used codec.
+ * If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits then the demuxer should
+ * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new
+ * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated
+ * first.
+ * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used.
+ * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init.
+ */
+ unsigned int codec_tag;
+
+ void *priv_data;
+
+ /**
+ * Private context used for internal data.
+ *
+ * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general
+ * libavcodec functions.
+ */
+ struct AVCodecInternal *internal;
+
+ /**
+ * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ void *opaque;
+
+ /**
+ * the average bitrate
+ * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding.
+ * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec
+ * if this info is available in the stream
+ */
+ int64_t bit_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference.
+ * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2)
+ * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int bit_rate_tolerance;
+
+ /**
+ * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame.
+ * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int global_quality;
+
+ /**
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int compression_level;
+#define FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT -1
+
+ /**
+ * AV_CODEC_FLAG_*.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int flags;
+
+ /**
+ * AV_CODEC_FLAG2_*
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int flags2;
+
+ /**
+ * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables.
+ * MJPEG: Huffman tables
+ * rv10: additional flags
+ * MPEG-4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here)
+ * The allocated memory should be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger
+ * than extradata_size to avoid problems if it is read with the bitstream reader.
+ * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness.
+ * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions.
+ * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user.
+ */
+ uint8_t *extradata;
+ int extradata_size;
+
+ /**
+ * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms
+ * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content,
+ * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be
+ * identically 1.
+ * This often, but not always is the inverse of the frame rate or field rate
+ * for video. 1/time_base is not the average frame rate if the frame rate is not
+ * constant.
+ *
+ * Like containers, elementary streams also can store timestamps, 1/time_base
+ * is the unit in which these timestamps are specified.
+ * As example of such codec time base see ISO/IEC 14496-2:2001(E)
+ * vop_time_increment_resolution and fixed_vop_rate
+ * (fixed_vop_rate == 0 implies that it is different from the framerate)
+ *
+ * - encoding: MUST be set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused.
+ */
+ AVRational time_base;
+
+ /**
+ * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate.
+ * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration
+ * if no telecine is used ...
+ *
+ * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2.
+ */
+ int ticks_per_frame;
+
+ /**
+ * Codec delay.
+ *
+ * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to
+ * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec)
+ * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder
+ * as specified in the spec would produce.
+ *
+ * Video:
+ * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the
+ * encoded input.
+ *
+ * Audio:
+ * For encoding, this field is unused (see initial_padding).
+ *
+ * For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to
+ * output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should
+ * start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point.
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int delay;
+
+
+ /* video only */
+ /**
+ * picture width / height.
+ *
+ * @note Those fields may not match the values of the last
+ * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame
+ * reordering.
+ *
+ * - encoding: MUST be set by user.
+ * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known e.g.
+ * from the container. Some decoders will require the dimensions
+ * to be set by the caller. During decoding, the decoder may
+ * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data.
+ */
+ int width, height;
+
+ /**
+ * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height e.g. when
+ * the decoded frame is cropped before being output or lowres is enabled.
+ *
+ * @note Those field may not match the value of the last
+ * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame
+ * reordering.
+ *
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known
+ * e.g. from the container. During decoding, the decoder may
+ * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data.
+ */
+ int coded_width, coded_height;
+
+ /**
+ * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int gop_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx.
+ * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers.
+ * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better.
+ *
+ * @note This field may not match the value of the last
+ * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame
+ * reordering.
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec while
+ * parsing the data.
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
+
+ /**
+ * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec
+ * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not
+ * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities
+ * beforehand.
+ * When multithreading is used, it may be called from multiple threads
+ * at the same time; threads might draw different parts of the same AVFrame,
+ * or multiple AVFrames, and there is no guarantee that slices will be drawn
+ * in order.
+ * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs.
+ * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass
+ * the data needed for hardware render.
+ * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to
+ * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application
+ * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress
+ * or mark state.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ * @param height the height of the slice
+ * @param y the y position of the slice
+ * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame
+ * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read
+ */
+ void (*draw_horiz_band)(struct AVCodecContext *s,
+ const AVFrame *src, int offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS],
+ int y, int type, int height);
+
+ /**
+ * Callback to negotiate the pixel format. Decoding only, may be set by the
+ * caller before avcodec_open2().
+ *
+ * Called by some decoders to select the pixel format that will be used for
+ * the output frames. This is mainly used to set up hardware acceleration,
+ * then the provided format list contains the corresponding hwaccel pixel
+ * formats alongside the "software" one. The software pixel format may also
+ * be retrieved from \ref sw_pix_fmt.
+ *
+ * This callback will be called when the coded frame properties (such as
+ * resolution, pixel format, etc.) change and more than one output format is
+ * supported for those new properties. If a hardware pixel format is chosen
+ * and initialization for it fails, the callback may be called again
+ * immediately.
+ *
+ * This callback may be called from different threads if the decoder is
+ * multi-threaded, but not from more than one thread simultaneously.
+ *
+ * @param fmt list of formats which may be used in the current
+ * configuration, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.
+ * @warning Behavior is undefined if the callback returns a value other
+ * than one of the formats in fmt or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.
+ * @return the chosen format or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat (*get_format)(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt);
+
+ /**
+ * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames
+ * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int max_b_frames;
+
+ /**
+ * qscale factor between IP and B-frames
+ * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset).
+ * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset).
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float b_quant_factor;
+
+ /**
+ * qscale offset between IP and B-frames
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float b_quant_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder.
+ * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP.
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int has_b_frames;
+
+ /**
+ * qscale factor between P- and I-frames
+ * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q = lastp_q * factor + offset).
+ * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset).
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float i_quant_factor;
+
+ /**
+ * qscale offset between P and I-frames
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float i_quant_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * luminance masking (0-> disabled)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float lumi_masking;
+
+ /**
+ * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float temporal_cplx_masking;
+
+ /**
+ * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float spatial_cplx_masking;
+
+ /**
+ * p block masking (0-> disabled)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float p_masking;
+
+ /**
+ * darkness masking (0-> disabled)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float dark_masking;
+
+ /**
+ * slice count
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by user (or 0).
+ */
+ int slice_count;
+
+ /**
+ * slice offsets in the frame in bytes
+ * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL).
+ */
+ int *slice_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown)
+ * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel.
+ * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+ /**
+ * motion estimation comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int me_cmp;
+ /**
+ * subpixel motion estimation comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int me_sub_cmp;
+ /**
+ * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int mb_cmp;
+ /**
+ * interlaced DCT comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int ildct_cmp;
+#define FF_CMP_SAD 0
+#define FF_CMP_SSE 1
+#define FF_CMP_SATD 2
+#define FF_CMP_DCT 3
+#define FF_CMP_PSNR 4
+#define FF_CMP_BIT 5
+#define FF_CMP_RD 6
+#define FF_CMP_ZERO 7
+#define FF_CMP_VSAD 8
+#define FF_CMP_VSSE 9
+#define FF_CMP_NSSE 10
+#define FF_CMP_W53 11
+#define FF_CMP_W97 12
+#define FF_CMP_DCTMAX 13
+#define FF_CMP_DCT264 14
+#define FF_CMP_MEDIAN_SAD 15
+#define FF_CMP_CHROMA 256
+
+ /**
+ * ME diamond size & shape
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int dia_size;
+
+ /**
+ * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int last_predictor_count;
+
+ /**
+ * motion estimation prepass comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int me_pre_cmp;
+
+ /**
+ * ME prepass diamond size & shape
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int pre_dia_size;
+
+ /**
+ * subpel ME quality
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int me_subpel_quality;
+
+ /**
+ * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units
+ * If 0 then no limit.
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int me_range;
+
+ /**
+ * slice flags
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int slice_flags;
+#define SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER 0x0001 ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display
+#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD 0x0002 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG-2 field pics)
+#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE 0x0004 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1)
+
+ /**
+ * macroblock decision mode
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int mb_decision;
+#define FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE 0 ///< uses mb_cmp
+#define FF_MB_DECISION_BITS 1 ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits
+#define FF_MB_DECISION_RD 2 ///< rate distortion
+
+ /**
+ * custom intra quantization matrix
+ * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions, and will be freed in
+ * avcodec_free_context().
+ * - encoding: Set/allocated by user, freed by libavcodec. Can be NULL.
+ * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec.
+ */
+ uint16_t *intra_matrix;
+
+ /**
+ * custom inter quantization matrix
+ * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions, and will be freed in
+ * avcodec_free_context().
+ * - encoding: Set/allocated by user, freed by libavcodec. Can be NULL.
+ * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec.
+ */
+ uint16_t *inter_matrix;
+
+ /**
+ * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ int intra_dc_precision;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int skip_top;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int skip_bottom;
+
+ /**
+ * minimum MB Lagrange multiplier
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int mb_lmin;
+
+ /**
+ * maximum MB Lagrange multiplier
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int mb_lmax;
+
+ /**
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int bidir_refine;
+
+ /**
+ * minimum GOP size
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int keyint_min;
+
+ /**
+ * number of reference frames
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by lavc.
+ */
+ int refs;
+
+ /**
+ * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int mv0_threshold;
+
+ /**
+ * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
+
+ /**
+ * Color Transfer Characteristic.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
+
+ /**
+ * YUV colorspace type.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
+
+ /**
+ * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ enum AVColorRange color_range;
+
+ /**
+ * This defines the location of chroma samples.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ enum AVChromaLocation chroma_sample_location;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of slices.
+ * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized
+ * decoding.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int slices;
+
+ /** Field order
+ * - encoding: set by libavcodec
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVFieldOrder field_order;
+
+ /* audio only */
+ int sample_rate; ///< samples per second
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+ /**
+ * number of audio channels
+ * @deprecated use ch_layout.nb_channels
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int channels;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * audio sample format
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt; ///< sample format
+
+ /* The following data should not be initialized. */
+ /**
+ * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame.
+ *
+ * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame
+ * except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel.
+ * May be 0 when the codec has AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then the
+ * frame size is not restricted.
+ * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size
+ */
+ int frame_size;
+
+#if FF_API_AVCTX_FRAME_NUMBER
+ /**
+ * Frame counter, set by libavcodec.
+ *
+ * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far.
+ * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far.
+ *
+ * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in
+ * an error.
+ * @deprecated use frame_num instead
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int frame_number;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0
+ * Used by some WAV based audio codecs.
+ */
+ int block_align;
+
+ /**
+ * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic")
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int cutoff;
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+ /**
+ * Audio channel layout.
+ * - encoding: set by user.
+ * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec.
+ * @deprecated use ch_layout
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ uint64_t channel_layout;
+
+ /**
+ * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ * @deprecated use "downmix" codec private option
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ uint64_t request_channel_layout;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Type of service that the audio stream conveys.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ enum AVAudioServiceType audio_service_type;
+
+ /**
+ * desired sample format
+ * - encoding: Not used.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ * Decoder will decode to this format if it can.
+ */
+ enum AVSampleFormat request_sample_fmt;
+
+ /**
+ * This callback is called at the beginning of each frame to get data
+ * buffer(s) for it. There may be one contiguous buffer for all the data or
+ * there may be a buffer per each data plane or anything in between. What
+ * this means is, you may set however many entries in buf[] you feel necessary.
+ * Each buffer must be reference-counted using the AVBuffer API (see description
+ * of buf[] below).
+ *
+ * The following fields will be set in the frame before this callback is
+ * called:
+ * - format
+ * - width, height (video only)
+ * - sample_rate, channel_layout, nb_samples (audio only)
+ * Their values may differ from the corresponding values in
+ * AVCodecContext. This callback must use the frame values, not the codec
+ * context values, to calculate the required buffer size.
+ *
+ * This callback must fill the following fields in the frame:
+ * - data[]
+ * - linesize[]
+ * - extended_data:
+ * * if the data is planar audio with more than 8 channels, then this
+ * callback must allocate and fill extended_data to contain all pointers
+ * to all data planes. data[] must hold as many pointers as it can.
+ * extended_data must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed in
+ * av_frame_unref().
+ * * otherwise extended_data must point to data
+ * - buf[] must contain one or more pointers to AVBufferRef structures. Each of
+ * the frame's data and extended_data pointers must be contained in these. That
+ * is, one AVBufferRef for each allocated chunk of memory, not necessarily one
+ * AVBufferRef per data[] entry. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(),
+ * and av_buffer_ref().
+ * - extended_buf and nb_extended_buf must be allocated with av_malloc() by
+ * this callback and filled with the extra buffers if there are more
+ * buffers than buf[] can hold. extended_buf will be freed in
+ * av_frame_unref().
+ *
+ * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer2() must call
+ * avcodec_default_get_buffer2() instead of providing buffers allocated by
+ * some other means.
+ *
+ * Each data plane must be aligned to the maximum required by the target
+ * CPU.
+ *
+ * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer2()
+ *
+ * Video:
+ *
+ * If AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the frame may be reused
+ * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec.
+ *
+ * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and
+ * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16.
+ *
+ * Some decoders do not support linesizes changing between frames.
+ *
+ * If frame multithreading is used, this callback may be called from a
+ * different thread, but not from more than one at once. Does not need to be
+ * reentrant.
+ *
+ * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2()
+ *
+ * Audio:
+ *
+ * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting
+ * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer2(). The decoder may,
+ * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples
+ * to a smaller value in the output frame.
+ *
+ * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and
+ * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer2()
+ * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and
+ * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio
+ * since all planes must be the same size.
+ *
+ * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays()
+ *
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ */
+ int (*get_buffer2)(struct AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+ /* - encoding parameters */
+ float qcompress; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0)
+ float qblur; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0)
+
+ /**
+ * minimum quantizer
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int qmin;
+
+ /**
+ * maximum quantizer
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int qmax;
+
+ /**
+ * maximum quantizer difference between frames
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int max_qdiff;
+
+ /**
+ * decoder bitstream buffer size
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int rc_buffer_size;
+
+ /**
+ * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride
+ * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int rc_override_count;
+ RcOverride *rc_override;
+
+ /**
+ * maximum bitrate
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int64_t rc_max_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * minimum bitrate
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int64_t rc_min_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, <value> of what can be used without an underflow.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused.
+ */
+ float rc_max_available_vbv_use;
+
+ /**
+ * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, <value> times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused.
+ */
+ float rc_min_vbv_overflow_use;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int rc_initial_buffer_occupancy;
+
+ /**
+ * trellis RD quantization
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int trellis;
+
+ /**
+ * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ char *stats_out;
+
+ /**
+ * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer
+ * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here.
+ * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ char *stats_in;
+
+ /**
+ * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ int workaround_bugs;
+#define FF_BUG_AUTODETECT 1 ///< autodetection
+#define FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE 4
+#define FF_BUG_UMP4 8
+#define FF_BUG_NO_PADDING 16
+#define FF_BUG_AMV 32
+#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA 64
+#define FF_BUG_STD_QPEL 128
+#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 256
+#define FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE 512
+#define FF_BUG_EDGE 1024
+#define FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA 2048
+#define FF_BUG_DC_CLIP 4096
+#define FF_BUG_MS 8192 ///< Work around various bugs in Microsoft's broken decoders.
+#define FF_BUG_TRUNCATED 16384
+#define FF_BUG_IEDGE 32768
+
+ /**
+ * strictly follow the standard (MPEG-4, ...).
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will
+ * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower
+ * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all
+ * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal,
+ * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things
+ * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly
+ * (=strictly conform to the specs)
+ * This may only be set to one of the FF_COMPLIANCE_* values in defs.h.
+ */
+ int strict_std_compliance;
+
+ /**
+ * error concealment flags
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int error_concealment;
+#define FF_EC_GUESS_MVS 1
+#define FF_EC_DEBLOCK 2
+#define FF_EC_FAVOR_INTER 256
+
+ /**
+ * debug
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int debug;
+#define FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO 1
+#define FF_DEBUG_RC 2
+#define FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM 4
+#define FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE 8
+#define FF_DEBUG_QP 16
+#define FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF 0x00000040
+#define FF_DEBUG_SKIP 0x00000080
+#define FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE 0x00000100
+#define FF_DEBUG_ER 0x00000400
+#define FF_DEBUG_MMCO 0x00000800
+#define FF_DEBUG_BUGS 0x00001000
+#define FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS 0x00008000
+#define FF_DEBUG_THREADS 0x00010000
+#define FF_DEBUG_GREEN_MD 0x00800000
+#define FF_DEBUG_NOMC 0x01000000
+
+ /**
+ * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors.
+ * This is a bitfield of the AV_EF_* values defined in defs.h.
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int err_recognition;
+
+#if FF_API_REORDERED_OPAQUE
+ /**
+ * opaque 64-bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and
+ * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec to the reordered_opaque of the input
+ * frame corresponding to the last returned packet. Only
+ * supported by encoders with the
+ * AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE capability.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE instead
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int64_t reordered_opaque;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Hardware accelerator in use
+ * - encoding: unused.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ const struct AVHWAccel *hwaccel;
+
+ /**
+ * Legacy hardware accelerator context.
+ *
+ * For some hardware acceleration methods, the caller may use this field to
+ * signal hwaccel-specific data to the codec. The struct pointed to by this
+ * pointer is hwaccel-dependent and defined in the respective header. Please
+ * refer to the FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill
+ * this.
+ *
+ * In most cases this field is optional - the necessary information may also
+ * be provided to libavcodec through @ref hw_frames_ctx or @ref
+ * hw_device_ctx (see avcodec_get_hw_config()). However, in some cases it
+ * may be the only method of signalling some (optional) information.
+ *
+ * The struct and its contents are owned by the caller.
+ *
+ * - encoding: May be set by the caller before avcodec_open2(). Must remain
+ * valid until avcodec_free_context().
+ * - decoding: May be set by the caller in the get_format() callback.
+ * Must remain valid until the next get_format() call,
+ * or avcodec_free_context() (whichever comes first).
+ */
+ void *hwaccel_context;
+
+ /**
+ * error
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags & AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+ /**
+ * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int dct_algo;
+#define FF_DCT_AUTO 0
+#define FF_DCT_FASTINT 1
+#define FF_DCT_INT 2
+#define FF_DCT_MMX 3
+#define FF_DCT_ALTIVEC 5
+#define FF_DCT_FAAN 6
+
+ /**
+ * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int idct_algo;
+#define FF_IDCT_AUTO 0
+#define FF_IDCT_INT 1
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLE 2
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX 3
+#define FF_IDCT_ARM 7
+#define FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC 8
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM 10
+#define FF_IDCT_XVID 14
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE 16
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 17
+#define FF_IDCT_FAAN 20
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON 22
+#if FF_API_IDCT_NONE
+// formerly used by xvmc
+#define FF_IDCT_NONE 24
+#endif
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEAUTO 128
+
+ /**
+ * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv).
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int bits_per_coded_sample;
+
+ /**
+ * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format.
+ * - encoding: set by user.
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int bits_per_raw_sample;
+
+ /**
+ * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int lowres;
+
+ /**
+ * thread count
+ * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute()
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int thread_count;
+
+ /**
+ * Which multithreading methods to use.
+ * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread,
+ * so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it.
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used.
+ * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used.
+ */
+ int thread_type;
+#define FF_THREAD_FRAME 1 ///< Decode more than one frame at once
+#define FF_THREAD_SLICE 2 ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once
+
+ /**
+ * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec.
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int active_thread_type;
+
+ /**
+ * The codec may call this to execute several independent things.
+ * It will return only after finishing all tasks.
+ * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation,
+ * the default implementation will execute the parts serially.
+ * @param count the number of things to execute
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ */
+ int (*execute)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg), void *arg2, int *ret, int count, int size);
+
+ /**
+ * The codec may call this to execute several independent things.
+ * It will return only after finishing all tasks.
+ * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation,
+ * the default implementation will execute the parts serially.
+ * @param c context passed also to func
+ * @param count the number of things to execute
+ * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func
+ * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL.
+ * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1.
+ * threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no
+ * two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr.
+ * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func
+ * returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned.
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ */
+ int (*execute2)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr), void *arg2, int *ret, int count);
+
+ /**
+ * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int nsse_weight;
+
+ /**
+ * profile
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int profile;
+#define FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99
+#define FF_PROFILE_RESERVED -100
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP 3
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE 4
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD 22
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD 38
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW 128
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE 131
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHD 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_LB 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_SQ 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQ 3
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQX 4
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_444 5
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS 20
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES 30
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 40
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA 50
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA 60
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS 70
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE 3
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN 4
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED (1<<9) // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA (1<<11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE 66
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66|FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED)
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN 77
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED 88
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH 100
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 110
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA (110|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MULTIVIEW_HIGH 118
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 122
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA (122|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_STEREO_HIGH 128
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 144
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE 244
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA (244|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 44
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN 3
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT 4
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 5
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION 6
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE 7
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID 8
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME 9
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE 10
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING 11
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE 12
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO 14
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE 15
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION 32768
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K 3
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K 4
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_0 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_1 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_2 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_3 3
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE 3
+#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT 4
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_VVC_MAIN_10 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_VVC_MAIN_10_444 33
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_MAIN 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_HIGH 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_PROFESSIONAL 2
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_BASELINE_DCT 0xc0
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_EXTENDED_SEQUENTIAL_DCT 0xc1
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_PROGRESSIVE_DCT 0xc2
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_LOSSLESS 0xc3
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_JPEG_LS 0xf7
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_SBC_MSBC 1
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_PROXY 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_LT 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_STANDARD 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_HQ 3
+#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_4444 4
+#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_XQ 5
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_A 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_C 1
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_KLVA_SYNC 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_KLVA_ASYNC 1
+
+ /**
+ * level
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int level;
+#define FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99
+
+ /**
+ * Skip loop filtering for selected frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVDiscard skip_loop_filter;
+
+ /**
+ * Skip IDCT/dequantization for selected frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVDiscard skip_idct;
+
+ /**
+ * Skip decoding for selected frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVDiscard skip_frame;
+
+ /**
+ * Header containing style information for text subtitles.
+ * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS
+ * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and
+ * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line.
+ * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2())
+ * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2())
+ */
+ uint8_t *subtitle_header;
+ int subtitle_header_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The number of "priming" samples (padding) inserted by the
+ * encoder at the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading
+ * decoded samples must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio
+ * without leading padding.
+ *
+ * - decoding: unused
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. The timestamps on the output packets are
+ * adjusted by the encoder so that they always refer to the
+ * first sample of the data actually contained in the packet,
+ * including any added padding. E.g. if the timebase is
+ * 1/samplerate and the timestamp of the first input sample is
+ * 0, the timestamp of the first output packet will be
+ * -initial_padding.
+ */
+ int initial_padding;
+
+ /**
+ * - decoding: For codecs that store a framerate value in the compressed
+ * bitstream, the decoder may export it here. { 0, 1} when
+ * unknown.
+ * - encoding: May be used to signal the framerate of CFR content to an
+ * encoder.
+ */
+ AVRational framerate;
+
+ /**
+ * Nominal unaccelerated pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx.
+ * - encoding: unused.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec before calling get_format()
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat sw_pix_fmt;
+
+ /**
+ * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are.
+ * - encoding unused.
+ * - decoding set by user.
+ */
+ AVRational pkt_timebase;
+
+ /**
+ * AVCodecDescriptor
+ * - encoding: unused.
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ const AVCodecDescriptor *codec_descriptor;
+
+ /**
+ * Current statistics for PTS correction.
+ * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by user apps
+ * - encoding: unused
+ */
+ int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_pts; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far
+ int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_dts; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far
+ int64_t pts_correction_last_pts; /// PTS of the last frame
+ int64_t pts_correction_last_dts; /// DTS of the last frame
+
+ /**
+ * Character encoding of the input subtitles file.
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ * - encoding: unused
+ */
+ char *sub_charenc;
+
+ /**
+ * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting
+ * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance).
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec
+ * - encoding: unused
+ */
+ int sub_charenc_mode;
+#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING -1 ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, or the codec is bitmap for instance)
+#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC 0 ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself
+#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER 1 ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the decoder, requires iconv
+#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_IGNORE 2 ///< neither convert the subtitles, nor check them for valid UTF-8
+
+ /**
+ * Skip processing alpha if supported by codec.
+ * Note that if the format uses pre-multiplied alpha (common with VP6,
+ * and recommended due to better video quality/compression)
+ * the image will look as if alpha-blended onto a black background.
+ * However for formats that do not use pre-multiplied alpha
+ * there might be serious artefacts (though e.g. libswscale currently
+ * assumes pre-multiplied alpha anyway).
+ *
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ * - encoding: unused
+ */
+ int skip_alpha;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity
+ * - decoding: unused
+ * - encoding: set by libavcodec
+ */
+ int seek_preroll;
+
+ /**
+ * custom intra quantization matrix
+ * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL.
+ * - decoding: unused.
+ */
+ uint16_t *chroma_intra_matrix;
+
+ /**
+ * dump format separator.
+ * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ uint8_t *dump_separator;
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of allowed decoders.
+ * If NULL then all are allowed
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ char *codec_whitelist;
+
+ /**
+ * Properties of the stream that gets decoded
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec
+ */
+ unsigned properties;
+#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_LOSSLESS 0x00000001
+#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_CLOSED_CAPTIONS 0x00000002
+#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_FILM_GRAIN 0x00000004
+
+ /**
+ * Additional data associated with the entire coded stream.
+ *
+ * - decoding: unused
+ * - encoding: may be set by libavcodec after avcodec_open2().
+ */
+ AVPacketSideData *coded_side_data;
+ int nb_coded_side_data;
+
+ /**
+ * A reference to the AVHWFramesContext describing the input (for encoding)
+ * or output (decoding) frames. The reference is set by the caller and
+ * afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec - it should never be read by
+ * the caller after being set.
+ *
+ * - decoding: This field should be set by the caller from the get_format()
+ * callback. The previous reference (if any) will always be
+ * unreffed by libavcodec before the get_format() call.
+ *
+ * If the default get_buffer2() is used with a hwaccel pixel
+ * format, then this AVHWFramesContext will be used for
+ * allocating the frame buffers.
+ *
+ * - encoding: For hardware encoders configured to use a hwaccel pixel
+ * format, this field should be set by the caller to a reference
+ * to the AVHWFramesContext describing input frames.
+ * AVHWFramesContext.format must be equal to
+ * AVCodecContext.pix_fmt.
+ *
+ * This field should be set before avcodec_open2() is called.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
+
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to
+ * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be
+ * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original
+ * audio without any trailing padding.
+ *
+ * - decoding: unused
+ * - encoding: unused
+ */
+ int trailing_padding;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of pixels per image to maximally accept.
+ *
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ * - encoding: set by user
+ */
+ int64_t max_pixels;
+
+ /**
+ * A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device which will
+ * be used by a hardware encoder/decoder. The reference is set by the
+ * caller and afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec.
+ *
+ * This should be used if either the codec device does not require
+ * hardware frames or any that are used are to be allocated internally by
+ * libavcodec. If the user wishes to supply any of the frames used as
+ * encoder input or decoder output then hw_frames_ctx should be used
+ * instead. When hw_frames_ctx is set in get_format() for a decoder, this
+ * field will be ignored while decoding the associated stream segment, but
+ * may again be used on a following one after another get_format() call.
+ *
+ * For both encoders and decoders this field should be set before
+ * avcodec_open2() is called and must not be written to thereafter.
+ *
+ * Note that some decoders may require this field to be set initially in
+ * order to support hw_frames_ctx at all - in that case, all frames
+ * contexts used must be created on the same device.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx;
+
+ /**
+ * Bit set of AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags, which affect hardware accelerated
+ * decoding (if active).
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user (either before avcodec_open2(), or in the
+ * AVCodecContext.get_format callback)
+ */
+ int hwaccel_flags;
+
+ /**
+ * Video decoding only. Certain video codecs support cropping, meaning that
+ * only a sub-rectangle of the decoded frame is intended for display. This
+ * option controls how cropping is handled by libavcodec.
+ *
+ * When set to 1 (the default), libavcodec will apply cropping internally.
+ * I.e. it will modify the output frame width/height fields and offset the
+ * data pointers (only by as much as possible while preserving alignment, or
+ * by the full amount if the AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED flag is set) so that
+ * the frames output by the decoder refer only to the cropped area. The
+ * crop_* fields of the output frames will be zero.
+ *
+ * When set to 0, the width/height fields of the output frames will be set
+ * to the coded dimensions and the crop_* fields will describe the cropping
+ * rectangle. Applying the cropping is left to the caller.
+ *
+ * @warning When hardware acceleration with opaque output frames is used,
+ * libavcodec is unable to apply cropping from the top/left border.
+ *
+ * @note when this option is set to zero, the width/height fields of the
+ * AVCodecContext and output AVFrames have different meanings. The codec
+ * context fields store display dimensions (with the coded dimensions in
+ * coded_width/height), while the frame fields store the coded dimensions
+ * (with the display dimensions being determined by the crop_* fields).
+ */
+ int apply_cropping;
+
+ /*
+ * Video decoding only. Sets the number of extra hardware frames which
+ * the decoder will allocate for use by the caller. This must be set
+ * before avcodec_open2() is called.
+ *
+ * Some hardware decoders require all frames that they will use for
+ * output to be defined in advance before decoding starts. For such
+ * decoders, the hardware frame pool must therefore be of a fixed size.
+ * The extra frames set here are on top of any number that the decoder
+ * needs internally in order to operate normally (for example, frames
+ * used as reference pictures).
+ */
+ int extra_hw_frames;
+
+ /**
+ * The percentage of damaged samples to discard a frame.
+ *
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ * - encoding: unused
+ */
+ int discard_damaged_percentage;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of samples per frame to maximally accept.
+ *
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ * - encoding: set by user
+ */
+ int64_t max_samples;
+
+ /**
+ * Bit set of AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_* flags, which affects the kind of
+ * metadata exported in frame, packet, or coded stream side data by
+ * decoders and encoders.
+ *
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ * - encoding: set by user
+ */
+ int export_side_data;
+
+ /**
+ * This callback is called at the beginning of each packet to get a data
+ * buffer for it.
+ *
+ * The following field will be set in the packet before this callback is
+ * called:
+ * - size
+ * This callback must use the above value to calculate the required buffer size,
+ * which must padded by at least AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes.
+ *
+ * In some specific cases, the encoder may not use the entire buffer allocated by this
+ * callback. This will be reflected in the size value in the packet once returned by
+ * avcodec_receive_packet().
+ *
+ * This callback must fill the following fields in the packet:
+ * - data: alignment requirements for AVPacket apply, if any. Some architectures and
+ * encoders may benefit from having aligned data.
+ * - buf: must contain a pointer to an AVBufferRef structure. The packet's
+ * data pointer must be contained in it. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(),
+ * and av_buffer_ref().
+ *
+ * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_encode_buffer() must call
+ * avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer() instead of providing a buffer allocated by
+ * some other means.
+ *
+ * The flags field may contain a combination of AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_ flags.
+ * They may be used for example to hint what use the buffer may get after being
+ * created.
+ * Implementations of this callback may ignore flags they don't understand.
+ * If AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the packet may be reused
+ * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec.
+ *
+ * This callback must be thread-safe, as when frame threading is used, it may
+ * be called from multiple threads simultaneously.
+ *
+ * @see avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer()
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int (*get_encode_buffer)(struct AVCodecContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int flags);
+
+ /**
+ * Audio channel layout.
+ * - encoding: must be set by the caller, to one of AVCodec.ch_layouts.
+ * - decoding: may be set by the caller if known e.g. from the container.
+ * The decoder can then override during decoding as needed.
+ */
+ AVChannelLayout ch_layout;
+
+ /**
+ * Frame counter, set by libavcodec.
+ *
+ * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far.
+ * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far.
+ *
+ * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in
+ * an error.
+ */
+ int64_t frame_num;
+} AVCodecContext;
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_hwaccel AVHWAccel
+ *
+ * @note Nothing in this structure should be accessed by the user. At some
+ * point in future it will not be externally visible at all.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+typedef struct AVHWAccel {
+ /**
+ * Name of the hardware accelerated codec.
+ * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an
+ * encoder and a decoder can share the same name).
+ */
+ const char *name;
+
+ /**
+ * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator.
+ *
+ * See AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx
+ */
+ enum AVMediaType type;
+
+ /**
+ * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator.
+ *
+ * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx
+ */
+ enum AVCodecID id;
+
+ /**
+ * Supported pixel format.
+ *
+ * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here.
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
+
+ /**
+ * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities.
+ * see AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_*
+ */
+ int capabilities;
+
+ /*****************************************************************
+ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * Allocate a custom buffer
+ */
+ int (*alloc_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame);
+
+ /**
+ * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture.
+ *
+ * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to
+ * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory.
+ *
+ * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0.
+ * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param buf the frame data buffer base
+ * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes
+ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+ */
+ int (*start_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size);
+
+ /**
+ * Callback for parameter data (SPS/PPS/VPS etc).
+ *
+ * Useful for hardware decoders which keep persistent state about the
+ * video parameters, and need to receive any changes to update that state.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param type the nal unit type
+ * @param buf the nal unit data buffer
+ * @param buf_size the size of the nal unit in bytes
+ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+ */
+ int (*decode_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, int type, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size);
+
+ /**
+ * Callback for each slice.
+ *
+ * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to
+ * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param buf the slice data buffer base
+ * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes
+ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+ */
+ int (*decode_slice)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size);
+
+ /**
+ * Called at the end of each frame or field picture.
+ *
+ * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent
+ * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+ */
+ int (*end_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+ /**
+ * Size of per-frame hardware accelerator private data.
+ *
+ * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before
+ * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after
+ * AVCodecContext.release_buffer().
+ */
+ int frame_priv_data_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Initialize the hwaccel private data.
+ *
+ * This will be called from ff_get_format(), after hwaccel and
+ * hwaccel_context are set and the hwaccel private data in AVCodecInternal
+ * is allocated.
+ */
+ int (*init)(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+ /**
+ * Uninitialize the hwaccel private data.
+ *
+ * This will be called from get_format() or avcodec_close(), after hwaccel
+ * and hwaccel_context are already uninitialized.
+ */
+ int (*uninit)(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+ /**
+ * Size of the private data to allocate in
+ * AVCodecInternal.hwaccel_priv_data.
+ */
+ int priv_data_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Internal hwaccel capabilities.
+ */
+ int caps_internal;
+
+ /**
+ * Fill the given hw_frames context with current codec parameters. Called
+ * from get_format. Refer to avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters() for
+ * details.
+ *
+ * This CAN be called before AVHWAccel.init is called, and you must assume
+ * that avctx->hwaccel_priv_data is invalid.
+ */
+ int (*frame_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx);
+} AVHWAccel;
+
+/**
+ * HWAccel is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental
+ * codecs
+ */
+#define AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200
+
+/**
+ * Hardware acceleration should be used for decoding even if the codec level
+ * used is unknown or higher than the maximum supported level reported by the
+ * hardware driver.
+ *
+ * It's generally a good idea to pass this flag unless you have a specific
+ * reason not to, as hardware tends to under-report supported levels.
+ */
+#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_IGNORE_LEVEL (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Hardware acceleration can output YUV pixel formats with a different chroma
+ * sampling than 4:2:0 and/or other than 8 bits per component.
+ */
+#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_HIGH_DEPTH (1 << 1)
+
+/**
+ * Hardware acceleration should still be attempted for decoding when the
+ * codec profile does not match the reported capabilities of the hardware.
+ *
+ * For example, this can be used to try to decode baseline profile H.264
+ * streams in hardware - it will often succeed, because many streams marked
+ * as baseline profile actually conform to constrained baseline profile.
+ *
+ * @warning If the stream is actually not supported then the behaviour is
+ * undefined, and may include returning entirely incorrect output
+ * while indicating success.
+ */
+#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_PROFILE_MISMATCH (1 << 2)
+
+/**
+ * Some hardware decoders (namely nvdec) can either output direct decoder
+ * surfaces, or make an on-device copy and return said copy.
+ * There is a hard limit on how many decoder surfaces there can be, and it
+ * cannot be accurately guessed ahead of time.
+ * For some processing chains, this can be okay, but others will run into the
+ * limit and in turn produce very confusing errors that require fine tuning of
+ * more or less obscure options by the user, or in extreme cases cannot be
+ * resolved at all without inserting an avfilter that forces a copy.
+ *
+ * Thus, the hwaccel will by default make a copy for safety and resilience.
+ * If a users really wants to minimize the amount of copies, they can set this
+ * flag and ensure their processing chain does not exhaust the surface pool.
+ */
+#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_UNSAFE_OUTPUT (1 << 3)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+enum AVSubtitleType {
+ SUBTITLE_NONE,
+
+ SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set
+
+ /**
+ * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is
+ * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations.
+ */
+ SUBTITLE_TEXT,
+
+ /**
+ * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is
+ * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations.
+ */
+ SUBTITLE_ASS,
+};
+
+#define AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED 0x00000001
+
+typedef struct AVSubtitleRect {
+ int x; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+ int y; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+ int w; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+ int h; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+ int nb_colors; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set
+
+ /**
+ * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle.
+ * Can be set for text/ass as well once they are rendered.
+ */
+ uint8_t *data[4];
+ int linesize[4];
+
+ enum AVSubtitleType type;
+
+ char *text; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text
+
+ /**
+ * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line.
+ * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this
+ * struct.
+ */
+ char *ass;
+
+ int flags;
+} AVSubtitleRect;
+
+typedef struct AVSubtitle {
+ uint16_t format; /* 0 = graphics */
+ uint32_t start_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */
+ uint32_t end_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */
+ unsigned num_rects;
+ AVSubtitleRect **rects;
+ int64_t pts; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE
+} AVSubtitle;
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned avcodec_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *avcodec_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavcodec license.
+ */
+const char *avcodec_license(void);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The
+ * resulting struct should be freed with avcodec_free_context().
+ *
+ * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults
+ * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2()
+ * with a different codec.
+ * If NULL, then the codec-specific defaults won't be initialized,
+ * which may result in suboptimal default settings (this is
+ * important mainly for encoders, e.g. libx264).
+ *
+ * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context3(const AVCodec *codec);
+
+/**
+ * Free the codec context and everything associated with it and write NULL to
+ * the provided pointer.
+ */
+void avcodec_free_context(AVCodecContext **avctx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *avcodec_get_class(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(void);
+
+/**
+ * Fill the parameters struct based on the values from the supplied codec
+ * context. Any allocated fields in par are freed and replaced with duplicates
+ * of the corresponding fields in codec.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int avcodec_parameters_from_context(AVCodecParameters *par,
+ const AVCodecContext *codec);
+
+/**
+ * Fill the codec context based on the values from the supplied codec
+ * parameters. Any allocated fields in codec that have a corresponding field in
+ * par are freed and replaced with duplicates of the corresponding field in par.
+ * Fields in codec that do not have a counterpart in par are not touched.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int avcodec_parameters_to_context(AVCodecContext *codec,
+ const AVCodecParameters *par);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this
+ * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3().
+ *
+ * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(),
+ * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for
+ * retrieving a codec.
+ *
+ * @note Always call this function before using decoding routines (such as
+ * @ref avcodec_receive_frame()).
+ *
+ * @code
+ * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0);
+ * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264);
+ * if (!codec)
+ * exit(1);
+ *
+ * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec);
+ *
+ * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0)
+ * exit(1);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param avctx The context to initialize.
+ * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been
+ * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or
+ * for this context, then this parameter MUST be either NULL or
+ * equal to the previously passed codec.
+ * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private options.
+ * On return this object will be filled with options that were not found.
+ *
+ * @return zero on success, a negative value on error
+ * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), avcodec_find_encoder(),
+ * av_dict_set(), av_opt_find().
+ */
+int avcodec_open2(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodec *codec, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it
+ * (but not the AVCodecContext itself).
+ *
+ * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free
+ * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() with a non-NULL
+ * codec. Subsequent calls will do nothing.
+ *
+ * @note Do not use this function. Use avcodec_free_context() to destroy a
+ * codec context (either open or closed). Opening and closing a codec context
+ * multiple times is not supported anymore -- use multiple codec contexts
+ * instead.
+ */
+int avcodec_close(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+/**
+ * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct.
+ *
+ * @param sub AVSubtitle to free.
+ */
+void avsubtitle_free(AVSubtitle *sub);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_decoding
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_buffer2(). It is made public so
+ * it can be called by custom get_buffer2() implementations for decoders without
+ * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set.
+ */
+int avcodec_default_get_buffer2(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_encode_buffer(). It is made public so
+ * it can be called by custom get_encode_buffer() implementations for encoders without
+ * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set.
+ */
+int avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer(AVCodecContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory
+ * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal
+ * padding.
+ *
+ * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened.
+ */
+void avcodec_align_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height);
+
+/**
+ * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory
+ * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all
+ * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i].
+ *
+ * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened.
+ */
+void avcodec_align_dimensions2(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height,
+ int linesize_align[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]);
+
+#ifdef FF_API_AVCODEC_CHROMA_POS
+/**
+ * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position.
+ *
+ * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system
+ * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256
+ *
+ * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position
+ * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position
+ * @deprecated Use av_chroma_location_enum_to_pos() instead.
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+int avcodec_enum_to_chroma_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos);
+
+/**
+ * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation.
+ *
+ * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system
+ * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256
+ *
+ * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position
+ * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position
+ * @deprecated Use av_chroma_location_pos_to_enum() instead.
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+enum AVChromaLocation avcodec_chroma_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Decode a subtitle message.
+ * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used.
+ * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero.
+ * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub.
+ * Note that AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for
+ * simplicity, because the performance difference is expected to be negligible
+ * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly
+ * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern.
+ *
+ * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input
+ * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately
+ * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get
+ * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets
+ * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops
+ * returning subtitles. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not
+ * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no subtitles will be returned.
+ *
+ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2()
+ * before packets may be fed to the decoder.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] sub The preallocated AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored,
+ * must be freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set.
+ * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero.
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer.
+ */
+int avcodec_decode_subtitle2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVSubtitle *sub,
+ int *got_sub_ptr, const AVPacket *avpkt);
+
+/**
+ * Supply raw packet data as input to a decoder.
+ *
+ * Internally, this call will copy relevant AVCodecContext fields, which can
+ * influence decoding per-packet, and apply them when the packet is actually
+ * decoded. (For example AVCodecContext.skip_frame, which might direct the
+ * decoder to drop the frame contained by the packet sent with this function.)
+ *
+ * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE
+ * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream
+ * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end.
+ *
+ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2()
+ * before packets may be fed to the decoder.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket. Usually, this will be a single video
+ * frame, or several complete audio frames.
+ * Ownership of the packet remains with the caller, and the
+ * decoder will not write to the packet. The decoder may create
+ * a reference to the packet data (or copy it if the packet is
+ * not reference-counted).
+ * Unlike with older APIs, the packet is always fully consumed,
+ * and if it contains multiple frames (e.g. some audio codecs),
+ * will require you to call avcodec_receive_frame() multiple
+ * times afterwards before you can send a new packet.
+ * It can be NULL (or an AVPacket with data set to NULL and
+ * size set to 0); in this case, it is considered a flush
+ * packet, which signals the end of the stream. Sending the
+ * first flush packet will return success. Subsequent ones are
+ * unnecessary and will return AVERROR_EOF. If the decoder
+ * still has frames buffered, it will return them after sending
+ * a flush packet.
+ *
+ * @retval 0 success
+ * @retval AVERROR(EAGAIN) input is not accepted in the current state - user
+ * must read output with avcodec_receive_frame() (once
+ * all output is read, the packet should be resent,
+ * and the call will not fail with EAGAIN).
+ * @retval AVERROR_EOF the decoder has been flushed, and no new packets can be
+ * sent to it (also returned if more than 1 flush
+ * packet is sent)
+ * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL) codec not opened, it is an encoder, or requires flush
+ * @retval AVERROR(ENOMEM) failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar
+ * @retval "another negative error code" legitimate decoding errors
+ */
+int avcodec_send_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVPacket *avpkt);
+
+/**
+ * Return decoded output data from a decoder or encoder (when the
+ * AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME flag is used).
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param frame This will be set to a reference-counted video or audio
+ * frame (depending on the decoder type) allocated by the
+ * codec. Note that the function will always call
+ * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else.
+ *
+ * @retval 0 success, a frame was returned
+ * @retval AVERROR(EAGAIN) output is not available in this state - user must
+ * try to send new input
+ * @retval AVERROR_EOF the codec has been fully flushed, and there will be
+ * no more output frames
+ * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL) codec not opened, or it is an encoder without the
+ * AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME flag enabled
+ * @retval AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED current decoded frame has changed parameters with
+ * respect to first decoded frame. Applicable when flag
+ * AV_CODEC_FLAG_DROPCHANGED is set.
+ * @retval "other negative error code" legitimate decoding errors
+ */
+int avcodec_receive_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Supply a raw video or audio frame to the encoder. Use avcodec_receive_packet()
+ * to retrieve buffered output packets.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio or video frame to be encoded.
+ * Ownership of the frame remains with the caller, and the
+ * encoder will not write to the frame. The encoder may create
+ * a reference to the frame data (or copy it if the frame is
+ * not reference-counted).
+ * It can be NULL, in which case it is considered a flush
+ * packet. This signals the end of the stream. If the encoder
+ * still has packets buffered, it will return them after this
+ * call. Once flushing mode has been entered, additional flush
+ * packets are ignored, and sending frames will return
+ * AVERROR_EOF.
+ *
+ * For audio:
+ * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame
+ * can have any number of samples.
+ * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to
+ * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last.
+ * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size.
+ * @retval 0 success
+ * @retval AVERROR(EAGAIN) input is not accepted in the current state - user must
+ * read output with avcodec_receive_packet() (once all
+ * output is read, the packet should be resent, and the
+ * call will not fail with EAGAIN).
+ * @retval AVERROR_EOF the encoder has been flushed, and no new frames can
+ * be sent to it
+ * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL) codec not opened, it is a decoder, or requires flush
+ * @retval AVERROR(ENOMEM) failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar
+ * @retval "another negative error code" legitimate encoding errors
+ */
+int avcodec_send_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Read encoded data from the encoder.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param avpkt This will be set to a reference-counted packet allocated by the
+ * encoder. Note that the function will always call
+ * av_packet_unref(avpkt) before doing anything else.
+ * @retval 0 success
+ * @retval AVERROR(EAGAIN) output is not available in the current state - user must
+ * try to send input
+ * @retval AVERROR_EOF the encoder has been fully flushed, and there will be no
+ * more output packets
+ * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL) codec not opened, or it is a decoder
+ * @retval "another negative error code" legitimate encoding errors
+ */
+int avcodec_receive_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt);
+
+/**
+ * Create and return a AVHWFramesContext with values adequate for hardware
+ * decoding. This is meant to get called from the get_format callback, and is
+ * a helper for preparing a AVHWFramesContext for AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx.
+ * This API is for decoding with certain hardware acceleration modes/APIs only.
+ *
+ * The returned AVHWFramesContext is not initialized. The caller must do this
+ * with av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+ *
+ * Calling this function is not a requirement, but makes it simpler to avoid
+ * codec or hardware API specific details when manually allocating frames.
+ *
+ * Alternatively to this, an API user can set AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx,
+ * which sets up AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx fully automatically, and makes
+ * it unnecessary to call this function or having to care about
+ * AVHWFramesContext initialization at all.
+ *
+ * There are a number of requirements for calling this function:
+ *
+ * - It must be called from get_format with the same avctx parameter that was
+ * passed to get_format. Calling it outside of get_format is not allowed, and
+ * can trigger undefined behavior.
+ * - The function is not always supported (see description of return values).
+ * Even if this function returns successfully, hwaccel initialization could
+ * fail later. (The degree to which implementations check whether the stream
+ * is actually supported varies. Some do this check only after the user's
+ * get_format callback returns.)
+ * - The hw_pix_fmt must be one of the choices suggested by get_format. If the
+ * user decides to use a AVHWFramesContext prepared with this API function,
+ * the user must return the same hw_pix_fmt from get_format.
+ * - The device_ref passed to this function must support the given hw_pix_fmt.
+ * - After calling this API function, it is the user's responsibility to
+ * initialize the AVHWFramesContext (returned by the out_frames_ref parameter),
+ * and to set AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx to it. If done, this must be done
+ * before returning from get_format (this is implied by the normal
+ * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx API rules).
+ * - The AVHWFramesContext parameters may change every time time get_format is
+ * called. Also, AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx is reset before get_format. So
+ * you are inherently required to go through this process again on every
+ * get_format call.
+ * - It is perfectly possible to call this function without actually using
+ * the resulting AVHWFramesContext. One use-case might be trying to reuse a
+ * previously initialized AVHWFramesContext, and calling this API function
+ * only to test whether the required frame parameters have changed.
+ * - Fields that use dynamically allocated values of any kind must not be set
+ * by the user unless setting them is explicitly allowed by the documentation.
+ * If the user sets AVHWFramesContext.free and AVHWFramesContext.user_opaque,
+ * the new free callback must call the potentially set previous free callback.
+ * This API call may set any dynamically allocated fields, including the free
+ * callback.
+ *
+ * The function will set at least the following fields on AVHWFramesContext
+ * (potentially more, depending on hwaccel API):
+ *
+ * - All fields set by av_hwframe_ctx_alloc().
+ * - Set the format field to hw_pix_fmt.
+ * - Set the sw_format field to the most suited and most versatile format. (An
+ * implication is that this will prefer generic formats over opaque formats
+ * with arbitrary restrictions, if possible.)
+ * - Set the width/height fields to the coded frame size, rounded up to the
+ * API-specific minimum alignment.
+ * - Only _if_ the hwaccel requires a pre-allocated pool: set the initial_pool_size
+ * field to the number of maximum reference surfaces possible with the codec,
+ * plus 1 surface for the user to work (meaning the user can safely reference
+ * at most 1 decoded surface at a time), plus additional buffering introduced
+ * by frame threading. If the hwaccel does not require pre-allocation, the
+ * field is left to 0, and the decoder will allocate new surfaces on demand
+ * during decoding.
+ * - Possibly AVHWFramesContext.hwctx fields, depending on the underlying
+ * hardware API.
+ *
+ * Essentially, out_frames_ref returns the same as av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(), but
+ * with basic frame parameters set.
+ *
+ * The function is stateless, and does not change the AVCodecContext or the
+ * device_ref AVHWDeviceContext.
+ *
+ * @param avctx The context which is currently calling get_format, and which
+ * implicitly contains all state needed for filling the returned
+ * AVHWFramesContext properly.
+ * @param device_ref A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device
+ * which will be used by the hardware decoder.
+ * @param hw_pix_fmt The hwaccel format you are going to return from get_format.
+ * @param out_frames_ref On success, set to a reference to an _uninitialized_
+ * AVHWFramesContext, created from the given device_ref.
+ * Fields will be set to values required for decoding.
+ * Not changed if an error is returned.
+ * @return zero on success, a negative value on error. The following error codes
+ * have special semantics:
+ * AVERROR(ENOENT): the decoder does not support this functionality. Setup
+ * is always manual, or it is a decoder which does not
+ * support setting AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx at all,
+ * or it is a software format.
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL): it is known that hardware decoding is not supported for
+ * this configuration, or the device_ref is not supported
+ * for the hwaccel referenced by hw_pix_fmt.
+ */
+int avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx,
+ AVBufferRef *device_ref,
+ enum AVPixelFormat hw_pix_fmt,
+ AVBufferRef **out_frames_ref);
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVPictureStructure {
+ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_UNKNOWN, ///< unknown
+ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD, ///< coded as top field
+ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_BOTTOM_FIELD, ///< coded as bottom field
+ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME, ///< coded as frame
+};
+
+typedef struct AVCodecParserContext {
+ void *priv_data;
+ const struct AVCodecParser *parser;
+ int64_t frame_offset; /* offset of the current frame */
+ int64_t cur_offset; /* current offset
+ (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) */
+ int64_t next_frame_offset; /* offset of the next frame */
+ /* video info */
+ int pict_type; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */
+ /**
+ * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf.
+ * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame
+ * is compared to normal frame duration.
+ *
+ * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base
+ *
+ * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material.
+ */
+ int repeat_pict; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */
+ int64_t pts; /* pts of the current frame */
+ int64_t dts; /* dts of the current frame */
+
+ /* private data */
+ int64_t last_pts;
+ int64_t last_dts;
+ int fetch_timestamp;
+
+#define AV_PARSER_PTS_NB 4
+ int cur_frame_start_index;
+ int64_t cur_frame_offset[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
+ int64_t cur_frame_pts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
+ int64_t cur_frame_dts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
+
+ int flags;
+#define PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES 0x0001
+#define PARSER_FLAG_ONCE 0x0002
+/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset
+#define PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET 0x0004
+#define PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS 0x1000
+
+ int64_t offset; ///< byte offset from starting packet start
+ int64_t cur_frame_end[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
+
+ /**
+ * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames.
+ * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag,
+ * old-style fallback using AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I picture type as key frames
+ * will be used.
+ */
+ int key_frame;
+
+ // Timestamp generation support:
+ /**
+ * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation.
+ *
+ * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined
+ * (default).
+ *
+ * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period
+ * SEI message.
+ */
+ int dts_sync_point;
+
+ /**
+ * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in
+ * units of AVCodecContext.time_base.
+ *
+ * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must
+ * contain a valid timestamp offset.
+ *
+ * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero
+ * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of
+ * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1.
+ *
+ * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay.
+ */
+ int dts_ref_dts_delta;
+
+ /**
+ * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base.
+ *
+ * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must
+ * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame
+ * must not lie in the past).
+ *
+ * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation
+ * time of the frame.
+ *
+ * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay.
+ */
+ int pts_dts_delta;
+
+ /**
+ * Position of the packet in file.
+ *
+ * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts
+ */
+ int64_t cur_frame_pos[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
+
+ /**
+ * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream.
+ */
+ int64_t pos;
+
+ /**
+ * Previous frame byte position.
+ */
+ int64_t last_pos;
+
+ /**
+ * Duration of the current frame.
+ * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate.
+ * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base.
+ */
+ int duration;
+
+ enum AVFieldOrder field_order;
+
+ /**
+ * Indicate whether a picture is coded as a frame, top field or bottom field.
+ *
+ * For example, H.264 field_pic_flag equal to 0 corresponds to
+ * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME. An H.264 picture with field_pic_flag
+ * equal to 1 and bottom_field_flag equal to 0 corresponds to
+ * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD.
+ */
+ enum AVPictureStructure picture_structure;
+
+ /**
+ * Picture number incremented in presentation or output order.
+ * This field may be reinitialized at the first picture of a new sequence.
+ *
+ * For example, this corresponds to H.264 PicOrderCnt.
+ */
+ int output_picture_number;
+
+ /**
+ * Dimensions of the decoded video intended for presentation.
+ */
+ int width;
+ int height;
+
+ /**
+ * Dimensions of the coded video.
+ */
+ int coded_width;
+ int coded_height;
+
+ /**
+ * The format of the coded data, corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat for video
+ * and for enum AVSampleFormat for audio.
+ *
+ * Note that a decoder can have considerable freedom in how exactly it
+ * decodes the data, so the format reported here might be different from the
+ * one returned by a decoder.
+ */
+ int format;
+} AVCodecParserContext;
+
+typedef struct AVCodecParser {
+ int codec_ids[7]; /* several codec IDs are permitted */
+ int priv_data_size;
+ int (*parser_init)(AVCodecParserContext *s);
+ /* This callback never returns an error, a negative value means that
+ * the frame start was in a previous packet. */
+ int (*parser_parse)(AVCodecParserContext *s,
+ AVCodecContext *avctx,
+ const uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size,
+ const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
+ void (*parser_close)(AVCodecParserContext *s);
+ int (*split)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
+} AVCodecParser;
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all registered codec parsers.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the next registered codec parser or NULL when the iteration is
+ * finished
+ */
+const AVCodecParser *av_parser_iterate(void **opaque);
+
+AVCodecParserContext *av_parser_init(int codec_id);
+
+/**
+ * Parse a packet.
+ *
+ * @param s parser context.
+ * @param avctx codec context.
+ * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished.
+ * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished.
+ * @param buf input buffer.
+ * @param buf_size buffer size in bytes without the padding. I.e. the full buffer
+ size is assumed to be buf_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE.
+ To signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame
+ can be output).
+ * @param pts input presentation timestamp.
+ * @param dts input decoding timestamp.
+ * @param pos input byte position in stream.
+ * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * @code
+ * while(in_len){
+ * len = av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, &data, &size,
+ * in_data, in_len,
+ * pts, dts, pos);
+ * in_data += len;
+ * in_len -= len;
+ *
+ * if(size)
+ * decode_frame(data, size);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ */
+int av_parser_parse2(AVCodecParserContext *s,
+ AVCodecContext *avctx,
+ uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size,
+ const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
+ int64_t pts, int64_t dts,
+ int64_t pos);
+
+void av_parser_close(AVCodecParserContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_encoding
+ * @{
+ */
+
+int avcodec_encode_subtitle(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
+ const AVSubtitle *sub);
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ *
+ * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding
+ * (or neither).
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats
+ *
+ * Functions for working with pixel formats.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the
+ * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be
+ * found.
+ */
+unsigned int avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel
+ * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss
+ * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color
+ * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from
+ * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches which of
+ * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss.
+ * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the
+ * pix_fmt_list parameter.
+ *
+ *
+ * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to choose from
+ * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
+ * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
+ * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur.
+ * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list(const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmt_list,
+ enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt,
+ int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
+
+enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_default_get_format(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+void avcodec_string(char *buf, int buf_size, AVCodecContext *enc, int encode);
+
+int avcodec_default_execute(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2),void *arg, int *ret, int count, int size);
+int avcodec_default_execute2(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2, int, int),void *arg, int *ret, int count);
+//FIXME func typedef
+
+/**
+ * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers.
+ *
+ * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough
+ * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data
+ * pointers will point to this buffer.
+ *
+ * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for
+ * planar audio.
+ *
+ * @param frame the AVFrame
+ * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the
+ * function. This function fills in frame->data,
+ * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0].
+ * @param nb_channels channel count
+ * @param sample_fmt sample format
+ * @param buf buffer to use for frame data
+ * @param buf_size size of buffer
+ * @param align plane size sample alignment (0 = default)
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative error code on failure
+ * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in
+ * case of success, at the next libavutil bump
+ */
+int avcodec_fill_audio_frame(AVFrame *frame, int nb_channels,
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, const uint8_t *buf,
+ int buf_size, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the internal codec state / flush internal buffers. Should be called
+ * e.g. when seeking or when switching to a different stream.
+ *
+ * @note for decoders, this function just releases any references the decoder
+ * might keep internally, but the caller's references remain valid.
+ *
+ * @note for encoders, this function will only do something if the encoder
+ * declares support for AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_FLUSH. When called, the encoder
+ * will drain any remaining packets, and can then be re-used for a different
+ * stream (as opposed to sending a null frame which will leave the encoder
+ * in a permanent EOF state after draining). This can be desirable if the
+ * cost of tearing down and replacing the encoder instance is high.
+ */
+void avcodec_flush_buffers(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+/**
+ * Return audio frame duration.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown
+ * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to
+ * determine.
+ */
+int av_get_audio_frame_duration(AVCodecContext *avctx, int frame_bytes);
+
+/* memory */
+
+/**
+ * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional
+ * AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will always be 0.
+ *
+ * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes
+ * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear.
+ */
+void av_fast_padded_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always
+ * be 0-initialized after call.
+ */
+void av_fast_padded_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it
+ * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise.
+ */
+int avcodec_is_open(AVCodecContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/avdct.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/avdct.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6411fab6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/avdct.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_AVDCT_H
+#define AVCODEC_AVDCT_H
+
+#include "libavutil/opt.h"
+
+/**
+ * AVDCT context.
+ * @note function pointers can be NULL if the specific features have been
+ * disabled at build time.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDCT {
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+
+ void (*idct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */);
+
+ /**
+ * IDCT input permutation.
+ * Several optimized IDCTs need a permutated input (relative to the
+ * normal order of the reference IDCT).
+ * This permutation must be performed before the idct_put/add.
+ * Note, normally this can be merged with the zigzag/alternate scan<br>
+ * An example to avoid confusion:
+ * - (->decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> dequant -> reference IDCT -> ...)
+ * - (x -> reference DCT -> reference IDCT -> x)
+ * - (x -> reference DCT -> simple_mmx_perm = idct_permutation
+ * -> simple_idct_mmx -> x)
+ * - (-> decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> simple_mmx_perm -> dequant
+ * -> simple_idct_mmx -> ...)
+ */
+ uint8_t idct_permutation[64];
+
+ void (*fdct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */);
+
+
+ /**
+ * DCT algorithm.
+ * must use AVOptions to set this field.
+ */
+ int dct_algo;
+
+ /**
+ * IDCT algorithm.
+ * must use AVOptions to set this field.
+ */
+ int idct_algo;
+
+ void (*get_pixels)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */,
+ const uint8_t *pixels /* align 8 */,
+ ptrdiff_t line_size);
+
+ int bits_per_sample;
+
+ void (*get_pixels_unaligned)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */,
+ const uint8_t *pixels,
+ ptrdiff_t line_size);
+} AVDCT;
+
+/**
+ * Allocates a AVDCT context.
+ * This needs to be initialized with avcodec_dct_init() after optionally
+ * configuring it with AVOptions.
+ *
+ * To free it use av_free()
+ */
+AVDCT *avcodec_dct_alloc(void);
+int avcodec_dct_init(AVDCT *);
+
+const AVClass *avcodec_dct_get_class(void);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_AVDCT_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/avfft.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/avfft.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0c0f9b8d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/avfft.h
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
+#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_fft
+ * FFT functions
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions
+ * @ingroup lavc_misc
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef float FFTSample;
+
+typedef struct FFTComplex {
+ FFTSample re, im;
+} FFTComplex;
+
+typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext;
+
+/**
+ * Set up a complex FFT.
+ * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
+ * @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse
+ */
+FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse);
+
+/**
+ * Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc().
+ */
+void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
+
+/**
+ * Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The
+ * input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done.
+ */
+void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
+
+void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s);
+
+FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale);
+void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
+void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
+void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
+void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s);
+
+/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */
+
+enum RDFTransformType {
+ DFT_R2C,
+ IDFT_C2R,
+ IDFT_R2C,
+ DFT_C2R,
+};
+
+typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext;
+
+/**
+ * Set up a real FFT.
+ * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
+ * @param trans the type of transform
+ */
+RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans);
+void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
+void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s);
+
+/* Discrete Cosine Transform */
+
+typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext;
+
+enum DCTTransformType {
+ DCT_II = 0,
+ DCT_III,
+ DCT_I,
+ DST_I,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Set up DCT.
+ *
+ * @param nbits size of the input array:
+ * (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I
+ * (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I
+ * @param type the type of transform
+ *
+ * @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored
+ */
+DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type);
+void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
+void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/bsf.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/bsf.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a09c69f24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/bsf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+/*
+ * Bitstream filters public API
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_BSF_H
+#define AVCODEC_BSF_H
+
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+#include "libavutil/rational.h"
+
+#include "codec_id.h"
+#include "codec_par.h"
+#include "packet.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_bsf Bitstream filters
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ *
+ * Bitstream filters transform encoded media data without decoding it. This
+ * allows e.g. manipulating various header values. Bitstream filters operate on
+ * @ref AVPacket "AVPackets".
+ *
+ * The bitstream filtering API is centered around two structures:
+ * AVBitStreamFilter and AVBSFContext. The former represents a bitstream filter
+ * in abstract, the latter a specific filtering process. Obtain an
+ * AVBitStreamFilter using av_bsf_get_by_name() or av_bsf_iterate(), then pass
+ * it to av_bsf_alloc() to create an AVBSFContext. Fill in the user-settable
+ * AVBSFContext fields, as described in its documentation, then call
+ * av_bsf_init() to prepare the filter context for use.
+ *
+ * Submit packets for filtering using av_bsf_send_packet(), obtain filtered
+ * results with av_bsf_receive_packet(). When no more input packets will be
+ * sent, submit a NULL AVPacket to signal the end of the stream to the filter.
+ * av_bsf_receive_packet() will then return trailing packets, if any are
+ * produced by the filter.
+ *
+ * Finally, free the filter context with av_bsf_free().
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The bitstream filter state.
+ *
+ * This struct must be allocated with av_bsf_alloc() and freed with
+ * av_bsf_free().
+ *
+ * The fields in the struct will only be changed (by the caller or by the
+ * filter) as described in their documentation, and are to be considered
+ * immutable otherwise.
+ */
+typedef struct AVBSFContext {
+ /**
+ * A class for logging and AVOptions
+ */
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+
+ /**
+ * The bitstream filter this context is an instance of.
+ */
+ const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter;
+
+ /**
+ * Opaque filter-specific private data. If filter->priv_class is non-NULL,
+ * this is an AVOptions-enabled struct.
+ */
+ void *priv_data;
+
+ /**
+ * Parameters of the input stream. This field is allocated in
+ * av_bsf_alloc(), it needs to be filled by the caller before
+ * av_bsf_init().
+ */
+ AVCodecParameters *par_in;
+
+ /**
+ * Parameters of the output stream. This field is allocated in
+ * av_bsf_alloc(), it is set by the filter in av_bsf_init().
+ */
+ AVCodecParameters *par_out;
+
+ /**
+ * The timebase used for the timestamps of the input packets. Set by the
+ * caller before av_bsf_init().
+ */
+ AVRational time_base_in;
+
+ /**
+ * The timebase used for the timestamps of the output packets. Set by the
+ * filter in av_bsf_init().
+ */
+ AVRational time_base_out;
+} AVBSFContext;
+
+typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter {
+ const char *name;
+
+ /**
+ * A list of codec ids supported by the filter, terminated by
+ * AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
+ * May be NULL, in that case the bitstream filter works with any codec id.
+ */
+ const enum AVCodecID *codec_ids;
+
+ /**
+ * A class for the private data, used to declare bitstream filter private
+ * AVOptions. This field is NULL for bitstream filters that do not declare
+ * any options.
+ *
+ * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data
+ * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavcodec generic
+ * code to this class.
+ */
+ const AVClass *priv_class;
+} AVBitStreamFilter;
+
+/**
+ * @return a bitstream filter with the specified name or NULL if no such
+ * bitstream filter exists.
+ */
+const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_get_by_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all registered bitstream filters.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the next registered bitstream filter or NULL when the iteration is
+ * finished
+ */
+const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_iterate(void **opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a context for a given bitstream filter. The caller must fill in the
+ * context parameters as described in the documentation and then call
+ * av_bsf_init() before sending any data to the filter.
+ *
+ * @param filter the filter for which to allocate an instance.
+ * @param[out] ctx a pointer into which the pointer to the newly-allocated context
+ * will be written. It must be freed with av_bsf_free() after the
+ * filtering is done.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_bsf_alloc(const AVBitStreamFilter *filter, AVBSFContext **ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Prepare the filter for use, after all the parameters and options have been
+ * set.
+ *
+ * @param ctx a AVBSFContext previously allocated with av_bsf_alloc()
+ */
+int av_bsf_init(AVBSFContext *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Submit a packet for filtering.
+ *
+ * After sending each packet, the filter must be completely drained by calling
+ * av_bsf_receive_packet() repeatedly until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or
+ * AVERROR_EOF.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an initialized AVBSFContext
+ * @param pkt the packet to filter. The bitstream filter will take ownership of
+ * the packet and reset the contents of pkt. pkt is not touched if an error occurs.
+ * If pkt is empty (i.e. NULL, or pkt->data is NULL and pkt->side_data_elems zero),
+ * it signals the end of the stream (i.e. no more non-empty packets will be sent;
+ * sending more empty packets does nothing) and will cause the filter to output
+ * any packets it may have buffered internally.
+ *
+ * @return
+ * - 0 on success.
+ * - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if packets need to be retrieved from the filter (using
+ * av_bsf_receive_packet()) before new input can be consumed.
+ * - Another negative AVERROR value if an error occurs.
+ */
+int av_bsf_send_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve a filtered packet.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an initialized AVBSFContext
+ * @param[out] pkt this struct will be filled with the contents of the filtered
+ * packet. It is owned by the caller and must be freed using
+ * av_packet_unref() when it is no longer needed.
+ * This parameter should be "clean" (i.e. freshly allocated
+ * with av_packet_alloc() or unreffed with av_packet_unref())
+ * when this function is called. If this function returns
+ * successfully, the contents of pkt will be completely
+ * overwritten by the returned data. On failure, pkt is not
+ * touched.
+ *
+ * @return
+ * - 0 on success.
+ * - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more packets need to be sent to the filter (using
+ * av_bsf_send_packet()) to get more output.
+ * - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no further output from the filter.
+ * - Another negative AVERROR value if an error occurs.
+ *
+ * @note one input packet may result in several output packets, so after sending
+ * a packet with av_bsf_send_packet(), this function needs to be called
+ * repeatedly until it stops returning 0. It is also possible for a filter to
+ * output fewer packets than were sent to it, so this function may return
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately after a successful av_bsf_send_packet() call.
+ */
+int av_bsf_receive_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the internal bitstream filter state. Should be called e.g. when seeking.
+ */
+void av_bsf_flush(AVBSFContext *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Free a bitstream filter context and everything associated with it; write NULL
+ * into the supplied pointer.
+ */
+void av_bsf_free(AVBSFContext **ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVBSFContext. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *av_bsf_get_class(void);
+
+/**
+ * Structure for chain/list of bitstream filters.
+ * Empty list can be allocated by av_bsf_list_alloc().
+ */
+typedef struct AVBSFList AVBSFList;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate empty list of bitstream filters.
+ * The list must be later freed by av_bsf_list_free()
+ * or finalized by av_bsf_list_finalize().
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to @ref AVBSFList on success, NULL in case of failure
+ */
+AVBSFList *av_bsf_list_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Free list of bitstream filters.
+ *
+ * @param lst Pointer to pointer returned by av_bsf_list_alloc()
+ */
+void av_bsf_list_free(AVBSFList **lst);
+
+/**
+ * Append bitstream filter to the list of bitstream filters.
+ *
+ * @param lst List to append to
+ * @param bsf Filter context to be appended
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
+ */
+int av_bsf_list_append(AVBSFList *lst, AVBSFContext *bsf);
+
+/**
+ * Construct new bitstream filter context given it's name and options
+ * and append it to the list of bitstream filters.
+ *
+ * @param lst List to append to
+ * @param bsf_name Name of the bitstream filter
+ * @param options Options for the bitstream filter, can be set to NULL
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
+ */
+int av_bsf_list_append2(AVBSFList *lst, const char * bsf_name, AVDictionary **options);
+/**
+ * Finalize list of bitstream filters.
+ *
+ * This function will transform @ref AVBSFList to single @ref AVBSFContext,
+ * so the whole chain of bitstream filters can be treated as single filter
+ * freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc().
+ * If the call is successful, @ref AVBSFList structure is freed and lst
+ * will be set to NULL. In case of failure, caller is responsible for
+ * freeing the structure by av_bsf_list_free()
+ *
+ * @param lst Filter list structure to be transformed
+ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure
+ * representing the chain of bitstream filters
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
+ */
+int av_bsf_list_finalize(AVBSFList **lst, AVBSFContext **bsf);
+
+/**
+ * Parse string describing list of bitstream filters and create single
+ * @ref AVBSFContext describing the whole chain of bitstream filters.
+ * Resulting @ref AVBSFContext can be treated as any other @ref AVBSFContext freshly
+ * allocated by av_bsf_alloc().
+ *
+ * @param str String describing chain of bitstream filters in format
+ * `bsf1[=opt1=val1:opt2=val2][,bsf2]`
+ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure
+ * representing the chain of bitstream filters
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
+ */
+int av_bsf_list_parse_str(const char *str, AVBSFContext **bsf);
+
+/**
+ * Get null/pass-through bitstream filter.
+ *
+ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to new instance of pass-through bitstream filter
+ *
+ * @return
+ */
+int av_bsf_get_null_filter(AVBSFContext **bsf);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif // AVCODEC_BSF_H
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/codec.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/codec.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3b1995bcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/codec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
+/*
+ * AVCodec public API
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_H
+#define AVCODEC_CODEC_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+#include "libavutil/hwcontext.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
+#include "libavutil/rational.h"
+#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
+
+#include "libavcodec/codec_id.h"
+#include "libavcodec/version_major.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_core
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Codec uses get_buffer() or get_encode_buffer() for allocating buffers and
+ * supports custom allocators.
+ * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() or get_encode_buffer() at all, or
+ * use operations that assume the buffer was allocated by
+ * avcodec_default_get_buffer2 or avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 (1 << 1)
+/**
+ * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to
+ * give the complete and correct output.
+ *
+ * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with
+ * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode
+ * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec
+ * unless this flag is set.
+ *
+ * Decoders:
+ * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL,
+ * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer
+ * returns frames.
+ *
+ * Encoders:
+ * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the
+ * encoder no longer returns data.
+ *
+ * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this
+ * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for
+ * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will
+ * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY (1 << 5)
+/**
+ * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size.
+ * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME (1 << 6)
+
+/**
+ * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket
+ * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do
+ * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames.
+ * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a
+ * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming
+ * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus
+ * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like
+ * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered
+ * as a last resort.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES (1 << 8)
+/**
+ * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental
+ * encoders
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL (1 << 9)
+/**
+ * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF (1 << 10)
+/**
+ * Codec supports frame-level multithreading.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS (1 << 12)
+/**
+ * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 13)
+/**
+ * Codec supports changed parameters at any point.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE (1 << 14)
+/**
+ * Codec supports multithreading through a method other than slice- or
+ * frame-level multithreading. Typically this marks wrappers around
+ * multithreading-capable external libraries.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_OTHER_THREADS (1 << 15)
+/**
+ * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE (1 << 16)
+/**
+ * Decoder is not a preferred choice for probing.
+ * This indicates that the decoder is not a good choice for probing.
+ * It could for example be an expensive to spin up hardware decoder,
+ * or it could simply not provide a lot of useful information about
+ * the stream.
+ * A decoder marked with this flag should only be used as last resort
+ * choice for probing.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING (1 << 17)
+
+/**
+ * Codec is backed by a hardware implementation. Typically used to
+ * identify a non-hwaccel hardware decoder. For information about hwaccels, use
+ * avcodec_get_hw_config() instead.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE (1 << 18)
+
+/**
+ * Codec is potentially backed by a hardware implementation, but not
+ * necessarily. This is used instead of AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE, if the
+ * implementation provides some sort of internal fallback.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HYBRID (1 << 19)
+
+/**
+ * This encoder can reorder user opaque values from input AVFrames and return
+ * them with corresponding output packets.
+ * @see AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE (1 << 20)
+
+/**
+ * This encoder can be flushed using avcodec_flush_buffers(). If this flag is
+ * not set, the encoder must be closed and reopened to ensure that no frames
+ * remain pending.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_FLUSH (1 << 21)
+
+/**
+ * The encoder is able to output reconstructed frame data, i.e. raw frames that
+ * would be produced by decoding the encoded bitstream.
+ *
+ * Reconstructed frame output is enabled by the AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME flag.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_RECON_FRAME (1 << 22)
+
+/**
+ * AVProfile.
+ */
+typedef struct AVProfile {
+ int profile;
+ const char *name; ///< short name for the profile
+} AVProfile;
+
+/**
+ * AVCodec.
+ */
+typedef struct AVCodec {
+ /**
+ * Name of the codec implementation.
+ * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an
+ * encoder and a decoder can share the same name).
+ * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective.
+ */
+ const char *name;
+ /**
+ * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name.
+ * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it.
+ */
+ const char *long_name;
+ enum AVMediaType type;
+ enum AVCodecID id;
+ /**
+ * Codec capabilities.
+ * see AV_CODEC_CAP_*
+ */
+ int capabilities;
+ uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder
+ const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0}
+ const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmts; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1
+ const int *supported_samplerates; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0
+ const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+ /**
+ * @deprecated use ch_layouts instead
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ const uint64_t *channel_layouts; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0
+#endif
+ const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context
+ const AVProfile *profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN}
+
+ /**
+ * Group name of the codec implementation.
+ * This is a short symbolic name of the wrapper backing this codec. A
+ * wrapper uses some kind of external implementation for the codec, such
+ * as an external library, or a codec implementation provided by the OS or
+ * the hardware.
+ * If this field is NULL, this is a builtin, libavcodec native codec.
+ * If non-NULL, this will be the suffix in AVCodec.name in most cases
+ * (usually AVCodec.name will be of the form "<codec_name>_<wrapper_name>").
+ */
+ const char *wrapper_name;
+
+ /**
+ * Array of supported channel layouts, terminated with a zeroed layout.
+ */
+ const AVChannelLayout *ch_layouts;
+} AVCodec;
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all registered codecs.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the next registered codec or NULL when the iteration is
+ * finished
+ */
+const AVCodec *av_codec_iterate(void **opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID.
+ *
+ * @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder
+ * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+const AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id);
+
+/**
+ * Find a registered decoder with the specified name.
+ *
+ * @param name name of the requested decoder
+ * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+const AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID.
+ *
+ * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder
+ * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+const AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id);
+
+/**
+ * Find a registered encoder with the specified name.
+ *
+ * @param name name of the requested encoder
+ * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+const AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char *name);
+/**
+ * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise
+ */
+int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec *codec);
+
+/**
+ * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise
+ */
+int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec *codec);
+
+/**
+ * Return a name for the specified profile, if available.
+ *
+ * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile
+ * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested
+ * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+const char *av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec *codec, int profile);
+
+enum {
+ /**
+ * The codec supports this format via the hw_device_ctx interface.
+ *
+ * When selecting this format, AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx should
+ * have been set to a device of the specified type before calling
+ * avcodec_open2().
+ */
+ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX = 0x01,
+ /**
+ * The codec supports this format via the hw_frames_ctx interface.
+ *
+ * When selecting this format for a decoder,
+ * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to a suitable frames
+ * context inside the get_format() callback. The frames context
+ * must have been created on a device of the specified type.
+ *
+ * When selecting this format for an encoder,
+ * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to the context which
+ * will be used for the input frames before calling avcodec_open2().
+ */
+ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX = 0x02,
+ /**
+ * The codec supports this format by some internal method.
+ *
+ * This format can be selected without any additional configuration -
+ * no device or frames context is required.
+ */
+ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_INTERNAL = 0x04,
+ /**
+ * The codec supports this format by some ad-hoc method.
+ *
+ * Additional settings and/or function calls are required. See the
+ * codec-specific documentation for details. (Methods requiring
+ * this sort of configuration are deprecated and others should be
+ * used in preference.)
+ */
+ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_AD_HOC = 0x08,
+};
+
+typedef struct AVCodecHWConfig {
+ /**
+ * For decoders, a hardware pixel format which that decoder may be
+ * able to decode to if suitable hardware is available.
+ *
+ * For encoders, a pixel format which the encoder may be able to
+ * accept. If set to AV_PIX_FMT_NONE, this applies to all pixel
+ * formats supported by the codec.
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
+ /**
+ * Bit set of AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_* flags, describing the possible
+ * setup methods which can be used with this configuration.
+ */
+ int methods;
+ /**
+ * The device type associated with the configuration.
+ *
+ * Must be set for AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX and
+ * AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX, otherwise unused.
+ */
+ enum AVHWDeviceType device_type;
+} AVCodecHWConfig;
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve supported hardware configurations for a codec.
+ *
+ * Values of index from zero to some maximum return the indexed configuration
+ * descriptor; all other values return NULL. If the codec does not support
+ * any hardware configurations then it will always return NULL.
+ */
+const AVCodecHWConfig *avcodec_get_hw_config(const AVCodec *codec, int index);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_CODEC_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/codec_desc.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/codec_desc.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..126b52df4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/codec_desc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+ * Codec descriptors public API
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H
+#define AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H
+
+#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+
+#include "codec_id.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_core
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an
+ * AVCodecID.
+ * @see avcodec_descriptor_get()
+ */
+typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor {
+ enum AVCodecID id;
+ enum AVMediaType type;
+ /**
+ * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and
+ * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric
+ * characters and '_' only.
+ */
+ const char *name;
+ /**
+ * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL.
+ */
+ const char *long_name;
+ /**
+ * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags.
+ */
+ int props;
+ /**
+ * MIME type(s) associated with the codec.
+ * May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types.
+ * The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type.
+ */
+ const char *const *mime_types;
+ /**
+ * If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec.
+ * Terminated with FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN.
+ */
+ const struct AVProfile *profiles;
+} AVCodecDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * Codec uses only intra compression.
+ * Video and audio codecs only.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only.
+ * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless
+ * compression modes
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY (1 << 1)
+/**
+ * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which
+ * the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the
+ * decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding
+ * frames.
+ *
+ * For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be
+ * equal.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER (1 << 3)
+/**
+ * Subtitle codec is bitmap based
+ * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB (1 << 16)
+/**
+ * Subtitle codec is text based.
+ * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB (1 << 17)
+
+/**
+ * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists.
+ */
+const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec.
+ *
+ * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor.
+ *
+ * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor
+ */
+const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor *prev);
+
+/**
+ * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor
+ * exists.
+ */
+const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/codec_id.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/codec_id.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..89a4a0cb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/codec_id.h
@@ -0,0 +1,661 @@
+/*
+ * Codec IDs
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H
+#define AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H
+
+#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
+
+#include "version_major.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_core
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream.
+ * The principle is roughly:
+ * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams.
+ * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams.
+ * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation
+ * details.
+ *
+ * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that
+ * 1. no value of an existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI),
+ * 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs
+ *
+ * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec
+ * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version.
+ */
+enum AVCodecID {
+ AV_CODEC_ID_NONE,
+
+ /* video codecs */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H261,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H263,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RV10,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RV20,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H263P,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H263I,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H264,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_4XM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PNG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PPM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PBM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PGM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PAM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RV30,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RV40,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VC1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AASC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BMP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_NUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP5,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GIF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DXA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_THP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SGI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_C93,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PTX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TXD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RL2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BFI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TGV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TQI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AURA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V210X,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V210,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DPX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MAD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_R210,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ANM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM,
+#define AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM
+ AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_YOP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP8,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_R10K,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DFA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V410,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XWD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XBM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP9,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AIC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_G2M,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC,
+#define AV_CODEC_ID_H265 AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FIC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EXR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP7,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SANM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HQX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HAP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DDS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DXV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVS2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PGX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVS3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSP2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VVC,
+#define AV_CODEC_ID_H266 AV_CODEC_ID_VVC
+ AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_012V,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI,
+#if FF_API_AYUV_CODECID
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV,
+#endif
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V308,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V408,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_APNG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CFHD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2RT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_M101,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MAGICYUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SHEERVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_YLC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PSD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PIXLET,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEDHQ,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FMVC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SCPR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CLEARVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XPM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BITPACKED,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSCC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SRGC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SVG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GDV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FITS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IMM4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PROSUMER,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MWSC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WCMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RASC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HYMT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ARBC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AGM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_LSCR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IMM5,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MVDV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MVHA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CDTOONS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MV30,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_NOTCHLC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PFM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MOBICLIP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PHOTOCD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IPU,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ARGO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CRI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SIMBIOSIS_IMX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SGA_VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GEM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VBN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGXL,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QOI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PHM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RADIANCE_HDR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WBMP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MEDIA100,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VQC,
+
+ /* various PCM "codecs" */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_S302M,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F16LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F24LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_VIDC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_SGA,
+
+ /* various ADPCM codecs */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DAT4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MTAF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AGM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ARGO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SSI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ZORK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ALP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MTF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_CUNNING,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MOFLEX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ACORN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XMD,
+
+ /* AMR */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB,
+
+ /* RealAudio codecs*/
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288,
+
+ /* various DPCM codecs */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DERF_DPCM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WADY_DPCM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CBD2_DPCM,
+
+ /* audio codecs */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AC3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DTS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_COOK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TTA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IMC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MLP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_APE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CELT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_G729,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RALF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TAK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_METASOUND,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CODEC2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_4GV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DST,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3AL,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3PAL,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DOLBY_E,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_APTX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_APTX_HD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SBC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC9,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HCOM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ACELP_KELVIN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEGH_3D_AUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SIREN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HCA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FASTAUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSNSIREN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DFPWM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BONK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MISC4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_APAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FTR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WAVARC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RKA,
+
+ /* subtitle codecs */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs.
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SSA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SRT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_STL,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PJS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ASS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TTML,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ARIB_CAPTION,
+
+ /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs.
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000,
+
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SCTE_35, ///< Contain timestamp estimated through PCR of program stream.
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EPG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IDF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_OTF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA,
+
+
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it
+
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS
+ * stream (only used by libavformat) */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems
+ * stream (only used by libavformat) */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information.
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = 0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket
+ /**
+ * Dummy null video codec, useful mainly for development and debugging.
+ * Null encoder/decoder discard all input and never return any output.
+ */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VNULL,
+ /**
+ * Dummy null audio codec, useful mainly for development and debugging.
+ * Null encoder/decoder discard all input and never return any output.
+ */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ANULL,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Get the type of the given codec.
+ */
+enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of a codec.
+ * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL
+ */
+const char *avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id);
+
+/**
+ * Return codec bits per sample.
+ *
+ * @param[in] codec_id the codec
+ * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec.
+ */
+int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
+
+/**
+ * Return codec bits per sample.
+ * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an
+ * approximation.
+ *
+ * @param[in] codec_id the codec
+ * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec.
+ */
+int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
+
+/**
+ * Return a name for the specified profile, if available.
+ *
+ * @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs
+ * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested
+ * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise.
+ *
+ * @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles
+ * supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this
+ * function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor
+ */
+const char *avcodec_profile_name(enum AVCodecID codec_id, int profile);
+
+/**
+ * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format.
+ * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big,
+ * -1 (or anything else) for native
+ * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE
+ */
+enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/codec_par.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/codec_par.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f51d27c59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/codec_par.h
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+/*
+ * Codec parameters public API
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H
+#define AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h"
+#include "libavutil/rational.h"
+#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
+
+#include "codec_id.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_core
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVFieldOrder {
+ AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN,
+ AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE,
+ AV_FIELD_TT, ///< Top coded_first, top displayed first
+ AV_FIELD_BB, ///< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first
+ AV_FIELD_TB, ///< Top coded first, bottom displayed first
+ AV_FIELD_BT, ///< Bottom coded first, top displayed first
+};
+
+/**
+ * This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream.
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVCodecParameters) is not a part of the public ABI, this struct must
+ * be allocated with avcodec_parameters_alloc() and freed with
+ * avcodec_parameters_free().
+ */
+typedef struct AVCodecParameters {
+ /**
+ * General type of the encoded data.
+ */
+ enum AVMediaType codec_type;
+ /**
+ * Specific type of the encoded data (the codec used).
+ */
+ enum AVCodecID codec_id;
+ /**
+ * Additional information about the codec (corresponds to the AVI FOURCC).
+ */
+ uint32_t codec_tag;
+
+ /**
+ * Extra binary data needed for initializing the decoder, codec-dependent.
+ *
+ * Must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed by
+ * avcodec_parameters_free(). The allocated size of extradata must be at
+ * least extradata_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE, with the padding
+ * bytes zeroed.
+ */
+ uint8_t *extradata;
+ /**
+ * Size of the extradata content in bytes.
+ */
+ int extradata_size;
+
+ /**
+ * - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat.
+ * - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat.
+ */
+ int format;
+
+ /**
+ * The average bitrate of the encoded data (in bits per second).
+ */
+ int64_t bit_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of bits per sample in the codedwords.
+ *
+ * This is basically the bitrate per sample. It is mandatory for a bunch of
+ * formats to actually decode them. It's the number of bits for one sample in
+ * the actual coded bitstream.
+ *
+ * This could be for example 4 for ADPCM
+ * For PCM formats this matches bits_per_raw_sample
+ * Can be 0
+ */
+ int bits_per_coded_sample;
+
+ /**
+ * This is the number of valid bits in each output sample. If the
+ * sample format has more bits, the least significant bits are additional
+ * padding bits, which are always 0. Use right shifts to reduce the sample
+ * to its actual size. For example, audio formats with 24 bit samples will
+ * have bits_per_raw_sample set to 24, and format set to AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32.
+ * To get the original sample use "(int32_t)sample >> 8"."
+ *
+ * For ADPCM this might be 12 or 16 or similar
+ * Can be 0
+ */
+ int bits_per_raw_sample;
+
+ /**
+ * Codec-specific bitstream restrictions that the stream conforms to.
+ */
+ int profile;
+ int level;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only. The dimensions of the video frame in pixels.
+ */
+ int width;
+ int height;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only. The aspect ratio (width / height) which a single pixel
+ * should have when displayed.
+ *
+ * When the aspect ratio is unknown / undefined, the numerator should be
+ * set to 0 (the denominator may have any value).
+ */
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video.
+ */
+ enum AVFieldOrder field_order;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only. Additional colorspace characteristics.
+ */
+ enum AVColorRange color_range;
+ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
+ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
+ enum AVColorSpace color_space;
+ enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only. Number of delayed frames.
+ */
+ int video_delay;
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The channel layout bitmask. May be 0 if the channel layout is
+ * unknown or unspecified, otherwise the number of bits set must be equal to
+ * the channels field.
+ * @deprecated use ch_layout
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ uint64_t channel_layout;
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The number of audio channels.
+ * @deprecated use ch_layout.nb_channels
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int channels;
+#endif
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The number of audio samples per second.
+ */
+ int sample_rate;
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The number of bytes per coded audio frame, required by some
+ * formats.
+ *
+ * Corresponds to nBlockAlign in WAVEFORMATEX.
+ */
+ int block_align;
+ /**
+ * Audio only. Audio frame size, if known. Required by some formats to be static.
+ */
+ int frame_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) inserted by the encoder at
+ * the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading decoded samples
+ * must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio without leading
+ * padding.
+ */
+ int initial_padding;
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to
+ * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be
+ * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original
+ * audio without any trailing padding.
+ */
+ int trailing_padding;
+ /**
+ * Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity.
+ */
+ int seek_preroll;
+
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The channel layout and number of channels.
+ */
+ AVChannelLayout ch_layout;
+} AVCodecParameters;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new AVCodecParameters and set its fields to default values
+ * (unknown/invalid/0). The returned struct must be freed with
+ * avcodec_parameters_free().
+ */
+AVCodecParameters *avcodec_parameters_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVCodecParameters instance and everything associated with it and
+ * write NULL to the supplied pointer.
+ */
+void avcodec_parameters_free(AVCodecParameters **par);
+
+/**
+ * Copy the contents of src to dst. Any allocated fields in dst are freed and
+ * replaced with newly allocated duplicates of the corresponding fields in src.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int avcodec_parameters_copy(AVCodecParameters *dst, const AVCodecParameters *src);
+
+/**
+ * This function is the same as av_get_audio_frame_duration(), except it works
+ * with AVCodecParameters instead of an AVCodecContext.
+ */
+int av_get_audio_frame_duration2(AVCodecParameters *par, int frame_bytes);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/d3d11va.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/d3d11va.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6816b6c1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/d3d11va.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+ * Direct3D11 HW acceleration
+ *
+ * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar
+ * copyright (c) 2015 Steve Lhomme
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H
+#define AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va
+ * Public libavcodec D3D11VA header.
+ */
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602
+#undef _WIN32_WINNT
+#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602
+#endif
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <d3d11.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va Direct3D11
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards
+#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface
+
+/**
+ * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data
+ * to the Direct3D11 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
+ *
+ * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
+ *
+ * Use av_d3d11va_alloc_context() exclusively to allocate an AVD3D11VAContext.
+ */
+typedef struct AVD3D11VAContext {
+ /**
+ * D3D11 decoder object
+ */
+ ID3D11VideoDecoder *decoder;
+
+ /**
+ * D3D11 VideoContext
+ */
+ ID3D11VideoContext *video_context;
+
+ /**
+ * D3D11 configuration used to create the decoder
+ */
+ D3D11_VIDEO_DECODER_CONFIG *cfg;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of surface in the surface array
+ */
+ unsigned surface_count;
+
+ /**
+ * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder
+ */
+ ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView **surface;
+
+ /**
+ * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder
+ */
+ uint64_t workaround;
+
+ /**
+ * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation
+ */
+ unsigned report_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Mutex to access video_context
+ */
+ HANDLE context_mutex;
+} AVD3D11VAContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVD3D11VAContext.
+ *
+ * @return Newly-allocated AVD3D11VAContext or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVD3D11VAContext *av_d3d11va_alloc_context(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/defs.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/defs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fbe3254db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/defs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_DEFS_H
+#define AVCODEC_DEFS_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ * Misc types and constants that do not belong anywhere else.
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup lavc_decoding
+ * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding.
+ * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read
+ * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.<br>
+ * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged
+ * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault.
+ */
+#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 64
+
+/**
+ * Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or
+ * decoded data, depending on the format) and print an error message on mismatch.
+ * If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the
+ * decoder/demuxer returning an error.
+ */
+#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK (1<<0)
+#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1<<1) ///< detect bitstream specification deviations
+#define AV_EF_BUFFER (1<<2) ///< detect improper bitstream length
+#define AV_EF_EXPLODE (1<<3) ///< abort decoding on minor error detection
+
+#define AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR (1<<15) ///< ignore errors and continue
+#define AV_EF_CAREFUL (1<<16) ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate and have not been seen in the wild as errors
+#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT (1<<17) ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors
+#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE (1<<18) ///< consider things that a sane encoder/muxer should not do as an error
+
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT 2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software.
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT 1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences.
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL 0
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things.
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup lavc_decoding
+ */
+enum AVDiscard{
+ /* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some
+ * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */
+ AVDISCARD_NONE =-16, ///< discard nothing
+ AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi
+ AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference
+ AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames
+ AVDISCARD_NONINTRA= 24, ///< discard all non intra frames
+ AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes
+ AVDISCARD_ALL = 48, ///< discard all
+};
+
+enum AVAudioServiceType {
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB , ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * Pan Scan area.
+ * This specifies the area which should be displayed.
+ * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame.
+ */
+typedef struct AVPanScan {
+ /**
+ * id
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int id;
+
+ /**
+ * width and height in 1/16 pel
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int width;
+ int height;
+
+ /**
+ * position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int16_t position[3][2];
+} AVPanScan;
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It
+ * roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD
+ * parameters for H.264/HEVC.
+ */
+typedef struct AVCPBProperties {
+ /**
+ * Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
+ * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
+ */
+ int64_t max_bitrate;
+ /**
+ * Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
+ * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
+ */
+ int64_t min_bitrate;
+ /**
+ * Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
+ * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
+ */
+ int64_t avg_bitrate;
+
+ /**
+ * The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits.
+ * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
+ */
+ int64_t buffer_size;
+
+ /**
+ * The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with
+ * is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz
+ * clock.
+ *
+ * UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified.
+ */
+ uint64_t vbv_delay;
+} AVCPBProperties;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default
+ * values.
+ *
+ * @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written
+ * here. This is useful for embedding it in side data.
+ *
+ * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
+ */
+AVCPBProperties *av_cpb_properties_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * This structure supplies correlation between a packet timestamp and a wall clock
+ * production time. The definition follows the Producer Reference Time ('prft')
+ * as defined in ISO/IEC 14496-12
+ */
+typedef struct AVProducerReferenceTime {
+ /**
+ * A UTC timestamp, in microseconds, since Unix epoch (e.g, av_gettime()).
+ */
+ int64_t wallclock;
+ int flags;
+} AVProducerReferenceTime;
+
+/**
+ * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs.
+ *
+ * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long
+ * @param v size of extradata in bytes
+ * @return number of bytes written to the buffer.
+ */
+unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char *s, unsigned int v);
+
+#endif // AVCODEC_DEFS_H
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/dirac.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/dirac.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e6d9d346d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/dirac.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 Marco Gerards <[email protected]>
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 David Conrad
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Jordi Ortiz
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_DIRAC_H
+#define AVCODEC_DIRAC_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Interface to Dirac Decoder/Encoder
+ * @author Marco Gerards <[email protected]>
+ * @author David Conrad
+ * @author Jordi Ortiz
+ */
+
+#include "avcodec.h"
+
+/**
+ * The spec limits the number of wavelet decompositions to 4 for both
+ * level 1 (VC-2) and 128 (long-gop default).
+ * 5 decompositions is the maximum before >16-bit buffers are needed.
+ * Schroedinger allows this for DD 9,7 and 13,7 wavelets only, limiting
+ * the others to 4 decompositions (or 3 for the fidelity filter).
+ *
+ * We use this instead of MAX_DECOMPOSITIONS to save some memory.
+ */
+#define MAX_DWT_LEVELS 5
+
+/**
+ * Parse code values:
+ *
+ * Dirac Specification ->
+ * 9.6.1 Table 9.1
+ *
+ * VC-2 Specification ->
+ * 10.4.1 Table 10.1
+ */
+
+enum DiracParseCodes {
+ DIRAC_PCODE_SEQ_HEADER = 0x00,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_END_SEQ = 0x10,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_AUX = 0x20,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_PAD = 0x30,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_CODED = 0x08,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_RAW = 0x48,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_LOW_DEL = 0xC8,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_HQ = 0xE8,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO1 = 0x0A,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO2 = 0x09,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO1 = 0x0D,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO2 = 0x0E,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_CO = 0x0C,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_RAW = 0x4C,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_PICT = 0xCC,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_MAGIC = 0x42424344,
+};
+
+typedef struct DiracVersionInfo {
+ int major;
+ int minor;
+} DiracVersionInfo;
+
+typedef struct AVDiracSeqHeader {
+ unsigned width;
+ unsigned height;
+ uint8_t chroma_format; ///< 0: 444 1: 422 2: 420
+
+ uint8_t interlaced;
+ uint8_t top_field_first;
+
+ uint8_t frame_rate_index; ///< index into dirac_frame_rate[]
+ uint8_t aspect_ratio_index; ///< index into dirac_aspect_ratio[]
+
+ uint16_t clean_width;
+ uint16_t clean_height;
+ uint16_t clean_left_offset;
+ uint16_t clean_right_offset;
+
+ uint8_t pixel_range_index; ///< index into dirac_pixel_range_presets[]
+ uint8_t color_spec_index; ///< index into dirac_color_spec_presets[]
+
+ int profile;
+ int level;
+
+ AVRational framerate;
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
+ enum AVColorRange color_range;
+ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
+ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
+ enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
+
+ DiracVersionInfo version;
+ int bit_depth;
+} AVDiracSeqHeader;
+
+/**
+ * Parse a Dirac sequence header.
+ *
+ * @param dsh this function will allocate and fill an AVDiracSeqHeader struct
+ * and write it into this pointer. The caller must free it with
+ * av_free().
+ * @param buf the data buffer
+ * @param buf_size the size of the data buffer in bytes
+ * @param log_ctx if non-NULL, this function will log errors here
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_dirac_parse_sequence_header(AVDiracSeqHeader **dsh,
+ const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_size,
+ void *log_ctx);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_DIRAC_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/dv_profile.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/dv_profile.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4365f1b4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/dv_profile.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H
+#define AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
+#include "libavutil/rational.h"
+
+/* minimum number of bytes to read from a DV stream in order to
+ * determine the profile */
+#define DV_PROFILE_BYTES (6 * 80) /* 6 DIF blocks */
+
+
+/*
+ * AVDVProfile is used to express the differences between various
+ * DV flavors. For now it's primarily used for differentiating
+ * 525/60 and 625/50, but the plans are to use it for various
+ * DV specs as well (e.g. SMPTE314M vs. IEC 61834).
+ */
+typedef struct AVDVProfile {
+ int dsf; /* value of the dsf in the DV header */
+ int video_stype; /* stype for VAUX source pack */
+ int frame_size; /* total size of one frame in bytes */
+ int difseg_size; /* number of DIF segments per DIF channel */
+ int n_difchan; /* number of DIF channels per frame */
+ AVRational time_base; /* 1/framerate */
+ int ltc_divisor; /* FPS from the LTS standpoint */
+ int height; /* picture height in pixels */
+ int width; /* picture width in pixels */
+ AVRational sar[2]; /* sample aspect ratios for 4:3 and 16:9 */
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; /* picture pixel format */
+ int bpm; /* blocks per macroblock */
+ const uint8_t *block_sizes; /* AC block sizes, in bits */
+ int audio_stride; /* size of audio_shuffle table */
+ int audio_min_samples[3]; /* min amount of audio samples */
+ /* for 48kHz, 44.1kHz and 32kHz */
+ int audio_samples_dist[5]; /* how many samples are supposed to be */
+ /* in each frame in a 5 frames window */
+ const uint8_t (*audio_shuffle)[9]; /* PCM shuffling table */
+} AVDVProfile;
+
+/**
+ * Get a DV profile for the provided compressed frame.
+ *
+ * @param sys the profile used for the previous frame, may be NULL
+ * @param frame the compressed data buffer
+ * @param buf_size size of the buffer in bytes
+ * @return the DV profile for the supplied data or NULL on failure
+ */
+const AVDVProfile *av_dv_frame_profile(const AVDVProfile *sys,
+ const uint8_t *frame, unsigned buf_size);
+
+/**
+ * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters.
+ */
+const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters.
+ * The frame rate is used as a best-effort parameter.
+ */
+const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile2(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, AVRational frame_rate);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/dxva2.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/dxva2.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..22c93992f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/dxva2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ * DXVA2 HW acceleration
+ *
+ * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA2_H
+#define AVCODEC_DXVA2_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2
+ * Public libavcodec DXVA2 header.
+ */
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602
+#undef _WIN32_WINNT
+#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602
+#endif
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <d3d9.h>
+#include <dxva2api.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 DXVA2
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards
+#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface
+
+/**
+ * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data
+ * to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
+ *
+ * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
+ */
+struct dxva_context {
+ /**
+ * DXVA2 decoder object
+ */
+ IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder;
+
+ /**
+ * DXVA2 configuration used to create the decoder
+ */
+ const DXVA2_ConfigPictureDecode *cfg;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of surface in the surface array
+ */
+ unsigned surface_count;
+
+ /**
+ * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder
+ */
+ LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 *surface;
+
+ /**
+ * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder
+ */
+ uint64_t workaround;
+
+ /**
+ * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation
+ */
+ unsigned report_id;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA2_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/jni.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/jni.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dd99e9261
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/jni.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*
+ * JNI public API functions
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Matthieu Bouron <matthieu.bouron stupeflix.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_JNI_H
+#define AVCODEC_JNI_H
+
+/*
+ * Manually set a Java virtual machine which will be used to retrieve the JNI
+ * environment. Once a Java VM is set it cannot be changed afterwards, meaning
+ * you can call multiple times av_jni_set_java_vm with the same Java VM pointer
+ * however it will error out if you try to set a different Java VM.
+ *
+ * @param vm Java virtual machine
+ * @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_jni_set_java_vm(void *vm, void *log_ctx);
+
+/*
+ * Get the Java virtual machine which has been set with av_jni_set_java_vm.
+ *
+ * @param vm Java virtual machine
+ * @return a pointer to the Java virtual machine
+ */
+void *av_jni_get_java_vm(void *log_ctx);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_JNI_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/mediacodec.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/mediacodec.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4e9b56a61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/mediacodec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ * Android MediaCodec public API
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Matthieu Bouron <matthieu.bouron stupeflix.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H
+#define AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H
+
+#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
+
+/**
+ * This structure holds a reference to a android/view/Surface object that will
+ * be used as output by the decoder.
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct AVMediaCodecContext {
+
+ /**
+ * android/view/Surface object reference.
+ */
+ void *surface;
+
+} AVMediaCodecContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a MediaCodec context.
+ *
+ * When decoding with MediaCodec is finished, the caller must free the
+ * MediaCodec context with av_mediacodec_default_free.
+ *
+ * @return a pointer to a newly allocated AVMediaCodecContext on success, NULL otherwise
+ */
+AVMediaCodecContext *av_mediacodec_alloc_context(void);
+
+/**
+ * Convenience function that sets up the MediaCodec context.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param ctx MediaCodec context to initialize
+ * @param surface reference to an android/view/Surface
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_mediacodec_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVMediaCodecContext *ctx, void *surface);
+
+/**
+ * This function must be called to free the MediaCodec context initialized with
+ * av_mediacodec_default_init().
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ */
+void av_mediacodec_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+/**
+ * Opaque structure representing a MediaCodec buffer to render.
+ */
+typedef struct MediaCodecBuffer AVMediaCodecBuffer;
+
+/**
+ * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it to the surface that is associated
+ * with the decoder. This function should only be called once on a given
+ * buffer, once released the underlying buffer returns to the codec, thus
+ * subsequent calls to this function will have no effect.
+ *
+ * @param buffer the buffer to render
+ * @param render 1 to release and render the buffer to the surface or 0 to
+ * discard the buffer
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_mediacodec_release_buffer(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int render);
+
+/**
+ * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it at the given time to the surface
+ * that is associated with the decoder. The timestamp must be within one second
+ * of the current `java/lang/System#nanoTime()` (which is implemented using
+ * `CLOCK_MONOTONIC` on Android). See the Android MediaCodec documentation
+ * of [`android/media/MediaCodec#releaseOutputBuffer(int,long)`][0] for more details.
+ *
+ * @param buffer the buffer to render
+ * @param time timestamp in nanoseconds of when to render the buffer
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
+ *
+ * [0]: https://developer.android.com/reference/android/media/MediaCodec#releaseOutputBuffer(int,%20long)
+ */
+int av_mediacodec_render_buffer_at_time(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int64_t time);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/packet.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/packet.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f28e7e701
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/packet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,731 @@
+/*
+ * AVPacket public API
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_PACKET_H
+#define AVCODEC_PACKET_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavutil/rational.h"
+#include "libavutil/version.h"
+
+#include "libavcodec/version_major.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket
+ *
+ * Types and functions for working with AVPacket.
+ * @{
+ */
+enum AVPacketSideDataType {
+ /**
+ * An AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE side data packet contains exactly AVPALETTE_SIZE
+ * bytes worth of palette. This side data signals that a new palette is
+ * present.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE,
+
+ /**
+ * The AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA is used to notify the codec or the format
+ * that the extradata buffer was changed and the receiving side should
+ * act upon it appropriately. The new extradata is embedded in the side
+ * data buffer and should be immediately used for processing the current
+ * frame or packet.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA,
+
+ /**
+ * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows:
+ * @code
+ * u32le param_flags
+ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT)
+ * s32le channel_count
+ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT)
+ * u64le channel_layout
+ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE)
+ * s32le sample_rate
+ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS)
+ * s32le width
+ * s32le height
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE,
+
+ /**
+ * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of
+ * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the
+ * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190).
+ * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks,
+ * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller
+ * than the target payload size.
+ * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows:
+ * @code
+ * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet
+ * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock
+ * u8 GOB number
+ * u16le macroblock address within the GOB
+ * u8 horizontal MV predictor
+ * u8 vertical MV predictor
+ * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3
+ * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains
+ * ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
+ * transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for
+ * correct presentation.
+ *
+ * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains
+ * Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds
+ * to enum AVAudioServiceType.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data contains quality related information from the encoder.
+ * @code
+ * u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad).
+ * u8 picture type
+ * u8 error count
+ * u16 reserved
+ * u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in and output
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index
+ * of a "fallback" track. A fallback track indicates an alternate
+ * track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason.
+ * e.g. no decoder available for codec.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES,
+
+ /**
+ * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples
+ * @code
+ * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
+ * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
+ * u8 reason for start skip
+ * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
+
+ /**
+ * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that
+ * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV
+ * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used.
+ * @code
+ * u8 selected channels (0=main/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both)
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO,
+
+ /**
+ * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for
+ * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA,
+
+ /**
+ * Subtitle event position
+ * @code
+ * u32le x1
+ * u32le y1
+ * u32le x2
+ * u32le y2
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION,
+
+ /**
+ * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is
+ * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data
+ * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed
+ * by data.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL,
+
+ /**
+ * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER,
+
+ /**
+ * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately
+ * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS,
+
+ /**
+ * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for
+ * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This
+ * side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE,
+
+ /**
+ * MPEGTS stream ID as uint8_t, this is required to pass the stream ID
+ * information from the demuxer to the corresponding muxer.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_MPEGTS_STREAM_ID,
+
+ /**
+ * Mastering display metadata (based on SMPTE-2086:2014). This metadata
+ * should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form
+ * of the AVMasteringDisplayMetadata struct.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data should be associated with a video stream and corresponds
+ * to the AVSphericalMapping structure.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_SPHERICAL,
+
+ /**
+ * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This metadata should be
+ * associated with a video stream and contains data in the form of the
+ * AVContentLightMetadata struct.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL,
+
+ /**
+ * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. This metadata should be associated with
+ * a video stream. A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVPacketSideData.data.
+ * The number of bytes of CC data is AVPacketSideData.size.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_A53_CC,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data is encryption initialization data.
+ * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_init_info_* methods to
+ * access.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INIT_INFO,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data contains encryption info for how to decrypt the packet.
+ * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_info_* methods to access.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INFO,
+
+ /**
+ * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified
+ * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_AFD,
+
+ /**
+ * Producer Reference Time data corresponding to the AVProducerReferenceTime struct,
+ * usually exported by some encoders (on demand through the prft flag set in the
+ * AVCodecContext export_side_data field).
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_PRFT,
+
+ /**
+ * ICC profile data consisting of an opaque octet buffer following the
+ * format described by ISO 15076-1.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_ICC_PROFILE,
+
+ /**
+ * DOVI configuration
+ * ref:
+ * dolby-vision-bitstreams-within-the-iso-base-media-file-format-v2.1.2, section 2.2
+ * dolby-vision-bitstreams-in-mpeg-2-transport-stream-multiplex-v1.2, section 3.3
+ * Tags are stored in struct AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_DOVI_CONF,
+
+ /**
+ * Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1:2014. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t
+ * where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used.
+ * The timecode format is described in the documentation of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum()
+ * function in libavutil/timecode.h.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE,
+
+ /**
+ * HDR10+ dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The metadata is in
+ * the form of the AVDynamicHDRPlus struct and contains
+ * information for color volume transform - application 4 of
+ * SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR10_PLUS,
+
+ /**
+ * The number of side data types.
+ * This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may
+ * change when new side data types are added.
+ * This must stay the last enum value.
+ * If its value becomes huge, some code using it
+ * needs to be updated as it assumes it to be smaller than other limits.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_NB
+};
+
+#define AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS //DEPRECATED
+
+typedef struct AVPacketSideData {
+ uint8_t *data;
+ size_t size;
+ enum AVPacketSideDataType type;
+} AVPacketSideData;
+
+/**
+ * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers
+ * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and
+ * then passed to muxers.
+ *
+ * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may
+ * contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty
+ * packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data
+ * (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding).
+ *
+ * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field.
+ * If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is
+ * valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the
+ * reference count to 0.
+ *
+ * If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead
+ * of increasing the reference count.
+ *
+ * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by
+ * av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref().
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVPacket) being a part of the public ABI is deprecated. once
+ * av_init_packet() is removed, new packets will only be able to be allocated
+ * with av_packet_alloc(), and new fields may be added to the end of the struct
+ * with a minor bump.
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_alloc
+ * @see av_packet_ref
+ * @see av_packet_unref
+ */
+typedef struct AVPacket {
+ /**
+ * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is
+ * stored.
+ * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *buf;
+ /**
+ * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which
+ * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user.
+ * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
+ * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before
+ * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse
+ * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps
+ * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket.
+ */
+ int64_t pts;
+ /**
+ * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which
+ * the packet is decompressed.
+ * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
+ */
+ int64_t dts;
+ uint8_t *data;
+ int size;
+ int stream_index;
+ /**
+ * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values
+ */
+ int flags;
+ /**
+ * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container.
+ * Packet can contain several types of side information.
+ */
+ AVPacketSideData *side_data;
+ int side_data_elems;
+
+ /**
+ * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
+ * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order.
+ */
+ int64_t duration;
+
+ int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown
+
+ /**
+ * for some private data of the user
+ */
+ void *opaque;
+
+ /**
+ * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the
+ * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when
+ * the packet is unreferenced. av_packet_copy_props() calls create a new
+ * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target packet's opaque_ref field.
+ *
+ * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar
+ * purpose.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *opaque_ref;
+
+ /**
+ * Time base of the packet's timestamps.
+ * In the future, this field may be set on packets output by encoders or
+ * demuxers, but its value will be by default ignored on input to decoders
+ * or muxers.
+ */
+ AVRational time_base;
+} AVPacket;
+
+#if FF_API_INIT_PACKET
+attribute_deprecated
+typedef struct AVPacketList {
+ AVPacket pkt;
+ struct AVPacketList *next;
+} AVPacketList;
+#endif
+
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY 0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted
+/**
+ * Flag is used to discard packets which are required to maintain valid
+ * decoder state but are not required for output and should be dropped
+ * after decoding.
+ **/
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISCARD 0x0004
+/**
+ * The packet comes from a trusted source.
+ *
+ * Otherwise-unsafe constructs such as arbitrary pointers to data
+ * outside the packet may be followed.
+ */
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_TRUSTED 0x0008
+/**
+ * Flag is used to indicate packets that contain frames that can
+ * be discarded by the decoder. I.e. Non-reference frames.
+ */
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISPOSABLE 0x0010
+
+enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags {
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+ /**
+ * @deprecated those are not used by any decoder
+ */
+ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = 0x0001,
+ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002,
+#endif
+ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004,
+ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values. The resulting
+ * struct must be freed using av_packet_free().
+ *
+ * @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ *
+ * @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those
+ * must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet.
+ *
+ * @see av_new_packet
+ */
+AVPacket *av_packet_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new packet that references the same data as src.
+ *
+ * This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref().
+ *
+ * @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error.
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_alloc
+ * @see av_packet_ref
+ */
+AVPacket *av_packet_clone(const AVPacket *src);
+
+/**
+ * Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be
+ * unreferenced first.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
+ * @note passing NULL is a no-op.
+ */
+void av_packet_free(AVPacket **pkt);
+
+#if FF_API_INIT_PACKET
+/**
+ * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values.
+ *
+ * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be
+ * initialized separately.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_alloc
+ * @see av_packet_unref
+ *
+ * @deprecated This function is deprecated. Once it's removed,
+ sizeof(AVPacket) will not be a part of the ABI anymore.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_init_packet(AVPacket *pkt);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with
+ * default values.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size wanted payload size
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise
+ */
+int av_new_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size new size
+ */
+void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet
+ */
+int av_grow_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int grow_by);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size,
+ * and buf fields, all others are left untouched.
+ * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this
+ * function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying AVBuffer.
+ * The caller may not access the data through other means.
+ * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer
+ * size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
+ */
+int av_packet_from_data(AVPacket *pkt, uint8_t *data, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate new information of a packet.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param type side information type
+ * @param size side information size
+ * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
+ size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Wrap an existing array as a packet side data.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param type side information type
+ * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc()
+ * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to
+ * pkt.
+ * @param size side information size
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on
+ * failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains
+ * owned by the caller.
+ */
+int av_packet_add_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
+ uint8_t *data, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param type side information type
+ * @param size new side information size
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure
+ */
+int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
+ size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Get side information from packet.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param type desired side information type
+ * @param size If supplied, *size will be set to the size of the side data
+ * or to zero if the desired side data is not present.
+ * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(const AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
+ size_t *size);
+
+const char *av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type);
+
+/**
+ * Pack a dictionary for use in side_data.
+ *
+ * @param dict The dictionary to pack.
+ * @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data
+ * @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t *av_packet_pack_dictionary(AVDictionary *dict, size_t *size);
+/**
+ * Unpack a dictionary from side_data.
+ *
+ * @param data data from side_data
+ * @param size size of the data
+ * @param dict the metadata storage dictionary
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure
+ */
+int av_packet_unpack_dictionary(const uint8_t *data, size_t size,
+ AVDictionary **dict);
+
+/**
+ * Convenience function to free all the side data stored.
+ * All the other fields stay untouched.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ */
+void av_packet_free_side_data(AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet
+ *
+ * If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the
+ * buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the
+ * data from src into it.
+ *
+ * All the other fields are copied from src.
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_unref
+ *
+ * @param dst Destination packet. Will be completely overwritten.
+ * @param src Source packet
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On error, dst
+ * will be blank (as if returned by av_packet_alloc()).
+ */
+int av_packet_ref(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src);
+
+/**
+ * Wipe the packet.
+ *
+ * Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the
+ * remaining packet fields to their default values.
+ *
+ * @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced.
+ */
+void av_packet_unref(AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Move every field in src to dst and reset src.
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_unref
+ *
+ * @param src Source packet, will be reset
+ * @param dst Destination packet
+ */
+void av_packet_move_ref(AVPacket *dst, AVPacket *src);
+
+/**
+ * Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst.
+ *
+ * Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields
+ * beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size)
+ *
+ * @param dst Destination packet
+ * @param src Source packet
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure.
+ */
+int av_packet_copy_props(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src);
+
+/**
+ * Ensure the data described by a given packet is reference counted.
+ *
+ * @note This function does not ensure that the reference will be writable.
+ * Use av_packet_make_writable instead for that purpose.
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_ref
+ * @see av_packet_make_writable
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet whose data should be made reference counted.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On failure, the
+ * packet is unchanged.
+ */
+int av_packet_make_refcounted(AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Create a writable reference for the data described by a given packet,
+ * avoiding data copy if possible.
+ *
+ * @param pkt Packet whose data should be made writable.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. On failure, the
+ * packet is unchanged.
+ */
+int av_packet_make_writable(AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one
+ * timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be
+ * ignored.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed
+ * @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are
+ * expressed
+ * @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be
+ * converted
+ */
+void av_packet_rescale_ts(AVPacket *pkt, AVRational tb_src, AVRational tb_dst);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif // AVCODEC_PACKET_H
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/qsv.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/qsv.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c156b08d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/qsv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+ * Intel MediaSDK QSV public API
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_QSV_H
+#define AVCODEC_QSV_H
+
+#include <mfxvideo.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
+
+/**
+ * This struct is used for communicating QSV parameters between libavcodec and
+ * the caller. It is managed by the caller and must be assigned to
+ * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
+ * - decoding: hwaccel_context must be set on return from the get_format()
+ * callback
+ * - encoding: hwaccel_context must be set before avcodec_open2()
+ */
+typedef struct AVQSVContext {
+ /**
+ * If non-NULL, the session to use for encoding or decoding.
+ * Otherwise, libavcodec will try to create an internal session.
+ */
+ mfxSession session;
+
+ /**
+ * The IO pattern to use.
+ */
+ int iopattern;
+
+ /**
+ * Extra buffers to pass to encoder or decoder initialization.
+ */
+ mfxExtBuffer **ext_buffers;
+ int nb_ext_buffers;
+
+ /**
+ * Encoding only. If this field is set to non-zero by the caller, libavcodec
+ * will create an mfxExtOpaqueSurfaceAlloc extended buffer and pass it to
+ * the encoder initialization. This only makes sense if iopattern is also
+ * set to MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_OPAQUE_MEMORY.
+ *
+ * The number of allocated opaque surfaces will be the sum of the number
+ * required by the encoder and the user-provided value nb_opaque_surfaces.
+ * The array of the opaque surfaces will be exported to the caller through
+ * the opaque_surfaces field.
+ *
+ * The caller must set this field to zero for oneVPL (MFX_VERSION >= 2.0)
+ */
+ int opaque_alloc;
+
+ /**
+ * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. Before
+ * calling avcodec_open2(), the caller should set this field to the number
+ * of extra opaque surfaces to allocate beyond what is required by the
+ * encoder.
+ *
+ * On return from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set by libavcodec to
+ * the total number of allocated opaque surfaces.
+ */
+ int nb_opaque_surfaces;
+
+ /**
+ * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return
+ * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be used by libavcodec to export the
+ * array of the allocated opaque surfaces to the caller, so they can be
+ * passed to other parts of the pipeline.
+ *
+ * The buffer reference exported here is owned and managed by libavcodec,
+ * the callers should make their own reference with av_buffer_ref() and free
+ * it with av_buffer_unref() when it is no longer needed.
+ *
+ * The buffer data is an nb_opaque_surfaces-sized array of mfxFrameSurface1.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *opaque_surfaces;
+
+ /**
+ * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return
+ * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set to the surface type used in
+ * the opaque allocation request.
+ */
+ int opaque_alloc_type;
+} AVQSVContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new context.
+ *
+ * It must be freed by the caller with av_free().
+ */
+AVQSVContext *av_qsv_alloc_context(void);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_QSV_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/vdpau.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/vdpau.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..35c4b1096
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/vdpau.h
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/*
+ * The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for
+ * hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
+#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau
+ * Public libavcodec VDPAU header.
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ *
+ * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules
+ * - VDPAU decoding
+ * - VDPAU presentation
+ *
+ * The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg
+ * parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding.
+ *
+ * As per the current implementation, the actual decoding
+ * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU
+ * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+
+#include "avcodec.h"
+
+struct AVCodecContext;
+struct AVFrame;
+
+typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *,
+ const VdpPictureInfo *, uint32_t,
+ const VdpBitstreamBuffer *);
+
+/**
+ * This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and
+ * the client video application.
+ * The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel
+ * function and make it available as
+ * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once
+ * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
+ * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
+ * decoding functions.
+ *
+ * The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not
+ * be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an
+ * AVVDPAUContext.
+ */
+typedef struct AVVDPAUContext {
+ /**
+ * VDPAU decoder handle
+ *
+ * Set by user.
+ */
+ VdpDecoder decoder;
+
+ /**
+ * VDPAU decoder render callback
+ *
+ * Set by the user.
+ */
+ VdpDecoderRender *render;
+
+ AVVDPAU_Render2 render2;
+} AVVDPAUContext;
+
+/**
+ * @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext
+ *
+ * Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI
+ */
+AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void);
+
+AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *);
+void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2);
+
+/**
+ * Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration.
+ * This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback,
+ * or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change
+ * the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent
+ * display preemption).
+ *
+ * @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes
+ * successfully.
+ *
+ * @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked
+ * @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration
+ * @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver
+ * @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device,
+ VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address, unsigned flags);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec
+ * context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration.
+ *
+ * @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a
+ * VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context().
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream
+ * @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type
+ * (or NULL to ignore)
+ * @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width
+ * (or NULL to ignore)
+ * @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height
+ * (or NULL to ignore)
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type,
+ uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVVDPAUContext.
+ *
+ * @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void);
+
+/** @} */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/version.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/version.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..43794ea58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H
+#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ * Libavcodec version macros.
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/version.h"
+
+#include "version_major.h"
+
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 3
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION)
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/version_major.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/version_major.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c2f118b26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/version_major.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H
+#define AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ * Libavcodec version macros.
+ */
+
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 60
+
+/**
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ *
+ * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
+ * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
+ * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
+ */
+
+#define FF_API_INIT_PACKET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
+#define FF_API_IDCT_NONE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
+#define FF_API_SVTAV1_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
+#define FF_API_AYUV_CODECID (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
+#define FF_API_VT_OUTPUT_CALLBACK (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
+#define FF_API_AVCODEC_CHROMA_POS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
+#define FF_API_VT_HWACCEL_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
+#define FF_API_AVCTX_FRAME_NUMBER (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
+
+// reminder to remove CrystalHD decoders on next major bump
+#define FF_CODEC_CRYSTAL_HD (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ba5eddbf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/*
+ * Videotoolbox hardware acceleration
+ *
+ * copyright (c) 2012 Sebastien Zwickert
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
+#define AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox
+ * Public libavcodec Videotoolbox header.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox VideoToolbox Decoder
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ *
+ * Hardware accelerated decoding using VideoToolbox on Apple Platforms
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define Picture QuickdrawPicture
+#include <VideoToolbox/VideoToolbox.h>
+#undef Picture
+
+#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
+
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed
+ * between the caller and libavcodec for initializing Videotoolbox decoding.
+ * Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with
+ * av_videotoolbox_alloc_context() and freed with av_free().
+ */
+typedef struct AVVideotoolboxContext {
+ /**
+ * Videotoolbox decompression session object.
+ */
+ VTDecompressionSessionRef session;
+
+#if FF_API_VT_OUTPUT_CALLBACK
+ /**
+ * The output callback that must be passed to the session.
+ * Set by av_videottoolbox_default_init()
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ VTDecompressionOutputCallback output_callback;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * CVPixelBuffer Format Type that Videotoolbox will use for decoded frames.
+ * set by the caller. If this is set to 0, then no specific format is
+ * requested from the decoder, and its native format is output.
+ */
+ OSType cv_pix_fmt_type;
+
+ /**
+ * CoreMedia Format Description that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session.
+ */
+ CMVideoFormatDescriptionRef cm_fmt_desc;
+
+ /**
+ * CoreMedia codec type that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session.
+ */
+ int cm_codec_type;
+} AVVideotoolboxContext;
+
+#if FF_API_VT_HWACCEL_CONTEXT
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a Videotoolbox context.
+ *
+ * This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller
+ * selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VIDETOOLBOX format. The caller must then create
+ * the decoder object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that
+ * will be used for Videotoolbox-accelerated decoding.
+ *
+ * When decoding with Videotoolbox is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder
+ * object and free the Videotoolbox context using av_free().
+ *
+ * @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure
+ * @deprecated Use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx or hw_device_ctx instead.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+AVVideotoolboxContext *av_videotoolbox_alloc_context(void);
+
+/**
+ * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using
+ * an internal implementation.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the corresponding codec context
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ * @deprecated Use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx or hw_device_ctx instead.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_videotoolbox_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+/**
+ * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using
+ * an internal implementation.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the corresponding codec context
+ * @param vtctx the Videotoolbox context to use
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ * @deprecated Use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx or hw_device_ctx instead.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_videotoolbox_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVideotoolboxContext *vtctx);
+
+/**
+ * This function must be called to free the Videotoolbox context initialized with
+ * av_videotoolbox_default_init().
+ *
+ * @param avctx the corresponding codec context
+ * @deprecated Use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx or hw_device_ctx instead.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_videotoolbox_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+#endif /* FF_API_VT_HWACCEL_CONTEXT */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..789932ac4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * A public API for Vorbis parsing
+ *
+ * Determines the duration for each packet.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H
+#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+typedef struct AVVorbisParseContext AVVorbisParseContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize the Vorbis parser using headers in the extradata.
+ */
+AVVorbisParseContext *av_vorbis_parse_init(const uint8_t *extradata,
+ int extradata_size);
+
+/**
+ * Free the parser and everything associated with it.
+ */
+void av_vorbis_parse_free(AVVorbisParseContext **s);
+
+#define VORBIS_FLAG_HEADER 0x00000001
+#define VORBIS_FLAG_COMMENT 0x00000002
+#define VORBIS_FLAG_SETUP 0x00000004
+
+/**
+ * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet.
+ *
+ * If @p flags is @c NULL,
+ * special frames are considered invalid.
+ *
+ * @param s Vorbis parser context
+ * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame
+ * @param buf_size size of the buffer
+ * @param flags flags for special frames
+ */
+int av_vorbis_parse_frame_flags(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf,
+ int buf_size, int *flags);
+
+/**
+ * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet.
+ *
+ * @param s Vorbis parser context
+ * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame
+ * @param buf_size size of the buffer
+ */
+int av_vorbis_parse_frame(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf,
+ int buf_size);
+
+void av_vorbis_parse_reset(AVVorbisParseContext *s);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/xvmc.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/xvmc.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..52e70c0d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavcodec/xvmc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003 Ivan Kalvachev
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_XVMC_H
+#define AVCODEC_XVMC_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc
+ * Public libavcodec XvMC header.
+ */
+
+#pragma message("XvMC is no longer supported; this header is deprecated and will be removed")
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XvMC.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+#include "avcodec.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc XvMC
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AV_XVMC_ID 0x1DC711C0 /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct
+ the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */
+
+struct attribute_deprecated xvmc_pix_fmt {
+ /** The field contains the special constant value AV_XVMC_ID.
+ It is used as a test that the application correctly uses the API,
+ and that there is no corruption caused by pixel routines.
+ - application - set during initialization
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ int xvmc_id;
+
+ /** Pointer to the block array allocated by XvMCCreateBlocks().
+ The array has to be freed by XvMCDestroyBlocks().
+ Each group of 64 values represents one data block of differential
+ pixel information (in MoCo mode) or coefficients for IDCT.
+ - application - set the pointer during initialization
+ - libavcodec - fills coefficients/pixel data into the array
+ */
+ short* data_blocks;
+
+ /** Pointer to the macroblock description array allocated by
+ XvMCCreateMacroBlocks() and freed by XvMCDestroyMacroBlocks().
+ - application - set the pointer during initialization
+ - libavcodec - fills description data into the array
+ */
+ XvMCMacroBlock* mv_blocks;
+
+ /** Number of macroblock descriptions that can be stored in the mv_blocks
+ array.
+ - application - set during initialization
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ int allocated_mv_blocks;
+
+ /** Number of blocks that can be stored at once in the data_blocks array.
+ - application - set during initialization
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ int allocated_data_blocks;
+
+ /** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT
+ coefficients and perform IDCT on them.
+ - application - set during initialization
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ int idct;
+
+ /** In MoCo mode it indicates that intra macroblocks are assumed to be in
+ unsigned format; same as the XVMC_INTRA_UNSIGNED flag.
+ - application - set during initialization
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ int unsigned_intra;
+
+ /** Pointer to the surface allocated by XvMCCreateSurface().
+ It has to be freed by XvMCDestroySurface() on application exit.
+ It identifies the frame and its state on the video hardware.
+ - application - set during initialization
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ XvMCSurface* p_surface;
+
+/** Set by the decoder before calling ff_draw_horiz_band(),
+ needed by the XvMCRenderSurface function. */
+//@{
+ /** Pointer to the surface used as past reference
+ - application - unchanged
+ - libavcodec - set
+ */
+ XvMCSurface* p_past_surface;
+
+ /** Pointer to the surface used as future reference
+ - application - unchanged
+ - libavcodec - set
+ */
+ XvMCSurface* p_future_surface;
+
+ /** top/bottom field or frame
+ - application - unchanged
+ - libavcodec - set
+ */
+ unsigned int picture_structure;
+
+ /** XVMC_SECOND_FIELD - 1st or 2nd field in the sequence
+ - application - unchanged
+ - libavcodec - set
+ */
+ unsigned int flags;
+//}@
+
+ /** Number of macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array
+ that have already been passed to the hardware.
+ - application - zeroes it on get_buffer().
+ A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may increment it
+ with filled_mb_block_num or zero both.
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ int start_mv_blocks_num;
+
+ /** Number of new macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array (after
+ start_mv_blocks_num) that are filled by libavcodec and have to be
+ passed to the hardware.
+ - application - zeroes it on get_buffer() or after successful
+ ff_draw_horiz_band().
+ - libavcodec - increment with one of each stored MB
+ */
+ int filled_mv_blocks_num;
+
+ /** Number of the next free data block; one data block consists of
+ 64 short values in the data_blocks array.
+ All blocks before this one have already been claimed by placing their
+ position into the corresponding block description structure field,
+ that are part of the mv_blocks array.
+ - application - zeroes it on get_buffer().
+ A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may zero it together
+ with start_mb_blocks_num.
+ - libavcodec - each decoded macroblock increases it by the number
+ of coded blocks it contains.
+ */
+ int next_free_data_block_num;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavdevice/avdevice.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavdevice/avdevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..887fd5e3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavdevice/avdevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
+#define AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
+
+#include "version_major.h"
+#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version
+ * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including
+ * the full version information. */
+#include "version.h"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavd
+ * Main libavdevice API header
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavd libavdevice
+ * Special devices muxing/demuxing library.
+ *
+ * Libavdevice is a complementary library to @ref libavf "libavformat". It
+ * provides various "special" platform-specific muxers and demuxers, e.g. for
+ * grabbing devices, audio capture and playback etc. As a consequence, the
+ * (de)muxers in libavdevice are of the AVFMT_NOFILE type (they use their own
+ * I/O functions). The filename passed to avformat_open_input() often does not
+ * refer to an actually existing file, but has some special device-specific
+ * meaning - e.g. for xcbgrab it is the display name.
+ *
+ * To use libavdevice, simply call avdevice_register_all() to register all
+ * compiled muxers and demuxers. They all use standard libavformat API.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+#include "libavutil/opt.h"
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavformat/avformat.h"
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned avdevice_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavdevice build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *avdevice_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavdevice license.
+ */
+const char *avdevice_license(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize libavdevice and register all the input and output devices.
+ */
+void avdevice_register_all(void);
+
+/**
+ * Audio input devices iterator.
+ *
+ * If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device,
+ * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d
+ * or NULL if d is the last one.
+ */
+const AVInputFormat *av_input_audio_device_next(const AVInputFormat *d);
+
+/**
+ * Video input devices iterator.
+ *
+ * If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device,
+ * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d
+ * or NULL if d is the last one.
+ */
+const AVInputFormat *av_input_video_device_next(const AVInputFormat *d);
+
+/**
+ * Audio output devices iterator.
+ *
+ * If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device,
+ * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d
+ * or NULL if d is the last one.
+ */
+const AVOutputFormat *av_output_audio_device_next(const AVOutputFormat *d);
+
+/**
+ * Video output devices iterator.
+ *
+ * If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device,
+ * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d
+ * or NULL if d is the last one.
+ */
+const AVOutputFormat *av_output_video_device_next(const AVOutputFormat *d);
+
+typedef struct AVDeviceRect {
+ int x; /**< x coordinate of top left corner */
+ int y; /**< y coordinate of top left corner */
+ int width; /**< width */
+ int height; /**< height */
+} AVDeviceRect;
+
+/**
+ * Message types used by avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message().
+ */
+enum AVAppToDevMessageType {
+ /**
+ * Dummy message.
+ */
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'),
+
+ /**
+ * Window size change message.
+ *
+ * Message is sent to the device every time the application changes the size
+ * of the window device renders to.
+ * Message should also be sent right after window is created.
+ *
+ * data: AVDeviceRect: new window size.
+ */
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE = MKBETAG('G','E','O','M'),
+
+ /**
+ * Repaint request message.
+ *
+ * Message is sent to the device when window has to be repainted.
+ *
+ * data: AVDeviceRect: area required to be repainted.
+ * NULL: whole area is required to be repainted.
+ */
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_REPAINT = MKBETAG('R','E','P','A'),
+
+ /**
+ * Request pause/play.
+ *
+ * Application requests pause/unpause playback.
+ * Mostly usable with devices that have internal buffer.
+ * By default devices are not paused.
+ *
+ * data: NULL
+ */
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', ' '),
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_PLAY = MKBETAG('P', 'L', 'A', 'Y'),
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', 'T'),
+
+ /**
+ * Volume control message.
+ *
+ * Set volume level. It may be device-dependent if volume
+ * is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream volume
+ * change is expected when possible.
+ *
+ * data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0.
+ */
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_SET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('S', 'V', 'O', 'L'),
+
+ /**
+ * Mute control messages.
+ *
+ * Change mute state. It may be device-dependent if mute status
+ * is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream mute status
+ * change is expected when possible.
+ *
+ * data: NULL.
+ */
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_MUTE = MKBETAG(' ', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_UNMUTE = MKBETAG('U', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_MUTE = MKBETAG('T', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
+
+ /**
+ * Get volume/mute messages.
+ *
+ * Force the device to send AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED or
+ * AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED command respectively.
+ *
+ * data: NULL.
+ */
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('G', 'V', 'O', 'L'),
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_MUTE = MKBETAG('G', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
+};
+
+/**
+ * Message types used by avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message().
+ */
+enum AVDevToAppMessageType {
+ /**
+ * Dummy message.
+ */
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'),
+
+ /**
+ * Create window buffer message.
+ *
+ * Device requests to create a window buffer. Exact meaning is device-
+ * and application-dependent. Message is sent before rendering first
+ * frame and all one-shot initializations should be done here.
+ * Application is allowed to ignore preferred window buffer size.
+ *
+ * @note: Application is obligated to inform about window buffer size
+ * with AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE message.
+ *
+ * data: AVDeviceRect: preferred size of the window buffer.
+ * NULL: no preferred size of the window buffer.
+ */
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_CREATE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','C','R','E'),
+
+ /**
+ * Prepare window buffer message.
+ *
+ * Device requests to prepare a window buffer for rendering.
+ * Exact meaning is device- and application-dependent.
+ * Message is sent before rendering of each frame.
+ *
+ * data: NULL.
+ */
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_PREPARE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','P','R','E'),
+
+ /**
+ * Display window buffer message.
+ *
+ * Device requests to display a window buffer.
+ * Message is sent when new frame is ready to be displayed.
+ * Usually buffers need to be swapped in handler of this message.
+ *
+ * data: NULL.
+ */
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_DISPLAY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','I','S'),
+
+ /**
+ * Destroy window buffer message.
+ *
+ * Device requests to destroy a window buffer.
+ * Message is sent when device is about to be destroyed and window
+ * buffer is not required anymore.
+ *
+ * data: NULL.
+ */
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_DESTROY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','E','S'),
+
+ /**
+ * Buffer fullness status messages.
+ *
+ * Device signals buffer overflow/underflow.
+ *
+ * data: NULL.
+ */
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_OVERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','O','F','L'),
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_UNDERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','U','F','L'),
+
+ /**
+ * Buffer readable/writable.
+ *
+ * Device informs that buffer is readable/writable.
+ * When possible, device informs how many bytes can be read/write.
+ *
+ * @warning Device may not inform when number of bytes than can be read/write changes.
+ *
+ * data: int64_t: amount of bytes available to read/write.
+ * NULL: amount of bytes available to read/write is not known.
+ */
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_READABLE = MKBETAG('B','R','D',' '),
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_WRITABLE = MKBETAG('B','W','R',' '),
+
+ /**
+ * Mute state change message.
+ *
+ * Device informs that mute state has changed.
+ *
+ * data: int: 0 for not muted state, non-zero for muted state.
+ */
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','M','U','T'),
+
+ /**
+ * Volume level change message.
+ *
+ * Device informs that volume level has changed.
+ *
+ * data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0.
+ */
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','V','O','L'),
+};
+
+/**
+ * Send control message from application to device.
+ *
+ * @param s device context.
+ * @param type message type.
+ * @param data message data. Exact type depends on message type.
+ * @param data_size size of message data.
+ * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error.
+ * AVERROR(ENOSYS) when device doesn't implement handler of the message.
+ */
+int avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s,
+ enum AVAppToDevMessageType type,
+ void *data, size_t data_size);
+
+/**
+ * Send control message from device to application.
+ *
+ * @param s device context.
+ * @param type message type.
+ * @param data message data. Can be NULL.
+ * @param data_size size of message data.
+ * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error.
+ * AVERROR(ENOSYS) when application doesn't implement handler of the message.
+ */
+int avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s,
+ enum AVDevToAppMessageType type,
+ void *data, size_t data_size);
+
+/**
+ * Structure describes basic parameters of the device.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDeviceInfo {
+ char *device_name; /**< device name, format depends on device */
+ char *device_description; /**< human friendly name */
+ enum AVMediaType *media_types; /**< array indicating what media types(s), if any, a device can provide. If null, cannot provide any */
+ int nb_media_types; /**< length of media_types array, 0 if device cannot provide any media types */
+} AVDeviceInfo;
+
+/**
+ * List of devices.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDeviceInfoList {
+ AVDeviceInfo **devices; /**< list of autodetected devices */
+ int nb_devices; /**< number of autodetected devices */
+ int default_device; /**< index of default device or -1 if no default */
+} AVDeviceInfoList;
+
+/**
+ * List devices.
+ *
+ * Returns available device names and their parameters.
+ *
+ * @note: Some devices may accept system-dependent device names that cannot be
+ * autodetected. The list returned by this function cannot be assumed to
+ * be always completed.
+ *
+ * @param s device context.
+ * @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices.
+ * @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error.
+ */
+int avdevice_list_devices(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
+
+/**
+ * Convenient function to free result of avdevice_list_devices().
+ *
+ * @param device_list device list to be freed.
+ */
+void avdevice_free_list_devices(AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
+
+/**
+ * List devices.
+ *
+ * Returns available device names and their parameters.
+ * These are convinient wrappers for avdevice_list_devices().
+ * Device context is allocated and deallocated internally.
+ *
+ * @param device device format. May be NULL if device name is set.
+ * @param device_name device name. May be NULL if device format is set.
+ * @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options. May be NULL.
+ * The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output
+ * devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place
+ * that affects device-private options.
+ * @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices
+ * @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error.
+ * @note device argument takes precedence over device_name when both are set.
+ */
+int avdevice_list_input_sources(const AVInputFormat *device, const char *device_name,
+ AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
+int avdevice_list_output_sinks(const AVOutputFormat *device, const char *device_name,
+ AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavdevice/version.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavdevice/version.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ec6c33787
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavdevice/version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVDEVICE_VERSION_H
+#define AVDEVICE_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavd
+ * Libavdevice version macros
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/version.h"
+
+#include "version_major.h"
+
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 1
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_BUILD LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_IDENT "Lavd" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION)
+
+#endif /* AVDEVICE_VERSION_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavdevice/version_major.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavdevice/version_major.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b884fd422
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavdevice/version_major.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR_H
+#define AVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavd
+ * Libavdevice version macros
+ */
+
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 60
+
+/**
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavfilter/avfilter.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavfilter/avfilter.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d0d458446
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavfilter/avfilter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1491 @@
+/*
+ * filter layer
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H
+#define AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavfi
+ * Main libavfilter public API header
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavfi libavfilter
+ * Graph-based frame editing library.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavutil/frame.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
+#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
+#include "libavutil/rational.h"
+
+#include "libavfilter/version_major.h"
+#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version
+ * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including
+ * the full version information. */
+#include "libavfilter/version.h"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned avfilter_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavfilter build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *avfilter_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavfilter license.
+ */
+const char *avfilter_license(void);
+
+typedef struct AVFilterContext AVFilterContext;
+typedef struct AVFilterLink AVFilterLink;
+typedef struct AVFilterPad AVFilterPad;
+typedef struct AVFilterFormats AVFilterFormats;
+typedef struct AVFilterChannelLayouts AVFilterChannelLayouts;
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of an AVFilterPad.
+ *
+ * @param pads an array of AVFilterPads
+ * @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array; it is the caller's
+ * responsibility to ensure the index is valid
+ *
+ * @return name of the pad_idx'th pad in pads
+ */
+const char *avfilter_pad_get_name(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the type of an AVFilterPad.
+ *
+ * @param pads an array of AVFilterPads
+ * @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array; it is the caller's
+ * responsibility to ensure the index is valid
+ *
+ * @return type of the pad_idx'th pad in pads
+ */
+enum AVMediaType avfilter_pad_get_type(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx);
+
+/**
+ * The number of the filter inputs is not determined just by AVFilter.inputs.
+ * The filter might add additional inputs during initialization depending on the
+ * options supplied to it.
+ */
+#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * The number of the filter outputs is not determined just by AVFilter.outputs.
+ * The filter might add additional outputs during initialization depending on
+ * the options supplied to it.
+ */
+#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS (1 << 1)
+/**
+ * The filter supports multithreading by splitting frames into multiple parts
+ * and processing them concurrently.
+ */
+#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * The filter is a "metadata" filter - it does not modify the frame data in any
+ * way. It may only affect the metadata (i.e. those fields copied by
+ * av_frame_copy_props()).
+ *
+ * More precisely, this means:
+ * - video: the data of any frame output by the filter must be exactly equal to
+ * some frame that is received on one of its inputs. Furthermore, all frames
+ * produced on a given output must correspond to frames received on the same
+ * input and their order must be unchanged. Note that the filter may still
+ * drop or duplicate the frames.
+ * - audio: the data produced by the filter on any of its outputs (viewed e.g.
+ * as an array of interleaved samples) must be exactly equal to the data
+ * received by the filter on one of its inputs.
+ */
+#define AVFILTER_FLAG_METADATA_ONLY (1 << 3)
+/**
+ * Some filters support a generic "enable" expression option that can be used
+ * to enable or disable a filter in the timeline. Filters supporting this
+ * option have this flag set. When the enable expression is false, the default
+ * no-op filter_frame() function is called in place of the filter_frame()
+ * callback defined on each input pad, thus the frame is passed unchanged to
+ * the next filters.
+ */
+#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC (1 << 16)
+/**
+ * Same as AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC, except that the filter will
+ * have its filter_frame() callback(s) called as usual even when the enable
+ * expression is false. The filter will disable filtering within the
+ * filter_frame() callback(s) itself, for example executing code depending on
+ * the AVFilterContext->is_disabled value.
+ */
+#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL (1 << 17)
+/**
+ * Handy mask to test whether the filter supports or no the timeline feature
+ * (internally or generically).
+ */
+#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE (AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC | AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL)
+
+/**
+ * Filter definition. This defines the pads a filter contains, and all the
+ * callback functions used to interact with the filter.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFilter {
+ /**
+ * Filter name. Must be non-NULL and unique among filters.
+ */
+ const char *name;
+
+ /**
+ * A description of the filter. May be NULL.
+ *
+ * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it.
+ */
+ const char *description;
+
+ /**
+ * List of static inputs.
+ *
+ * NULL if there are no (static) inputs. Instances of filters with
+ * AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS set may have more inputs than present in
+ * this list.
+ */
+ const AVFilterPad *inputs;
+
+ /**
+ * List of static outputs.
+ *
+ * NULL if there are no (static) outputs. Instances of filters with
+ * AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS set may have more outputs than present in
+ * this list.
+ */
+ const AVFilterPad *outputs;
+
+ /**
+ * A class for the private data, used to declare filter private AVOptions.
+ * This field is NULL for filters that do not declare any options.
+ *
+ * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data
+ * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavfilter generic
+ * code to this class.
+ */
+ const AVClass *priv_class;
+
+ /**
+ * A combination of AVFILTER_FLAG_*
+ */
+ int flags;
+
+ /*****************************************************************
+ * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * The number of entries in the list of inputs.
+ */
+ uint8_t nb_inputs;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of entries in the list of outputs.
+ */
+ uint8_t nb_outputs;
+
+ /**
+ * This field determines the state of the formats union.
+ * It is an enum FilterFormatsState value.
+ */
+ uint8_t formats_state;
+
+ /**
+ * Filter pre-initialization function
+ *
+ * This callback will be called immediately after the filter context is
+ * allocated, to allow allocating and initing sub-objects.
+ *
+ * If this callback is not NULL, the uninit callback will be called on
+ * allocation failure.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success,
+ * AVERROR code on failure (but the code will be
+ * dropped and treated as ENOMEM by the calling code)
+ */
+ int (*preinit)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
+
+ /**
+ * Filter initialization function.
+ *
+ * This callback will be called only once during the filter lifetime, after
+ * all the options have been set, but before links between filters are
+ * established and format negotiation is done.
+ *
+ * Basic filter initialization should be done here. Filters with dynamic
+ * inputs and/or outputs should create those inputs/outputs here based on
+ * provided options. No more changes to this filter's inputs/outputs can be
+ * done after this callback.
+ *
+ * This callback must not assume that the filter links exist or frame
+ * parameters are known.
+ *
+ * @ref AVFilter.uninit "uninit" is guaranteed to be called even if
+ * initialization fails, so this callback does not have to clean up on
+ * failure.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure
+ */
+ int (*init)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
+
+ /**
+ * Filter uninitialization function.
+ *
+ * Called only once right before the filter is freed. Should deallocate any
+ * memory held by the filter, release any buffer references, etc. It does
+ * not need to deallocate the AVFilterContext.priv memory itself.
+ *
+ * This callback may be called even if @ref AVFilter.init "init" was not
+ * called or failed, so it must be prepared to handle such a situation.
+ */
+ void (*uninit)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
+
+ /**
+ * The state of the following union is determined by formats_state.
+ * See the documentation of enum FilterFormatsState in internal.h.
+ */
+ union {
+ /**
+ * Query formats supported by the filter on its inputs and outputs.
+ *
+ * This callback is called after the filter is initialized (so the inputs
+ * and outputs are fixed), shortly before the format negotiation. This
+ * callback may be called more than once.
+ *
+ * This callback must set ::AVFilterLink's
+ * @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.formats "outcfg.formats"
+ * on every input link and
+ * @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.formats "incfg.formats"
+ * on every output link to a list of pixel/sample formats that the filter
+ * supports on that link.
+ * For audio links, this filter must also set
+ * @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.samplerates "incfg.samplerates"
+ * /
+ * @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.samplerates "outcfg.samplerates"
+ * and @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.channel_layouts "incfg.channel_layouts"
+ * /
+ * @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.channel_layouts "outcfg.channel_layouts"
+ * analogously.
+ *
+ * This callback must never be NULL if the union is in this state.
+ *
+ * @return zero on success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+ int (*query_func)(AVFilterContext *);
+ /**
+ * A pointer to an array of admissible pixel formats delimited
+ * by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. The generic code will use this list
+ * to indicate that this filter supports each of these pixel formats,
+ * provided that all inputs and outputs use the same pixel format.
+ *
+ * This list must never be NULL if the union is in this state.
+ * The type of all inputs and outputs of filters using this must
+ * be AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO.
+ */
+ const enum AVPixelFormat *pixels_list;
+ /**
+ * Analogous to pixels, but delimited by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
+ * and restricted to filters that only have AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO
+ * inputs and outputs.
+ *
+ * In addition to that the generic code will mark all inputs
+ * and all outputs as supporting all sample rates and every
+ * channel count and channel layout, as long as all inputs
+ * and outputs use the same sample rate and channel count/layout.
+ */
+ const enum AVSampleFormat *samples_list;
+ /**
+ * Equivalent to { pix_fmt, AV_PIX_FMT_NONE } as pixels_list.
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
+ /**
+ * Equivalent to { sample_fmt, AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE } as samples_list.
+ */
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt;
+ } formats;
+
+ int priv_size; ///< size of private data to allocate for the filter
+
+ int flags_internal; ///< Additional flags for avfilter internal use only.
+
+ /**
+ * Make the filter instance process a command.
+ *
+ * @param cmd the command to process, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only
+ * @param arg the argument for the command
+ * @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. This must not change when the command is not supported.
+ * @param flags if AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST is set and the command would be
+ * time consuming then a filter should treat it like an unsupported command
+ *
+ * @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code.
+ * AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands
+ */
+ int (*process_command)(AVFilterContext *, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags);
+
+ /**
+ * Filter activation function.
+ *
+ * Called when any processing is needed from the filter, instead of any
+ * filter_frame and request_frame on pads.
+ *
+ * The function must examine inlinks and outlinks and perform a single
+ * step of processing. If there is nothing to do, the function must do
+ * nothing and not return an error. If more steps are or may be
+ * possible, it must use ff_filter_set_ready() to schedule another
+ * activation.
+ */
+ int (*activate)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
+} AVFilter;
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of elements in an AVFilter's inputs or outputs array.
+ */
+unsigned avfilter_filter_pad_count(const AVFilter *filter, int is_output);
+
+/**
+ * Process multiple parts of the frame concurrently.
+ */
+#define AVFILTER_THREAD_SLICE (1 << 0)
+
+typedef struct AVFilterInternal AVFilterInternal;
+
+/** An instance of a filter */
+struct AVFilterContext {
+ const AVClass *av_class; ///< needed for av_log() and filters common options
+
+ const AVFilter *filter; ///< the AVFilter of which this is an instance
+
+ char *name; ///< name of this filter instance
+
+ AVFilterPad *input_pads; ///< array of input pads
+ AVFilterLink **inputs; ///< array of pointers to input links
+ unsigned nb_inputs; ///< number of input pads
+
+ AVFilterPad *output_pads; ///< array of output pads
+ AVFilterLink **outputs; ///< array of pointers to output links
+ unsigned nb_outputs; ///< number of output pads
+
+ void *priv; ///< private data for use by the filter
+
+ struct AVFilterGraph *graph; ///< filtergraph this filter belongs to
+
+ /**
+ * Type of multithreading being allowed/used. A combination of
+ * AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags.
+ *
+ * May be set by the caller before initializing the filter to forbid some
+ * or all kinds of multithreading for this filter. The default is allowing
+ * everything.
+ *
+ * When the filter is initialized, this field is combined using bit AND with
+ * AVFilterGraph.thread_type to get the final mask used for determining
+ * allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be set in both
+ * to be allowed.
+ *
+ * After the filter is initialized, libavfilter sets this field to the
+ * threading type that is actually used (0 for no multithreading).
+ */
+ int thread_type;
+
+ /**
+ * An opaque struct for libavfilter internal use.
+ */
+ AVFilterInternal *internal;
+
+ struct AVFilterCommand *command_queue;
+
+ char *enable_str; ///< enable expression string
+ void *enable; ///< parsed expression (AVExpr*)
+ double *var_values; ///< variable values for the enable expression
+ int is_disabled; ///< the enabled state from the last expression evaluation
+
+ /**
+ * For filters which will create hardware frames, sets the device the
+ * filter should create them in. All other filters will ignore this field:
+ * in particular, a filter which consumes or processes hardware frames will
+ * instead use the hw_frames_ctx field in AVFilterLink to carry the
+ * hardware context information.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx;
+
+ /**
+ * Max number of threads allowed in this filter instance.
+ * If <= 0, its value is ignored.
+ * Overrides global number of threads set per filter graph.
+ */
+ int nb_threads;
+
+ /**
+ * Ready status of the filter.
+ * A non-0 value means that the filter needs activating;
+ * a higher value suggests a more urgent activation.
+ */
+ unsigned ready;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the number of extra hardware frames which the filter will
+ * allocate on its output links for use in following filters or by
+ * the caller.
+ *
+ * Some hardware filters require all frames that they will use for
+ * output to be defined in advance before filtering starts. For such
+ * filters, any hardware frame pools used for output must therefore be
+ * of fixed size. The extra frames set here are on top of any number
+ * that the filter needs internally in order to operate normally.
+ *
+ * This field must be set before the graph containing this filter is
+ * configured.
+ */
+ int extra_hw_frames;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Lists of formats / etc. supported by an end of a link.
+ *
+ * This structure is directly part of AVFilterLink, in two copies:
+ * one for the source filter, one for the destination filter.
+
+ * These lists are used for negotiating the format to actually be used,
+ * which will be loaded into the format and channel_layout members of
+ * AVFilterLink, when chosen.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFilterFormatsConfig {
+
+ /**
+ * List of supported formats (pixel or sample).
+ */
+ AVFilterFormats *formats;
+
+ /**
+ * Lists of supported sample rates, only for audio.
+ */
+ AVFilterFormats *samplerates;
+
+ /**
+ * Lists of supported channel layouts, only for audio.
+ */
+ AVFilterChannelLayouts *channel_layouts;
+
+} AVFilterFormatsConfig;
+
+/**
+ * A link between two filters. This contains pointers to the source and
+ * destination filters between which this link exists, and the indexes of
+ * the pads involved. In addition, this link also contains the parameters
+ * which have been negotiated and agreed upon between the filter, such as
+ * image dimensions, format, etc.
+ *
+ * Applications must not normally access the link structure directly.
+ * Use the buffersrc and buffersink API instead.
+ * In the future, access to the header may be reserved for filters
+ * implementation.
+ */
+struct AVFilterLink {
+ AVFilterContext *src; ///< source filter
+ AVFilterPad *srcpad; ///< output pad on the source filter
+
+ AVFilterContext *dst; ///< dest filter
+ AVFilterPad *dstpad; ///< input pad on the dest filter
+
+ enum AVMediaType type; ///< filter media type
+
+ /* These parameters apply only to video */
+ int w; ///< agreed upon image width
+ int h; ///< agreed upon image height
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ///< agreed upon sample aspect ratio
+ /* These parameters apply only to audio */
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+ /**
+ * channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/channel_layout.h)
+ * @deprecated use ch_layout
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ uint64_t channel_layout;
+#endif
+ int sample_rate; ///< samples per second
+
+ int format; ///< agreed upon media format
+
+ /**
+ * Define the time base used by the PTS of the frames/samples
+ * which will pass through this link.
+ * During the configuration stage, each filter is supposed to
+ * change only the output timebase, while the timebase of the
+ * input link is assumed to be an unchangeable property.
+ */
+ AVRational time_base;
+
+ AVChannelLayout ch_layout; ///< channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/channel_layout.h)
+
+ /*****************************************************************
+ * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * Lists of supported formats / etc. supported by the input filter.
+ */
+ AVFilterFormatsConfig incfg;
+
+ /**
+ * Lists of supported formats / etc. supported by the output filter.
+ */
+ AVFilterFormatsConfig outcfg;
+
+ /** stage of the initialization of the link properties (dimensions, etc) */
+ enum {
+ AVLINK_UNINIT = 0, ///< not started
+ AVLINK_STARTINIT, ///< started, but incomplete
+ AVLINK_INIT ///< complete
+ } init_state;
+
+ /**
+ * Graph the filter belongs to.
+ */
+ struct AVFilterGraph *graph;
+
+ /**
+ * Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent
+ * frame(s), in link time_base units.
+ */
+ int64_t current_pts;
+
+ /**
+ * Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent
+ * frame(s), in AV_TIME_BASE units.
+ */
+ int64_t current_pts_us;
+
+ /**
+ * Index in the age array.
+ */
+ int age_index;
+
+ /**
+ * Frame rate of the stream on the link, or 1/0 if unknown or variable;
+ * if left to 0/0, will be automatically copied from the first input
+ * of the source filter if it exists.
+ *
+ * Sources should set it to the best estimation of the real frame rate.
+ * If the source frame rate is unknown or variable, set this to 1/0.
+ * Filters should update it if necessary depending on their function.
+ * Sinks can use it to set a default output frame rate.
+ * It is similar to the r_frame_rate field in AVStream.
+ */
+ AVRational frame_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * Minimum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is
+ * called with fewer samples, it will accumulate them in fifo.
+ * This field and the related ones must not be changed after filtering
+ * has started.
+ * If 0, all related fields are ignored.
+ */
+ int min_samples;
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is
+ * called with more samples, it will split them.
+ */
+ int max_samples;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of past frames sent through the link.
+ */
+ int64_t frame_count_in, frame_count_out;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of past samples sent through the link.
+ */
+ int64_t sample_count_in, sample_count_out;
+
+ /**
+ * A pointer to a FFFramePool struct.
+ */
+ void *frame_pool;
+
+ /**
+ * True if a frame is currently wanted on the output of this filter.
+ * Set when ff_request_frame() is called by the output,
+ * cleared when a frame is filtered.
+ */
+ int frame_wanted_out;
+
+ /**
+ * For hwaccel pixel formats, this should be a reference to the
+ * AVHWFramesContext describing the frames.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
+
+#ifndef FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS
+
+ /**
+ * Internal structure members.
+ * The fields below this limit are internal for libavfilter's use
+ * and must in no way be accessed by applications.
+ */
+ char reserved[0xF000];
+
+#else /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */
+
+ /**
+ * Queue of frames waiting to be filtered.
+ */
+ FFFrameQueue fifo;
+
+ /**
+ * If set, the source filter can not generate a frame as is.
+ * The goal is to avoid repeatedly calling the request_frame() method on
+ * the same link.
+ */
+ int frame_blocked_in;
+
+ /**
+ * Link input status.
+ * If not zero, all attempts of filter_frame will fail with the
+ * corresponding code.
+ */
+ int status_in;
+
+ /**
+ * Timestamp of the input status change.
+ */
+ int64_t status_in_pts;
+
+ /**
+ * Link output status.
+ * If not zero, all attempts of request_frame will fail with the
+ * corresponding code.
+ */
+ int status_out;
+
+#endif /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */
+
+};
+
+/**
+ * Link two filters together.
+ *
+ * @param src the source filter
+ * @param srcpad index of the output pad on the source filter
+ * @param dst the destination filter
+ * @param dstpad index of the input pad on the destination filter
+ * @return zero on success
+ */
+int avfilter_link(AVFilterContext *src, unsigned srcpad,
+ AVFilterContext *dst, unsigned dstpad);
+
+/**
+ * Free the link in *link, and set its pointer to NULL.
+ */
+void avfilter_link_free(AVFilterLink **link);
+
+/**
+ * Negotiate the media format, dimensions, etc of all inputs to a filter.
+ *
+ * @param filter the filter to negotiate the properties for its inputs
+ * @return zero on successful negotiation
+ */
+int avfilter_config_links(AVFilterContext *filter);
+
+#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE 1 ///< Stop once a filter understood the command (for target=all for example), fast filters are favored automatically
+#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST 2 ///< Only execute command when its fast (like a video out that supports contrast adjustment in hw)
+
+/**
+ * Make the filter instance process a command.
+ * It is recommended to use avfilter_graph_send_command().
+ */
+int avfilter_process_command(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all registered filters.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavfilter will store the iteration state. Must
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the next registered filter or NULL when the iteration is
+ * finished
+ */
+const AVFilter *av_filter_iterate(void **opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Get a filter definition matching the given name.
+ *
+ * @param name the filter name to find
+ * @return the filter definition, if any matching one is registered.
+ * NULL if none found.
+ */
+const AVFilter *avfilter_get_by_name(const char *name);
+
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a filter with the supplied parameters.
+ *
+ * @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize
+ * @param args Options to initialize the filter with. This must be a
+ * ':'-separated list of options in the 'key=value' form.
+ * May be NULL if the options have been set directly using the
+ * AVOptions API or there are no options that need to be set.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure
+ */
+int avfilter_init_str(AVFilterContext *ctx, const char *args);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a filter with the supplied dictionary of options.
+ *
+ * @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize
+ * @param options An AVDictionary filled with options for this filter. On
+ * return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with
+ * a dict containing options that were not found. This dictionary
+ * must be freed by the caller.
+ * May be NULL, then this function is equivalent to
+ * avfilter_init_str() with the second parameter set to NULL.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure
+ *
+ * @note This function and avfilter_init_str() do essentially the same thing,
+ * the difference is in manner in which the options are passed. It is up to the
+ * calling code to choose whichever is more preferable. The two functions also
+ * behave differently when some of the provided options are not declared as
+ * supported by the filter. In such a case, avfilter_init_str() will fail, but
+ * this function will leave those extra options in the options AVDictionary and
+ * continue as usual.
+ */
+int avfilter_init_dict(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Free a filter context. This will also remove the filter from its
+ * filtergraph's list of filters.
+ *
+ * @param filter the filter to free
+ */
+void avfilter_free(AVFilterContext *filter);
+
+/**
+ * Insert a filter in the middle of an existing link.
+ *
+ * @param link the link into which the filter should be inserted
+ * @param filt the filter to be inserted
+ * @param filt_srcpad_idx the input pad on the filter to connect
+ * @param filt_dstpad_idx the output pad on the filter to connect
+ * @return zero on success
+ */
+int avfilter_insert_filter(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterContext *filt,
+ unsigned filt_srcpad_idx, unsigned filt_dstpad_idx);
+
+/**
+ * @return AVClass for AVFilterContext.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *avfilter_get_class(void);
+
+typedef struct AVFilterGraphInternal AVFilterGraphInternal;
+
+/**
+ * A function pointer passed to the @ref AVFilterGraph.execute callback to be
+ * executed multiple times, possibly in parallel.
+ *
+ * @param ctx the filter context the job belongs to
+ * @param arg an opaque parameter passed through from @ref
+ * AVFilterGraph.execute
+ * @param jobnr the index of the job being executed
+ * @param nb_jobs the total number of jobs
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
+ */
+typedef int (avfilter_action_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, void *arg, int jobnr, int nb_jobs);
+
+/**
+ * A function executing multiple jobs, possibly in parallel.
+ *
+ * @param ctx the filter context to which the jobs belong
+ * @param func the function to be called multiple times
+ * @param arg the argument to be passed to func
+ * @param ret a nb_jobs-sized array to be filled with return values from each
+ * invocation of func
+ * @param nb_jobs the number of jobs to execute
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
+ */
+typedef int (avfilter_execute_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, avfilter_action_func *func,
+ void *arg, int *ret, int nb_jobs);
+
+typedef struct AVFilterGraph {
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+ AVFilterContext **filters;
+ unsigned nb_filters;
+
+ char *scale_sws_opts; ///< sws options to use for the auto-inserted scale filters
+
+ /**
+ * Type of multithreading allowed for filters in this graph. A combination
+ * of AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags.
+ *
+ * May be set by the caller at any point, the setting will apply to all
+ * filters initialized after that. The default is allowing everything.
+ *
+ * When a filter in this graph is initialized, this field is combined using
+ * bit AND with AVFilterContext.thread_type to get the final mask used for
+ * determining allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be
+ * set in both to be allowed.
+ */
+ int thread_type;
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum number of threads used by filters in this graph. May be set by
+ * the caller before adding any filters to the filtergraph. Zero (the
+ * default) means that the number of threads is determined automatically.
+ */
+ int nb_threads;
+
+ /**
+ * Opaque object for libavfilter internal use.
+ */
+ AVFilterGraphInternal *internal;
+
+ /**
+ * Opaque user data. May be set by the caller to an arbitrary value, e.g. to
+ * be used from callbacks like @ref AVFilterGraph.execute.
+ * Libavfilter will not touch this field in any way.
+ */
+ void *opaque;
+
+ /**
+ * This callback may be set by the caller immediately after allocating the
+ * graph and before adding any filters to it, to provide a custom
+ * multithreading implementation.
+ *
+ * If set, filters with slice threading capability will call this callback
+ * to execute multiple jobs in parallel.
+ *
+ * If this field is left unset, libavfilter will use its internal
+ * implementation, which may or may not be multithreaded depending on the
+ * platform and build options.
+ */
+ avfilter_execute_func *execute;
+
+ char *aresample_swr_opts; ///< swr options to use for the auto-inserted aresample filters, Access ONLY through AVOptions
+
+ /**
+ * Private fields
+ *
+ * The following fields are for internal use only.
+ * Their type, offset, number and semantic can change without notice.
+ */
+
+ AVFilterLink **sink_links;
+ int sink_links_count;
+
+ unsigned disable_auto_convert;
+} AVFilterGraph;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a filter graph.
+ *
+ * @return the allocated filter graph on success or NULL.
+ */
+AVFilterGraph *avfilter_graph_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new filter instance in a filter graph.
+ *
+ * @param graph graph in which the new filter will be used
+ * @param filter the filter to create an instance of
+ * @param name Name to give to the new instance (will be copied to
+ * AVFilterContext.name). This may be used by the caller to identify
+ * different filters, libavfilter itself assigns no semantics to
+ * this parameter. May be NULL.
+ *
+ * @return the context of the newly created filter instance (note that it is
+ * also retrievable directly through AVFilterGraph.filters or with
+ * avfilter_graph_get_filter()) on success or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_alloc_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph,
+ const AVFilter *filter,
+ const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Get a filter instance identified by instance name from graph.
+ *
+ * @param graph filter graph to search through.
+ * @param name filter instance name (should be unique in the graph).
+ * @return the pointer to the found filter instance or NULL if it
+ * cannot be found.
+ */
+AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_get_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Create and add a filter instance into an existing graph.
+ * The filter instance is created from the filter filt and inited
+ * with the parameter args. opaque is currently ignored.
+ *
+ * In case of success put in *filt_ctx the pointer to the created
+ * filter instance, otherwise set *filt_ctx to NULL.
+ *
+ * @param name the instance name to give to the created filter instance
+ * @param graph_ctx the filter graph
+ * @return a negative AVERROR error code in case of failure, a non
+ * negative value otherwise
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_create_filter(AVFilterContext **filt_ctx, const AVFilter *filt,
+ const char *name, const char *args, void *opaque,
+ AVFilterGraph *graph_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Enable or disable automatic format conversion inside the graph.
+ *
+ * Note that format conversion can still happen inside explicitly inserted
+ * scale and aresample filters.
+ *
+ * @param flags any of the AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_* constants
+ */
+void avfilter_graph_set_auto_convert(AVFilterGraph *graph, unsigned flags);
+
+enum {
+ AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_ALL = 0, /**< all automatic conversions enabled */
+ AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_NONE = -1, /**< all automatic conversions disabled */
+};
+
+/**
+ * Check validity and configure all the links and formats in the graph.
+ *
+ * @param graphctx the filter graph
+ * @param log_ctx context used for logging
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_config(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Free a graph, destroy its links, and set *graph to NULL.
+ * If *graph is NULL, do nothing.
+ */
+void avfilter_graph_free(AVFilterGraph **graph);
+
+/**
+ * A linked-list of the inputs/outputs of the filter chain.
+ *
+ * This is mainly useful for avfilter_graph_parse() / avfilter_graph_parse2(),
+ * where it is used to communicate open (unlinked) inputs and outputs from and
+ * to the caller.
+ * This struct specifies, per each not connected pad contained in the graph, the
+ * filter context and the pad index required for establishing a link.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFilterInOut {
+ /** unique name for this input/output in the list */
+ char *name;
+
+ /** filter context associated to this input/output */
+ AVFilterContext *filter_ctx;
+
+ /** index of the filt_ctx pad to use for linking */
+ int pad_idx;
+
+ /** next input/input in the list, NULL if this is the last */
+ struct AVFilterInOut *next;
+} AVFilterInOut;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a single AVFilterInOut entry.
+ * Must be freed with avfilter_inout_free().
+ * @return allocated AVFilterInOut on success, NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVFilterInOut *avfilter_inout_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Free the supplied list of AVFilterInOut and set *inout to NULL.
+ * If *inout is NULL, do nothing.
+ */
+void avfilter_inout_free(AVFilterInOut **inout);
+
+/**
+ * Add a graph described by a string to a graph.
+ *
+ * @note The caller must provide the lists of inputs and outputs,
+ * which therefore must be known before calling the function.
+ *
+ * @note The inputs parameter describes inputs of the already existing
+ * part of the graph; i.e. from the point of view of the newly created
+ * part, they are outputs. Similarly the outputs parameter describes
+ * outputs of the already existing filters, which are provided as
+ * inputs to the parsed filters.
+ *
+ * @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context
+ * @param filters string to be parsed
+ * @param inputs linked list to the inputs of the graph
+ * @param outputs linked list to the outputs of the graph
+ * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_parse(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters,
+ AVFilterInOut *inputs, AVFilterInOut *outputs,
+ void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Add a graph described by a string to a graph.
+ *
+ * In the graph filters description, if the input label of the first
+ * filter is not specified, "in" is assumed; if the output label of
+ * the last filter is not specified, "out" is assumed.
+ *
+ * @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context
+ * @param filters string to be parsed
+ * @param inputs pointer to a linked list to the inputs of the graph, may be NULL.
+ * If non-NULL, *inputs is updated to contain the list of open inputs
+ * after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free().
+ * @param outputs pointer to a linked list to the outputs of the graph, may be NULL.
+ * If non-NULL, *outputs is updated to contain the list of open outputs
+ * after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free().
+ * @return non negative on success, a negative AVERROR code on error
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_parse_ptr(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters,
+ AVFilterInOut **inputs, AVFilterInOut **outputs,
+ void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Add a graph described by a string to a graph.
+ *
+ * @param[in] graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context
+ * @param[in] filters string to be parsed
+ * @param[out] inputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) inputs of the
+ * parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed
+ * by the caller using avfilter_inout_free().
+ * @param[out] outputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) outputs of the
+ * parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed by the
+ * caller using avfilter_inout_free().
+ * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error
+ *
+ * @note This function returns the inputs and outputs that are left
+ * unlinked after parsing the graph and the caller then deals with
+ * them.
+ * @note This function makes no reference whatsoever to already
+ * existing parts of the graph and the inputs parameter will on return
+ * contain inputs of the newly parsed part of the graph. Analogously
+ * the outputs parameter will contain outputs of the newly created
+ * filters.
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_parse2(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters,
+ AVFilterInOut **inputs,
+ AVFilterInOut **outputs);
+
+/**
+ * Parameters of a filter's input or output pad.
+ *
+ * Created as a child of AVFilterParams by avfilter_graph_segment_parse().
+ * Freed in avfilter_graph_segment_free().
+ */
+typedef struct AVFilterPadParams {
+ /**
+ * An av_malloc()'ed string containing the pad label.
+ *
+ * May be av_free()'d and set to NULL by the caller, in which case this pad
+ * will be treated as unlabeled for linking.
+ * May also be replaced by another av_malloc()'ed string.
+ */
+ char *label;
+} AVFilterPadParams;
+
+/**
+ * Parameters describing a filter to be created in a filtergraph.
+ *
+ * Created as a child of AVFilterGraphSegment by avfilter_graph_segment_parse().
+ * Freed in avfilter_graph_segment_free().
+ */
+typedef struct AVFilterParams {
+ /**
+ * The filter context.
+ *
+ * Created by avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters() based on
+ * AVFilterParams.filter_name and instance_name.
+ *
+ * Callers may also create the filter context manually, then they should
+ * av_free() filter_name and set it to NULL. Such AVFilterParams instances
+ * are then skipped by avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters().
+ */
+ AVFilterContext *filter;
+
+ /**
+ * Name of the AVFilter to be used.
+ *
+ * An av_malloc()'ed string, set by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). Will be
+ * passed to avfilter_get_by_name() by
+ * avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters().
+ *
+ * Callers may av_free() this string and replace it with another one or
+ * NULL. If the caller creates the filter instance manually, this string
+ * MUST be set to NULL.
+ *
+ * When both AVFilterParams.filter an AVFilterParams.filter_name are NULL,
+ * this AVFilterParams instance is skipped by avfilter_graph_segment_*()
+ * functions.
+ */
+ char *filter_name;
+ /**
+ * Name to be used for this filter instance.
+ *
+ * An av_malloc()'ed string, may be set by avfilter_graph_segment_parse() or
+ * left NULL. The caller may av_free() this string and replace with another
+ * one or NULL.
+ *
+ * Will be used by avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters() - passed as the
+ * third argument to avfilter_graph_alloc_filter(), then freed and set to
+ * NULL.
+ */
+ char *instance_name;
+
+ /**
+ * Options to be apllied to the filter.
+ *
+ * Filled by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). Afterwards may be freely
+ * modified by the caller.
+ *
+ * Will be applied to the filter by avfilter_graph_segment_apply_opts()
+ * with an equivalent of av_opt_set_dict2(filter, &opts, AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN),
+ * i.e. any unapplied options will be left in this dictionary.
+ */
+ AVDictionary *opts;
+
+ AVFilterPadParams **inputs;
+ unsigned nb_inputs;
+
+ AVFilterPadParams **outputs;
+ unsigned nb_outputs;
+} AVFilterParams;
+
+/**
+ * A filterchain is a list of filter specifications.
+ *
+ * Created as a child of AVFilterGraphSegment by avfilter_graph_segment_parse().
+ * Freed in avfilter_graph_segment_free().
+ */
+typedef struct AVFilterChain {
+ AVFilterParams **filters;
+ size_t nb_filters;
+} AVFilterChain;
+
+/**
+ * A parsed representation of a filtergraph segment.
+ *
+ * A filtergraph segment is conceptually a list of filterchains, with some
+ * supplementary information (e.g. format conversion flags).
+ *
+ * Created by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). Must be freed with
+ * avfilter_graph_segment_free().
+ */
+typedef struct AVFilterGraphSegment {
+ /**
+ * The filtergraph this segment is associated with.
+ * Set by avfilter_graph_segment_parse().
+ */
+ AVFilterGraph *graph;
+
+ /**
+ * A list of filter chain contained in this segment.
+ * Set in avfilter_graph_segment_parse().
+ */
+ AVFilterChain **chains;
+ size_t nb_chains;
+
+ /**
+ * A string containing a colon-separated list of key=value options applied
+ * to all scale filters in this segment.
+ *
+ * May be set by avfilter_graph_segment_parse().
+ * The caller may free this string with av_free() and replace it with a
+ * different av_malloc()'ed string.
+ */
+ char *scale_sws_opts;
+} AVFilterGraphSegment;
+
+/**
+ * Parse a textual filtergraph description into an intermediate form.
+ *
+ * This intermediate representation is intended to be modified by the caller as
+ * described in the documentation of AVFilterGraphSegment and its children, and
+ * then applied to the graph either manually or with other
+ * avfilter_graph_segment_*() functions. See the documentation for
+ * avfilter_graph_segment_apply() for the canonical way to apply
+ * AVFilterGraphSegment.
+ *
+ * @param graph Filter graph the parsed segment is associated with. Will only be
+ * used for logging and similar auxiliary purposes. The graph will
+ * not be actually modified by this function - the parsing results
+ * are instead stored in seg for further processing.
+ * @param graph_str a string describing the filtergraph segment
+ * @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now
+ * @param seg A pointer to the newly-created AVFilterGraphSegment is written
+ * here on success. The graph segment is owned by the caller and must
+ * be freed with avfilter_graph_segment_free() before graph itself is
+ * freed.
+ *
+ * @retval "non-negative number" success
+ * @retval "negative error code" failure
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_segment_parse(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *graph_str,
+ int flags, AVFilterGraphSegment **seg);
+
+/**
+ * Create filters specified in a graph segment.
+ *
+ * Walk through the creation-pending AVFilterParams in the segment and create
+ * new filter instances for them.
+ * Creation-pending params are those where AVFilterParams.filter_name is
+ * non-NULL (and hence AVFilterParams.filter is NULL). All other AVFilterParams
+ * instances are ignored.
+ *
+ * For any filter created by this function, the corresponding
+ * AVFilterParams.filter is set to the newly-created filter context,
+ * AVFilterParams.filter_name and AVFilterParams.instance_name are freed and set
+ * to NULL.
+ *
+ * @param seg the filtergraph segment to process
+ * @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now
+ *
+ * @retval "non-negative number" Success, all creation-pending filters were
+ * successfully created
+ * @retval AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND some filter's name did not correspond to a
+ * known filter
+ * @retval "another negative error code" other failures
+ *
+ * @note Calling this function multiple times is safe, as it is idempotent.
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters(AVFilterGraphSegment *seg, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Apply parsed options to filter instances in a graph segment.
+ *
+ * Walk through all filter instances in the graph segment that have option
+ * dictionaries associated with them and apply those options with
+ * av_opt_set_dict2(..., AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN). AVFilterParams.opts is
+ * replaced by the dictionary output by av_opt_set_dict2(), which should be
+ * empty (NULL) if all options were successfully applied.
+ *
+ * If any options could not be found, this function will continue processing all
+ * other filters and finally return AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND (unless another
+ * error happens). The calling program may then deal with unapplied options as
+ * it wishes.
+ *
+ * Any creation-pending filters (see avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters())
+ * present in the segment will cause this function to fail. AVFilterParams with
+ * no associated filter context are simply skipped.
+ *
+ * @param seg the filtergraph segment to process
+ * @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now
+ *
+ * @retval "non-negative number" Success, all options were successfully applied.
+ * @retval AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND some options were not found in a filter
+ * @retval "another negative error code" other failures
+ *
+ * @note Calling this function multiple times is safe, as it is idempotent.
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_segment_apply_opts(AVFilterGraphSegment *seg, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize all filter instances in a graph segment.
+ *
+ * Walk through all filter instances in the graph segment and call
+ * avfilter_init_dict(..., NULL) on those that have not been initialized yet.
+ *
+ * Any creation-pending filters (see avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters())
+ * present in the segment will cause this function to fail. AVFilterParams with
+ * no associated filter context or whose filter context is already initialized,
+ * are simply skipped.
+ *
+ * @param seg the filtergraph segment to process
+ * @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now
+ *
+ * @retval "non-negative number" Success, all filter instances were successfully
+ * initialized
+ * @retval "negative error code" failure
+ *
+ * @note Calling this function multiple times is safe, as it is idempotent.
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_segment_init(AVFilterGraphSegment *seg, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Link filters in a graph segment.
+ *
+ * Walk through all filter instances in the graph segment and try to link all
+ * unlinked input and output pads. Any creation-pending filters (see
+ * avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters()) present in the segment will cause
+ * this function to fail. Disabled filters and already linked pads are skipped.
+ *
+ * Every filter output pad that has a corresponding AVFilterPadParams with a
+ * non-NULL label is
+ * - linked to the input with the matching label, if one exists;
+ * - exported in the outputs linked list otherwise, with the label preserved.
+ * Unlabeled outputs are
+ * - linked to the first unlinked unlabeled input in the next non-disabled
+ * filter in the chain, if one exists
+ * - exported in the ouputs linked list otherwise, with NULL label
+ *
+ * Similarly, unlinked input pads are exported in the inputs linked list.
+ *
+ * @param seg the filtergraph segment to process
+ * @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now
+ * @param[out] inputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) inputs of the
+ * filters in this graph segment will be returned here. It
+ * is to be freed by the caller using avfilter_inout_free().
+ * @param[out] outputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) outputs of the
+ * filters in this graph segment will be returned here. It
+ * is to be freed by the caller using avfilter_inout_free().
+ *
+ * @retval "non-negative number" success
+ * @retval "negative error code" failure
+ *
+ * @note Calling this function multiple times is safe, as it is idempotent.
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_segment_link(AVFilterGraphSegment *seg, int flags,
+ AVFilterInOut **inputs,
+ AVFilterInOut **outputs);
+
+/**
+ * Apply all filter/link descriptions from a graph segment to the associated filtergraph.
+ *
+ * This functions is currently equivalent to calling the following in sequence:
+ * - avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters();
+ * - avfilter_graph_segment_apply_opts();
+ * - avfilter_graph_segment_init();
+ * - avfilter_graph_segment_link();
+ * failing if any of them fails. This list may be extended in the future.
+ *
+ * Since the above functions are idempotent, the caller may call some of them
+ * manually, then do some custom processing on the filtergraph, then call this
+ * function to do the rest.
+ *
+ * @param seg the filtergraph segment to process
+ * @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now
+ * @param[out] inputs passed to avfilter_graph_segment_link()
+ * @param[out] outputs passed to avfilter_graph_segment_link()
+ *
+ * @retval "non-negative number" success
+ * @retval "negative error code" failure
+ *
+ * @note Calling this function multiple times is safe, as it is idempotent.
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_segment_apply(AVFilterGraphSegment *seg, int flags,
+ AVFilterInOut **inputs,
+ AVFilterInOut **outputs);
+
+/**
+ * Free the provided AVFilterGraphSegment and everything associated with it.
+ *
+ * @param seg double pointer to the AVFilterGraphSegment to be freed. NULL will
+ * be written to this pointer on exit from this function.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * The filter contexts (AVFilterParams.filter) are owned by AVFilterGraph rather
+ * than AVFilterGraphSegment, so they are not freed.
+ */
+void avfilter_graph_segment_free(AVFilterGraphSegment **seg);
+
+/**
+ * Send a command to one or more filter instances.
+ *
+ * @param graph the filter graph
+ * @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent
+ * "all" sends to all filters
+ * otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name
+ * which will send the command to all matching filters.
+ * @param cmd the command to send, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only
+ * @param arg the argument for the command
+ * @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response.
+ *
+ * @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code.
+ * AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_send_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Queue a command for one or more filter instances.
+ *
+ * @param graph the filter graph
+ * @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent
+ * "all" sends to all filters
+ * otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name
+ * which will send the command to all matching filters.
+ * @param cmd the command to sent, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only
+ * @param arg the argument for the command
+ * @param ts time at which the command should be sent to the filter
+ *
+ * @note As this executes commands after this function returns, no return code
+ * from the filter is provided, also AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE is not supported.
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_queue_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, int flags, double ts);
+
+
+/**
+ * Dump a graph into a human-readable string representation.
+ *
+ * @param graph the graph to dump
+ * @param options formatting options; currently ignored
+ * @return a string, or NULL in case of memory allocation failure;
+ * the string must be freed using av_free
+ */
+char *avfilter_graph_dump(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *options);
+
+/**
+ * Request a frame on the oldest sink link.
+ *
+ * If the request returns AVERROR_EOF, try the next.
+ *
+ * Note that this function is not meant to be the sole scheduling mechanism
+ * of a filtergraph, only a convenience function to help drain a filtergraph
+ * in a balanced way under normal circumstances.
+ *
+ * Also note that AVERROR_EOF does not mean that frames did not arrive on
+ * some of the sinks during the process.
+ * When there are multiple sink links, in case the requested link
+ * returns an EOF, this may cause a filter to flush pending frames
+ * which are sent to another sink link, although unrequested.
+ *
+ * @return the return value of ff_request_frame(),
+ * or AVERROR_EOF if all links returned AVERROR_EOF
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_request_oldest(AVFilterGraph *graph);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavfilter/buffersink.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavfilter/buffersink.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..64e08de53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavfilter/buffersink.h
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H
+#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavfi_buffersink
+ * memory buffer sink API for audio and video
+ */
+
+#include "avfilter.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavfi_buffersink Buffer sink API
+ * @ingroup lavfi
+ * @{
+ *
+ * The buffersink and abuffersink filters are there to connect filter graphs
+ * to applications. They have a single input, connected to the graph, and no
+ * output. Frames must be extracted using av_buffersink_get_frame() or
+ * av_buffersink_get_samples().
+ *
+ * The format negotiated by the graph during configuration can be obtained
+ * using the accessor functions:
+ * - av_buffersink_get_time_base(),
+ * - av_buffersink_get_format(),
+ * - av_buffersink_get_frame_rate(),
+ * - av_buffersink_get_w(),
+ * - av_buffersink_get_h(),
+ * - av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio(),
+ * - av_buffersink_get_channels(),
+ * - av_buffersink_get_ch_layout(),
+ * - av_buffersink_get_sample_rate().
+ *
+ * The layout returned by av_buffersink_get_ch_layout() must de uninitialized
+ * by the caller.
+ *
+ * The format can be constrained by setting options, using av_opt_set() and
+ * related functions with the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag.
+ * - pix_fmts (int list),
+ * - sample_fmts (int list),
+ * - sample_rates (int list),
+ * - ch_layouts (string),
+ * - channel_counts (int list),
+ * - all_channel_counts (bool).
+ * Most of these options are of type binary, and should be set using
+ * av_opt_set_int_list() or av_opt_set_bin(). If they are not set, all
+ * corresponding formats are accepted.
+ *
+ * As a special case, if ch_layouts is not set, all valid channel layouts are
+ * accepted except for UNSPEC layouts, unless all_channel_counts is set.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame.
+ *
+ * @param ctx pointer to a buffersink or abuffersink filter context.
+ * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
+ * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
+ * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_* flags
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 in for success, a negative AVERROR code for failure.
+ */
+int av_buffersink_get_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() to read video/samples buffer
+ * reference, but not remove it from the buffer. This is useful if you
+ * need only to read a video/samples buffer, without to fetch it.
+ */
+#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_PEEK 1
+
+/**
+ * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() not to request a frame from its input.
+ * If a frame is already buffered, it is read (and removed from the buffer),
+ * but if no frame is present, return AVERROR(EAGAIN).
+ */
+#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_NO_REQUEST 2
+
+/**
+ * Set the frame size for an audio buffer sink.
+ *
+ * All calls to av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref will return a buffer with
+ * exactly the specified number of samples, or AVERROR(EAGAIN) if there is
+ * not enough. The last buffer at EOF will be padded with 0.
+ */
+void av_buffersink_set_frame_size(AVFilterContext *ctx, unsigned frame_size);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavfi_buffersink_accessors Buffer sink accessors
+ * Get the properties of the stream
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVMediaType av_buffersink_get_type (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+AVRational av_buffersink_get_time_base (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+int av_buffersink_get_format (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+
+AVRational av_buffersink_get_frame_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+int av_buffersink_get_w (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+int av_buffersink_get_h (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+AVRational av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+
+int av_buffersink_get_channels (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+attribute_deprecated
+uint64_t av_buffersink_get_channel_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+#endif
+int av_buffersink_get_ch_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx,
+ AVChannelLayout *ch_layout);
+int av_buffersink_get_sample_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+
+AVBufferRef * av_buffersink_get_hw_frames_ctx (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame.
+ *
+ * @param ctx pointer to a context of a buffersink or abuffersink AVFilter.
+ * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
+ * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
+ *
+ * @return
+ * - >= 0 if a frame was successfully returned.
+ * - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if no frames are available at this point; more
+ * input frames must be added to the filtergraph to get more output.
+ * - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no more output frames on this sink.
+ * - A different negative AVERROR code in other failure cases.
+ */
+int av_buffersink_get_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Same as av_buffersink_get_frame(), but with the ability to specify the number
+ * of samples read. This function is less efficient than
+ * av_buffersink_get_frame(), because it copies the data around.
+ *
+ * @param ctx pointer to a context of the abuffersink AVFilter.
+ * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
+ * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
+ * frame will contain exactly nb_samples audio samples, except at
+ * the end of stream, when it can contain less than nb_samples.
+ *
+ * @return The return codes have the same meaning as for
+ * av_buffersink_get_frame().
+ *
+ * @warning do not mix this function with av_buffersink_get_frame(). Use only one or
+ * the other with a single sink, not both.
+ */
+int av_buffersink_get_samples(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavfilter/buffersrc.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavfilter/buffersrc.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3b248b37c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavfilter/buffersrc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H
+#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavfi_buffersrc
+ * Memory buffer source API.
+ */
+
+#include "avfilter.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavfi_buffersrc Buffer source API
+ * @ingroup lavfi
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum {
+
+ /**
+ * Do not check for format changes.
+ */
+ AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_NO_CHECK_FORMAT = 1,
+
+ /**
+ * Immediately push the frame to the output.
+ */
+ AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_PUSH = 4,
+
+ /**
+ * Keep a reference to the frame.
+ * If the frame if reference-counted, create a new reference; otherwise
+ * copy the frame data.
+ */
+ AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF = 8,
+
+};
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of failed requests.
+ *
+ * A failed request is when the request_frame method is called while no
+ * frame is present in the buffer.
+ * The number is reset when a frame is added.
+ */
+unsigned av_buffersrc_get_nb_failed_requests(AVFilterContext *buffer_src);
+
+/**
+ * This structure contains the parameters describing the frames that will be
+ * passed to this filter.
+ *
+ * It should be allocated with av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc() and freed with
+ * av_free(). All the allocated fields in it remain owned by the caller.
+ */
+typedef struct AVBufferSrcParameters {
+ /**
+ * video: the pixel format, value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat
+ * audio: the sample format, value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat
+ */
+ int format;
+ /**
+ * The timebase to be used for the timestamps on the input frames.
+ */
+ AVRational time_base;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only, the display dimensions of the input frames.
+ */
+ int width, height;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only, the sample (pixel) aspect ratio.
+ */
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only, the frame rate of the input video. This field must only be
+ * set to a non-zero value if input stream has a known constant framerate
+ * and should be left at its initial value if the framerate is variable or
+ * unknown.
+ */
+ AVRational frame_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * Video with a hwaccel pixel format only. This should be a reference to an
+ * AVHWFramesContext instance describing the input frames.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
+
+ /**
+ * Audio only, the audio sampling rate in samples per second.
+ */
+ int sample_rate;
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+ /**
+ * Audio only, the audio channel layout
+ * @deprecated use ch_layout
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ uint64_t channel_layout;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Audio only, the audio channel layout
+ */
+ AVChannelLayout ch_layout;
+} AVBufferSrcParameters;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new AVBufferSrcParameters instance. It should be freed by the
+ * caller with av_free().
+ */
+AVBufferSrcParameters *av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter with the provided parameters.
+ * This function may be called multiple times, the later calls override the
+ * previous ones. Some of the parameters may also be set through AVOptions, then
+ * whatever method is used last takes precedence.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter
+ * @param param the stream parameters. The frames later passed to this filter
+ * must conform to those parameters. All the allocated fields in
+ * param remain owned by the caller, libavfilter will make internal
+ * copies or references when necessary.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_buffersrc_parameters_set(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVBufferSrcParameters *param);
+
+/**
+ * Add a frame to the buffer source.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter
+ * @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this
+ * function will make a new reference to it. Otherwise the frame data will be
+ * copied.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() with the
+ * AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag.
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_buffersrc_write_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, const AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Add a frame to the buffer source.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter
+ * @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this
+ * function will take ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame.
+ * Otherwise the frame data will be copied. If this function returns an error,
+ * the input frame is not touched.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ *
+ * @note the difference between this function and av_buffersrc_write_frame() is
+ * that av_buffersrc_write_frame() creates a new reference to the input frame,
+ * while this function takes ownership of the reference passed to it.
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() without the
+ * AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag.
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_buffersrc_add_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Add a frame to the buffer source.
+ *
+ * By default, if the frame is reference-counted, this function will take
+ * ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame. This can be controlled
+ * using the flags.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error, the input frame is not touched.
+ *
+ * @param buffer_src pointer to a buffer source context
+ * @param frame a frame, or NULL to mark EOF
+ * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_*
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code
+ * in case of failure
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *buffer_src,
+ AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Close the buffer source after EOF.
+ *
+ * This is similar to passing NULL to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags()
+ * except it takes the timestamp of the EOF, i.e. the timestamp of the end
+ * of the last frame.
+ */
+int av_buffersrc_close(AVFilterContext *ctx, int64_t pts, unsigned flags);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavfilter/version.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavfilter/version.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7e0eb9af9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavfilter/version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+ * Version macros.
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_H
+#define AVFILTER_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavfi
+ * Libavfilter version macros
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/version.h"
+
+#include "version_major.h"
+
+#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 3
+#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+
+#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVFILTER_BUILD LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVFILTER_IDENT "Lavfi" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION)
+
+#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavfilter/version_major.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavfilter/version_major.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..899dfdb27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavfilter/version_major.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*
+ * Version macros.
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR_H
+#define AVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavfi
+ * Libavfilter version macros
+ */
+
+#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 9
+
+/**
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavformat/avformat.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavformat/avformat.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1916aa2dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavformat/avformat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2826 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H
+#define AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ * Main libavformat public API header
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup libavf libavformat
+ * I/O and Muxing/Demuxing Library
+ *
+ * Libavformat (lavf) is a library for dealing with various media container
+ * formats. Its main two purposes are demuxing - i.e. splitting a media file
+ * into component streams, and the reverse process of muxing - writing supplied
+ * data in a specified container format. It also has an @ref lavf_io
+ * "I/O module" which supports a number of protocols for accessing the data (e.g.
+ * file, tcp, http and others).
+ * Unless you are absolutely sure you won't use libavformat's network
+ * capabilities, you should also call avformat_network_init().
+ *
+ * A supported input format is described by an AVInputFormat struct, conversely
+ * an output format is described by AVOutputFormat. You can iterate over all
+ * input/output formats using the av_demuxer_iterate / av_muxer_iterate() functions.
+ * The protocols layer is not part of the public API, so you can only get the names
+ * of supported protocols with the avio_enum_protocols() function.
+ *
+ * Main lavf structure used for both muxing and demuxing is AVFormatContext,
+ * which exports all information about the file being read or written. As with
+ * most Libavformat structures, its size is not part of public ABI, so it cannot be
+ * allocated on stack or directly with av_malloc(). To create an
+ * AVFormatContext, use avformat_alloc_context() (some functions, like
+ * avformat_open_input() might do that for you).
+ *
+ * Most importantly an AVFormatContext contains:
+ * @li the @ref AVFormatContext.iformat "input" or @ref AVFormatContext.oformat
+ * "output" format. It is either autodetected or set by user for input;
+ * always set by user for output.
+ * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.streams "array" of AVStreams, which describe all
+ * elementary streams stored in the file. AVStreams are typically referred to
+ * using their index in this array.
+ * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context". It is either opened by lavf or
+ * set by user for input, always set by user for output (unless you are dealing
+ * with an AVFMT_NOFILE format).
+ *
+ * @section lavf_options Passing options to (de)muxers
+ * It is possible to configure lavf muxers and demuxers using the @ref avoptions
+ * mechanism. Generic (format-independent) libavformat options are provided by
+ * AVFormatContext, they can be examined from a user program by calling
+ * av_opt_next() / av_opt_find() on an allocated AVFormatContext (or its AVClass
+ * from avformat_get_class()). Private (format-specific) options are provided by
+ * AVFormatContext.priv_data if and only if AVInputFormat.priv_class /
+ * AVOutputFormat.priv_class of the corresponding format struct is non-NULL.
+ * Further options may be provided by the @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context",
+ * if its AVClass is non-NULL, and the protocols layer. See the discussion on
+ * nesting in @ref avoptions documentation to learn how to access those.
+ *
+ * @section urls
+ * URL strings in libavformat are made of a scheme/protocol, a ':', and a
+ * scheme specific string. URLs without a scheme and ':' used for local files
+ * are supported but deprecated. "file:" should be used for local files.
+ *
+ * It is important that the scheme string is not taken from untrusted
+ * sources without checks.
+ *
+ * Note that some schemes/protocols are quite powerful, allowing access to
+ * both local and remote files, parts of them, concatenations of them, local
+ * audio and video devices and so on.
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavf_decoding Demuxing
+ * @{
+ * Demuxers read a media file and split it into chunks of data (@em packets). A
+ * @ref AVPacket "packet" contains one or more encoded frames which belongs to a
+ * single elementary stream. In the lavf API this process is represented by the
+ * avformat_open_input() function for opening a file, av_read_frame() for
+ * reading a single packet and finally avformat_close_input(), which does the
+ * cleanup.
+ *
+ * @section lavf_decoding_open Opening a media file
+ * The minimum information required to open a file is its URL, which
+ * is passed to avformat_open_input(), as in the following code:
+ * @code
+ * const char *url = "file:in.mp3";
+ * AVFormatContext *s = NULL;
+ * int ret = avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, NULL);
+ * if (ret < 0)
+ * abort();
+ * @endcode
+ * The above code attempts to allocate an AVFormatContext, open the
+ * specified file (autodetecting the format) and read the header, exporting the
+ * information stored there into s. Some formats do not have a header or do not
+ * store enough information there, so it is recommended that you call the
+ * avformat_find_stream_info() function which tries to read and decode a few
+ * frames to find missing information.
+ *
+ * In some cases you might want to preallocate an AVFormatContext yourself with
+ * avformat_alloc_context() and do some tweaking on it before passing it to
+ * avformat_open_input(). One such case is when you want to use custom functions
+ * for reading input data instead of lavf internal I/O layer.
+ * To do that, create your own AVIOContext with avio_alloc_context(), passing
+ * your reading callbacks to it. Then set the @em pb field of your
+ * AVFormatContext to newly created AVIOContext.
+ *
+ * Since the format of the opened file is in general not known until after
+ * avformat_open_input() has returned, it is not possible to set demuxer private
+ * options on a preallocated context. Instead, the options should be passed to
+ * avformat_open_input() wrapped in an AVDictionary:
+ * @code
+ * AVDictionary *options = NULL;
+ * av_dict_set(&options, "video_size", "640x480", 0);
+ * av_dict_set(&options, "pixel_format", "rgb24", 0);
+ *
+ * if (avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, &options) < 0)
+ * abort();
+ * av_dict_free(&options);
+ * @endcode
+ * This code passes the private options 'video_size' and 'pixel_format' to the
+ * demuxer. They would be necessary for e.g. the rawvideo demuxer, since it
+ * cannot know how to interpret raw video data otherwise. If the format turns
+ * out to be something different than raw video, those options will not be
+ * recognized by the demuxer and therefore will not be applied. Such unrecognized
+ * options are then returned in the options dictionary (recognized options are
+ * consumed). The calling program can handle such unrecognized options as it
+ * wishes, e.g.
+ * @code
+ * AVDictionaryEntry *e;
+ * if (e = av_dict_get(options, "", NULL, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
+ * fprintf(stderr, "Option %s not recognized by the demuxer.\n", e->key);
+ * abort();
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * After you have finished reading the file, you must close it with
+ * avformat_close_input(). It will free everything associated with the file.
+ *
+ * @section lavf_decoding_read Reading from an opened file
+ * Reading data from an opened AVFormatContext is done by repeatedly calling
+ * av_read_frame() on it. Each call, if successful, will return an AVPacket
+ * containing encoded data for one AVStream, identified by
+ * AVPacket.stream_index. This packet may be passed straight into the libavcodec
+ * decoding functions avcodec_send_packet() or avcodec_decode_subtitle2() if the
+ * caller wishes to decode the data.
+ *
+ * AVPacket.pts, AVPacket.dts and AVPacket.duration timing information will be
+ * set if known. They may also be unset (i.e. AV_NOPTS_VALUE for
+ * pts/dts, 0 for duration) if the stream does not provide them. The timing
+ * information will be in AVStream.time_base units, i.e. it has to be
+ * multiplied by the timebase to convert them to seconds.
+ *
+ * A packet returned by av_read_frame() is always reference-counted,
+ * i.e. AVPacket.buf is set and the user may keep it indefinitely.
+ * The packet must be freed with av_packet_unref() when it is no
+ * longer needed.
+ *
+ * @section lavf_decoding_seek Seeking
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavf_encoding Muxing
+ * @{
+ * Muxers take encoded data in the form of @ref AVPacket "AVPackets" and write
+ * it into files or other output bytestreams in the specified container format.
+ *
+ * The main API functions for muxing are avformat_write_header() for writing the
+ * file header, av_write_frame() / av_interleaved_write_frame() for writing the
+ * packets and av_write_trailer() for finalizing the file.
+ *
+ * At the beginning of the muxing process, the caller must first call
+ * avformat_alloc_context() to create a muxing context. The caller then sets up
+ * the muxer by filling the various fields in this context:
+ *
+ * - The @ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set to select the
+ * muxer that will be used.
+ * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOFILE type, the @ref AVFormatContext.pb
+ * "pb" field must be set to an opened IO context, either returned from
+ * avio_open2() or a custom one.
+ * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOSTREAMS type, at least one stream must
+ * be created with the avformat_new_stream() function. The caller should fill
+ * the @ref AVStream.codecpar "stream codec parameters" information, such as the
+ * codec @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_type "type", @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_id
+ * "id" and other parameters (e.g. width / height, the pixel or sample format,
+ * etc.) as known. The @ref AVStream.time_base "stream timebase" should
+ * be set to the timebase that the caller desires to use for this stream (note
+ * that the timebase actually used by the muxer can be different, as will be
+ * described later).
+ * - It is advised to manually initialize only the relevant fields in
+ * AVCodecParameters, rather than using @ref avcodec_parameters_copy() during
+ * remuxing: there is no guarantee that the codec context values remain valid
+ * for both input and output format contexts.
+ * - The caller may fill in additional information, such as @ref
+ * AVFormatContext.metadata "global" or @ref AVStream.metadata "per-stream"
+ * metadata, @ref AVFormatContext.chapters "chapters", @ref
+ * AVFormatContext.programs "programs", etc. as described in the
+ * AVFormatContext documentation. Whether such information will actually be
+ * stored in the output depends on what the container format and the muxer
+ * support.
+ *
+ * When the muxing context is fully set up, the caller must call
+ * avformat_write_header() to initialize the muxer internals and write the file
+ * header. Whether anything actually is written to the IO context at this step
+ * depends on the muxer, but this function must always be called. Any muxer
+ * private options must be passed in the options parameter to this function.
+ *
+ * The data is then sent to the muxer by repeatedly calling av_write_frame() or
+ * av_interleaved_write_frame() (consult those functions' documentation for
+ * discussion on the difference between them; only one of them may be used with
+ * a single muxing context, they should not be mixed). Do note that the timing
+ * information on the packets sent to the muxer must be in the corresponding
+ * AVStream's timebase. That timebase is set by the muxer (in the
+ * avformat_write_header() step) and may be different from the timebase
+ * requested by the caller.
+ *
+ * Once all the data has been written, the caller must call av_write_trailer()
+ * to flush any buffered packets and finalize the output file, then close the IO
+ * context (if any) and finally free the muxing context with
+ * avformat_free_context().
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavf_io I/O Read/Write
+ * @{
+ * @section lavf_io_dirlist Directory listing
+ * The directory listing API makes it possible to list files on remote servers.
+ *
+ * Some of possible use cases:
+ * - an "open file" dialog to choose files from a remote location,
+ * - a recursive media finder providing a player with an ability to play all
+ * files from a given directory.
+ *
+ * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_open Opening a directory
+ * At first, a directory needs to be opened by calling avio_open_dir()
+ * supplied with a URL and, optionally, ::AVDictionary containing
+ * protocol-specific parameters. The function returns zero or positive
+ * integer and allocates AVIODirContext on success.
+ *
+ * @code
+ * AVIODirContext *ctx = NULL;
+ * if (avio_open_dir(&ctx, "smb://example.com/some_dir", NULL) < 0) {
+ * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open directory.\n");
+ * abort();
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * This code tries to open a sample directory using smb protocol without
+ * any additional parameters.
+ *
+ * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_read Reading entries
+ * Each directory's entry (i.e. file, another directory, anything else
+ * within ::AVIODirEntryType) is represented by AVIODirEntry.
+ * Reading consecutive entries from an opened AVIODirContext is done by
+ * repeatedly calling avio_read_dir() on it. Each call returns zero or
+ * positive integer if successful. Reading can be stopped right after the
+ * NULL entry has been read -- it means there are no entries left to be
+ * read. The following code reads all entries from a directory associated
+ * with ctx and prints their names to standard output.
+ * @code
+ * AVIODirEntry *entry = NULL;
+ * for (;;) {
+ * if (avio_read_dir(ctx, &entry) < 0) {
+ * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot list directory.\n");
+ * abort();
+ * }
+ * if (!entry)
+ * break;
+ * printf("%s\n", entry->name);
+ * avio_free_directory_entry(&entry);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavf_codec Demuxers
+ * @{
+ * @defgroup lavf_codec_native Native Demuxers
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavf_codec_wrappers External library wrappers
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavf_protos I/O Protocols
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavf_internal Internal
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#include <time.h>
+#include <stdio.h> /* FILE */
+
+#include "libavcodec/codec.h"
+#include "libavcodec/codec_par.h"
+#include "libavcodec/defs.h"
+#include "libavcodec/packet.h"
+
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+
+#include "avio.h"
+#include "libavformat/version_major.h"
+#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version
+ * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including
+ * the full version information. */
+#include "libavformat/version.h"
+#endif
+
+struct AVFormatContext;
+
+struct AVDeviceInfoList;
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup metadata_api Public Metadata API
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ * The metadata API allows libavformat to export metadata tags to a client
+ * application when demuxing. Conversely it allows a client application to
+ * set metadata when muxing.
+ *
+ * Metadata is exported or set as pairs of key/value strings in the 'metadata'
+ * fields of the AVFormatContext, AVStream, AVChapter and AVProgram structs
+ * using the @ref lavu_dict "AVDictionary" API. Like all strings in FFmpeg,
+ * metadata is assumed to be UTF-8 encoded Unicode. Note that metadata
+ * exported by demuxers isn't checked to be valid UTF-8 in most cases.
+ *
+ * Important concepts to keep in mind:
+ * - Keys are unique; there can never be 2 tags with the same key. This is
+ * also meant semantically, i.e., a demuxer should not knowingly produce
+ * several keys that are literally different but semantically identical.
+ * E.g., key=Author5, key=Author6. In this example, all authors must be
+ * placed in the same tag.
+ * - Metadata is flat, not hierarchical; there are no subtags. If you
+ * want to store, e.g., the email address of the child of producer Alice
+ * and actor Bob, that could have key=alice_and_bobs_childs_email_address.
+ * - Several modifiers can be applied to the tag name. This is done by
+ * appending a dash character ('-') and the modifier name in the order
+ * they appear in the list below -- e.g. foo-eng-sort, not foo-sort-eng.
+ * - language -- a tag whose value is localized for a particular language
+ * is appended with the ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code.
+ * For example: Author-ger=Michael, Author-eng=Mike
+ * The original/default language is in the unqualified "Author" tag.
+ * A demuxer should set a default if it sets any translated tag.
+ * - sorting -- a modified version of a tag that should be used for
+ * sorting will have '-sort' appended. E.g. artist="The Beatles",
+ * artist-sort="Beatles, The".
+ * - Some protocols and demuxers support metadata updates. After a successful
+ * call to av_read_frame(), AVFormatContext.event_flags or AVStream.event_flags
+ * will be updated to indicate if metadata changed. In order to detect metadata
+ * changes on a stream, you need to loop through all streams in the AVFormatContext
+ * and check their individual event_flags.
+ *
+ * - Demuxers attempt to export metadata in a generic format, however tags
+ * with no generic equivalents are left as they are stored in the container.
+ * Follows a list of generic tag names:
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ album -- name of the set this work belongs to
+ album_artist -- main creator of the set/album, if different from artist.
+ e.g. "Various Artists" for compilation albums.
+ artist -- main creator of the work
+ comment -- any additional description of the file.
+ composer -- who composed the work, if different from artist.
+ copyright -- name of copyright holder.
+ creation_time-- date when the file was created, preferably in ISO 8601.
+ date -- date when the work was created, preferably in ISO 8601.
+ disc -- number of a subset, e.g. disc in a multi-disc collection.
+ encoder -- name/settings of the software/hardware that produced the file.
+ encoded_by -- person/group who created the file.
+ filename -- original name of the file.
+ genre -- <self-evident>.
+ language -- main language in which the work is performed, preferably
+ in ISO 639-2 format. Multiple languages can be specified by
+ separating them with commas.
+ performer -- artist who performed the work, if different from artist.
+ E.g for "Also sprach Zarathustra", artist would be "Richard
+ Strauss" and performer "London Philharmonic Orchestra".
+ publisher -- name of the label/publisher.
+ service_name -- name of the service in broadcasting (channel name).
+ service_provider -- name of the service provider in broadcasting.
+ title -- name of the work.
+ track -- number of this work in the set, can be in form current/total.
+ variant_bitrate -- the total bitrate of the bitrate variant that the current stream is part of
+ @endverbatim
+ *
+ * Look in the examples section for an application example how to use the Metadata API.
+ *
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* packet functions */
+
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and read the payload of a packet and initialize its
+ * fields with default values.
+ *
+ * @param s associated IO context
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size desired payload size
+ * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise
+ */
+int av_get_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size);
+
+
+/**
+ * Read data and append it to the current content of the AVPacket.
+ * If pkt->size is 0 this is identical to av_get_packet.
+ * Note that this uses av_grow_packet and thus involves a realloc
+ * which is inefficient. Thus this function should only be used
+ * when there is no reasonable way to know (an upper bound of)
+ * the final size.
+ *
+ * @param s associated IO context
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size amount of data to read
+ * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise, previous data
+ * will not be lost even if an error occurs.
+ */
+int av_append_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size);
+
+/*************************************************/
+/* input/output formats */
+
+struct AVCodecTag;
+
+/**
+ * This structure contains the data a format has to probe a file.
+ */
+typedef struct AVProbeData {
+ const char *filename;
+ unsigned char *buf; /**< Buffer must have AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE of extra allocated bytes filled with zero. */
+ int buf_size; /**< Size of buf except extra allocated bytes */
+ const char *mime_type; /**< mime_type, when known. */
+} AVProbeData;
+
+#define AVPROBE_SCORE_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4)
+#define AVPROBE_SCORE_STREAM_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4-1)
+
+#define AVPROBE_SCORE_EXTENSION 50 ///< score for file extension
+#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MIME 75 ///< score for file mime type
+#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX 100 ///< maximum score
+
+#define AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE 32 ///< extra allocated bytes at the end of the probe buffer
+
+/// Demuxer will use avio_open, no opened file should be provided by the caller.
+#define AVFMT_NOFILE 0x0001
+#define AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER 0x0002 /**< Needs '%d' in filename. */
+/**
+ * The muxer/demuxer is experimental and should be used with caution.
+ *
+ * - demuxers: will not be selected automatically by probing, must be specified
+ * explicitly.
+ */
+#define AVFMT_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0004
+#define AVFMT_SHOW_IDS 0x0008 /**< Show format stream IDs numbers. */
+#define AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER 0x0040 /**< Format wants global header. */
+#define AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS 0x0080 /**< Format does not need / have any timestamps. */
+#define AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX 0x0100 /**< Use generic index building code. */
+#define AVFMT_TS_DISCONT 0x0200 /**< Format allows timestamp discontinuities. Note, muxers always require valid (monotone) timestamps */
+#define AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS 0x0400 /**< Format allows variable fps. */
+#define AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS 0x0800 /**< Format does not need width/height */
+#define AVFMT_NOSTREAMS 0x1000 /**< Format does not require any streams */
+#define AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH 0x2000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on binary search via read_timestamp */
+#define AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH 0x4000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on generic search */
+#define AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK 0x8000 /**< Format does not allow seeking by bytes */
+#define AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH 0x10000 /**< Format allows flushing. If not set, the muxer will not receive a NULL packet in the write_packet function. */
+#define AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT 0x20000 /**< Format does not require strictly
+ increasing timestamps, but they must
+ still be monotonic */
+#define AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE 0x40000 /**< Format allows muxing negative
+ timestamps. If not set the timestamp
+ will be shifted in av_write_frame and
+ av_interleaved_write_frame so they
+ start from 0.
+ The user or muxer can override this through
+ AVFormatContext.avoid_negative_ts
+ */
+
+#define AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS 0x4000000 /**< Seeking is based on PTS */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavf_encoding
+ * @{
+ */
+typedef struct AVOutputFormat {
+ const char *name;
+ /**
+ * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable
+ * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro
+ * to define it.
+ */
+ const char *long_name;
+ const char *mime_type;
+ const char *extensions; /**< comma-separated filename extensions */
+ /* output support */
+ enum AVCodecID audio_codec; /**< default audio codec */
+ enum AVCodecID video_codec; /**< default video codec */
+ enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec; /**< default subtitle codec */
+ /**
+ * can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER,
+ * AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER, AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS,
+ * AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS, AVFMT_NOSTREAMS, AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH,
+ * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE
+ */
+ int flags;
+
+ /**
+ * List of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, ordered by "better
+ * choice first". The arrays are all terminated by AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
+ */
+ const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag;
+
+
+ const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context
+} AVOutputFormat;
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavf_decoding
+ * @{
+ */
+typedef struct AVInputFormat {
+ /**
+ * A comma separated list of short names for the format. New names
+ * may be appended with a minor bump.
+ */
+ const char *name;
+
+ /**
+ * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable
+ * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro
+ * to define it.
+ */
+ const char *long_name;
+
+ /**
+ * Can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_SHOW_IDS,
+ * AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX, AVFMT_TS_DISCONT, AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH,
+ * AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH, AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK, AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS.
+ */
+ int flags;
+
+ /**
+ * If extensions are defined, then no probe is done. You should
+ * usually not use extension format guessing because it is not
+ * reliable enough
+ */
+ const char *extensions;
+
+ const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag;
+
+ const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context
+
+ /**
+ * Comma-separated list of mime types.
+ * It is used check for matching mime types while probing.
+ * @see av_probe_input_format2
+ */
+ const char *mime_type;
+
+ /*****************************************************************
+ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ */
+ /**
+ * Raw demuxers store their codec ID here.
+ */
+ int raw_codec_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper.
+ */
+ int priv_data_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Internal flags. See FF_FMT_FLAG_* in internal.h.
+ */
+ int flags_internal;
+
+ /**
+ * Tell if a given file has a chance of being parsed as this format.
+ * The buffer provided is guaranteed to be AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE bytes
+ * big so you do not have to check for that unless you need more.
+ */
+ int (*read_probe)(const AVProbeData *);
+
+ /**
+ * Read the format header and initialize the AVFormatContext
+ * structure. Return 0 if OK. 'avformat_new_stream' should be
+ * called to create new streams.
+ */
+ int (*read_header)(struct AVFormatContext *);
+
+ /**
+ * Read one packet and put it in 'pkt'. pts and flags are also
+ * set. 'avformat_new_stream' can be called only if the flag
+ * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is used and only in the calling thread (not in a
+ * background thread).
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on error.
+ * Upon returning an error, pkt must be unreferenced by the caller.
+ */
+ int (*read_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt);
+
+ /**
+ * Close the stream. The AVFormatContext and AVStreams are not
+ * freed by this function
+ */
+ int (*read_close)(struct AVFormatContext *);
+
+ /**
+ * Seek to a given timestamp relative to the frames in
+ * stream component stream_index.
+ * @param stream_index Must not be -1.
+ * @param flags Selects which direction should be preferred if no exact
+ * match is available.
+ * @return >= 0 on success (but not necessarily the new offset)
+ */
+ int (*read_seek)(struct AVFormatContext *,
+ int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, int flags);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the next timestamp in stream[stream_index].time_base units.
+ * @return the timestamp or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if an error occurred
+ */
+ int64_t (*read_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index,
+ int64_t *pos, int64_t pos_limit);
+
+ /**
+ * Start/resume playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format
+ * (RTSP).
+ */
+ int (*read_play)(struct AVFormatContext *);
+
+ /**
+ * Pause playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format
+ * (RTSP).
+ */
+ int (*read_pause)(struct AVFormatContext *);
+
+ /**
+ * Seek to timestamp ts.
+ * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams
+ * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts.
+ * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL.
+ */
+ int (*read_seek2)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns device list with it properties.
+ * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details.
+ */
+ int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list);
+
+} AVInputFormat;
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+enum AVStreamParseType {
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_NONE,
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL, /**< full parsing and repack */
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_HEADERS, /**< Only parse headers, do not repack. */
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_TIMESTAMPS, /**< full parsing and interpolation of timestamps for frames not starting on a packet boundary */
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_ONCE, /**< full parsing and repack of the first frame only, only implemented for H.264 currently */
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_RAW, /**< full parsing and repack with timestamp and position generation by parser for raw
+ this assumes that each packet in the file contains no demuxer level headers and
+ just codec level data, otherwise position generation would fail */
+};
+
+typedef struct AVIndexEntry {
+ int64_t pos;
+ int64_t timestamp; /**<
+ * Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units, preferably the time from which on correctly decoded frames are available
+ * when seeking to this entry. That means preferable PTS on keyframe based formats.
+ * But demuxers can choose to store a different timestamp, if it is more convenient for the implementation or nothing better
+ * is known
+ */
+#define AVINDEX_KEYFRAME 0x0001
+#define AVINDEX_DISCARD_FRAME 0x0002 /**
+ * Flag is used to indicate which frame should be discarded after decoding.
+ */
+ int flags:2;
+ int size:30; //Yeah, trying to keep the size of this small to reduce memory requirements (it is 24 vs. 32 bytes due to possible 8-byte alignment).
+ int min_distance; /**< Minimum distance between this and the previous keyframe, used to avoid unneeded searching. */
+} AVIndexEntry;
+
+/**
+ * The stream should be chosen by default among other streams of the same type,
+ * unless the user has explicitly specified otherwise.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEFAULT (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * The stream is not in original language.
+ *
+ * @note AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL is the inverse of this disposition. At most
+ * one of them should be set in properly tagged streams.
+ * @note This disposition may apply to any stream type, not just audio.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_DUB (1 << 1)
+/**
+ * The stream is in original language.
+ *
+ * @see the notes for AV_DISPOSITION_DUB
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * The stream is a commentary track.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_COMMENT (1 << 3)
+/**
+ * The stream contains song lyrics.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_LYRICS (1 << 4)
+/**
+ * The stream contains karaoke audio.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_KARAOKE (1 << 5)
+
+/**
+ * Track should be used during playback by default.
+ * Useful for subtitle track that should be displayed
+ * even when user did not explicitly ask for subtitles.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_FORCED (1 << 6)
+/**
+ * The stream is intended for hearing impaired audiences.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_HEARING_IMPAIRED (1 << 7)
+/**
+ * The stream is intended for visually impaired audiences.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_VISUAL_IMPAIRED (1 << 8)
+/**
+ * The audio stream contains music and sound effects without voice.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_CLEAN_EFFECTS (1 << 9)
+/**
+ * The stream is stored in the file as an attached picture/"cover art" (e.g.
+ * APIC frame in ID3v2). The first (usually only) packet associated with it
+ * will be returned among the first few packets read from the file unless
+ * seeking takes place. It can also be accessed at any time in
+ * AVStream.attached_pic.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC (1 << 10)
+/**
+ * The stream is sparse, and contains thumbnail images, often corresponding
+ * to chapter markers. Only ever used with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_TIMED_THUMBNAILS (1 << 11)
+
+/**
+ * The stream is intended to be mixed with a spatial audio track. For example,
+ * it could be used for narration or stereo music, and may remain unchanged by
+ * listener head rotation.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_NON_DIEGETIC (1 << 12)
+
+/**
+ * The subtitle stream contains captions, providing a transcription and possibly
+ * a translation of audio. Typically intended for hearing-impaired audiences.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_CAPTIONS (1 << 16)
+/**
+ * The subtitle stream contains a textual description of the video content.
+ * Typically intended for visually-impaired audiences or for the cases where the
+ * video cannot be seen.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_DESCRIPTIONS (1 << 17)
+/**
+ * The subtitle stream contains time-aligned metadata that is not intended to be
+ * directly presented to the user.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_METADATA (1 << 18)
+/**
+ * The audio stream is intended to be mixed with another stream before
+ * presentation.
+ * Corresponds to mix_type=0 in mpegts.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEPENDENT (1 << 19)
+/**
+ * The video stream contains still images.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_STILL_IMAGE (1 << 20)
+
+/**
+ * @return The AV_DISPOSITION_* flag corresponding to disp or a negative error
+ * code if disp does not correspond to a known stream disposition.
+ */
+int av_disposition_from_string(const char *disp);
+
+/**
+ * @param disposition a combination of AV_DISPOSITION_* values
+ * @return The string description corresponding to the lowest set bit in
+ * disposition. NULL when the lowest set bit does not correspond
+ * to a known disposition or when disposition is 0.
+ */
+const char *av_disposition_to_string(int disposition);
+
+/**
+ * Options for behavior on timestamp wrap detection.
+ */
+#define AV_PTS_WRAP_IGNORE 0 ///< ignore the wrap
+#define AV_PTS_WRAP_ADD_OFFSET 1 ///< add the format specific offset on wrap detection
+#define AV_PTS_WRAP_SUB_OFFSET -1 ///< subtract the format specific offset on wrap detection
+
+/**
+ * Stream structure.
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+ * version bump.
+ * sizeof(AVStream) must not be used outside libav*.
+ */
+typedef struct AVStream {
+ /**
+ * A class for @ref avoptions. Set on stream creation.
+ */
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+
+ int index; /**< stream index in AVFormatContext */
+ /**
+ * Format-specific stream ID.
+ * decoding: set by libavformat
+ * encoding: set by the user, replaced by libavformat if left unset
+ */
+ int id;
+
+ /**
+ * Codec parameters associated with this stream. Allocated and freed by
+ * libavformat in avformat_new_stream() and avformat_free_context()
+ * respectively.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: filled by libavformat on stream creation or in
+ * avformat_find_stream_info()
+ * - muxing: filled by the caller before avformat_write_header()
+ */
+ AVCodecParameters *codecpar;
+
+ void *priv_data;
+
+ /**
+ * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms
+ * of which frame timestamps are represented.
+ *
+ * decoding: set by libavformat
+ * encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to
+ * provide a hint to the muxer about the desired timebase. In
+ * avformat_write_header(), the muxer will overwrite this field
+ * with the timebase that will actually be used for the timestamps
+ * written into the file (which may or may not be related to the
+ * user-provided one, depending on the format).
+ */
+ AVRational time_base;
+
+ /**
+ * Decoding: pts of the first frame of the stream in presentation order, in stream time base.
+ * Only set this if you are absolutely 100% sure that the value you set
+ * it to really is the pts of the first frame.
+ * This may be undefined (AV_NOPTS_VALUE).
+ * @note The ASF header does NOT contain a correct start_time the ASF
+ * demuxer must NOT set this.
+ */
+ int64_t start_time;
+
+ /**
+ * Decoding: duration of the stream, in stream time base.
+ * If a source file does not specify a duration, but does specify
+ * a bitrate, this value will be estimated from bitrate and file size.
+ *
+ * Encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to
+ * provide a hint to the muxer about the estimated duration.
+ */
+ int64_t duration;
+
+ int64_t nb_frames; ///< number of frames in this stream if known or 0
+
+ /**
+ * Stream disposition - a combination of AV_DISPOSITION_* flags.
+ * - demuxing: set by libavformat when creating the stream or in
+ * avformat_find_stream_info().
+ * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
+ */
+ int disposition;
+
+ enum AVDiscard discard; ///< Selects which packets can be discarded at will and do not need to be demuxed.
+
+ /**
+ * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavformat.
+ */
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+ AVDictionary *metadata;
+
+ /**
+ * Average framerate
+ *
+ * - demuxing: May be set by libavformat when creating the stream or in
+ * avformat_find_stream_info().
+ * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
+ */
+ AVRational avg_frame_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * For streams with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC disposition, this packet
+ * will contain the attached picture.
+ *
+ * decoding: set by libavformat, must not be modified by the caller.
+ * encoding: unused
+ */
+ AVPacket attached_pic;
+
+ /**
+ * An array of side data that applies to the whole stream (i.e. the
+ * container does not allow it to change between packets).
+ *
+ * There may be no overlap between the side data in this array and side data
+ * in the packets. I.e. a given side data is either exported by the muxer
+ * (demuxing) / set by the caller (muxing) in this array, then it never
+ * appears in the packets, or the side data is exported / sent through
+ * the packets (always in the first packet where the value becomes known or
+ * changes), then it does not appear in this array.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: Set by libavformat when the stream is created.
+ * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
+ *
+ * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
+ *
+ * @see av_format_inject_global_side_data()
+ */
+ AVPacketSideData *side_data;
+ /**
+ * The number of elements in the AVStream.side_data array.
+ */
+ int nb_side_data;
+
+ /**
+ * Flags indicating events happening on the stream, a combination of
+ * AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_*.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: may be set by the demuxer in avformat_open_input(),
+ * avformat_find_stream_info() and av_read_frame(). Flags must be cleared
+ * by the user once the event has been handled.
+ * - muxing: may be set by the user after avformat_write_header(). to
+ * indicate a user-triggered event. The muxer will clear the flags for
+ * events it has handled in av_[interleaved]_write_frame().
+ */
+ int event_flags;
+/**
+ * - demuxing: the demuxer read new metadata from the file and updated
+ * AVStream.metadata accordingly
+ * - muxing: the user updated AVStream.metadata and wishes the muxer to write
+ * it into the file
+ */
+#define AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001
+/**
+ * - demuxing: new packets for this stream were read from the file. This
+ * event is informational only and does not guarantee that new packets
+ * for this stream will necessarily be returned from av_read_frame().
+ */
+#define AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_NEW_PACKETS (1 << 1)
+
+ /**
+ * Real base framerate of the stream.
+ * This is the lowest framerate with which all timestamps can be
+ * represented accurately (it is the least common multiple of all
+ * framerates in the stream). Note, this value is just a guess!
+ * For example, if the time base is 1/90000 and all frames have either
+ * approximately 3600 or 1800 timer ticks, then r_frame_rate will be 50/1.
+ */
+ AVRational r_frame_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of bits in timestamps. Used for wrapping control.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: set by libavformat
+ * - muxing: set by libavformat
+ *
+ */
+ int pts_wrap_bits;
+} AVStream;
+
+struct AVCodecParserContext *av_stream_get_parser(const AVStream *s);
+
+#if FF_API_GET_END_PTS
+/**
+ * Returns the pts of the last muxed packet + its duration
+ *
+ * the retuned value is undefined when used with a demuxer.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int64_t av_stream_get_end_pts(const AVStream *st);
+#endif
+
+#define AV_PROGRAM_RUNNING 1
+
+/**
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+ * version bump.
+ * sizeof(AVProgram) must not be used outside libav*.
+ */
+typedef struct AVProgram {
+ int id;
+ int flags;
+ enum AVDiscard discard; ///< selects which program to discard and which to feed to the caller
+ unsigned int *stream_index;
+ unsigned int nb_stream_indexes;
+ AVDictionary *metadata;
+
+ int program_num;
+ int pmt_pid;
+ int pcr_pid;
+ int pmt_version;
+
+ /*****************************************************************
+ * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ */
+ int64_t start_time;
+ int64_t end_time;
+
+ int64_t pts_wrap_reference; ///< reference dts for wrap detection
+ int pts_wrap_behavior; ///< behavior on wrap detection
+} AVProgram;
+
+#define AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER 0x0001 /**< signal that no header is present
+ (streams are added dynamically) */
+#define AVFMTCTX_UNSEEKABLE 0x0002 /**< signal that the stream is definitely
+ not seekable, and attempts to call the
+ seek function will fail. For some
+ network protocols (e.g. HLS), this can
+ change dynamically at runtime. */
+
+typedef struct AVChapter {
+ int64_t id; ///< unique ID to identify the chapter
+ AVRational time_base; ///< time base in which the start/end timestamps are specified
+ int64_t start, end; ///< chapter start/end time in time_base units
+ AVDictionary *metadata;
+} AVChapter;
+
+
+/**
+ * Callback used by devices to communicate with application.
+ */
+typedef int (*av_format_control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type,
+ void *data, size_t data_size);
+
+typedef int (*AVOpenCallback)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, int flags,
+ const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * The duration of a video can be estimated through various ways, and this enum can be used
+ * to know how the duration was estimated.
+ */
+enum AVDurationEstimationMethod {
+ AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, ///< Duration accurately estimated from PTSes
+ AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, ///< Duration estimated from a stream with a known duration
+ AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE ///< Duration estimated from bitrate (less accurate)
+};
+
+/**
+ * Format I/O context.
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+ * version bump.
+ * sizeof(AVFormatContext) must not be used outside libav*, use
+ * avformat_alloc_context() to create an AVFormatContext.
+ *
+ * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions (av_opt*),
+ * the name string used matches the associated command line parameter name and
+ * can be found in libavformat/options_table.h.
+ * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C
+ * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFormatContext {
+ /**
+ * A class for logging and @ref avoptions. Set by avformat_alloc_context().
+ * Exports (de)muxer private options if they exist.
+ */
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+
+ /**
+ * The input container format.
+ *
+ * Demuxing only, set by avformat_open_input().
+ */
+ const struct AVInputFormat *iformat;
+
+ /**
+ * The output container format.
+ *
+ * Muxing only, must be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
+ */
+ const struct AVOutputFormat *oformat;
+
+ /**
+ * Format private data. This is an AVOptions-enabled struct
+ * if and only if iformat/oformat.priv_class is not NULL.
+ *
+ * - muxing: set by avformat_write_header()
+ * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input()
+ */
+ void *priv_data;
+
+ /**
+ * I/O context.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: either set by the user before avformat_open_input() (then
+ * the user must close it manually) or set by avformat_open_input().
+ * - muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header(). The caller must
+ * take care of closing / freeing the IO context.
+ *
+ * Do NOT set this field if AVFMT_NOFILE flag is set in
+ * iformat/oformat.flags. In such a case, the (de)muxer will handle
+ * I/O in some other way and this field will be NULL.
+ */
+ AVIOContext *pb;
+
+ /* stream info */
+ /**
+ * Flags signalling stream properties. A combination of AVFMTCTX_*.
+ * Set by libavformat.
+ */
+ int ctx_flags;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of elements in AVFormatContext.streams.
+ *
+ * Set by avformat_new_stream(), must not be modified by any other code.
+ */
+ unsigned int nb_streams;
+ /**
+ * A list of all streams in the file. New streams are created with
+ * avformat_new_stream().
+ *
+ * - demuxing: streams are created by libavformat in avformat_open_input().
+ * If AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in ctx_flags, then new streams may also
+ * appear in av_read_frame().
+ * - muxing: streams are created by the user before avformat_write_header().
+ *
+ * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
+ */
+ AVStream **streams;
+
+ /**
+ * input or output URL. Unlike the old filename field, this field has no
+ * length restriction.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input(), initialized to an empty
+ * string if url parameter was NULL in avformat_open_input().
+ * - muxing: may be set by the caller before calling avformat_write_header()
+ * (or avformat_init_output() if that is called first) to a string
+ * which is freeable by av_free(). Set to an empty string if it
+ * was NULL in avformat_init_output().
+ *
+ * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
+ */
+ char *url;
+
+ /**
+ * Position of the first frame of the component, in
+ * AV_TIME_BASE fractional seconds. NEVER set this value directly:
+ * It is deduced from the AVStream values.
+ *
+ * Demuxing only, set by libavformat.
+ */
+ int64_t start_time;
+
+ /**
+ * Duration of the stream, in AV_TIME_BASE fractional
+ * seconds. Only set this value if you know none of the individual stream
+ * durations and also do not set any of them. This is deduced from the
+ * AVStream values if not set.
+ *
+ * Demuxing only, set by libavformat.
+ */
+ int64_t duration;
+
+ /**
+ * Total stream bitrate in bit/s, 0 if not
+ * available. Never set it directly if the file_size and the
+ * duration are known as FFmpeg can compute it automatically.
+ */
+ int64_t bit_rate;
+
+ unsigned int packet_size;
+ int max_delay;
+
+ /**
+ * Flags modifying the (de)muxer behaviour. A combination of AVFMT_FLAG_*.
+ * Set by the user before avformat_open_input() / avformat_write_header().
+ */
+ int flags;
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS 0x0001 ///< Generate missing pts even if it requires parsing future frames.
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNIDX 0x0002 ///< Ignore index.
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_NONBLOCK 0x0004 ///< Do not block when reading packets from input.
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNDTS 0x0008 ///< Ignore DTS on frames that contain both DTS & PTS
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN 0x0010 ///< Do not infer any values from other values, just return what is stored in the container
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE 0x0020 ///< Do not use AVParsers, you also must set AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN as the fillin code works on frames and no parsing -> no frames. Also seeking to frames can not work if parsing to find frame boundaries has been disabled
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOBUFFER 0x0040 ///< Do not buffer frames when possible
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_CUSTOM_IO 0x0080 ///< The caller has supplied a custom AVIOContext, don't avio_close() it.
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_DISCARD_CORRUPT 0x0100 ///< Discard frames marked corrupted
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_FLUSH_PACKETS 0x0200 ///< Flush the AVIOContext every packet.
+/**
+ * When muxing, try to avoid writing any random/volatile data to the output.
+ * This includes any random IDs, real-time timestamps/dates, muxer version, etc.
+ *
+ * This flag is mainly intended for testing.
+ */
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_BITEXACT 0x0400
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_SORT_DTS 0x10000 ///< try to interleave outputted packets by dts (using this flag can slow demuxing down)
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_FAST_SEEK 0x80000 ///< Enable fast, but inaccurate seeks for some formats
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_SHORTEST 0x100000 ///< Stop muxing when the shortest stream stops.
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_AUTO_BSF 0x200000 ///< Add bitstream filters as requested by the muxer
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum number of bytes read from input in order to determine stream
+ * properties. Used when reading the global header and in
+ * avformat_find_stream_info().
+ *
+ * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input().
+ *
+ * @note this is \e not used for determining the \ref AVInputFormat
+ * "input format"
+ * @sa format_probesize
+ */
+ int64_t probesize;
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum duration (in AV_TIME_BASE units) of the data read
+ * from input in avformat_find_stream_info().
+ * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info().
+ * Can be set to 0 to let avformat choose using a heuristic.
+ */
+ int64_t max_analyze_duration;
+
+ const uint8_t *key;
+ int keylen;
+
+ unsigned int nb_programs;
+ AVProgram **programs;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced video codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVCodecID video_codec_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced audio codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVCodecID audio_codec_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced subtitle codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the index of each stream.
+ * If the index exceeds this size, entries will be discarded as
+ * needed to maintain a smaller size. This can lead to slower or less
+ * accurate seeking (depends on demuxer).
+ * Demuxers for which a full in-memory index is mandatory will ignore
+ * this.
+ * - muxing: unused
+ * - demuxing: set by user
+ */
+ unsigned int max_index_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for buffering frames
+ * obtained from realtime capture devices.
+ */
+ unsigned int max_picture_buffer;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of chapters in AVChapter array.
+ * When muxing, chapters are normally written in the file header,
+ * so nb_chapters should normally be initialized before write_header
+ * is called. Some muxers (e.g. mov and mkv) can also write chapters
+ * in the trailer. To write chapters in the trailer, nb_chapters
+ * must be zero when write_header is called and non-zero when
+ * write_trailer is called.
+ * - muxing: set by user
+ * - demuxing: set by libavformat
+ */
+ unsigned int nb_chapters;
+ AVChapter **chapters;
+
+ /**
+ * Metadata that applies to the whole file.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: set by libavformat in avformat_open_input()
+ * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header()
+ *
+ * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
+ */
+ AVDictionary *metadata;
+
+ /**
+ * Start time of the stream in real world time, in microseconds
+ * since the Unix epoch (00:00 1st January 1970). That is, pts=0 in the
+ * stream was captured at this real world time.
+ * - muxing: Set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). If set to
+ * either 0 or AV_NOPTS_VALUE, then the current wall-time will
+ * be used.
+ * - demuxing: Set by libavformat. AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. Note that
+ * the value may become known after some number of frames
+ * have been received.
+ */
+ int64_t start_time_realtime;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of frames used for determining the framerate in
+ * avformat_find_stream_info().
+ * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info().
+ */
+ int fps_probe_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Error recognition; higher values will detect more errors but may
+ * misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors.
+ * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input().
+ */
+ int error_recognition;
+
+ /**
+ * Custom interrupt callbacks for the I/O layer.
+ *
+ * demuxing: set by the user before avformat_open_input().
+ * muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header()
+ * (mainly useful for AVFMT_NOFILE formats). The callback
+ * should also be passed to avio_open2() if it's used to
+ * open the file.
+ */
+ AVIOInterruptCB interrupt_callback;
+
+ /**
+ * Flags to enable debugging.
+ */
+ int debug;
+#define FF_FDEBUG_TS 0x0001
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum buffering duration for interleaving.
+ *
+ * To ensure all the streams are interleaved correctly,
+ * av_interleaved_write_frame() will wait until it has at least one packet
+ * for each stream before actually writing any packets to the output file.
+ * When some streams are "sparse" (i.e. there are large gaps between
+ * successive packets), this can result in excessive buffering.
+ *
+ * This field specifies the maximum difference between the timestamps of the
+ * first and the last packet in the muxing queue, above which libavformat
+ * will output a packet regardless of whether it has queued a packet for all
+ * the streams.
+ *
+ * Muxing only, set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
+ */
+ int64_t max_interleave_delta;
+
+ /**
+ * Allow non-standard and experimental extension
+ * @see AVCodecContext.strict_std_compliance
+ */
+ int strict_std_compliance;
+
+ /**
+ * Flags indicating events happening on the file, a combination of
+ * AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_*.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: may be set by the demuxer in avformat_open_input(),
+ * avformat_find_stream_info() and av_read_frame(). Flags must be cleared
+ * by the user once the event has been handled.
+ * - muxing: may be set by the user after avformat_write_header() to
+ * indicate a user-triggered event. The muxer will clear the flags for
+ * events it has handled in av_[interleaved]_write_frame().
+ */
+ int event_flags;
+/**
+ * - demuxing: the demuxer read new metadata from the file and updated
+ * AVFormatContext.metadata accordingly
+ * - muxing: the user updated AVFormatContext.metadata and wishes the muxer to
+ * write it into the file
+ */
+#define AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum number of packets to read while waiting for the first timestamp.
+ * Decoding only.
+ */
+ int max_ts_probe;
+
+ /**
+ * Avoid negative timestamps during muxing.
+ * Any value of the AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_* constants.
+ * Note, this works better when using av_interleaved_write_frame().
+ * - muxing: Set by user
+ * - demuxing: unused
+ */
+ int avoid_negative_ts;
+#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_AUTO -1 ///< Enabled when required by target format
+#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_DISABLED 0 ///< Do not shift timestamps even when they are negative.
+#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_NON_NEGATIVE 1 ///< Shift timestamps so they are non negative
+#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_ZERO 2 ///< Shift timestamps so that they start at 0
+
+ /**
+ * Transport stream id.
+ * This will be moved into demuxer private options. Thus no API/ABI compatibility
+ */
+ int ts_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Audio preload in microseconds.
+ * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int audio_preload;
+
+ /**
+ * Max chunk time in microseconds.
+ * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int max_chunk_duration;
+
+ /**
+ * Max chunk size in bytes
+ * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int max_chunk_size;
+
+ /**
+ * forces the use of wallclock timestamps as pts/dts of packets
+ * This has undefined results in the presence of B frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ int use_wallclock_as_timestamps;
+
+ /**
+ * avio flags, used to force AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ int avio_flags;
+
+ /**
+ * The duration field can be estimated through various ways, and this field can be used
+ * to know how the duration was estimated.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user
+ */
+ enum AVDurationEstimationMethod duration_estimation_method;
+
+ /**
+ * Skip initial bytes when opening stream
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ int64_t skip_initial_bytes;
+
+ /**
+ * Correct single timestamp overflows
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ unsigned int correct_ts_overflow;
+
+ /**
+ * Force seeking to any (also non key) frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ int seek2any;
+
+ /**
+ * Flush the I/O context after each packet.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int flush_packets;
+
+ /**
+ * format probing score.
+ * The maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX, its set when the demuxer probes
+ * the format.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by avformat, read by user
+ */
+ int probe_score;
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum number of bytes read from input in order to identify the
+ * \ref AVInputFormat "input format". Only used when the format is not set
+ * explicitly by the caller.
+ *
+ * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input().
+ *
+ * @sa probesize
+ */
+ int format_probesize;
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of allowed decoders.
+ * If NULL then all are allowed
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ char *codec_whitelist;
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of allowed demuxers.
+ * If NULL then all are allowed
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ char *format_whitelist;
+
+ /**
+ * IO repositioned flag.
+ * This is set by avformat when the underlaying IO context read pointer
+ * is repositioned, for example when doing byte based seeking.
+ * Demuxers can use the flag to detect such changes.
+ */
+ int io_repositioned;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced video codec.
+ * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
+ * the same codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user
+ */
+ const AVCodec *video_codec;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced audio codec.
+ * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
+ * the same codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user
+ */
+ const AVCodec *audio_codec;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced subtitle codec.
+ * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
+ * the same codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user
+ */
+ const AVCodec *subtitle_codec;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced data codec.
+ * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
+ * the same codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user
+ */
+ const AVCodec *data_codec;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of bytes to be written as padding in a metadata header.
+ * Demuxing: Unused.
+ * Muxing: Set by user via av_format_set_metadata_header_padding.
+ */
+ int metadata_header_padding;
+
+ /**
+ * User data.
+ * This is a place for some private data of the user.
+ */
+ void *opaque;
+
+ /**
+ * Callback used by devices to communicate with application.
+ */
+ av_format_control_message control_message_cb;
+
+ /**
+ * Output timestamp offset, in microseconds.
+ * Muxing: set by user
+ */
+ int64_t output_ts_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * dump format separator.
+ * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else
+ * - muxing: Set by user.
+ * - demuxing: Set by user.
+ */
+ uint8_t *dump_separator;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced Data codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVCodecID data_codec_id;
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of allowed protocols.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ char *protocol_whitelist;
+
+ /**
+ * A callback for opening new IO streams.
+ *
+ * Whenever a muxer or a demuxer needs to open an IO stream (typically from
+ * avformat_open_input() for demuxers, but for certain formats can happen at
+ * other times as well), it will call this callback to obtain an IO context.
+ *
+ * @param s the format context
+ * @param pb on success, the newly opened IO context should be returned here
+ * @param url the url to open
+ * @param flags a combination of AVIO_FLAG_*
+ * @param options a dictionary of additional options, with the same
+ * semantics as in avio_open2()
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ *
+ * @note Certain muxers and demuxers do nesting, i.e. they open one or more
+ * additional internal format contexts. Thus the AVFormatContext pointer
+ * passed to this callback may be different from the one facing the caller.
+ * It will, however, have the same 'opaque' field.
+ */
+ int (*io_open)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url,
+ int flags, AVDictionary **options);
+
+#if FF_API_AVFORMAT_IO_CLOSE
+ /**
+ * A callback for closing the streams opened with AVFormatContext.io_open().
+ *
+ * @deprecated use io_close2
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ void (*io_close)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext *pb);
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ char *protocol_blacklist;
+
+ /**
+ * The maximum number of streams.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ int max_streams;
+
+ /**
+ * Skip duration calcuation in estimate_timings_from_pts.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ int skip_estimate_duration_from_pts;
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum number of packets that can be probed
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ int max_probe_packets;
+
+ /**
+ * A callback for closing the streams opened with AVFormatContext.io_open().
+ *
+ * Using this is preferred over io_close, because this can return an error.
+ * Therefore this callback is used instead of io_close by the generic
+ * libavformat code if io_close is NULL or the default.
+ *
+ * @param s the format context
+ * @param pb IO context to be closed and freed
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+ int (*io_close2)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext *pb);
+} AVFormatContext;
+
+/**
+ * This function will cause global side data to be injected in the next packet
+ * of each stream as well as after any subsequent seek.
+ */
+void av_format_inject_global_side_data(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the method used to set ctx->duration.
+ *
+ * @return AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, or AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE.
+ */
+enum AVDurationEstimationMethod av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method(const AVFormatContext* ctx);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavf_core Core functions
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ *
+ * Functions for querying libavformat capabilities, allocating core structures,
+ * etc.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned avformat_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavformat build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *avformat_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavformat license.
+ */
+const char *avformat_license(void);
+
+/**
+ * Do global initialization of network libraries. This is optional,
+ * and not recommended anymore.
+ *
+ * This functions only exists to work around thread-safety issues
+ * with older GnuTLS or OpenSSL libraries. If libavformat is linked
+ * to newer versions of those libraries, or if you do not use them,
+ * calling this function is unnecessary. Otherwise, you need to call
+ * this function before any other threads using them are started.
+ *
+ * This function will be deprecated once support for older GnuTLS and
+ * OpenSSL libraries is removed, and this function has no purpose
+ * anymore.
+ */
+int avformat_network_init(void);
+
+/**
+ * Undo the initialization done by avformat_network_init. Call it only
+ * once for each time you called avformat_network_init.
+ */
+int avformat_network_deinit(void);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all registered muxers.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the next registered muxer or NULL when the iteration is
+ * finished
+ */
+const AVOutputFormat *av_muxer_iterate(void **opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all registered demuxers.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state.
+ * Must point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the next registered demuxer or NULL when the iteration is
+ * finished
+ */
+const AVInputFormat *av_demuxer_iterate(void **opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVFormatContext.
+ * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and everything
+ * allocated by the framework within it.
+ */
+AVFormatContext *avformat_alloc_context(void);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVFormatContext and all its streams.
+ * @param s context to free
+ */
+void avformat_free_context(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVFormatContext. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *avformat_get_class(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVStream. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *av_stream_get_class(void);
+
+/**
+ * Add a new stream to a media file.
+ *
+ * When demuxing, it is called by the demuxer in read_header(). If the
+ * flag AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in s.ctx_flags, then it may also
+ * be called in read_packet().
+ *
+ * When muxing, should be called by the user before avformat_write_header().
+ *
+ * User is required to call avformat_free_context() to clean up the allocation
+ * by avformat_new_stream().
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param c unused, does nothing
+ *
+ * @return newly created stream or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVStream *avformat_new_stream(AVFormatContext *s, const AVCodec *c);
+
+/**
+ * Wrap an existing array as stream side data.
+ *
+ * @param st stream
+ * @param type side information type
+ * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc()
+ * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to
+ * st.
+ * @param size side information size
+ *
+ * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. On failure,
+ * the stream is unchanged and the data remains owned by the caller.
+ */
+int av_stream_add_side_data(AVStream *st, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
+ uint8_t *data, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate new information from stream.
+ *
+ * @param stream stream
+ * @param type desired side information type
+ * @param size side information size
+ *
+ * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t *av_stream_new_side_data(AVStream *stream,
+ enum AVPacketSideDataType type, size_t size);
+/**
+ * Get side information from stream.
+ *
+ * @param stream stream
+ * @param type desired side information type
+ * @param size If supplied, *size will be set to the size of the side data
+ * or to zero if the desired side data is not present.
+ *
+ * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t *av_stream_get_side_data(const AVStream *stream,
+ enum AVPacketSideDataType type, size_t *size);
+
+AVProgram *av_new_program(AVFormatContext *s, int id);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVFormatContext for an output format.
+ * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and
+ * everything allocated by the framework within it.
+ *
+ * @param ctx pointee is set to the created format context,
+ * or to NULL in case of failure
+ * @param oformat format to use for allocating the context, if NULL
+ * format_name and filename are used instead
+ * @param format_name the name of output format to use for allocating the
+ * context, if NULL filename is used instead
+ * @param filename the name of the filename to use for allocating the
+ * context, may be NULL
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of
+ * failure
+ */
+int avformat_alloc_output_context2(AVFormatContext **ctx, const AVOutputFormat *oformat,
+ const char *format_name, const char *filename);
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavf_decoding
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Find AVInputFormat based on the short name of the input format.
+ */
+const AVInputFormat *av_find_input_format(const char *short_name);
+
+/**
+ * Guess the file format.
+ *
+ * @param pd data to be probed
+ * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
+ * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
+ */
+const AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format(const AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened);
+
+/**
+ * Guess the file format.
+ *
+ * @param pd data to be probed
+ * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
+ * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
+ * @param score_max A probe score larger that this is required to accept a
+ * detection, the variable is set to the actual detection
+ * score afterwards.
+ * If the score is <= AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX / 4 it is recommended
+ * to retry with a larger probe buffer.
+ */
+const AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format2(const AVProbeData *pd,
+ int is_opened, int *score_max);
+
+/**
+ * Guess the file format.
+ *
+ * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
+ * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
+ * @param score_ret The score of the best detection.
+ */
+const AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format3(const AVProbeData *pd,
+ int is_opened, int *score_ret);
+
+/**
+ * Probe a bytestream to determine the input format. Each time a probe returns
+ * with a score that is too low, the probe buffer size is increased and another
+ * attempt is made. When the maximum probe size is reached, the input format
+ * with the highest score is returned.
+ *
+ * @param pb the bytestream to probe
+ * @param fmt the input format is put here
+ * @param url the url of the stream
+ * @param logctx the log context
+ * @param offset the offset within the bytestream to probe from
+ * @param max_probe_size the maximum probe buffer size (zero for default)
+ *
+ * @return the score in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * the maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_probe_input_buffer2(AVIOContext *pb, const AVInputFormat **fmt,
+ const char *url, void *logctx,
+ unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size);
+
+/**
+ * Like av_probe_input_buffer2() but returns 0 on success
+ */
+int av_probe_input_buffer(AVIOContext *pb, const AVInputFormat **fmt,
+ const char *url, void *logctx,
+ unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size);
+
+/**
+ * Open an input stream and read the header. The codecs are not opened.
+ * The stream must be closed with avformat_close_input().
+ *
+ * @param ps Pointer to user-supplied AVFormatContext (allocated by
+ * avformat_alloc_context). May be a pointer to NULL, in
+ * which case an AVFormatContext is allocated by this
+ * function and written into ps.
+ * Note that a user-supplied AVFormatContext will be freed
+ * on failure.
+ * @param url URL of the stream to open.
+ * @param fmt If non-NULL, this parameter forces a specific input format.
+ * Otherwise the format is autodetected.
+ * @param options A dictionary filled with AVFormatContext and demuxer-private
+ * options.
+ * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with
+ * a dict containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ *
+ * @note If you want to use custom IO, preallocate the format context and set its pb field.
+ */
+int avformat_open_input(AVFormatContext **ps, const char *url,
+ const AVInputFormat *fmt, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This
+ * is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This
+ * function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat
+ * frame mode.
+ * The logical file position is not changed by this function;
+ * examined packets may be buffered for later processing.
+ *
+ * @param ic media file handle
+ * @param options If non-NULL, an ic.nb_streams long array of pointers to
+ * dictionaries, where i-th member contains options for
+ * codec corresponding to i-th stream.
+ * On return each dictionary will be filled with options that were not found.
+ * @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
+ *
+ * @note this function isn't guaranteed to open all the codecs, so
+ * options being non-empty at return is a perfectly normal behavior.
+ *
+ * @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that
+ * we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need.
+ */
+int avformat_find_stream_info(AVFormatContext *ic, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Find the programs which belong to a given stream.
+ *
+ * @param ic media file handle
+ * @param last the last found program, the search will start after this
+ * program, or from the beginning if it is NULL
+ * @param s stream index
+ *
+ * @return the next program which belongs to s, NULL if no program is found or
+ * the last program is not among the programs of ic.
+ */
+AVProgram *av_find_program_from_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, AVProgram *last, int s);
+
+void av_program_add_stream_index(AVFormatContext *ac, int progid, unsigned int idx);
+
+/**
+ * Find the "best" stream in the file.
+ * The best stream is determined according to various heuristics as the most
+ * likely to be what the user expects.
+ * If the decoder parameter is non-NULL, av_find_best_stream will find the
+ * default decoder for the stream's codec; streams for which no decoder can
+ * be found are ignored.
+ *
+ * @param ic media file handle
+ * @param type stream type: video, audio, subtitles, etc.
+ * @param wanted_stream_nb user-requested stream number,
+ * or -1 for automatic selection
+ * @param related_stream try to find a stream related (eg. in the same
+ * program) to this one, or -1 if none
+ * @param decoder_ret if non-NULL, returns the decoder for the
+ * selected stream
+ * @param flags flags; none are currently defined
+ *
+ * @return the non-negative stream number in case of success,
+ * AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND if no stream with the requested type
+ * could be found,
+ * AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND if streams were found but no decoder
+ *
+ * @note If av_find_best_stream returns successfully and decoder_ret is not
+ * NULL, then *decoder_ret is guaranteed to be set to a valid AVCodec.
+ */
+int av_find_best_stream(AVFormatContext *ic,
+ enum AVMediaType type,
+ int wanted_stream_nb,
+ int related_stream,
+ const AVCodec **decoder_ret,
+ int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Return the next frame of a stream.
+ * This function returns what is stored in the file, and does not validate
+ * that what is there are valid frames for the decoder. It will split what is
+ * stored in the file into frames and return one for each call. It will not
+ * omit invalid data between valid frames so as to give the decoder the maximum
+ * information possible for decoding.
+ *
+ * On success, the returned packet is reference-counted (pkt->buf is set) and
+ * valid indefinitely. The packet must be freed with av_packet_unref() when
+ * it is no longer needed. For video, the packet contains exactly one frame.
+ * For audio, it contains an integer number of frames if each frame has
+ * a known fixed size (e.g. PCM or ADPCM data). If the audio frames have
+ * a variable size (e.g. MPEG audio), then it contains one frame.
+ *
+ * pkt->pts, pkt->dts and pkt->duration are always set to correct
+ * values in AVStream.time_base units (and guessed if the format cannot
+ * provide them). pkt->pts can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if the video format
+ * has B-frames, so it is better to rely on pkt->dts if you do not
+ * decompress the payload.
+ *
+ * @return 0 if OK, < 0 on error or end of file. On error, pkt will be blank
+ * (as if it came from av_packet_alloc()).
+ *
+ * @note pkt will be initialized, so it may be uninitialized, but it must not
+ * contain data that needs to be freed.
+ */
+int av_read_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Seek to the keyframe at timestamp.
+ * 'timestamp' in 'stream_index'.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param stream_index If stream_index is (-1), a default stream is selected,
+ * and timestamp is automatically converted from
+ * AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base.
+ * @param timestamp Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units or, if no stream
+ * is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units.
+ * @param flags flags which select direction and seeking mode
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success
+ */
+int av_seek_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t timestamp,
+ int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Seek to timestamp ts.
+ * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams
+ * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts.
+ * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL.
+ *
+ * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE, then all timestamps are in bytes and
+ * are the file position (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
+ * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME, then all timestamps are in frames
+ * in the stream with stream_index (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
+ * Otherwise all timestamps are in units of the stream selected by stream_index
+ * or if stream_index is -1, in AV_TIME_BASE units.
+ * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, then non-keyframes are treated as
+ * keyframes (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
+ * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, it is ignored.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param stream_index index of the stream which is used as time base reference
+ * @param min_ts smallest acceptable timestamp
+ * @param ts target timestamp
+ * @param max_ts largest acceptable timestamp
+ * @param flags flags
+ * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise
+ *
+ * @note This is part of the new seek API which is still under construction.
+ */
+int avformat_seek_file(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Discard all internally buffered data. This can be useful when dealing with
+ * discontinuities in the byte stream. Generally works only with formats that
+ * can resync. This includes headerless formats like MPEG-TS/TS but should also
+ * work with NUT, Ogg and in a limited way AVI for example.
+ *
+ * The set of streams, the detected duration, stream parameters and codecs do
+ * not change when calling this function. If you want a complete reset, it's
+ * better to open a new AVFormatContext.
+ *
+ * This does not flush the AVIOContext (s->pb). If necessary, call
+ * avio_flush(s->pb) before calling this function.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise
+ */
+int avformat_flush(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Start playing a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream) at the
+ * current position.
+ */
+int av_read_play(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Pause a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream).
+ *
+ * Use av_read_play() to resume it.
+ */
+int av_read_pause(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Close an opened input AVFormatContext. Free it and all its contents
+ * and set *s to NULL.
+ */
+void avformat_close_input(AVFormatContext **s);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD 1 ///< seek backward
+#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE 2 ///< seeking based on position in bytes
+#define AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY 4 ///< seek to any frame, even non-keyframes
+#define AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME 8 ///< seeking based on frame number
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavf_encoding
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER 0 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_write_header
+#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT 1 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_init_output
+
+/**
+ * Allocate the stream private data and write the stream header to
+ * an output media file.
+ *
+ * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with
+ * avformat_alloc_context().
+ * Its \ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set
+ * to the desired output format;
+ * Its \ref AVFormatContext.pb "pb" field must be set to an
+ * already opened ::AVIOContext.
+ * @param options An ::AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and
+ * muxer-private options.
+ * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with
+ * a dict containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
+ *
+ * @retval AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER On success, if the codec had not already been
+ * fully initialized in avformat_init_output().
+ * @retval AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT On success, if the codec had already been fully
+ * initialized in avformat_init_output().
+ * @retval AVERROR A negative AVERROR on failure.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_init_output.
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int avformat_write_header(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate the stream private data and initialize the codec, but do not write the header.
+ * May optionally be used before avformat_write_header() to initialize stream parameters
+ * before actually writing the header.
+ * If using this function, do not pass the same options to avformat_write_header().
+ *
+ * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with
+ * avformat_alloc_context().
+ * Its \ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set
+ * to the desired output format;
+ * Its \ref AVFormatContext.pb "pb" field must be set to an
+ * already opened ::AVIOContext.
+ * @param options An ::AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and
+ * muxer-private options.
+ * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with
+ * a dict containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
+ *
+ * @retval AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER On success, if the codec requires
+ * avformat_write_header to fully initialize.
+ * @retval AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT On success, if the codec has been fully
+ * initialized.
+ * @retval AVERROR Anegative AVERROR on failure.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_write_header.
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int avformat_init_output(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Write a packet to an output media file.
+ *
+ * This function passes the packet directly to the muxer, without any buffering
+ * or reordering. The caller is responsible for correctly interleaving the
+ * packets if the format requires it. Callers that want libavformat to handle
+ * the interleaving should call av_interleaved_write_frame() instead of this
+ * function.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. Note that unlike
+ * av_interleaved_write_frame(), this function does not take
+ * ownership of the packet passed to it (though some muxers may make
+ * an internal reference to the input packet).
+ * <br>
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), in
+ * order to immediately flush data buffered within the muxer, for
+ * muxers that buffer up data internally before writing it to the
+ * output.
+ * <br>
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be
+ * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref
+ * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams".
+ * <br>
+ * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts")
+ * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the
+ * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then
+ * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE).
+ * The dts for subsequent packets passed to this function must be strictly
+ * increasing when compared in their respective timebases (unless the
+ * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they
+ * merely have to be nondecreasing). @ref AVPacket.duration
+ * "duration") should also be set if known.
+ * @return < 0 on error, = 0 if OK, 1 if flushed and there is no more data to flush
+ *
+ * @see av_interleaved_write_frame()
+ */
+int av_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Write a packet to an output media file ensuring correct interleaving.
+ *
+ * This function will buffer the packets internally as needed to make sure the
+ * packets in the output file are properly interleaved, usually ordered by
+ * increasing dts. Callers doing their own interleaving should call
+ * av_write_frame() instead of this function.
+ *
+ * Using this function instead of av_write_frame() can give muxers advance
+ * knowledge of future packets, improving e.g. the behaviour of the mp4
+ * muxer for VFR content in fragmenting mode.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written.
+ * <br>
+ * If the packet is reference-counted, this function will take
+ * ownership of this reference and unreference it later when it sees
+ * fit. If the packet is not reference-counted, libavformat will
+ * make a copy.
+ * The returned packet will be blank (as if returned from
+ * av_packet_alloc()), even on error.
+ * <br>
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), to
+ * flush the interleaving queues.
+ * <br>
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be
+ * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref
+ * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams".
+ * <br>
+ * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts")
+ * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the
+ * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then
+ * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE).
+ * The dts for subsequent packets in one stream must be strictly
+ * increasing (unless the output format is flagged with the
+ * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they merely have to be nondecreasing).
+ * @ref AVPacket.duration "duration" should also be set if known.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ *
+ * @see av_write_frame(), AVFormatContext.max_interleave_delta
+ */
+int av_interleaved_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file.
+ *
+ * The frame must be correctly interleaved according to the container
+ * specification; if not, av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame() must be used.
+ *
+ * See av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame() for details.
+ */
+int av_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index,
+ AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file.
+ *
+ * If the muxer supports it, this function makes it possible to write an AVFrame
+ * structure directly, without encoding it into a packet.
+ * It is mostly useful for devices and similar special muxers that use raw
+ * video or PCM data and will not serialize it into a byte stream.
+ *
+ * To test whether it is possible to use it with a given muxer and stream,
+ * use av_write_uncoded_frame_query().
+ *
+ * The caller gives up ownership of the frame and must not access it
+ * afterwards.
+ *
+ * @return >=0 for success, a negative code on error
+ */
+int av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index,
+ AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Test whether a muxer supports uncoded frame.
+ *
+ * @return >=0 if an uncoded frame can be written to that muxer and stream,
+ * <0 if not
+ */
+int av_write_uncoded_frame_query(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index);
+
+/**
+ * Write the stream trailer to an output media file and free the
+ * file private data.
+ *
+ * May only be called after a successful call to avformat_write_header.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
+ */
+int av_write_trailer(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Return the output format in the list of registered output formats
+ * which best matches the provided parameters, or return NULL if
+ * there is no match.
+ *
+ * @param short_name if non-NULL checks if short_name matches with the
+ * names of the registered formats
+ * @param filename if non-NULL checks if filename terminates with the
+ * extensions of the registered formats
+ * @param mime_type if non-NULL checks if mime_type matches with the
+ * MIME type of the registered formats
+ */
+const AVOutputFormat *av_guess_format(const char *short_name,
+ const char *filename,
+ const char *mime_type);
+
+/**
+ * Guess the codec ID based upon muxer and filename.
+ */
+enum AVCodecID av_guess_codec(const AVOutputFormat *fmt, const char *short_name,
+ const char *filename, const char *mime_type,
+ enum AVMediaType type);
+
+/**
+ * Get timing information for the data currently output.
+ * The exact meaning of "currently output" depends on the format.
+ * It is mostly relevant for devices that have an internal buffer and/or
+ * work in real time.
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param stream stream in the media file
+ * @param[out] dts DTS of the last packet output for the stream, in stream
+ * time_base units
+ * @param[out] wall absolute time when that packet whas output,
+ * in microsecond
+ * @retval 0 Success
+ * @retval AVERROR(ENOSYS) The format does not support it
+ *
+ * @note Some formats or devices may not allow to measure dts and wall
+ * atomically.
+ */
+int av_get_output_timestamp(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream,
+ int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall);
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavf_misc Utility functions
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ * @{
+ *
+ * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both muxing and demuxing
+ * (or neither).
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the specified file stream.
+ *
+ * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to.
+ * @param buf buffer
+ * @param size buffer size
+ *
+ * @see av_hex_dump_log, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2
+ */
+void av_hex_dump(FILE *f, const uint8_t *buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the log.
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying
+ * higher importance.
+ * @param buf buffer
+ * @param size buffer size
+ *
+ * @see av_hex_dump, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2
+ */
+void av_hex_dump_log(void *avcl, int level, const uint8_t *buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Send a nice dump of a packet to the specified file stream.
+ *
+ * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to.
+ * @param pkt packet to dump
+ * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too.
+ * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to
+ */
+void av_pkt_dump2(FILE *f, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, const AVStream *st);
+
+
+/**
+ * Send a nice dump of a packet to the log.
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying
+ * higher importance.
+ * @param pkt packet to dump
+ * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too.
+ * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to
+ */
+void av_pkt_dump_log2(void *avcl, int level, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload,
+ const AVStream *st);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVCodecID for the given codec tag tag.
+ * If no codec id is found returns AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
+ *
+ * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored
+ * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
+ * @param tag codec tag to match to a codec ID
+ */
+enum AVCodecID av_codec_get_id(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, unsigned int tag);
+
+/**
+ * Get the codec tag for the given codec id id.
+ * If no codec tag is found returns 0.
+ *
+ * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored
+ * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
+ * @param id codec ID to match to a codec tag
+ */
+unsigned int av_codec_get_tag(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id);
+
+/**
+ * Get the codec tag for the given codec id.
+ *
+ * @param tags list of supported codec_id - codec_tag pairs, as stored
+ * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
+ * @param id codec id that should be searched for in the list
+ * @param tag A pointer to the found tag
+ * @return 0 if id was not found in tags, > 0 if it was found
+ */
+int av_codec_get_tag2(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id,
+ unsigned int *tag);
+
+int av_find_default_stream_index(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Get the index for a specific timestamp.
+ *
+ * @param st stream that the timestamp belongs to
+ * @param timestamp timestamp to retrieve the index for
+ * @param flags if AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned index will correspond
+ * to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward
+ * is 0, then it will be >=
+ * if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise
+ * @return < 0 if no such timestamp could be found
+ */
+int av_index_search_timestamp(AVStream *st, int64_t timestamp, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Get the index entry count for the given AVStream.
+ *
+ * @param st stream
+ * @return the number of index entries in the stream
+ */
+int avformat_index_get_entries_count(const AVStream *st);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVIndexEntry corresponding to the given index.
+ *
+ * @param st Stream containing the requested AVIndexEntry.
+ * @param idx The desired index.
+ * @return A pointer to the requested AVIndexEntry if it exists, NULL otherwise.
+ *
+ * @note The pointer returned by this function is only guaranteed to be valid
+ * until any function that takes the stream or the parent AVFormatContext
+ * as input argument is called.
+ */
+const AVIndexEntry *avformat_index_get_entry(AVStream *st, int idx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVIndexEntry corresponding to the given timestamp.
+ *
+ * @param st Stream containing the requested AVIndexEntry.
+ * @param wanted_timestamp Timestamp to retrieve the index entry for.
+ * @param flags If AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned entry will correspond
+ * to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward
+ * is 0, then it will be >=
+ * if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise.
+ * @return A pointer to the requested AVIndexEntry if it exists, NULL otherwise.
+ *
+ * @note The pointer returned by this function is only guaranteed to be valid
+ * until any function that takes the stream or the parent AVFormatContext
+ * as input argument is called.
+ */
+const AVIndexEntry *avformat_index_get_entry_from_timestamp(AVStream *st,
+ int64_t wanted_timestamp,
+ int flags);
+/**
+ * Add an index entry into a sorted list. Update the entry if the list
+ * already contains it.
+ *
+ * @param timestamp timestamp in the time base of the given stream
+ */
+int av_add_index_entry(AVStream *st, int64_t pos, int64_t timestamp,
+ int size, int distance, int flags);
+
+
+/**
+ * Split a URL string into components.
+ *
+ * The pointers to buffers for storing individual components may be null,
+ * in order to ignore that component. Buffers for components not found are
+ * set to empty strings. If the port is not found, it is set to a negative
+ * value.
+ *
+ * @param proto the buffer for the protocol
+ * @param proto_size the size of the proto buffer
+ * @param authorization the buffer for the authorization
+ * @param authorization_size the size of the authorization buffer
+ * @param hostname the buffer for the host name
+ * @param hostname_size the size of the hostname buffer
+ * @param port_ptr a pointer to store the port number in
+ * @param path the buffer for the path
+ * @param path_size the size of the path buffer
+ * @param url the URL to split
+ */
+void av_url_split(char *proto, int proto_size,
+ char *authorization, int authorization_size,
+ char *hostname, int hostname_size,
+ int *port_ptr,
+ char *path, int path_size,
+ const char *url);
+
+
+/**
+ * Print detailed information about the input or output format, such as
+ * duration, bitrate, streams, container, programs, metadata, side data,
+ * codec and time base.
+ *
+ * @param ic the context to analyze
+ * @param index index of the stream to dump information about
+ * @param url the URL to print, such as source or destination file
+ * @param is_output Select whether the specified context is an input(0) or output(1)
+ */
+void av_dump_format(AVFormatContext *ic,
+ int index,
+ const char *url,
+ int is_output);
+
+
+#define AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_MULTIPLE 1 ///< Allow multiple %d
+
+/**
+ * Return in 'buf' the path with '%d' replaced by a number.
+ *
+ * Also handles the '%0nd' format where 'n' is the total number
+ * of digits and '%%'.
+ *
+ * @param buf destination buffer
+ * @param buf_size destination buffer size
+ * @param path numbered sequence string
+ * @param number frame number
+ * @param flags AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_*
+ * @return 0 if OK, -1 on format error
+ */
+int av_get_frame_filename2(char *buf, int buf_size,
+ const char *path, int number, int flags);
+
+int av_get_frame_filename(char *buf, int buf_size,
+ const char *path, int number);
+
+/**
+ * Check whether filename actually is a numbered sequence generator.
+ *
+ * @param filename possible numbered sequence string
+ * @return 1 if a valid numbered sequence string, 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_filename_number_test(const char *filename);
+
+/**
+ * Generate an SDP for an RTP session.
+ *
+ * Note, this overwrites the id values of AVStreams in the muxer contexts
+ * for getting unique dynamic payload types.
+ *
+ * @param ac array of AVFormatContexts describing the RTP streams. If the
+ * array is composed by only one context, such context can contain
+ * multiple AVStreams (one AVStream per RTP stream). Otherwise,
+ * all the contexts in the array (an AVCodecContext per RTP stream)
+ * must contain only one AVStream.
+ * @param n_files number of AVCodecContexts contained in ac
+ * @param buf buffer where the SDP will be stored (must be allocated by
+ * the caller)
+ * @param size the size of the buffer
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
+ */
+int av_sdp_create(AVFormatContext *ac[], int n_files, char *buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Return a positive value if the given filename has one of the given
+ * extensions, 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * @param filename file name to check against the given extensions
+ * @param extensions a comma-separated list of filename extensions
+ */
+int av_match_ext(const char *filename, const char *extensions);
+
+/**
+ * Test if the given container can store a codec.
+ *
+ * @param ofmt container to check for compatibility
+ * @param codec_id codec to potentially store in container
+ * @param std_compliance standards compliance level, one of FF_COMPLIANCE_*
+ *
+ * @return 1 if codec with ID codec_id can be stored in ofmt, 0 if it cannot.
+ * A negative number if this information is not available.
+ */
+int avformat_query_codec(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, enum AVCodecID codec_id,
+ int std_compliance);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup riff_fourcc RIFF FourCCs
+ * @{
+ * Get the tables mapping RIFF FourCCs to libavcodec AVCodecIDs. The tables are
+ * meant to be passed to av_codec_get_id()/av_codec_get_tag() as in the
+ * following code:
+ * @code
+ * uint32_t tag = MKTAG('H', '2', '6', '4');
+ * const struct AVCodecTag *table[] = { avformat_get_riff_video_tags(), 0 };
+ * enum AVCodecID id = av_codec_get_id(table, tag);
+ * @endcode
+ */
+/**
+ * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID.
+ */
+const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_video_tags(void);
+/**
+ * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID.
+ */
+const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_audio_tags(void);
+/**
+ * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID.
+ */
+const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_video_tags(void);
+/**
+ * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID.
+ */
+const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_audio_tags(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Guess the sample aspect ratio of a frame, based on both the stream and the
+ * frame aspect ratio.
+ *
+ * Since the frame aspect ratio is set by the codec but the stream aspect ratio
+ * is set by the demuxer, these two may not be equal. This function tries to
+ * return the value that you should use if you would like to display the frame.
+ *
+ * Basic logic is to use the stream aspect ratio if it is set to something sane
+ * otherwise use the frame aspect ratio. This way a container setting, which is
+ * usually easy to modify can override the coded value in the frames.
+ *
+ * @param format the format context which the stream is part of
+ * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of
+ * @param frame the frame with the aspect ratio to be determined
+ * @return the guessed (valid) sample_aspect_ratio, 0/1 if no idea
+ */
+AVRational av_guess_sample_aspect_ratio(AVFormatContext *format, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Guess the frame rate, based on both the container and codec information.
+ *
+ * @param ctx the format context which the stream is part of
+ * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of
+ * @param frame the frame for which the frame rate should be determined, may be NULL
+ * @return the guessed (valid) frame rate, 0/1 if no idea
+ */
+AVRational av_guess_frame_rate(AVFormatContext *ctx, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the stream st contained in s is matched by the stream specifier
+ * spec.
+ *
+ * See the "stream specifiers" chapter in the documentation for the syntax
+ * of spec.
+ *
+ * @return >0 if st is matched by spec;
+ * 0 if st is not matched by spec;
+ * AVERROR code if spec is invalid
+ *
+ * @note A stream specifier can match several streams in the format.
+ */
+int avformat_match_stream_specifier(AVFormatContext *s, AVStream *st,
+ const char *spec);
+
+int avformat_queue_attached_pictures(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+enum AVTimebaseSource {
+ AVFMT_TBCF_AUTO = -1,
+ AVFMT_TBCF_DECODER,
+ AVFMT_TBCF_DEMUXER,
+#if FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE
+ AVFMT_TBCF_R_FRAMERATE,
+#endif
+};
+
+/**
+ * Transfer internal timing information from one stream to another.
+ *
+ * This function is useful when doing stream copy.
+ *
+ * @param ofmt target output format for ost
+ * @param ost output stream which needs timings copy and adjustments
+ * @param ist reference input stream to copy timings from
+ * @param copy_tb define from where the stream codec timebase needs to be imported
+ */
+int avformat_transfer_internal_stream_timing_info(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt,
+ AVStream *ost, const AVStream *ist,
+ enum AVTimebaseSource copy_tb);
+
+/**
+ * Get the internal codec timebase from a stream.
+ *
+ * @param st input stream to extract the timebase from
+ */
+AVRational av_stream_get_codec_timebase(const AVStream *st);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavformat/avio.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavformat/avio.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5f13e0622
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavformat/avio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,837 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
+#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavf_io
+ * Buffered I/O operations
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+
+#include "libavformat/version_major.h"
+
+/**
+ * Seeking works like for a local file.
+ */
+#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Seeking by timestamp with avio_seek_time() is possible.
+ */
+#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_TIME (1 << 1)
+
+/**
+ * Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions.
+ * AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted
+ * function. During blocking operations, callback is called with
+ * opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the
+ * blocking operation will be aborted.
+ *
+ * No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if
+ * new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext
+ * or AVIOContext.
+ */
+typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB {
+ int (*callback)(void*);
+ void *opaque;
+} AVIOInterruptCB;
+
+/**
+ * Directory entry types.
+ */
+enum AVIODirEntryType {
+ AVIO_ENTRY_UNKNOWN,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_BLOCK_DEVICE,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_CHARACTER_DEVICE,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_DIRECTORY,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_NAMED_PIPE,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_SYMBOLIC_LINK,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_SOCKET,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_FILE,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_SERVER,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_SHARE,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_WORKGROUP,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Describes single entry of the directory.
+ *
+ * Only name and type fields are guaranteed be set.
+ * Rest of fields are protocol or/and platform dependent and might be unknown.
+ */
+typedef struct AVIODirEntry {
+ char *name; /**< Filename */
+ int type; /**< Type of the entry */
+ int utf8; /**< Set to 1 when name is encoded with UTF-8, 0 otherwise.
+ Name can be encoded with UTF-8 even though 0 is set. */
+ int64_t size; /**< File size in bytes, -1 if unknown. */
+ int64_t modification_timestamp; /**< Time of last modification in microseconds since unix
+ epoch, -1 if unknown. */
+ int64_t access_timestamp; /**< Time of last access in microseconds since unix epoch,
+ -1 if unknown. */
+ int64_t status_change_timestamp; /**< Time of last status change in microseconds since unix
+ epoch, -1 if unknown. */
+ int64_t user_id; /**< User ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */
+ int64_t group_id; /**< Group ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */
+ int64_t filemode; /**< Unix file mode, -1 if unknown. */
+} AVIODirEntry;
+
+#if FF_API_AVIODIRCONTEXT
+typedef struct AVIODirContext {
+ struct URLContext *url_context;
+} AVIODirContext;
+#else
+typedef struct AVIODirContext AVIODirContext;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Different data types that can be returned via the AVIO
+ * write_data_type callback.
+ */
+enum AVIODataMarkerType {
+ /**
+ * Header data; this needs to be present for the stream to be decodeable.
+ */
+ AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER,
+ /**
+ * A point in the output bytestream where a decoder can start decoding
+ * (i.e. a keyframe). A demuxer/decoder given the data flagged with
+ * AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, followed by any AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
+ * should give decodeable results.
+ */
+ AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
+ /**
+ * A point in the output bytestream where a demuxer can start parsing
+ * (for non self synchronizing bytestream formats). That is, any
+ * non-keyframe packet start point.
+ */
+ AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
+ /**
+ * This is any, unlabelled data. It can either be a muxer not marking
+ * any positions at all, it can be an actual boundary/sync point
+ * that the muxer chooses not to mark, or a later part of a packet/fragment
+ * that is cut into multiple write callbacks due to limited IO buffer size.
+ */
+ AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN,
+ /**
+ * Trailer data, which doesn't contain actual content, but only for
+ * finalizing the output file.
+ */
+ AVIO_DATA_MARKER_TRAILER,
+ /**
+ * A point in the output bytestream where the underlying AVIOContext might
+ * flush the buffer depending on latency or buffering requirements. Typically
+ * means the end of a packet.
+ */
+ AVIO_DATA_MARKER_FLUSH_POINT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Bytestream IO Context.
+ * New public fields can be added with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing public fields require
+ * a major version bump.
+ * sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*.
+ *
+ * @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called
+ * directly, they should only be set by the client application
+ * when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the
+ * function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context()
+ */
+typedef struct AVIOContext {
+ /**
+ * A class for private options.
+ *
+ * If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and
+ * passes the options down to protocols.
+ *
+ * If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by
+ * the caller.
+ *
+ * warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext
+ * to any av_opt_* functions in that case.
+ */
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+
+ /*
+ * The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr,
+ * buf_ptr_max, buf_end, buf_size, and pos, when reading and when writing
+ * (since AVIOContext is used for both):
+ *
+ **********************************************************************************
+ * READING
+ **********************************************************************************
+ *
+ * | buffer_size |
+ * |---------------------------------------|
+ * | |
+ *
+ * buffer buf_ptr buf_end
+ * +---------------+-----------------------+
+ * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
+ * read buffer: |/ / consumed / | to be read /| |
+ * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
+ * +---------------+-----------------------+
+ *
+ * pos
+ * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
+ * input file: | | |
+ * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
+ *
+ *
+ **********************************************************************************
+ * WRITING
+ **********************************************************************************
+ *
+ * | buffer_size |
+ * |--------------------------------------|
+ * | |
+ *
+ * buf_ptr_max
+ * buffer (buf_ptr) buf_end
+ * +-----------------------+--------------+
+ * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| |
+ * write buffer: | / / to be flushed / / | |
+ * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| |
+ * +-----------------------+--------------+
+ * buf_ptr can be in this
+ * due to a backward seek
+ *
+ * pos
+ * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
+ * output file: | | |
+ * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
+ *
+ */
+ unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */
+ int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */
+ unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */
+ unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than
+ buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned
+ less data than requested, e.g. for streams where
+ no more data has been received yet. */
+ void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/...
+ functions. */
+ int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
+ int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
+ int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence);
+ int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */
+ int eof_reached; /**< true if was unable to read due to error or eof */
+ int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */
+ int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */
+ int max_packet_size;
+ int min_packet_size; /**< Try to buffer at least this amount of data
+ before flushing it. */
+ unsigned long checksum;
+ unsigned char *checksum_ptr;
+ unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size);
+ /**
+ * Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS.
+ */
+ int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause);
+ /**
+ * Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index.
+ * Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking
+ * to byte position.
+ */
+ int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index,
+ int64_t timestamp, int flags);
+ /**
+ * A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable.
+ */
+ int seekable;
+
+ /**
+ * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
+ * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
+ * call the underlying seek function directly.
+ */
+ int direct;
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of allowed protocols.
+ */
+ const char *protocol_whitelist;
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols.
+ */
+ const char *protocol_blacklist;
+
+ /**
+ * A callback that is used instead of write_packet.
+ */
+ int (*write_data_type)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
+ enum AVIODataMarkerType type, int64_t time);
+ /**
+ * If set, don't call write_data_type separately for AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
+ * but ignore them and treat them as AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN (to avoid needlessly
+ * small chunks of data returned from the callback).
+ */
+ int ignore_boundary_point;
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum reached position before a backward seek in the write buffer,
+ * used keeping track of already written data for a later flush.
+ */
+ unsigned char *buf_ptr_max;
+
+ /**
+ * Read-only statistic of bytes read for this AVIOContext.
+ */
+ int64_t bytes_read;
+
+ /**
+ * Read-only statistic of bytes written for this AVIOContext.
+ */
+ int64_t bytes_written;
+} AVIOContext;
+
+/**
+ * Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL.
+ *
+ * NULL is returned if no protocol could be found for the given URL.
+ *
+ * @return Name of the protocol or NULL.
+ */
+const char *avio_find_protocol_name(const char *url);
+
+/**
+ * Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions
+ * of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are
+ * masked by the value in flags.
+ *
+ * @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the
+ * checked resource may change its existence or permission status from
+ * one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value,
+ * unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the
+ * checked resource.
+ */
+int avio_check(const char *url, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Open directory for reading.
+ *
+ * @param s directory read context. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed.
+ * @param url directory to be listed.
+ * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
+ * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dictionary
+ * containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
+ * @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
+ */
+int avio_open_dir(AVIODirContext **s, const char *url, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Get next directory entry.
+ *
+ * Returned entry must be freed with avio_free_directory_entry(). In particular
+ * it may outlive AVIODirContext.
+ *
+ * @param s directory read context.
+ * @param[out] next next entry or NULL when no more entries.
+ * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. End of list is not considered an
+ * error.
+ */
+int avio_read_dir(AVIODirContext *s, AVIODirEntry **next);
+
+/**
+ * Close directory.
+ *
+ * @note Entries created using avio_read_dir() are not deleted and must be
+ * freeded with avio_free_directory_entry().
+ *
+ * @param s directory read context.
+ * @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
+ */
+int avio_close_dir(AVIODirContext **s);
+
+/**
+ * Free entry allocated by avio_read_dir().
+ *
+ * @param entry entry to be freed.
+ */
+void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later
+ * freed with avio_context_free().
+ *
+ * @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext.
+ * The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends.
+ * It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat.
+ * AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use,
+ * which must be later freed with av_free().
+ * @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance.
+ * For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize.
+ * For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb.
+ * @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise.
+ * @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data.
+ * @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL.
+ * For stream protocols, must never return 0 but rather
+ * a proper AVERROR code.
+ * @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL.
+ * The function may not change the input buffers content.
+ * @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL.
+ *
+ * @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context(
+ unsigned char *buffer,
+ int buffer_size,
+ int write_flag,
+ void *opaque,
+ int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
+ int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
+ int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence));
+
+/**
+ * Free the supplied IO context and everything associated with it.
+ *
+ * @param s Double pointer to the IO context. This function will write NULL
+ * into s.
+ */
+void avio_context_free(AVIOContext **s);
+
+void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b);
+void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size);
+void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
+void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
+void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+
+/**
+ * Write a NULL-terminated string.
+ * @return number of bytes written.
+ */
+int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it.
+ * @param s the AVIOContext
+ * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string
+ *
+ * @return number of bytes written.
+ */
+int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16BE and write it.
+ * @param s the AVIOContext
+ * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string
+ *
+ * @return number of bytes written.
+ */
+int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Mark the written bytestream as a specific type.
+ *
+ * Zero-length ranges are omitted from the output.
+ *
+ * @param s the AVIOContext
+ * @param time the stream time the current bytestream pos corresponds to
+ * (in AV_TIME_BASE units), or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown or not
+ * applicable
+ * @param type the kind of data written starting at the current pos
+ */
+void avio_write_marker(AVIOContext *s, int64_t time, enum AVIODataMarkerType type);
+
+/**
+ * ORing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
+ * return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional.
+ * If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0.
+ */
+#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000
+
+/**
+ * Passing this flag as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
+ * seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable
+ * means that can be extremely slow.
+ * This may be ignored by the seek code.
+ */
+#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000
+
+/**
+ * fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext.
+ * @return new position or AVERROR.
+ */
+int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence);
+
+/**
+ * Skip given number of bytes forward
+ * @return new position or AVERROR.
+ */
+int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset);
+
+/**
+ * ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext.
+ * @return position or AVERROR.
+ */
+static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s)
+{
+ return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the filesize.
+ * @return filesize or AVERROR
+ */
+int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Similar to feof() but also returns nonzero on read errors.
+ * @return non zero if and only if at end of file or a read error happened when reading.
+ */
+int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Writes a formatted string to the context taking a va_list.
+ * @return number of bytes written, < 0 on error.
+ */
+int avio_vprintf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
+
+/**
+ * Writes a formatted string to the context.
+ * @return number of bytes written, < 0 on error.
+ */
+int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
+
+/**
+ * Write a NULL terminated array of strings to the context.
+ * Usually you don't need to use this function directly but its macro wrapper,
+ * avio_print.
+ */
+void avio_print_string_array(AVIOContext *s, const char *strings[]);
+
+/**
+ * Write strings (const char *) to the context.
+ * This is a convenience macro around avio_print_string_array and it
+ * automatically creates the string array from the variable argument list.
+ * For simple string concatenations this function is more performant than using
+ * avio_printf since it does not need a temporary buffer.
+ */
+#define avio_print(s, ...) \
+ avio_print_string_array(s, (const char*[]){__VA_ARGS__, NULL})
+
+/**
+ * Force flushing of buffered data.
+ *
+ * For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output,
+ * without to wait to fill the internal buffer.
+ *
+ * For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the
+ * reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not
+ * read new data, and does not perform any seeks.
+ */
+void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf.
+ * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
+ */
+int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. Unlike avio_read(), this is allowed
+ * to read fewer bytes than requested. The missing bytes can be read in the next
+ * call. This always tries to read at least 1 byte.
+ * Useful to reduce latency in certain cases.
+ * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
+ */
+int avio_read_partial(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is
+ * necessary
+ */
+int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s);
+uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s);
+uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either
+ * a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing
+ * more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it
+ * will be truncated if buf is too small.
+ * Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it
+ * might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings.
+ *
+ * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen).
+ * If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than
+ * bytes actually read.
+ */
+int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
+
+/**
+ * Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8.
+ * The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was
+ * encountered or maxlen bytes have been read.
+ * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen)
+ */
+int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
+int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
+
+
+/**
+ * @name URL open modes
+ * The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following
+ * constants, optionally ORed with other flags.
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */
+#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */
+#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Use non-blocking mode.
+ * If this flag is set, operations on the context will return
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately.
+ * If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN).
+ * Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the
+ * context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on
+ * network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices).
+ * Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be
+ * silently ignored.
+ */
+#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8
+
+/**
+ * Use direct mode.
+ * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
+ * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
+ * call the underlying seek function directly.
+ */
+#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000
+
+/**
+ * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
+ * resource indicated by url.
+ * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
+ * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
+ *
+ * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
+ * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
+ * @param url resource to access
+ * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
+ * is to be opened
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure
+ */
+int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
+ * resource indicated by url.
+ * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
+ * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
+ *
+ * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
+ * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
+ * @param url resource to access
+ * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
+ * is to be opened
+ * @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level
+ * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
+ * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options
+ * that were not found. May be NULL.
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure
+ */
+int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags,
+ const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it.
+ * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
+ *
+ * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
+ * resource.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
+ * @see avio_closep
+ */
+int avio_close(AVIOContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it
+ * and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
+ * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
+ *
+ * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
+ * resource.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
+ * @see avio_close
+ */
+int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s);
+
+
+/**
+ * Open a write only memory stream.
+ *
+ * @param s new IO context
+ * @return zero if no error.
+ */
+int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s);
+
+/**
+ * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer.
+ * The AVIOContext stream is left intact.
+ * The buffer must NOT be freed.
+ * No padding is added to the buffer.
+ *
+ * @param s IO context
+ * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
+ * @return the length of the byte buffer
+ */
+int avio_get_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
+
+/**
+ * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer
+ * must be freed with av_free().
+ * Padding of AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer.
+ *
+ * @param s IO context
+ * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
+ * @return the length of the byte buffer
+ */
+int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate through names of available protocols.
+ *
+ * @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol.
+ * It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will
+ * be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols.
+ * @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols,
+ * otherwise over input protocols.
+ *
+ * @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL
+ */
+const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output);
+
+/**
+ * Get AVClass by names of available protocols.
+ *
+ * @return A AVClass of input protocol name or NULL
+ */
+const AVClass *avio_protocol_get_class(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming
+ * protocol (e.g. MMS).
+ *
+ * @param h IO context from which to call the read_pause function pointer
+ * @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume
+ */
+int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause);
+
+/**
+ * Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream.
+ * Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.).
+ *
+ * @param h IO context from which to call the seek function pointers
+ * @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to.
+ * If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE
+ * units from the beginning of the presentation.
+ * If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support
+ * seeking based on component streams, the call will fail.
+ * @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
+ * or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units.
+ * @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE
+ * and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore
+ * AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will
+ * fail if used and not supported.
+ * @return >= 0 on success
+ * @see AVInputFormat::read_seek
+ */
+int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index,
+ int64_t timestamp, int flags);
+
+/* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. */
+struct AVBPrint;
+
+/**
+ * Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF.
+ *
+ * @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error
+ * code otherwise
+ */
+int avio_read_to_bprint(AVIOContext *h, struct AVBPrint *pb, size_t max_size);
+
+/**
+ * Accept and allocate a client context on a server context.
+ * @param s the server context
+ * @param c the client context, must be unallocated
+ * @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding
+ * to an AVERROR on failure
+ */
+int avio_accept(AVIOContext *s, AVIOContext **c);
+
+/**
+ * Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client.
+ * This function must be called on a client returned by avio_accept() before
+ * using it as a read/write context.
+ * It is separate from avio_accept() because it may block.
+ * A step of the handshake is defined by places where the application may
+ * decide to change the proceedings.
+ * For example, on a protocol with a request header and a reply header, each
+ * one can constitute a step because the application may use the parameters
+ * from the request to change parameters in the reply; or each individual
+ * chunk of the request can constitute a step.
+ * If the handshake is already finished, avio_handshake() does nothing and
+ * returns 0 immediately.
+ *
+ * @param c the client context to perform the handshake on
+ * @return 0 on a complete and successful handshake
+ * > 0 if the handshake progressed, but is not complete
+ * < 0 for an AVERROR code
+ */
+int avio_handshake(AVIOContext *c);
+#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavformat/version.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavformat/version.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7ff148391
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavformat/version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*
+ * Version macros.
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
+#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ * Libavformat version macros
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/version.h"
+
+#include "version_major.h"
+
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 3
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION)
+
+#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavformat/version_major.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavformat/version_major.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..293fbd339
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavformat/version_major.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*
+ * Version macros.
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR_H
+#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ * Libavformat version macros
+ */
+
+// Major bumping may affect Ticket5467, 5421, 5451(compatibility with Chromium)
+// Also please add any ticket numbers that you believe might be affected here
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 60
+
+/**
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ *
+ * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
+ * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
+ * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
+ *
+ */
+#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
+#define FF_API_GET_END_PTS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
+#define FF_API_AVIODIRCONTEXT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
+#define FF_API_AVFORMAT_IO_CLOSE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
+
+
+#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1
+
+#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/adler32.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/adler32.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..232d07f5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/adler32.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_adler32
+ * Public header for Adler-32 hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
+#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler-32
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * Adler-32 hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef uint32_t AVAdler;
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer.
+ *
+ * Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call
+ * allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though
+ * they were concatenated.
+ *
+ * @param adler initial checksum value
+ * @param buf pointer to input buffer
+ * @param len size of input buffer
+ * @return updated checksum
+ */
+AVAdler av_adler32_update(AVAdler adler, const uint8_t *buf,
+ size_t len) av_pure;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/aes.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/aes.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4e7347368
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/aes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H
+#define AVUTIL_AES_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_aes AES
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_aes_size;
+
+struct AVAES;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVAES context.
+ */
+struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVAES context.
+ *
+ * @param a The AVAES context
+ * @param key Pointer to the key
+ * @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ *
+ * @param a The AVAES context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 16 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/aes_ctr.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/aes_ctr.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d98c07122
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/aes_ctr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+ * AES-CTR cipher
+ * Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau <erankor at gmail dot com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
+#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_aes_ctr AES-CTR
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16)
+#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8)
+
+struct AVAESCTR;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVAESCTR context.
+ */
+struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVAESCTR context.
+ *
+ * @param a The AVAESCTR context to initialize
+ * @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE
+ */
+int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key);
+
+/**
+ * Release an AVAESCTR context.
+ *
+ * @param a The AVAESCTR context
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a);
+
+/**
+ * Process a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ *
+ * @param a The AVAESCTR context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param size the size of src and dst
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current iv
+ */
+const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
+
+/**
+ * Generate a random iv
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
+
+/**
+ * Forcefully change the 8-byte iv
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv);
+
+/**
+ * Forcefully change the "full" 16-byte iv, including the counter
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_set_full_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv);
+
+/**
+ * Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame)
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/ambient_viewing_environment.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/ambient_viewing_environment.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e5e4ac217
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/ambient_viewing_environment.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2023 Jan Ekström <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT_H
+#define AVUTIL_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include "frame.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/**
+ * Ambient viewing environment metadata as defined by H.274. The values are
+ * saved in AVRationals so that they keep their exactness, while allowing for
+ * easy access to a double value with f.ex. av_q2d.
+ *
+ * @note sizeof(AVAmbientViewingEnvironment) is not part of the public ABI, and
+ * it must be allocated using av_ambient_viewing_environment_alloc.
+ */
+typedef struct AVAmbientViewingEnvironment {
+ /**
+ * Environmental illuminance of the ambient viewing environment in lux.
+ */
+ AVRational ambient_illuminance;
+
+ /**
+ * Normalized x chromaticity coordinate of the environmental ambient light
+ * in the nominal viewing environment according to the CIE 1931 definition
+ * of x and y as specified in ISO/CIE 11664-1.
+ */
+ AVRational ambient_light_x;
+
+ /**
+ * Normalized y chromaticity coordinate of the environmental ambient light
+ * in the nominal viewing environment according to the CIE 1931 definition
+ * of x and y as specified in ISO/CIE 11664-1.
+ */
+ AVRational ambient_light_y;
+} AVAmbientViewingEnvironment;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVAmbientViewingEnvironment structure.
+ *
+ * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
+ */
+AVAmbientViewingEnvironment *av_ambient_viewing_environment_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and add an AVAmbientViewingEnvironment structure to an existing
+ * AVFrame as side data.
+ *
+ * @return the newly allocated struct, or NULL on failure
+ */
+AVAmbientViewingEnvironment *av_ambient_viewing_environment_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/attributes.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/attributes.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..04c615c95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/attributes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
+#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y))
+# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y))
+#else
+# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0
+# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __has_builtin
+# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) __has_builtin(x)
+#else
+# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_always_inline
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+# define av_always_inline __forceinline
+#else
+# define av_always_inline inline
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_extern_inline
+#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__)
+# define av_extern_inline extern inline
+#else
+# define av_extern_inline inline
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4)
+# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
+#else
+# define av_warn_unused_result
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline))
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline)
+#else
+# define av_noinline
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_pure __attribute__((pure))
+#else
+# define av_pure
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_const __attribute__((const))
+#else
+# define av_const
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_cold __attribute__((cold))
+#else
+# define av_cold
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__)
+# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten))
+#else
+# define av_flatten
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated))
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated)
+#else
+# define attribute_deprecated
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Disable warnings about deprecated features
+ * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and
+ * scheduled for removal.
+ */
+#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6) || defined(__clang__)
+# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
+ _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \
+ _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \
+ code \
+ _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop")
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
+ __pragma(warning(push)) \
+ __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \
+ code; \
+ __pragma(warning(pop))
+#else
+# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_unused __attribute__((unused))
+#else
+# define av_unused
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it
+ * away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline
+ * assembler without the compiler being aware.
+ */
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_used __attribute__((used))
+#else
+# define av_used
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias))
+#else
+# define av_alias
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
+# define av_uninit(x) x=x
+#else
+# define av_uninit(x) x
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p
+# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos)))
+#else
+# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0
+# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos)
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn))
+#else
+# define av_noreturn
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/audio_fifo.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/audio_fifo.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d1e4c856d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/audio_fifo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/*
+ * Audio FIFO
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Audio FIFO Buffer
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "samplefmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_audiofifo Audio FIFO Buffer
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer.
+ *
+ * - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level.
+ * - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format.
+ * - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer.
+ */
+typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo;
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to free
+ */
+void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt sample format
+ * @param channels number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples initial allocation size, in samples
+ * @return newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error
+ */
+AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels,
+ int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Reallocate an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to reallocate
+ * @param nb_samples new allocation size, in samples
+ * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Write data to an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space
+ * is less than nb_samples.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to write to
+ * @param data audio data plane pointers
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to write
+ * @return number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR
+ * code on failure. If successful, the number of samples
+ * actually written will always be nb_samples.
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
+ * @param data audio data plane pointers
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek
+ * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code
+ * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not
+ * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
+ * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
+ * @param data audio data plane pointers
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek
+ * @param offset offset from current read position
+ * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code
+ * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not
+ * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
+ * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples, int offset);
+
+/**
+ * Read data from an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
+ * @param data audio data plane pointers
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to read
+ * @return number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code
+ * on failure. The number of samples actually read will not
+ * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
+ * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Drain data from an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * Removes the data without reading it.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to drain
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to drain
+ * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer.
+ *
+ * This empties all data in the buffer.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to reset
+ */
+void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading.
+ *
+ * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query
+ * @return number of samples available for reading
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing.
+ *
+ * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query
+ * @return number of samples available for writing
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/avassert.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/avassert.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..51e462bba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/avassert.h
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert().
+ * @author Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "log.h"
+#include "macros.h"
+
+/**
+ * assert() equivalent, that is always enabled.
+ */
+#define av_assert0(cond) do { \
+ if (!(cond)) { \
+ av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \
+ AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \
+ abort(); \
+ } \
+} while (0)
+
+
+/**
+ * assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code.
+ * These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speed loss.
+ */
+#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0
+#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond)
+#else
+#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code.
+ */
+#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1
+#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond)
+#define av_assert2_fpu() av_assert0_fpu()
+#else
+#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0)
+#define av_assert2_fpu() ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Assert that floating point operations can be executed.
+ *
+ * This will av_assert0() that the cpu is not in MMX state on X86
+ */
+void av_assert0_fpu(void);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/avconfig.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/avconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c289fbb55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/avconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
+#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0
+#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/avstring.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/avstring.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e26026376
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/avstring.h
@@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_string
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to
+ * the address of the first character in str after the prefix.
+ *
+ * @param str input string
+ * @param pfx prefix to test
+ * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
+ * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
+ */
+int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If
+ * it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str
+ * after the prefix.
+ *
+ * @param str input string
+ * @param pfx prefix to test
+ * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
+ * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
+ */
+int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack
+ * of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to
+ * match at the start of haystack.
+ *
+ * This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr().
+ *
+ * @param haystack string to search in
+ * @param needle string to search for
+ * @return pointer to the located match within haystack
+ * or a null pointer if no match
+ */
+char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
+
+/**
+ * Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack
+ * where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length
+ * string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack.
+ *
+ * This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr().
+ *
+ * @param haystack string to search in
+ * @param needle string to search for
+ * @param hay_length length of string to search in
+ * @return pointer to the located match within haystack
+ * or a null pointer if no match
+ */
+char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length);
+
+/**
+ * Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and
+ * null-terminate dst.
+ *
+ * This function is the same as BSD strlcpy().
+ *
+ * @param dst destination buffer
+ * @param src source string
+ * @param size size of destination buffer
+ * @return the length of src
+ *
+ * @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely
+ * _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond
+ * the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
+ */
+size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of
+ * no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst.
+ *
+ * This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when
+ * size <= strlen(dst).
+ *
+ * @param dst destination buffer
+ * @param src source string
+ * @param size size of destination buffer
+ * @return the total length of src and dst
+ *
+ * @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these
+ * absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this
+ * will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
+ */
+size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of
+ * the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within
+ * the buffer.
+ * @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is
+ * appended)
+ * @param size total size of the destination buffer
+ * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
+ * following parameters are used
+ * @return the length of the string that would have been generated
+ * if enough space had been available
+ */
+size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
+
+/**
+ * Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning.
+ *
+ * @param s the string whose length to count
+ * @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that
+ * is the maximum value which is returned by the function
+ */
+static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len)
+{
+ size_t i;
+ for (i = 0; i < len && s[i]; i++)
+ ;
+ return i;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto
+ * allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf().
+ * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
+ * following parameters are used.
+ * @return the allocated string
+ * @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free().
+ */
+char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2);
+
+/**
+ * Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char,
+ * and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string.
+ *
+ * The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing
+ * whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are
+ * enclosed between ''.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the
+ * terminating char
+ * @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars
+ * @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by
+ * the user, NULL in case of allocation failure
+ */
+char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term);
+
+/**
+ * Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by
+ * successive calls to av_strtok().
+ *
+ * A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the
+ * set specified in delim.
+ *
+ * On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to
+ * parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s
+ * should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous
+ * call.
+ *
+ * This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1.
+ *
+ * @param s the string to parse, may be NULL
+ * @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL
+ * @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored
+ * information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same
+ * string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the
+ * first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated
+ * @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found
+ */
+char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr);
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_isdigit(int c)
+{
+ return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_isgraph(int c)
+{
+ return c > 32 && c < 127;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_isspace(int c)
+{
+ return c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' ||
+ c == '\v';
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_toupper(int c)
+{
+ if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
+ c ^= 0x20;
+ return c;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_tolower(int c)
+{
+ if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')
+ c ^= 0x20;
+ return c;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_isxdigit(int c)
+{
+ c = av_tolower(c);
+ return av_isdigit(c) || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f');
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
+ * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
+ */
+int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b);
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
+ * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
+ */
+int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n);
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent strings replace.
+ * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replace
+ */
+char *av_strireplace(const char *str, const char *from, const char *to);
+
+/**
+ * Thread safe basename.
+ * @param path the string to parse, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators.
+ * @return pointer to the basename substring.
+ * If path does not contain a slash, the function returns a copy of path.
+ * If path is a NULL pointer or points to an empty string, a pointer
+ * to a string "." is returned.
+ */
+const char *av_basename(const char *path);
+
+/**
+ * Thread safe dirname.
+ * @param path the string to parse, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators.
+ * @return A pointer to a string that's the parent directory of path.
+ * If path is a NULL pointer or points to an empty string, a pointer
+ * to a string "." is returned.
+ * @note the function may modify the contents of the path, so copies should be passed.
+ */
+const char *av_dirname(char *path);
+
+/**
+ * Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names.
+ * List entries are checked from the start to the end of the names list,
+ * the first match ends further processing. If an entry prefixed with '-'
+ * matches, then 0 is returned. The "ALL" list entry is considered to
+ * match all names.
+ *
+ * @param name Name to look for.
+ * @param names List of names.
+ * @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+int av_match_name(const char *name, const char *names);
+
+/**
+ * Append path component to the existing path.
+ * Path separator '/' is placed between when needed.
+ * Resulting string have to be freed with av_free().
+ * @param path base path
+ * @param component component to be appended
+ * @return new path or NULL on error.
+ */
+char *av_append_path_component(const char *path, const char *component);
+
+enum AVEscapeMode {
+ AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO, ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode.
+ AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping.
+ AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE, ///< Use single-quote escaping.
+ AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, ///< Use XML non-markup character data escaping.
+};
+
+/**
+ * Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the
+ * string.
+ *
+ * This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special
+ * characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list
+ * of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil.
+ */
+#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Escape only specified special characters.
+ * Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered
+ * special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote.
+ */
+#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT (1 << 1)
+
+/**
+ * Within AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, additionally escape single quotes for single
+ * quoted attributes.
+ */
+#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_XML_SINGLE_QUOTES (1 << 2)
+
+/**
+ * Within AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, additionally escape double quotes for double
+ * quoted attributes.
+ */
+#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_XML_DOUBLE_QUOTES (1 << 3)
+
+
+/**
+ * Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated
+ * string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free().
+ *
+ * @param dst pointer where an allocated string is put
+ * @param src string to escape, must be non-NULL
+ * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which
+ * need to be escaped, can be NULL
+ * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros.
+ * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to
+ * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without
+ * notice.
+ * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros
+ * @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error
+ * @see av_bprint_escape()
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
+ enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
+
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES 1 ///< accept codepoints over 0x10FFFF
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS 2 ///< accept non-characters - 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES 4 ///< accept UTF-16 surrogates codes
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_EXCLUDE_XML_INVALID_CONTROL_CODES 8 ///< exclude control codes not accepted by XML
+
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_ALL \
+ AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES
+
+/**
+ * Read and decode a single UTF-8 code point (character) from the
+ * buffer in *buf, and update *buf to point to the next byte to
+ * decode.
+ *
+ * In case of an invalid byte sequence, the pointer will be updated to
+ * the next byte after the invalid sequence and the function will
+ * return an error code.
+ *
+ * Depending on the specified flags, the function will also fail in
+ * case the decoded code point does not belong to a valid range.
+ *
+ * @note For speed-relevant code a carefully implemented use of
+ * GET_UTF8() may be preferred.
+ *
+ * @param codep pointer used to return the parsed code in case of success.
+ * The value in *codep is set even in case the range check fails.
+ * @param bufp pointer to the address the first byte of the sequence
+ * to decode, updated by the function to point to the
+ * byte next after the decoded sequence
+ * @param buf_end pointer to the end of the buffer, points to the next
+ * byte past the last in the buffer. This is used to
+ * avoid buffer overreads (in case of an unfinished
+ * UTF-8 sequence towards the end of the buffer).
+ * @param flags a collection of AV_UTF8_FLAG_* flags
+ * @return >= 0 in case a sequence was successfully read, a negative
+ * value in case of invalid sequence
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end,
+ unsigned int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Check if a name is in a list.
+ * @returns 0 if not found, or the 1 based index where it has been found in the
+ * list.
+ */
+int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator);
+
+/**
+ * See libc sscanf manual for more information.
+ * Locale-independent sscanf implementation.
+ */
+int av_sscanf(const char *string, const char *format, ...);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/avutil.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/avutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..64b68bdbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/avutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu
+ * Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @mainpage
+ *
+ * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction
+ *
+ * This document describes the usage of the different libraries
+ * provided by FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library
+ * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library
+ * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library
+ * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library
+ * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library
+ * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing
+ * @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library
+ * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library
+ *
+ * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility
+ *
+ * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a
+ * major, minor and micro version number with the
+ * <em>LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO}</em> macros. The major version
+ * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing
+ * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor
+ * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major
+ * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro
+ * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program
+ * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously
+ * unspecified situation.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long
+ * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols
+ * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and
+ * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were
+ * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will
+ * not change.
+ *
+ * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot
+ * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the
+ * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new
+ * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program
+ * links against.
+ *
+ * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to
+ * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in
+ * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented
+ * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied
+ * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro
+ * version number.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu libavutil
+ * Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the
+ * functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include
+ * the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using
+ * media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which
+ * brings in most of the "core" components.
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing
+ *
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_video Video related
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_misc Other
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_ver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned avutil_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release
+ * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format
+ * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code.
+ */
+const char *av_version_info(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavutil build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *avutil_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavutil license.
+ */
+const char *avutil_license(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type
+ * @brief Media Type
+ */
+
+enum AVMediaType {
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO,
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO,
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE,
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type
+ * is unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_const Constants
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific
+ *
+ * @note those definition should move to avcodec
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7
+#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1<<FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT)
+#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda
+#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256*128-1)
+
+#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE //FIXME maybe remove
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific
+ *
+ * FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Undefined timestamp value
+ *
+ * Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide
+ * either pts or dts.
+ */
+
+#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE ((int64_t)UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000))
+
+/**
+ * Internal time base represented as integer
+ */
+
+#define AV_TIME_BASE 1000000
+
+/**
+ * Internal time base represented as fractional value
+ */
+
+#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q (AVRational){1, AV_TIME_BASE}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavu_picture Image related
+ *
+ * AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVPictureType {
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG-4
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI, ///< BI type
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return a single letter to describe the given picture type
+ * pict_type.
+ *
+ * @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character
+ * representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown
+ */
+char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#include "common.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "version.h"
+#include "macros.h"
+#include "mathematics.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * Return x default pointer in case p is NULL.
+ */
+static inline void *av_x_if_null(const void *p, const void *x)
+{
+ return (void *)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compute the length of an integer list.
+ *
+ * @param elsize size in bytes of each list element (only 1, 2, 4 or 8)
+ * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
+ * @param list pointer to the list
+ * @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
+ */
+unsigned av_int_list_length_for_size(unsigned elsize,
+ const void *list, uint64_t term) av_pure;
+
+/**
+ * Compute the length of an integer list.
+ *
+ * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
+ * @param list pointer to the list
+ * @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
+ */
+#define av_int_list_length(list, term) \
+ av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(*(list)), list, term)
+
+#if FF_API_AV_FOPEN_UTF8
+/**
+ * Open a file using a UTF-8 filename.
+ * The API of this function matches POSIX fopen(), errors are returned through
+ * errno.
+ * @deprecated Avoid using it, as on Windows, the FILE* allocated by this
+ * function may be allocated with a different CRT than the caller
+ * who uses the FILE*. No replacement provided in public API.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+FILE *av_fopen_utf8(const char *path, const char *mode);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Return the fractional representation of the internal time base.
+ */
+AVRational av_get_time_base_q(void);
+
+#define AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32
+
+#define av_fourcc2str(fourcc) av_fourcc_make_string((char[AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, fourcc)
+
+/**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a FourCC (four-character
+ * code) representation.
+ *
+ * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE
+ * @param fourcc the fourcc to represent
+ * @return the buffer in input
+ */
+char *av_fourcc_make_string(char *buf, uint32_t fourcc);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/base64.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/base64.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2954c12d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/base64.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Ryan Martell. ([email protected])
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BASE64_H
+#define AVUTIL_BASE64_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Decode a base64-encoded string.
+ *
+ * @param out buffer for decoded data
+ * @param in null-terminated input string
+ * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at
+ * least 3/4 of the length of in, that is AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(strlen(in))
+ * @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of
+ * invalid input
+ */
+int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the output size in bytes needed to decode a base64 string
+ * with length x to a data buffer.
+ */
+#define AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(x) ((x) * 3LL / 4)
+
+/**
+ * Encode data to base64 and null-terminate.
+ *
+ * @param out buffer for encoded data
+ * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the
+ * null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size)
+ * @param in input buffer containing the data to encode
+ * @param in_size size in bytes of the in buffer
+ * @return out or NULL in case of error
+ */
+char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a
+ * null-terminated string.
+ */
+#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1)
+
+ /**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/blowfish.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/blowfish.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9e289a40d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/blowfish.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ * Blowfish algorithm
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H
+#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16
+
+typedef struct AVBlowfish {
+ uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2];
+ uint32_t s[4][256];
+} AVBlowfish;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVBlowfish context.
+ */
+AVBlowfish *av_blowfish_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVBlowfish context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
+ * @param key a key
+ * @param key_len length of the key
+ */
+void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
+ * @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted
+ * @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr,
+ int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
+ int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/bprint.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/bprint.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f27d30f72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/bprint.h
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_avbprint
+ * AVBPrint public header
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
+#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "avstring.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_avbprint AVBPrint
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * A buffer to print data progressively
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size
+ * This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions.
+ */
+
+#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(name, size, ...) \
+struct ff_pad_helper_##name { __VA_ARGS__ }; \
+typedef struct name { \
+ __VA_ARGS__ \
+ char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct ff_pad_helper_##name)]; \
+} name;
+
+/**
+ * Buffer to print data progressively
+ *
+ * The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated.
+ * The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is
+ * encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data.
+ *
+ * Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no
+ * memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed
+ * after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as
+ * declaring a local `char buf[512]`.
+ *
+ * The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is
+ * then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total
+ * length.
+ *
+ * In other words, AVBPrint.len can be greater than AVBPrint.size and records
+ * the total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been
+ * enough memory.
+ *
+ * Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory
+ * allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length
+ * is still updated. This situation can be tested with
+ * av_bprint_is_complete().
+ *
+ * The AVBPrint.size_max field determines several possible behaviours:
+ * - `size_max = -1` (= `UINT_MAX`) or any large value will let the buffer be
+ * reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost.
+ * - `size_max = 0` prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total
+ * length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in
+ * a buffer with exactly the necessary size
+ * (using `size_init = size_max = len + 1`).
+ * - `size_max = 1` is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the
+ * structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The
+ * internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text,
+ * such as the current paragraph.
+ */
+
+FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024,
+ char *str; /**< string so far */
+ unsigned len; /**< length so far */
+ unsigned size; /**< allocated memory */
+ unsigned size_max; /**< maximum allocated memory */
+ char reserved_internal_buffer[1];
+)
+
+/**
+ * @name Max size special values
+ * Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max
+ * parameter.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Buffer will be reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost.
+ */
+#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1)
+/**
+ * Use the exact size available in the AVBPrint structure itself.
+ *
+ * Thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The internal buffer is large
+ * enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text, such as the current paragraph.
+ */
+#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1
+/**
+ * Do not write anything to the buffer, only calculate the total length.
+ *
+ * The write operations can then possibly be repeated in a buffer with
+ * exactly the necessary size (using `size_init = size_max = AVBPrint.len + 1`).
+ */
+#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * Init a print buffer.
+ *
+ * @param buf buffer to init
+ * @param size_init initial size (including the final 0)
+ * @param size_max maximum size;
+ * - `0` means do not write anything, just count the length
+ * - `1` is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage
+ * any large value means that the internal buffer will be
+ * reallocated as needed up to that limit
+ * - `-1` is converted to `UINT_MAX`, the largest limit possible.
+ * Check also `AV_BPRINT_SIZE_*` macros.
+ */
+void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max);
+
+/**
+ * Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer.
+ *
+ * The buffer will not be reallocated.
+ *
+ * @param buf buffer structure to init
+ * @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data
+ * @param size size of buffer
+ */
+void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size);
+
+/**
+ * Append a formatted string to a print buffer.
+ */
+void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
+
+/**
+ * Append a formatted string to a print buffer.
+ */
+void av_vbprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, va_list vl_arg);
+
+/**
+ * Append char c n times to a print buffer.
+ */
+void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n);
+
+/**
+ * Append data to a print buffer.
+ *
+ * param buf bprint buffer to use
+ * param data pointer to data
+ * param size size of data
+ */
+void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size);
+
+struct tm;
+/**
+ * Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer.
+ *
+ * param buf bprint buffer to use
+ * param fmt date and time format string, see strftime()
+ * param tm broken-down time structure to translate
+ *
+ * @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may
+ * produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and
+ * the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option.
+ */
+void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use.
+ *
+ * @param[in] buf buffer structure
+ * @param[in] size required size
+ * @param[out] mem pointer to the memory area
+ * @param[out] actual_size size of the memory area after allocation;
+ * can be larger or smaller than size
+ */
+void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size,
+ unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data.
+ */
+void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf);
+
+/**
+ * Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated).
+ *
+ * It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure
+ * or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary).
+ */
+static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(const AVBPrint *buf)
+{
+ return buf->len < buf->size;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a print buffer.
+ *
+ * The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards,
+ * but the len and size fields are still valid.
+ *
+ * @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the
+ * buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails;
+ * if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed
+ * @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM))
+ */
+int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str);
+
+/**
+ * Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf.
+ *
+ * @param dstbuf already inited destination bprint buffer
+ * @param src string containing the text to escape
+ * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which
+ * need to be escaped, can be NULL
+ * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros.
+ * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to
+ * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without
+ * notice.
+ * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros
+ */
+void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
+ enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
+
+/** @} */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/bswap.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/bswap.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4840ab433
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/bswap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * byte swapping routines
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
+#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#if ARCH_AARCH64
+# include "aarch64/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_ARM
+# include "arm/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_AVR32
+# include "avr32/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_RISCV
+# include "riscv/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_SH4
+# include "sh4/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_X86
+# include "x86/bswap.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
+
+#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff))
+#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16))
+#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32))
+
+#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x)
+
+#ifndef av_bswap16
+static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x)
+{
+ x= (x>>8) | (x<<8);
+ return x;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_bswap32
+static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x)
+{
+ return AV_BSWAP32C(x);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_bswap64
+static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x)
+{
+ return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32);
+}
+#endif
+
+// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian
+// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+#define av_be2ne16(x) (x)
+#define av_be2ne32(x) (x)
+#define av_be2ne64(x) (x)
+#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
+#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
+#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
+#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x)
+#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
+#else
+#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
+#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
+#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
+#define av_le2ne16(x) (x)
+#define av_le2ne32(x) (x)
+#define av_le2ne64(x) (x)
+#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
+#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x)
+#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x)
+#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x)
+#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x)
+#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x)
+#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x)
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/buffer.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/buffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e1ef5b7f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/buffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_buffer
+ * refcounted data buffer API
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
+#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @{
+ * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers.
+ *
+ * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer
+ * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed
+ * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may
+ * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references
+ * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single
+ * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the
+ * caller directly.
+ *
+ * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single
+ * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and
+ * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing
+ * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref().
+ * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the
+ * data once all the references are freed).
+ *
+ * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the
+ * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and
+ * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is
+ * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will
+ * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary.
+ * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention,
+ * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its
+ * control.
+ *
+ * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus
+ * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for
+ * additional locking.
+ *
+ * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different
+ * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal).
+ */
+
+/**
+ * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through
+ * references (AVBufferRef).
+ */
+typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer;
+
+/**
+ * A reference to a data buffer.
+ *
+ * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant
+ * to be allocated directly.
+ */
+typedef struct AVBufferRef {
+ AVBuffer *buffer;
+
+ /**
+ * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if
+ * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case
+ * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1.
+ */
+ uint8_t *data;
+ /**
+ * Size of data in bytes.
+ */
+ size_t size;
+} AVBufferRef;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc().
+ *
+ * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized
+ * to zero.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one
+ * reference.
+ */
+#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array.
+ *
+ * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may
+ * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from
+ * it.
+ * If this function fails, data is left untouched.
+ * @param data data array
+ * @param size size of data in bytes
+ * @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data
+ * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free
+ * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_*
+ *
+ * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, size_t size,
+ void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data),
+ void *opaque, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data.
+ * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called
+ * directly.
+ */
+void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer.
+ *
+ * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on
+ * failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more
+ * references to it.
+ *
+ * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return.
+ */
+void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf);
+
+/**
+ * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is
+ * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer).
+ * Return 0 otherwise.
+ * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf.
+ */
+int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create.
+ */
+void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy
+ * if possible.
+ *
+ * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left
+ * untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is
+ * written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ */
+int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf);
+
+/**
+ * Reallocate a given buffer.
+ *
+ * @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be
+ * unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be
+ * written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf
+ * may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated.
+ * @param size required new buffer size.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ *
+ * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was
+ * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one
+ * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases
+ * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied.
+ */
+int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Ensure dst refers to the same data as src.
+ *
+ * When *dst is already equivalent to src, do nothing. Otherwise unreference dst
+ * and replace it with a new reference to src.
+ *
+ * @param dst Pointer to either a valid buffer reference or NULL. On success,
+ * this will point to a buffer reference equivalent to src. On
+ * failure, dst will be left untouched.
+ * @param src A buffer reference to replace dst with. May be NULL, then this
+ * function is equivalent to av_buffer_unref(dst).
+ * @return 0 on success
+ * AVERROR(ENOMEM) on memory allocation failure.
+ */
+int av_buffer_replace(AVBufferRef **dst, const AVBufferRef *src);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @{
+ * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers.
+ *
+ * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is
+ * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the
+ * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio
+ * frames).
+ *
+ * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the
+ * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to
+ * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new
+ * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by
+ * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is
+ * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be
+ * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls.
+ *
+ * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new
+ * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable.
+ * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed.
+ *
+ * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as
+ * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is
+ * thread-safe.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed
+ * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with
+ * av_buffer_pool_uninit().
+ */
+typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool.
+ *
+ * @param size size of each buffer in this pool
+ * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
+ * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used
+ * (av_buffer_alloc()).
+ * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(size_t size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(size_t size));
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator.
+ *
+ * @param size size of each buffer in this pool
+ * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator
+ * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
+ * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be
+ * used (av_buffer_alloc()).
+ * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool
+ * is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called
+ * by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool
+ * and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque
+ * data. May be NULL.
+ * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(size_t size, void *opaque,
+ AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, size_t size),
+ void (*pool_free)(void *opaque));
+
+/**
+ * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only
+ * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it
+ * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still
+ * in use.
+ *
+ * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL.
+ */
+void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available.
+ * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads.
+ *
+ * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool);
+
+/**
+ * Query the original opaque parameter of an allocated buffer in the pool.
+ *
+ * @param ref a buffer reference to a buffer returned by av_buffer_pool_get.
+ * @return the opaque parameter set by the buffer allocator function of the
+ * buffer pool.
+ *
+ * @note the opaque parameter of ref is used by the buffer pool implementation,
+ * therefore you have to use this function to access the original opaque
+ * parameter of an allocated buffer.
+ */
+void *av_buffer_pool_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *ref);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/camellia.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/camellia.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..96787102e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/camellia.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*
+ * An implementation of the CAMELLIA algorithm as mentioned in RFC3713
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H
+#define AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @brief Public header for libavutil CAMELLIA algorithm
+ * @defgroup lavu_camellia CAMELLIA
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_camellia_size;
+
+struct AVCAMELLIA;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVCAMELLIA context
+ * To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
+ */
+struct AVCAMELLIA *av_camellia_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVCAMELLIA context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context
+ * @param key a key of 16, 24, 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption
+ * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 128, 192, 256
+ */
+int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 16 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/cast5.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/cast5.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ad5b347e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/cast5.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+ * An implementation of the CAST128 algorithm as mentioned in RFC2144
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CAST5_H
+#define AVUTIL_CAST5_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @brief Public header for libavutil CAST5 algorithm
+ * @defgroup lavu_cast5 CAST5
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_cast5_size;
+
+struct AVCAST5;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVCAST5 context
+ * To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
+ */
+struct AVCAST5 *av_cast5_alloc(void);
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVCAST5 context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
+ * @param key a key of 5,6,...16 bytes used for encryption/decryption
+ * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 40,48,...,128
+ * @return 0 on success, less than 0 on failure
+ */
+int av_cast5_init(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, ECB mode only
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_cast5_crypt(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_cast5_crypt2(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CAST5_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/channel_layout.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/channel_layout.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f345415c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/channel_layout.h
@@ -0,0 +1,783 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
+#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "version.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_audio_channels
+ * Public libavutil channel layout APIs header.
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_audio_channels Audio channels
+ * @ingroup lavu_audio
+ *
+ * Audio channel layout utility functions
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVChannel {
+ ///< Invalid channel index
+ AV_CHAN_NONE = -1,
+ AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT,
+ AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT,
+ AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER,
+ AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY,
+ AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT,
+ AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT,
+ AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER,
+ AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER,
+ AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER,
+ AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT,
+ AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT,
+ AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER,
+ AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT,
+ AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER,
+ AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT,
+ AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT,
+ AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER,
+ AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT,
+ /** Stereo downmix. */
+ AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT = 29,
+ /** See above. */
+ AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT,
+ AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT,
+ AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT,
+ AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT,
+ AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT,
+ AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2,
+ AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT,
+ AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT,
+ AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER,
+ AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT,
+ AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT,
+
+ /** Channel is empty can be safely skipped. */
+ AV_CHAN_UNUSED = 0x200,
+
+ /** Channel contains data, but its position is unknown. */
+ AV_CHAN_UNKNOWN = 0x300,
+
+ /**
+ * Range of channels between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
+ * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END represent Ambisonic components using the ACN system.
+ *
+ * Given a channel id `<i>` between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
+ * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the ACN index of the channel `<n>` is
+ * `<n> = <i> - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE`.
+ *
+ * @note these values are only used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM channel
+ * orderings, the AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC ordering orders the channels
+ * implicitly by their position in the stream.
+ */
+ AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE = 0x400,
+ // leave space for 1024 ids, which correspond to maximum order-32 harmonics,
+ // which should be enough for the foreseeable use cases
+ AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END = 0x7ff,
+};
+
+enum AVChannelOrder {
+ /**
+ * Only the channel count is specified, without any further information
+ * about the channel order.
+ */
+ AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC,
+ /**
+ * The native channel order, i.e. the channels are in the same order in
+ * which they are defined in the AVChannel enum. This supports up to 63
+ * different channels.
+ */
+ AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE,
+ /**
+ * The channel order does not correspond to any other predefined order and
+ * is stored as an explicit map. For example, this could be used to support
+ * layouts with 64 or more channels, or with empty/skipped (AV_CHAN_SILENCE)
+ * channels at arbitrary positions.
+ */
+ AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM,
+ /**
+ * The audio is represented as the decomposition of the sound field into
+ * spherical harmonics. Each channel corresponds to a single expansion
+ * component. Channels are ordered according to ACN (Ambisonic Channel
+ * Number).
+ *
+ * The channel with the index n in the stream contains the spherical
+ * harmonic of degree l and order m given by
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * l = floor(sqrt(n)),
+ * m = n - l * (l + 1).
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * Conversely given a spherical harmonic of degree l and order m, the
+ * corresponding channel index n is given by
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * n = l * (l + 1) + m.
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * Normalization is assumed to be SN3D (Schmidt Semi-Normalization)
+ * as defined in AmbiX format $ 2.1.
+ */
+ AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC,
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks
+ *
+ * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel.
+ * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels.
+ * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known.
+ * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels
+ * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as
+ * dual-mono.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT )
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER )
+#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY )
+#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT )
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER )
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER )
+#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT )
+#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT )
+#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT )
+#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT )
+#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER )
+#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT )
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout
+ to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output
+ to be the native codec channel order.
+ @deprecated channel order is now indicated in a special field in
+ AVChannelLayout
+ */
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts
+ * @{
+ * */
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_CUBE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT)
+
+enum AVMatrixEncoding {
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB
+};
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * An AVChannelCustom defines a single channel within a custom order layout
+ *
+ * Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelCustom) is a part of the
+ * public ABI.
+ *
+ * No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump.
+ */
+typedef struct AVChannelCustom {
+ enum AVChannel id;
+ char name[16];
+ void *opaque;
+} AVChannelCustom;
+
+/**
+ * An AVChannelLayout holds information about the channel layout of audio data.
+ *
+ * A channel layout here is defined as a set of channels ordered in a specific
+ * way (unless the channel order is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, in which case an
+ * AVChannelLayout carries only the channel count).
+ * All orders may be treated as if they were AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC by
+ * ignoring everything but the channel count, as long as av_channel_layout_check()
+ * considers they are valid.
+ *
+ * Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelLayout) is a part of the
+ * public ABI and may be used by the caller. E.g. it may be allocated on stack
+ * or embedded in caller-defined structs.
+ *
+ * AVChannelLayout can be initialized as follows:
+ * - default initialization with {0}, followed by setting all used fields
+ * correctly;
+ * - by assigning one of the predefined AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_* initializers;
+ * - with a constructor function, such as av_channel_layout_default(),
+ * av_channel_layout_from_mask() or av_channel_layout_from_string().
+ *
+ * The channel layout must be unitialized with av_channel_layout_uninit()
+ *
+ * Copying an AVChannelLayout via assigning is forbidden,
+ * av_channel_layout_copy() must be used instead (and its return value should
+ * be checked)
+ *
+ * No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump, except for
+ * new elements of the union fitting in sizeof(uint64_t).
+ */
+typedef struct AVChannelLayout {
+ /**
+ * Channel order used in this layout.
+ * This is a mandatory field.
+ */
+ enum AVChannelOrder order;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of channels in this layout. Mandatory field.
+ */
+ int nb_channels;
+
+ /**
+ * Details about which channels are present in this layout.
+ * For AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, this field is undefined and must not be
+ * used.
+ */
+ union {
+ /**
+ * This member must be used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, and may be used
+ * for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC to signal non-diegetic channels.
+ * It is a bitmask, where the position of each set bit means that the
+ * AVChannel with the corresponding value is present.
+ *
+ * I.e. when (mask & (1 << AV_CHAN_FOO)) is non-zero, then AV_CHAN_FOO
+ * is present in the layout. Otherwise it is not present.
+ *
+ * @note when a channel layout using a bitmask is constructed or
+ * modified manually (i.e. not using any of the av_channel_layout_*
+ * functions), the code doing it must ensure that the number of set bits
+ * is equal to nb_channels.
+ */
+ uint64_t mask;
+ /**
+ * This member must be used when the channel order is
+ * AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM. It is a nb_channels-sized array, with each
+ * element signalling the presence of the AVChannel with the
+ * corresponding value in map[i].id.
+ *
+ * I.e. when map[i].id is equal to AV_CHAN_FOO, then AV_CH_FOO is the
+ * i-th channel in the audio data.
+ *
+ * When map[i].id is in the range between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
+ * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the channel contains an ambisonic
+ * component with ACN index (as defined above)
+ * n = map[i].id - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE.
+ *
+ * map[i].name may be filled with a 0-terminated string, in which case
+ * it will be used for the purpose of identifying the channel with the
+ * convenience functions below. Otherise it must be zeroed.
+ */
+ AVChannelCustom *map;
+ } u;
+
+ /**
+ * For some private data of the user.
+ */
+ void *opaque;
+} AVChannelLayout;
+
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(nb, m) \
+ { .order = AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, .nb_channels = (nb), .u = { .mask = (m) }}
+
+/**
+ * @name Common pre-defined channel layouts
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MONO AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(1, AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2, AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_SURROUND AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_3POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_QUAD AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_CUBE AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_CUBE)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(16, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2, AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_22POINT2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(24, AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_AMBISONIC_FIRST_ORDER \
+ { .order = AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC, .nb_channels = 4, .u = { .mask = 0 }}
+/** @} */
+
+struct AVBPrint;
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+/**
+ * @name Deprecated Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found.
+ *
+ * name can be one or several of the following notations,
+ * separated by '+' or '|':
+ * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0,
+ * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix);
+ * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC,
+ * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR);
+ * - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding
+ * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see
+ * av_get_default_channel_layout);
+ * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the
+ * AV_CH_* macros).
+ *
+ * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7"
+ *
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_from_string()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name.
+ *
+ * This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse
+ * unknown channel layout specifications.
+ *
+ * @param[in] name channel layout specification string
+ * @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown)
+ * @param[out] nb_channels number of channels
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails.
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_from_string()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels);
+
+/**
+ * Return a description of a channel layout.
+ * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer
+ * @param nb_channels number of channels
+ * @param channel_layout channel layout bitset
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_describe()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer.
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_describe()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Return the number of channels in the channel layout.
+ * @deprecated use AVChannelLayout.nb_channels
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels.
+ *
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_default()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels);
+
+/**
+ * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout channel layout bitset
+ * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be
+ * present in channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR
+ * on error.
+ *
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_index_from_channel()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout,
+ uint64_t channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout.
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_channel_from_index()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of a given channel.
+ *
+ * @return channel name on success, NULL on error.
+ *
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_name()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the description of a given channel.
+ *
+ * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel
+ * @return channel description on success, NULL on error
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_description()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout.
+ *
+ * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0
+ * @param[out] layout channel layout mask
+ * @param[out] name name of the layout
+ * @return 0 if the layout exists,
+ * <0 if index is beyond the limits
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_standard()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout,
+ const char **name);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Get a human readable string in an abbreviated form describing a given channel.
+ * This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_from_string().
+ *
+ * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer.
+ * @param channel the AVChannel whose name to get
+ * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR
+ * on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the
+ * string was truncated.
+ */
+int av_channel_name(char *buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel);
+
+/**
+ * bprint variant of av_channel_name().
+ *
+ * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer.
+ */
+void av_channel_name_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id);
+
+/**
+ * Get a human readable string describing a given channel.
+ *
+ * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer.
+ * @param channel the AVChannel whose description to get
+ * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR
+ * on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the
+ * string was truncated.
+ */
+int av_channel_description(char *buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel);
+
+/**
+ * bprint variant of av_channel_description().
+ *
+ * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer.
+ */
+void av_channel_description_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id);
+
+/**
+ * This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_name().
+ *
+ * @return the channel with the given name
+ * AV_CHAN_NONE when name does not identify a known channel
+ */
+enum AVChannel av_channel_from_string(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a native channel layout from a bitmask indicating which channels
+ * are present.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be initialized
+ * @param mask bitmask describing the channel layout
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) for invalid mask values
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_from_mask(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, uint64_t mask);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a channel layout from a given string description.
+ * The input string can be represented by:
+ * - the formal channel layout name (returned by av_channel_layout_describe())
+ * - single or multiple channel names (returned by av_channel_name(), eg. "FL",
+ * or concatenated with "+", each optionally containing a custom name after
+ * a "@", eg. "FL@Left+FR@Right+LFE")
+ * - a decimal or hexadecimal value of a native channel layout (eg. "4" or "0x4")
+ * - the number of channels with default layout (eg. "4c")
+ * - the number of unordered channels (eg. "4C" or "4 channels")
+ * - the ambisonic order followed by optional non-diegetic channels (eg.
+ * "ambisonic 2+stereo")
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @param str string describing the channel layout
+ * @return 0 channel layout was detected, AVERROR_INVALIDATATA otherwise
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_from_string(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+ const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Get the default channel layout for a given number of channels.
+ *
+ * @param ch_layout the layout structure to be initialized
+ * @param nb_channels number of channels
+ */
+void av_channel_layout_default(AVChannelLayout *ch_layout, int nb_channels);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all standard channel layouts.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavutil will store the iteration state. Must
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the standard channel layout or NULL when the iteration is
+ * finished
+ */
+const AVChannelLayout *av_channel_layout_standard(void **opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Free any allocated data in the channel layout and reset the channel
+ * count to 0.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be uninitialized
+ */
+void av_channel_layout_uninit(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Make a copy of a channel layout. This differs from just assigning src to dst
+ * in that it allocates and copies the map for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM.
+ *
+ * @note the destination channel_layout will be always uninitialized before copy.
+ *
+ * @param dst destination channel layout
+ * @param src source channel layout
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_copy(AVChannelLayout *dst, const AVChannelLayout *src);
+
+/**
+ * Get a human-readable string describing the channel layout properties.
+ * The string will be in the same format that is accepted by
+ * @ref av_channel_layout_from_string(), allowing to rebuild the same
+ * channel layout, except for opaque pointers.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout channel layout to be described
+ * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer.
+ * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR
+ * on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the
+ * string was truncated.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_describe(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+ char *buf, size_t buf_size);
+
+/**
+ * bprint variant of av_channel_layout_describe().
+ *
+ * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer.
+ * @return 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR value on failure.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_describe_bprint(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+ struct AVBPrint *bp);
+
+/**
+ * Get the channel with the given index in a channel layout.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @param idx index of the channel
+ * @return channel with the index idx in channel_layout on success or
+ * AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if idx is not valid or the channel order is
+ * unspecified)
+ */
+enum AVChannel
+av_channel_layout_channel_from_index(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, unsigned int idx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the index of a given channel in a channel layout. In case multiple
+ * channels are found, only the first match will be returned.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @param channel the channel whose index to obtain
+ * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success or a negative number if
+ * channel is not present in channel_layout.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_index_from_channel(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+ enum AVChannel channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the index in a channel layout of a channel described by the given string.
+ * In case multiple channels are found, only the first match will be returned.
+ *
+ * This function accepts channel names in the same format as
+ * @ref av_channel_from_string().
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @param name string describing the channel whose index to obtain
+ * @return a channel index described by the given string, or a negative AVERROR
+ * value.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_index_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+ const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Get a channel described by the given string.
+ *
+ * This function accepts channel names in the same format as
+ * @ref av_channel_from_string().
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @param name string describing the channel to obtain
+ * @return a channel described by the given string in channel_layout on success
+ * or AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if the string is not valid or the channel
+ * order is unspecified)
+ */
+enum AVChannel
+av_channel_layout_channel_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+ const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Find out what channels from a given set are present in a channel layout,
+ * without regard for their positions.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @param mask a combination of AV_CH_* representing a set of channels
+ * @return a bitfield representing all the channels from mask that are present
+ * in channel_layout
+ */
+uint64_t av_channel_layout_subset(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+ uint64_t mask);
+
+/**
+ * Check whether a channel layout is valid, i.e. can possibly describe audio
+ * data.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @return 1 if channel_layout is valid, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_check(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Check whether two channel layouts are semantically the same, i.e. the same
+ * channels are present on the same positions in both.
+ *
+ * If one of the channel layouts is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, while the other is
+ * not, they are considered to be unequal. If both are AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC,
+ * they are considered equal iff the channel counts are the same in both.
+ *
+ * @param chl input channel layout
+ * @param chl1 input channel layout
+ * @return 0 if chl and chl1 are equal, 1 if they are not equal. A negative
+ * AVERROR code if one or both are invalid.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_compare(const AVChannelLayout *chl, const AVChannelLayout *chl1);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/common.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/common.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fd1404be6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,578 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * common internal and external API header
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H
+#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C)
+#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "macros.h"
+
+//rounded division & shift
+#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b))
+/* assume b>0 */
+#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>=0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b))
+/* Fast a/(1<<b) rounded toward +inf. Assume a>=0 and b>=0 */
+#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \
+ : ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b))
+/* Backwards compat. */
+#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT
+
+#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b))
+#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b))
+
+/**
+ * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they
+ * are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same
+ * as with *abs()
+ * @see FFNABS()
+ */
+#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
+#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1)
+
+/**
+ * Negative Absolute value.
+ * this works for all integers of all types.
+ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have
+ * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior.
+ */
+#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
+
+/**
+ * Unsigned Absolute value.
+ * This takes the absolute value of a signed int and returns it as a unsigned.
+ * This also works with INT_MIN which would otherwise not be representable
+ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice.
+ */
+#define FFABSU(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(unsigned)(a) : (unsigned)(a))
+#define FFABS64U(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(uint64_t)(a) : (uint64_t)(a))
+
+/* misc math functions */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+# include "intmath.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_ceil_log2
+# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip
+# define av_clip av_clip_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip64
+# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uint8
+# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_int8
+# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uint16
+# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_int16
+# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipl_int32
+# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_intp2
+# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uintp2
+# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_mod_uintp2
+# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_add32
+# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_dadd32
+# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_sub32
+# define av_sat_sub32 av_sat_sub32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_dsub32
+# define av_sat_dsub32 av_sat_dsub32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_add64
+# define av_sat_add64 av_sat_add64_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_sub64
+# define av_sat_sub64 av_sat_sub64_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipf
+# define av_clipf av_clipf_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipd
+# define av_clipd av_clipd_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_popcount
+# define av_popcount av_popcount_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_popcount64
+# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_parity
+# define av_parity av_parity_c
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_log2
+av_const int av_log2(unsigned v);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_log2_16bit
+av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+ if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+ if (a < amin) return amin;
+ else if (a > amax) return amax;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+ if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+ if (a < amin) return amin;
+ else if (a > amax) return amax;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a)
+{
+ if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a)
+{
+ if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a)
+{
+ if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a)
+{
+ if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a)
+{
+ if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF);
+ else return (int32_t)a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param p bit position to clip at
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p)
+{
+ if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1))
+ return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1);
+ else
+ return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param p bit position to clip at
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p)
+{
+ if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return (~a) >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1);
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clear high bits from an unsigned integer starting with specific bit position
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param p bit position to clip at
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_mod_uintp2_c(unsigned a, unsigned p)
+{
+ return a & ((1U << p) - 1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
+ *
+ * @param a one value
+ * @param b another value
+ * @return sum with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b)
+{
+ return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a + b);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Add a doubled value to another value with saturation at both stages.
+ *
+ * @param a first value
+ * @param b value doubled and added to a
+ * @return sum sat(a + sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b)
+{
+ return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Subtract two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
+ *
+ * @param a one value
+ * @param b another value
+ * @return difference with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_sub32_c(int a, int b)
+{
+ return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a - b);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Subtract a doubled value from another value with saturation at both stages.
+ *
+ * @param a first value
+ * @param b value doubled and subtracted from a
+ * @return difference sat(a - sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_dsub32_c(int a, int b)
+{
+ return av_sat_sub32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Add two signed 64-bit values with saturation.
+ *
+ * @param a one value
+ * @param b another value
+ * @return sum with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_add64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) {
+#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5,1)) || AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_add_overflow)
+ int64_t tmp;
+ return !__builtin_add_overflow(a, b, &tmp) ? tmp : (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN);
+#else
+ int64_t s = a+(uint64_t)b;
+ if ((int64_t)(a^b | ~s^b) >= 0)
+ return INT64_MAX ^ (b >> 63);
+ return s;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * Subtract two signed 64-bit values with saturation.
+ *
+ * @param a one value
+ * @param b another value
+ * @return difference with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_sub64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) {
+#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5,1)) || AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_sub_overflow)
+ int64_t tmp;
+ return !__builtin_sub_overflow(a, b, &tmp) ? tmp : (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN);
+#else
+ if (b <= 0 && a >= INT64_MAX + b)
+ return INT64_MAX;
+ if (b >= 0 && a <= INT64_MIN + b)
+ return INT64_MIN;
+ return a - b;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a float value into the amin-amax range.
+ * If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned.
+ * If a is +inf amax will be returned.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+ if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+ return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range.
+ * If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned.
+ * If a is +inf amax will be returned.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+ if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+ return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax);
+}
+
+/** Compute ceil(log2(x)).
+ * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x))
+ * @return computed ceiling of log2(x)
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x)
+{
+ return av_log2((x - 1U) << 1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Count number of bits set to one in x
+ * @param x value to count bits of
+ * @return the number of bits set to one in x
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x)
+{
+ x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555;
+ x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333);
+ x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F;
+ x += x >> 8;
+ return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Count number of bits set to one in x
+ * @param x value to count bits of
+ * @return the number of bits set to one in x
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
+{
+ return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32));
+}
+
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v)
+{
+ return av_popcount(v) & 1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
+ *
+ * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
+ * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input.
+ * Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently
+ * assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer
+ * input, this could be *ptr++, or if you want to make sure
+ * that *ptr stops at the end of a NULL terminated string then
+ * *ptr ? *ptr++ : 0
+ * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
+ * typically a goto statement.
+ *
+ * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which
+ * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an
+ * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order
+ * to prevent undefined results.
+ */
+#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\
+ val= (GET_BYTE);\
+ {\
+ uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\
+ if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\
+ {ERROR}\
+ while (val & top) {\
+ unsigned int tmp = (GET_BYTE) - 128;\
+ if(tmp>>6)\
+ {ERROR}\
+ val= (val<<6) + tmp;\
+ top <<= 5;\
+ }\
+ val &= (top << 1) - 1;\
+ }
+
+/**
+ * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
+ *
+ * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
+ * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted
+ * to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times.
+ * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
+ * typically a goto statement.
+ */
+#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\
+ val = (GET_16BIT);\
+ {\
+ unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\
+ if (hi < 0x800) {\
+ val = (GET_16BIT) - 0xDC00;\
+ if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\
+ {ERROR}\
+ val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\
+ }\
+ }\
+
+/**
+ * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)
+ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long).
+ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
+ * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If
+ * val is given as a function it is executed only once.
+ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It
+ * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
+ * output by PUT_BYTE.
+ * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination.
+ * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte.
+ * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be
+ * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to
+ * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted
+ * Unicode character.
+ */
+#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\
+ {\
+ int bytes, shift;\
+ uint32_t in = val;\
+ if (in < 0x80) {\
+ tmp = in;\
+ PUT_BYTE\
+ } else {\
+ bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\
+ shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\
+ tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\
+ PUT_BYTE\
+ while (shift >= 6) {\
+ shift -= 6;\
+ tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\
+ PUT_BYTE\
+ }\
+ }\
+ }
+
+/**
+ * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)
+ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes).
+ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
+ * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If
+ * val is given as a function it is executed only once.
+ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It
+ * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
+ * output by PUT_16BIT.
+ * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination
+ * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp
+ * as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;"
+ * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character.
+ */
+#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\
+ {\
+ uint32_t in = val;\
+ if (in < 0x10000) {\
+ tmp = in;\
+ PUT_16BIT\
+ } else {\
+ tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\
+ PUT_16BIT\
+ tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\
+ PUT_16BIT\
+ }\
+ }\
+
+
+
+#include "mem.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+# include "internal.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/cpu.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/cpu.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8fa5ea919
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/cpu.h
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H
+#define AVUTIL_CPU_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */
+
+ /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster
+ ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster
+ ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512 0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM registers aren't used
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512ICL 0x200000 ///< F/CD/BW/DQ/VL/VNNI/IFMA/VBMI/VBMI2/VPOPCNTDQ/BITALG/GFNI/VAES/VPCLMULQDQ
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SLOW_GATHER 0x2000000 ///< CPU has slow gathers.
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16)
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMI (1 << 0)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MSA (1 << 1)
+
+//Loongarch SIMD extension.
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LSX (1 << 0)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LASX (1 << 1)
+
+// RISC-V extensions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVI (1 << 0) ///< I (full GPR bank)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVF (1 << 1) ///< F (single precision FP)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVD (1 << 2) ///< D (double precision FP)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_I32 (1 << 3) ///< Vectors of 8/16/32-bit int's */
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_F32 (1 << 4) ///< Vectors of float's */
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_I64 (1 << 5) ///< Vectors of 64-bit int's */
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_F64 (1 << 6) ///< Vectors of double's
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVB_BASIC (1 << 7) ///< Basic bit-manipulations
+
+/**
+ * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU.
+ * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used
+ * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to
+ * detect the enabled cpu flags.
+ */
+int av_get_cpu_flags(void);
+
+/**
+ * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags.
+ * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags.
+ */
+void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that.
+ *
+ * @return negative on error.
+ */
+int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * @return the number of logical CPU cores present.
+ */
+int av_cpu_count(void);
+
+/**
+ * Overrides cpu count detection and forces the specified count.
+ * Count < 1 disables forcing of specific count.
+ */
+void av_cpu_force_count(int count);
+
+/**
+ * Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask,
+ * so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with
+ * --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through
+ * av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not
+ * present.
+ */
+size_t av_cpu_max_align(void);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/crc.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/crc.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7f59812a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/crc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_crc32
+ * Public header for CRC hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H
+#define AVUTIL_CRC_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * This module supports numerous CRC polynomials, in addition to the most
+ * widely used CRC-32-IEEE. See @ref AVCRCId for a list of available
+ * polynomials.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef uint32_t AVCRC;
+
+typedef enum {
+ AV_CRC_8_ATM,
+ AV_CRC_16_ANSI,
+ AV_CRC_16_CCITT,
+ AV_CRC_32_IEEE,
+ AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */
+ AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */
+ AV_CRC_24_IEEE,
+ AV_CRC_8_EBU,
+ AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */
+}AVCRCId;
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a CRC table.
+ * @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024
+ * @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest
+ * exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and
+ * actual CRC).
+ * If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc
+ * if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in
+ * most cases to e.g. bswap16):
+ * av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits))
+ * @param bits number of bits for the CRC
+ * @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the
+ * representation as specified by le
+ * @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes
+ * @return <0 on failure
+ */
+int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size);
+
+/**
+ * Get an initialized standard CRC table.
+ * @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC
+ * @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure
+ */
+const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the CRC of a block.
+ * @param ctx initialized AVCRC array (see av_crc_init())
+ * @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC
+ * @param buffer buffer whose CRC to calculate
+ * @param length length of the buffer
+ * @return CRC updated with the data from the given block
+ *
+ * @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter
+ */
+uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc,
+ const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/csp.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/csp.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..73bce52bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/csp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2015 Kevin Wheatley <[email protected]>
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Ronald S. Bultje <[email protected]>
+ * Copyright (c) 2023 Leo Izen <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CSP_H
+#define AVUTIL_CSP_H
+
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Colorspace value utility functions for libavutil.
+ * @ingroup lavu_math_csp
+ * @author Ronald S. Bultje <[email protected]>
+ * @author Leo Izen <[email protected]>
+ * @author Kevin Wheatley <[email protected]>
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_math_csp Colorspace Utility
+ * @ingroup lavu_math
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Struct containing luma coefficients to be used for RGB to YUV/YCoCg, or similar
+ * calculations.
+ */
+typedef struct AVLumaCoefficients {
+ AVRational cr, cg, cb;
+} AVLumaCoefficients;
+
+/**
+ * Struct containing chromaticity x and y values for the standard CIE 1931
+ * chromaticity definition.
+ */
+typedef struct AVCIExy {
+ AVRational x, y;
+} AVCIExy;
+
+/**
+ * Struct defining the red, green, and blue primary locations in terms of CIE
+ * 1931 chromaticity x and y.
+ */
+typedef struct AVPrimaryCoefficients {
+ AVCIExy r, g, b;
+} AVPrimaryCoefficients;
+
+/**
+ * Struct defining white point location in terms of CIE 1931 chromaticity x
+ * and y.
+ */
+typedef AVCIExy AVWhitepointCoefficients;
+
+/**
+ * Struct that contains both white point location and primaries location, providing
+ * the complete description of a color gamut.
+ */
+typedef struct AVColorPrimariesDesc {
+ AVWhitepointCoefficients wp;
+ AVPrimaryCoefficients prim;
+} AVColorPrimariesDesc;
+
+/**
+ * Function pointer representing a double -> double transfer function that performs
+ * an EOTF transfer inversion. This function outputs linear light.
+ */
+typedef double (*av_csp_trc_function)(double);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieves the Luma coefficients necessary to construct a conversion matrix
+ * from an enum constant describing the colorspace.
+ * @param csp An enum constant indicating YUV or similar colorspace.
+ * @return The Luma coefficients associated with that colorspace, or NULL
+ * if the constant is unknown to libavutil.
+ */
+const AVLumaCoefficients *av_csp_luma_coeffs_from_avcsp(enum AVColorSpace csp);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieves a complete gamut description from an enum constant describing the
+ * color primaries.
+ * @param prm An enum constant indicating primaries
+ * @return A description of the colorspace gamut associated with that enum
+ * constant, or NULL if the constant is unknown to libavutil.
+ */
+const AVColorPrimariesDesc *av_csp_primaries_desc_from_id(enum AVColorPrimaries prm);
+
+/**
+ * Detects which enum AVColorPrimaries constant corresponds to the given complete
+ * gamut description.
+ * @see enum AVColorPrimaries
+ * @param prm A description of the colorspace gamut
+ * @return The enum constant associated with this gamut, or
+ * AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED if no clear match can be idenitified.
+ */
+enum AVColorPrimaries av_csp_primaries_id_from_desc(const AVColorPrimariesDesc *prm);
+
+/**
+ * Determine a suitable 'gamma' value to match the supplied
+ * AVColorTransferCharacteristic.
+ *
+ * See Apple Technical Note TN2257 (https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/technotes/tn2257/_index.html)
+ *
+ * This function returns the gamma exponent for the OETF. For example, sRGB is approximated
+ * by gamma 2.2, not by gamma 0.45455.
+ *
+ * @return Will return an approximation to the simple gamma function matching
+ * the supplied Transfer Characteristic, Will return 0.0 for any
+ * we cannot reasonably match against.
+ */
+double av_csp_approximate_trc_gamma(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic trc);
+
+/**
+ * Determine the function needed to apply the given
+ * AVColorTransferCharacteristic to linear input.
+ *
+ * The function returned should expect a nominal domain and range of [0.0-1.0]
+ * values outside of this range maybe valid depending on the chosen
+ * characteristic function.
+ *
+ * @return Will return pointer to the function matching the
+ * supplied Transfer Characteristic. If unspecified will
+ * return NULL:
+ */
+av_csp_trc_function av_csp_trc_func_from_id(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic trc);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CSP_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/des.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/des.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a3e6fa47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/des.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ * DES encryption/decryption
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 Reimar Doeffinger
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DES_H
+#define AVUTIL_DES_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_des DES
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVDES {
+ uint64_t round_keys[3][16];
+ int triple_des;
+} AVDES;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVDES context.
+ */
+AVDES *av_des_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes an AVDES context.
+ *
+ * @param d pointer to a AVDES structure to initialize
+ * @param key pointer to the key to use
+ * @param key_bits must be 64 or 192
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption/CBC-MAC, 1 for decryption
+ * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise
+ */
+int av_des_init(struct AVDES *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the DES algorithm.
+ *
+ * @param d pointer to the AVDES structure
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used,
+ * must be 8-byte aligned
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_des_crypt(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Calculates CBC-MAC using the DES algorithm.
+ *
+ * @param d pointer to the AVDES structure
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ */
+void av_des_mac(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DES_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/detection_bbox.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/detection_bbox.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..011988052
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/detection_bbox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DETECTION_BBOX_H
+#define AVUTIL_DETECTION_BBOX_H
+
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "avassert.h"
+#include "frame.h"
+
+typedef struct AVDetectionBBox {
+ /**
+ * Distance in pixels from the left/top edge of the frame,
+ * together with width and height, defining the bounding box.
+ */
+ int x;
+ int y;
+ int w;
+ int h;
+
+#define AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE 64
+
+ /**
+ * Detect result with confidence
+ */
+ char detect_label[AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE];
+ AVRational detect_confidence;
+
+ /**
+ * At most 4 classifications based on the detected bounding box.
+ * For example, we can get max 4 different attributes with 4 different
+ * DNN models on one bounding box.
+ * classify_count is zero if no classification.
+ */
+#define AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY 4
+ uint32_t classify_count;
+ char classify_labels[AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY][AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE];
+ AVRational classify_confidences[AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY];
+} AVDetectionBBox;
+
+typedef struct AVDetectionBBoxHeader {
+ /**
+ * Information about how the bounding box is generated.
+ * for example, the DNN model name.
+ */
+ char source[256];
+
+ /**
+ * Number of bounding boxes in the array.
+ */
+ uint32_t nb_bboxes;
+
+ /**
+ * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which
+ * the array of bounding boxes starts.
+ */
+ size_t bboxes_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * Size of each bounding box in bytes.
+ */
+ size_t bbox_size;
+} AVDetectionBBoxHeader;
+
+/*
+ * Get the bounding box at the specified {@code idx}. Must be between 0 and nb_bboxes.
+ */
+static av_always_inline AVDetectionBBox *
+av_get_detection_bbox(const AVDetectionBBoxHeader *header, unsigned int idx)
+{
+ av_assert0(idx < header->nb_bboxes);
+ return (AVDetectionBBox *)((uint8_t *)header + header->bboxes_offset +
+ idx * header->bbox_size);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Allocates memory for AVDetectionBBoxHeader, plus an array of {@code nb_bboxes}
+ * AVDetectionBBox, and initializes the variables.
+ * Can be freed with a normal av_free() call.
+ *
+ * @param nb_bboxes number of AVDetectionBBox structures to allocate
+ * @param out_size if non-NULL, the size in bytes of the resulting data array is
+ * written here.
+ */
+AVDetectionBBoxHeader *av_detection_bbox_alloc(uint32_t nb_bboxes, size_t *out_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocates memory for AVDetectionBBoxHeader, plus an array of {@code nb_bboxes}
+ * AVDetectionBBox, in the given AVFrame {@code frame} as AVFrameSideData of type
+ * AV_FRAME_DATA_DETECTION_BBOXES and initializes the variables.
+ */
+AVDetectionBBoxHeader *av_detection_bbox_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame, uint32_t nb_bboxes);
+#endif
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/dict.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/dict.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..713c9e361
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/dict.h
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Public dictionary API.
+ * @deprecated
+ * AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in
+ * implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is
+ * extremely slow with large dictionaries.
+ * It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h
+ * where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H
+#define AVUTIL_DICT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @brief Simple key:value store
+ *
+ * @{
+ * Dictionaries are used for storing key-value pairs.
+ *
+ * - To **create an AVDictionary**, simply pass an address of a NULL
+ * pointer to av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary
+ * wherever a pointer to an AVDictionary is required.
+ * - To **insert an entry**, use av_dict_set().
+ * - Use av_dict_get() to **retrieve an entry**.
+ * - To **iterate over all entries**, use av_dict_iterate().
+ * - In order to **free the dictionary and all its contents**, use av_dict_free().
+ *
+ @code
+ AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary
+ AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL;
+
+ av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry
+
+ char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated,
+ char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this
+ av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL);
+
+ while ((t = av_dict_iterate(d, t))) {
+ <....> // iterate over all entries in d
+ }
+ av_dict_free(&d);
+ @endcode
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @name AVDictionary Flags
+ * Flags that influence behavior of the matching of keys or insertion to the dictionary.
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
+#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key,
+ ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been
+ allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been
+ allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 /**< Don't overwrite existing entries. */
+#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no
+ delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
+#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry {
+ char *key;
+ char *value;
+} AVDictionaryEntry;
+
+typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Get a dictionary entry with matching key.
+ *
+ * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will
+ * cause undefined behavior.
+ *
+ * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
+ * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
+ * @param key Matching key
+ * @param flags A collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the
+ * entry is retrieved
+ *
+ * @return Found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary
+ */
+AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key,
+ const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over a dictionary
+ *
+ * Iterates through all entries in the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @warning The returned AVDictionaryEntry key/value must not be changed.
+ *
+ * @warning As av_dict_set() invalidates all previous entries returned
+ * by this function, it must not be called while iterating over the dict.
+ *
+ * Typical usage:
+ * @code
+ * const AVDictionaryEntry *e = NULL;
+ * while ((e = av_dict_iterate(m, e))) {
+ * // ...
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param m The dictionary to iterate over
+ * @param prev Pointer to the previous AVDictionaryEntry, NULL initially
+ *
+ * @retval AVDictionaryEntry* The next element in the dictionary
+ * @retval NULL No more elements in the dictionary
+ */
+const AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_iterate(const AVDictionary *m,
+ const AVDictionaryEntry *prev);
+
+/**
+ * Get number of entries in dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param m dictionary
+ * @return number of entries in dictionary
+ */
+int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m);
+
+/**
+ * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry.
+ *
+ * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set,
+ * these arguments will be freed on error.
+ *
+ * @warning Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries
+ * previously returned with av_dict_get() or av_dict_iterate().
+ *
+ * @param pm Pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
+ * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
+ * @param key Entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags)
+ * @param value Entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags).
+ * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
+ */
+int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set() that converts the value to a string
+ * and stores it.
+ *
+ * Note: If ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error.
+ */
+int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary.
+ *
+ * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in
+ * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param key_val_sep A 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * key from value
+ * @param pairs_sep A 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * two pairs from each other
+ * @param flags Flags to use when adding to the dictionary.
+ * ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL
+ * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always
+ * be duplicated.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str,
+ const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
+ int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another.
+ *
+ * @note Metadata is read using the ::AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag
+ *
+ * @param dst Pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct to copy into. If *dst is NULL,
+ * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst
+ * @param src Pointer to the source AVDictionary struct to copy items from.
+ * @param flags Flags to use when setting entries in *dst
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated
+ * by this function, callers should free the associated memory.
+ */
+int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct
+ * and all keys and values.
+ */
+void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m);
+
+/**
+ * Get dictionary entries as a string.
+ *
+ * Create a string containing dictionary's entries.
+ * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string().
+ * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\').
+ *
+ * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
+ *
+ * @param[in] m The dictionary
+ * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries.
+ * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
+ * @param[in] key_val_sep Character used to separate key from value
+ * @param[in] pairs_sep Character used to separate two pairs from each other
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error
+ */
+int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer,
+ const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/display.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/display.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50f2b44ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/display.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Vittorio Giovara <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_video_display
+ * Display matrix
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
+#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_video_display Display transformation matrix functions
+ * @ingroup lavu_video
+ *
+ * The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that
+ * should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible
+ * with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format.
+ *
+ * The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array:
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * | a b u |
+ * (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v |
+ * | x y w |
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values,
+ * except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values.
+ *
+ * The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation)
+ * frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as
+ * follows:
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * | a b u |
+ * (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1)
+ * | x y w |
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as
+ * follows:
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z;
+ * q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z;
+ * z = u * p + v * q + w
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Extract the rotation component of the transformation matrix.
+ *
+ * @param matrix the transformation matrix
+ * @return the angle (in degrees) by which the transformation rotates the frame
+ * counterclockwise. The angle will be in range [-180.0, 180.0],
+ * or NaN if the matrix is singular.
+ *
+ * @note floating point numbers are inherently inexact, so callers are
+ * recommended to round the return value to nearest integer before use.
+ */
+double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure clockwise
+ * rotation by the specified angle (in degrees).
+ *
+ * @param[out] matrix a transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten
+ * by this function)
+ * @param angle rotation angle in degrees.
+ */
+void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle);
+
+/**
+ * Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] matrix a transformation matrix
+ * @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally
+ * @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically
+ */
+void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/dovi_meta.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/dovi_meta.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3d11e02bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/dovi_meta.h
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2020 Vacing Fang <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * DOVI configuration
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H
+#define AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/*
+ * DOVI configuration
+ * ref: dolby-vision-bitstreams-within-the-iso-base-media-file-format-v2.1.2
+ dolby-vision-bitstreams-in-mpeg-2-transport-stream-multiplex-v1.2
+ * @code
+ * uint8_t dv_version_major, the major version number that the stream complies with
+ * uint8_t dv_version_minor, the minor version number that the stream complies with
+ * uint8_t dv_profile, the Dolby Vision profile
+ * uint8_t dv_level, the Dolby Vision level
+ * uint8_t rpu_present_flag
+ * uint8_t el_present_flag
+ * uint8_t bl_present_flag
+ * uint8_t dv_bl_signal_compatibility_id
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @note The struct must be allocated with av_dovi_alloc() and
+ * its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord {
+ uint8_t dv_version_major;
+ uint8_t dv_version_minor;
+ uint8_t dv_profile;
+ uint8_t dv_level;
+ uint8_t rpu_present_flag;
+ uint8_t el_present_flag;
+ uint8_t bl_present_flag;
+ uint8_t dv_bl_signal_compatibility_id;
+} AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord structure and initialize its
+ * fields to default values.
+ *
+ * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
+ */
+AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord *av_dovi_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * Dolby Vision RPU data header.
+ *
+ * @note sizeof(AVDOVIRpuDataHeader) is not part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDOVIRpuDataHeader {
+ uint8_t rpu_type;
+ uint16_t rpu_format;
+ uint8_t vdr_rpu_profile;
+ uint8_t vdr_rpu_level;
+ uint8_t chroma_resampling_explicit_filter_flag;
+ uint8_t coef_data_type; /* informative, lavc always converts to fixed */
+ uint8_t coef_log2_denom;
+ uint8_t vdr_rpu_normalized_idc;
+ uint8_t bl_video_full_range_flag;
+ uint8_t bl_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */
+ uint8_t el_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */
+ uint8_t vdr_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */
+ uint8_t spatial_resampling_filter_flag;
+ uint8_t el_spatial_resampling_filter_flag;
+ uint8_t disable_residual_flag;
+} AVDOVIRpuDataHeader;
+
+enum AVDOVIMappingMethod {
+ AV_DOVI_MAPPING_POLYNOMIAL = 0,
+ AV_DOVI_MAPPING_MMR = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Coefficients of a piece-wise function. The pieces of the function span the
+ * value ranges between two adjacent pivot values.
+ */
+#define AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES 8
+typedef struct AVDOVIReshapingCurve {
+ uint8_t num_pivots; /* [2, 9] */
+ uint16_t pivots[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES + 1]; /* sorted ascending */
+ enum AVDOVIMappingMethod mapping_idc[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES];
+ /* AV_DOVI_MAPPING_POLYNOMIAL */
+ uint8_t poly_order[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; /* [1, 2] */
+ int64_t poly_coef[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES][3]; /* x^0, x^1, x^2 */
+ /* AV_DOVI_MAPPING_MMR */
+ uint8_t mmr_order[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; /* [1, 3] */
+ int64_t mmr_constant[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES];
+ int64_t mmr_coef[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES][3/* order - 1 */][7];
+} AVDOVIReshapingCurve;
+
+enum AVDOVINLQMethod {
+ AV_DOVI_NLQ_NONE = -1,
+ AV_DOVI_NLQ_LINEAR_DZ = 0,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Coefficients of the non-linear inverse quantization. For the interpretation
+ * of these, see ETSI GS CCM 001.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDOVINLQParams {
+ uint16_t nlq_offset;
+ uint64_t vdr_in_max;
+ /* AV_DOVI_NLQ_LINEAR_DZ */
+ uint64_t linear_deadzone_slope;
+ uint64_t linear_deadzone_threshold;
+} AVDOVINLQParams;
+
+/**
+ * Dolby Vision RPU data mapping parameters.
+ *
+ * @note sizeof(AVDOVIDataMapping) is not part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDOVIDataMapping {
+ uint8_t vdr_rpu_id;
+ uint8_t mapping_color_space;
+ uint8_t mapping_chroma_format_idc;
+ AVDOVIReshapingCurve curves[3]; /* per component */
+
+ /* Non-linear inverse quantization */
+ enum AVDOVINLQMethod nlq_method_idc;
+ uint32_t num_x_partitions;
+ uint32_t num_y_partitions;
+ AVDOVINLQParams nlq[3]; /* per component */
+} AVDOVIDataMapping;
+
+/**
+ * Dolby Vision RPU colorspace metadata parameters.
+ *
+ * @note sizeof(AVDOVIColorMetadata) is not part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDOVIColorMetadata {
+ uint8_t dm_metadata_id;
+ uint8_t scene_refresh_flag;
+
+ /**
+ * Coefficients of the custom Dolby Vision IPT-PQ matrices. These are to be
+ * used instead of the matrices indicated by the frame's colorspace tags.
+ * The output of rgb_to_lms_matrix is to be fed into a BT.2020 LMS->RGB
+ * matrix based on a Hunt-Pointer-Estevez transform, but without any
+ * crosstalk. (See the definition of the ICtCp colorspace for more
+ * information.)
+ */
+ AVRational ycc_to_rgb_matrix[9]; /* before PQ linearization */
+ AVRational ycc_to_rgb_offset[3]; /* input offset of neutral value */
+ AVRational rgb_to_lms_matrix[9]; /* after PQ linearization */
+
+ /**
+ * Extra signal metadata (see Dolby patents for more info).
+ */
+ uint16_t signal_eotf;
+ uint16_t signal_eotf_param0;
+ uint16_t signal_eotf_param1;
+ uint32_t signal_eotf_param2;
+ uint8_t signal_bit_depth;
+ uint8_t signal_color_space;
+ uint8_t signal_chroma_format;
+ uint8_t signal_full_range_flag; /* [0, 3] */
+ uint16_t source_min_pq;
+ uint16_t source_max_pq;
+ uint16_t source_diagonal;
+} AVDOVIColorMetadata;
+
+/**
+ * Combined struct representing a combination of header, mapping and color
+ * metadata, for attaching to frames as side data.
+ *
+ * @note The struct must be allocated with av_dovi_metadata_alloc() and
+ * its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVDOVIMetadata {
+ /**
+ * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which the
+ * respective structs start.
+ */
+ size_t header_offset; /* AVDOVIRpuDataHeader */
+ size_t mapping_offset; /* AVDOVIDataMapping */
+ size_t color_offset; /* AVDOVIColorMetadata */
+} AVDOVIMetadata;
+
+static av_always_inline AVDOVIRpuDataHeader *
+av_dovi_get_header(const AVDOVIMetadata *data)
+{
+ return (AVDOVIRpuDataHeader *)((uint8_t *) data + data->header_offset);
+}
+
+static av_always_inline AVDOVIDataMapping *
+av_dovi_get_mapping(const AVDOVIMetadata *data)
+{
+ return (AVDOVIDataMapping *)((uint8_t *) data + data->mapping_offset);
+}
+
+static av_always_inline AVDOVIColorMetadata *
+av_dovi_get_color(const AVDOVIMetadata *data)
+{
+ return (AVDOVIColorMetadata *)((uint8_t *) data + data->color_offset);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVDOVIMetadata structure and initialize its
+ * fields to default values.
+ *
+ * @param size If this parameter is non-NULL, the size in bytes of the
+ * allocated struct will be written here on success
+ *
+ * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
+ */
+AVDOVIMetadata *av_dovi_metadata_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/downmix_info.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/downmix_info.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..221cf5bf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/downmix_info.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Tim Walker <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H
+
+#include "frame.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * audio downmix medatata
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup downmix_info Audio downmix metadata
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Possible downmix types.
+ */
+enum AVDownmixType {
+ AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /**< Not indicated. */
+ AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LORO, /**< Lo/Ro 2-channel downmix (Stereo). */
+ AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LTRT, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Surround compatible. */
+ AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_DPLII, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Pro Logic II compatible. */
+ AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_NB /**< Number of downmix types. Not part of ABI. */
+};
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes optional metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
+ *
+ * All fields are set by the decoder to the value indicated in the audio
+ * bitstream (if present), or to a "sane" default otherwise.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDownmixInfo {
+ /**
+ * Type of downmix preferred by the mastering engineer.
+ */
+ enum AVDownmixType preferred_downmix_type;
+
+ /**
+ * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center
+ * channel during a regular downmix.
+ */
+ double center_mix_level;
+
+ /**
+ * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center
+ * channel during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix.
+ */
+ double center_mix_level_ltrt;
+
+ /**
+ * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround
+ * channels during a regular downmix.
+ */
+ double surround_mix_level;
+
+ /**
+ * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround
+ * channels during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix.
+ */
+ double surround_mix_level_ltrt;
+
+ /**
+ * Absolute scale factor representing the level at which the LFE data is
+ * mixed into L/R channels during downmixing.
+ */
+ double lfe_mix_level;
+} AVDownmixInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Get a frame's AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO side data for editing.
+ *
+ * If the side data is absent, it is created and added to the frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame the frame for which the side data is to be obtained or created
+ *
+ * @return the AVDownmixInfo structure to be edited by the caller, or NULL if
+ * the structure cannot be allocated.
+ */
+AVDownmixInfo *av_downmix_info_update_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/encryption_info.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/encryption_info.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8fe7ebfe4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/encryption_info.h
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/**
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+typedef struct AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo {
+ /** The number of bytes that are clear. */
+ unsigned int bytes_of_clear_data;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of bytes that are protected. If using pattern encryption,
+ * the pattern applies to only the protected bytes; if not using pattern
+ * encryption, all these bytes are encrypted.
+ */
+ unsigned int bytes_of_protected_data;
+} AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo;
+
+/**
+ * This describes encryption info for a packet. This contains frame-specific
+ * info for how to decrypt the packet before passing it to the decoder.
+ *
+ * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVEncryptionInfo {
+ /** The fourcc encryption scheme, in big-endian byte order. */
+ uint32_t scheme;
+
+ /**
+ * Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks
+ * that are encrypted.
+ */
+ uint32_t crypt_byte_block;
+
+ /**
+ * Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks
+ * that are clear.
+ */
+ uint32_t skip_byte_block;
+
+ /**
+ * The ID of the key used to encrypt the packet. This should always be
+ * 16 bytes long, but may be changed in the future.
+ */
+ uint8_t *key_id;
+ uint32_t key_id_size;
+
+ /**
+ * The initialization vector. This may have been zero-filled to be the
+ * correct block size. This should always be 16 bytes long, but may be
+ * changed in the future.
+ */
+ uint8_t *iv;
+ uint32_t iv_size;
+
+ /**
+ * An array of subsample encryption info specifying how parts of the sample
+ * are encrypted. If there are no subsamples, then the whole sample is
+ * encrypted.
+ */
+ AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo *subsamples;
+ uint32_t subsample_count;
+} AVEncryptionInfo;
+
+/**
+ * This describes info used to initialize an encryption key system.
+ *
+ * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVEncryptionInitInfo {
+ /**
+ * A unique identifier for the key system this is for, can be NULL if it
+ * is not known. This should always be 16 bytes, but may change in the
+ * future.
+ */
+ uint8_t* system_id;
+ uint32_t system_id_size;
+
+ /**
+ * An array of key IDs this initialization data is for. All IDs are the
+ * same length. Can be NULL if there are no known key IDs.
+ */
+ uint8_t** key_ids;
+ /** The number of key IDs. */
+ uint32_t num_key_ids;
+ /**
+ * The number of bytes in each key ID. This should always be 16, but may
+ * change in the future.
+ */
+ uint32_t key_id_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Key-system specific initialization data. This data is copied directly
+ * from the file and the format depends on the specific key system. This
+ * can be NULL if there is no initialization data; in that case, there
+ * will be at least one key ID.
+ */
+ uint8_t* data;
+ uint32_t data_size;
+
+ /**
+ * An optional pointer to the next initialization info in the list.
+ */
+ struct AVEncryptionInitInfo *next;
+} AVEncryptionInitInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the given
+ * number of subsamples. This will allocate pointers for the key ID, IV,
+ * and subsample entries, set the size members, and zero-initialize the rest.
+ *
+ * @param subsample_count The number of subsamples.
+ * @param key_id_size The number of bytes in the key ID, should be 16.
+ * @param iv_size The number of bytes in the IV, should be 16.
+ *
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_alloc(uint32_t subsample_count, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t iv_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure with a copy of the given data.
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_clone(const AVEncryptionInfo *info);
+
+/**
+ * Frees the given encryption info object. This MUST NOT be used to free the
+ * side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods.
+ */
+void av_encryption_info_free(AVEncryptionInfo *info);
+
+/**
+ * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInfo that is contained in the given side
+ * data. The resulting object should be passed to av_encryption_info_free()
+ * when done.
+ *
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_get_side_data(const uint8_t *side_data, size_t side_data_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption
+ * info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or given
+ * to av_packet_add_side_data().
+ *
+ * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL.
+ */
+uint8_t *av_encryption_info_add_side_data(
+ const AVEncryptionInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size);
+
+
+/**
+ * Allocates an AVEncryptionInitInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the
+ * given sizes. This will allocate pointers and set all the fields.
+ *
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_alloc(
+ uint32_t system_id_size, uint32_t num_key_ids, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t data_size);
+
+/**
+ * Frees the given encryption init info object. This MUST NOT be used to free
+ * the side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods.
+ */
+void av_encryption_init_info_free(AVEncryptionInitInfo* info);
+
+/**
+ * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInitInfo that is contained in the given
+ * side data. The resulting object should be passed to
+ * av_encryption_init_info_free() when done.
+ *
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_get_side_data(
+ const uint8_t* side_data, size_t side_data_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption
+ * init info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or
+ * given to av_packet_add_side_data().
+ *
+ * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL.
+ */
+uint8_t *av_encryption_init_info_add_side_data(
+ const AVEncryptionInitInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/error.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/error.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d3269aa6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * error code definitions
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H
+#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#include "macros.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_error
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/* error handling */
+#if EDOM > 0
+#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions.
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value.
+#else
+/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */
+#define AVERROR(e) (e)
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (e)
+#endif
+
+#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d))
+
+#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found
+#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2
+#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small
+#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found
+#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found
+#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found
+#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file
+#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted
+#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library
+#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found
+#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input
+#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found
+#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found
+#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome
+#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found
+
+#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found
+/**
+ * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG
+ * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value.
+ */
+#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ')
+#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library
+#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it.
+#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED)
+#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED)
+/* HTTP & RTSP errors */
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X')
+
+#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64
+
+/**
+ * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf.
+ * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the
+ * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic
+ * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf.
+ *
+ * @param errnum error code to describe
+ * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written
+ * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum
+ * cannot be found
+ */
+int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size);
+
+/**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string
+ * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum.
+ *
+ * @param errbuf a buffer
+ * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf
+ * @param errnum error code to describe
+ * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description
+ * @see av_strerror()
+ */
+static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum)
+{
+ av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size);
+ return errbuf;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
+ * function arguments but never stand-alone.
+ */
+#define av_err2str(errnum) \
+ av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/eval.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/eval.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ee8cffb05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/eval.h
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * simple arithmetic expression evaluator
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H
+#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H
+
+typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr;
+
+/**
+ * Parse and evaluate an expression.
+ * Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval().
+ *
+ * @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of
+ * the expression, or NAN in case of error
+ * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
+ * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
+ * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names
+ * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
+ * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
+ * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
+ * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
+ * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
+ * @param log_offset log level offset, can be used to silence error messages
+ * @param log_ctx parent logging context
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s,
+ const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values,
+ const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
+ const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
+ void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Parse an expression.
+ *
+ * @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed
+ * value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise.
+ * The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user
+ * when it is not needed anymore.
+ * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
+ * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
+ * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
+ * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
+ * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
+ * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
+ * @param log_offset log level offset, can be used to silence error messages
+ * @param log_ctx parent logging context
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s,
+ const char * const *const_names,
+ const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
+ const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
+ int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Evaluate a previously parsed expression.
+ *
+ * @param e the AVExpr to evaluate
+ * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names
+ * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
+ * @return the value of the expression
+ */
+double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Track the presence of variables and their number of occurrences in a parsed expression
+ *
+ * @param e the AVExpr to track variables in
+ * @param counter a zero-initialized array where the count of each variable will be stored
+ * @param size size of array
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative value indicates that no expression or array was passed
+ * or size was zero
+ */
+int av_expr_count_vars(AVExpr *e, unsigned *counter, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Track the presence of user provided functions and their number of occurrences
+ * in a parsed expression.
+ *
+ * @param e the AVExpr to track user provided functions in
+ * @param counter a zero-initialized array where the count of each function will be stored
+ * if you passed 5 functions with 2 arguments to av_expr_parse()
+ * then for arg=2 this will use upto 5 entries.
+ * @param size size of array
+ * @param arg number of arguments the counted functions have
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative value indicates that no expression or array was passed
+ * or size was zero
+ */
+int av_expr_count_func(AVExpr *e, unsigned *counter, int size, int arg);
+
+/**
+ * Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse().
+ */
+void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If
+ * the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain
+ * an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a
+ * floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case,
+ * returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value
+ * of numstr.
+ *
+ * @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of
+ * the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M',
+ * 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used
+ * instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value by
+ * 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This
+ * allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix.
+ * @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next
+ * after the last parsed character
+ */
+double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/ffversion.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/ffversion.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..049e482b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/ffversion.h
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
+#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
+#define FFMPEG_VERSION "n5.2-dev-2485-g691d019899"
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/fifo.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/fifo.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..70f9376d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/fifo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,448 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_fifo
+ * A generic FIFO API
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_fifo AVFifo
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @{
+ * A generic FIFO API
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVFifo AVFifo;
+
+/**
+ * Callback for writing or reading from a FIFO, passed to (and invoked from) the
+ * av_fifo_*_cb() functions. It may be invoked multiple times from a single
+ * av_fifo_*_cb() call and may process less data than the maximum size indicated
+ * by nb_elems.
+ *
+ * @param opaque the opaque pointer provided to the av_fifo_*_cb() function
+ * @param buf the buffer for reading or writing the data, depending on which
+ * av_fifo_*_cb function is called
+ * @param nb_elems On entry contains the maximum number of elements that can be
+ * read from / written into buf. On success, the callback should
+ * update it to contain the number of elements actually written.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative error code on failure (will be returned from
+ * the invoking av_fifo_*_cb() function)
+ */
+typedef int AVFifoCB(void *opaque, void *buf, size_t *nb_elems);
+
+/**
+ * Automatically resize the FIFO on writes, so that the data fits. This
+ * automatic resizing happens up to a limit that can be modified with
+ * av_fifo_auto_grow_limit().
+ */
+#define AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize an AVFifo with a given element size.
+ *
+ * @param elems initial number of elements that can be stored in the FIFO
+ * @param elem_size Size in bytes of a single element. Further operations on
+ * the returned FIFO will implicitly use this element size.
+ * @param flags a combination of AV_FIFO_FLAG_*
+ *
+ * @return newly-allocated AVFifo on success, a negative error code on failure
+ */
+AVFifo *av_fifo_alloc2(size_t elems, size_t elem_size,
+ unsigned int flags);
+
+/**
+ * @return Element size for FIFO operations. This element size is set at
+ * FIFO allocation and remains constant during its lifetime
+ */
+size_t av_fifo_elem_size(const AVFifo *f);
+
+/**
+ * Set the maximum size (in elements) to which the FIFO can be resized
+ * automatically. Has no effect unless AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW is used.
+ */
+void av_fifo_auto_grow_limit(AVFifo *f, size_t max_elems);
+
+/**
+ * @return number of elements available for reading from the given FIFO.
+ */
+size_t av_fifo_can_read(const AVFifo *f);
+
+/**
+ * @return Number of elements that can be written into the given FIFO without
+ * growing it.
+ *
+ * In other words, this number of elements or less is guaranteed to fit
+ * into the FIFO. More data may be written when the
+ * AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW flag was specified at FIFO creation, but this
+ * may involve memory allocation, which can fail.
+ */
+size_t av_fifo_can_write(const AVFifo *f);
+
+/**
+ * Enlarge an AVFifo.
+ *
+ * On success, the FIFO will be large enough to hold exactly
+ * inc + av_fifo_can_read() + av_fifo_can_write()
+ * elements. In case of failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
+ *
+ * @param f AVFifo to resize
+ * @param inc number of elements to allocate for, in addition to the current
+ * allocated size
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_fifo_grow2(AVFifo *f, size_t inc);
+
+/**
+ * Write data into a FIFO.
+ *
+ * In case nb_elems > av_fifo_can_write(f) and the AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW flag
+ * was not specified at FIFO creation, nothing is written and an error
+ * is returned.
+ *
+ * Calling function is guaranteed to succeed if nb_elems <= av_fifo_can_write(f).
+ *
+ * @param f the FIFO buffer
+ * @param buf Data to be written. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes will be
+ * read from buf on success.
+ * @param nb_elems number of elements to write into FIFO
+ *
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_fifo_write(AVFifo *f, const void *buf, size_t nb_elems);
+
+/**
+ * Write data from a user-provided callback into a FIFO.
+ *
+ * @param f the FIFO buffer
+ * @param read_cb Callback supplying the data to the FIFO. May be called
+ * multiple times.
+ * @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to read_cb
+ * @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be
+ * written. Will be updated to contain the number of elements
+ * actually written.
+ *
+ * @return non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_fifo_write_from_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB read_cb,
+ void *opaque, size_t *nb_elems);
+
+/**
+ * Read data from a FIFO.
+ *
+ * In case nb_elems > av_fifo_can_read(f), nothing is read and an error
+ * is returned.
+ *
+ * @param f the FIFO buffer
+ * @param buf Buffer to store the data. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes
+ * will be written into buf on success.
+ * @param nb_elems number of elements to read from FIFO
+ *
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_fifo_read(AVFifo *f, void *buf, size_t nb_elems);
+
+/**
+ * Feed data from a FIFO into a user-provided callback.
+ *
+ * @param f the FIFO buffer
+ * @param write_cb Callback the data will be supplied to. May be called
+ * multiple times.
+ * @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to write_cb
+ * @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be
+ * read. Will be updated to contain the total number of elements
+ * actually sent to the callback.
+ *
+ * @return non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_fifo_read_to_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB write_cb,
+ void *opaque, size_t *nb_elems);
+
+/**
+ * Read data from a FIFO without modifying FIFO state.
+ *
+ * Returns an error if an attempt is made to peek to nonexistent elements
+ * (i.e. if offset + nb_elems is larger than av_fifo_can_read(f)).
+ *
+ * @param f the FIFO buffer
+ * @param buf Buffer to store the data. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes
+ * will be written into buf.
+ * @param nb_elems number of elements to read from FIFO
+ * @param offset number of initial elements to skip.
+ *
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_fifo_peek(AVFifo *f, void *buf, size_t nb_elems, size_t offset);
+
+/**
+ * Feed data from a FIFO into a user-provided callback.
+ *
+ * @param f the FIFO buffer
+ * @param write_cb Callback the data will be supplied to. May be called
+ * multiple times.
+ * @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to write_cb
+ * @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be
+ * read. Will be updated to contain the total number of elements
+ * actually sent to the callback.
+ * @param offset number of initial elements to skip; offset + *nb_elems must not
+ * be larger than av_fifo_can_read(f).
+ *
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_fifo_peek_to_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB write_cb, void *opaque,
+ size_t *nb_elems, size_t offset);
+
+/**
+ * Discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifo.
+ * @param size number of elements to discard, MUST NOT be larger than
+ * av_fifo_can_read(f)
+ */
+void av_fifo_drain2(AVFifo *f, size_t size);
+
+/*
+ * Empty the AVFifo.
+ * @param f AVFifo to reset
+ */
+void av_fifo_reset2(AVFifo *f);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVFifo and reset pointer to NULL.
+ * @param f Pointer to an AVFifo to free. *f == NULL is allowed.
+ */
+void av_fifo_freep2(AVFifo **f);
+
+
+#if FF_API_FIFO_OLD_API
+typedef struct AVFifoBuffer {
+ uint8_t *buffer;
+ uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end;
+ uint32_t rndx, wndx;
+} AVFifoBuffer;
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param size of FIFO
+ * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
+ * @deprecated use av_fifo_alloc2()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param nmemb number of elements
+ * @param size size of the single element
+ * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
+ * @deprecated use av_fifo_alloc2()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
+ * @deprecated use the AVFifo API with av_fifo_freep2()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVFifoBuffer and reset pointer to NULL.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
+ * @deprecated use the AVFifo API with av_fifo_freep2()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_fifo_freep(AVFifoBuffer **f);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset
+ * @deprecated use av_fifo_reset2() with the new AVFifo-API
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f);
+
+/**
+ * Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
+ * amount of data you can read from it.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @return size
+ * @deprecated use av_fifo_can_read() with the new AVFifo-API
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_fifo_size(const AVFifoBuffer *f);
+
+/**
+ * Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
+ * amount of data you can write into it.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into
+ * @return size
+ * @deprecated use av_fifo_can_write() with the new AVFifo-API
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_fifo_space(const AVFifoBuffer *f);
+
+/**
+ * Feed data at specific position from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
+ * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @param offset offset from current read position
+ * @param buf_size number of bytes to read
+ * @param func generic read function
+ * @param dest data destination
+ *
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
+ *
+ * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() when func == NULL,
+ * av_fifo_peek_to_cb() otherwise
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_fifo_generic_peek_at(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int offset, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
+
+/**
+ * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
+ * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @param buf_size number of bytes to read
+ * @param func generic read function
+ * @param dest data destination
+ *
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
+ *
+ * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() when func == NULL,
+ * av_fifo_peek_to_cb() otherwise
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_fifo_generic_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
+
+/**
+ * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @param buf_size number of bytes to read
+ * @param func generic read function
+ * @param dest data destination
+ *
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
+ *
+ * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_read() when func == NULL,
+ * av_fifo_read_to_cb() otherwise
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
+
+/**
+ * Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to
+ * @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a
+ * modifiable context by the function defined in func
+ * @param size number of bytes to write
+ * @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src,
+ * the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size.
+ * func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to
+ * indicate no more data available to write.
+ * If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data.
+ * @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO or a negative error code on failure
+ *
+ * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_write() when func == NULL,
+ * av_fifo_write_from_cb() otherwise
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int));
+
+/**
+ * Resize an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
+ *
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
+ * @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes
+ * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
+ *
+ * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_grow2() to increase FIFO size,
+ * decreasing FIFO size is not supported
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size);
+
+/**
+ * Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
+ * The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size.
+ *
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
+ * @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size()
+ * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
+ *
+ * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_grow2(); note that unlike
+ * this function it adds to the allocated size, rather than to the used size
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space);
+
+/**
+ * Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @param size amount of data to read in bytes
+ *
+ * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_drain2()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size);
+
+#if FF_API_FIFO_PEEK2
+/**
+ * Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset.
+ * The FIFO buffer is not modified.
+ *
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL
+ * @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less
+ * than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will
+ * point outside to the buffer data.
+ * The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size().
+ * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() or av_fifo_peek_to_cb()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs)
+{
+ uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs;
+ if (ptr >= f->end)
+ ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end);
+ else if (ptr < f->buffer)
+ ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr);
+ return ptr;
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/file.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/file.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fc87a9cd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/file.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H
+#define AVUTIL_FILE_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "version.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Misc file utilities.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly
+ * allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available.
+ * In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and
+ * *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr.
+ * Unlike mmap this function succeeds with zero sized files, in this
+ * case *bufptr will be set to NULL and *size will be set to 0.
+ * The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap().
+ *
+ * @param filename path to the file
+ * @param[out] bufptr pointee is set to the mapped or allocated buffer
+ * @param[out] size pointee is set to the size in bytes of the buffer
+ * @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging
+ * @param log_ctx context used for logging
+ * @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value
+ * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size,
+ int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map().
+ *
+ * @param bufptr the buffer previously created with av_file_map()
+ * @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned
+ * by av_file_map()
+ */
+void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size);
+
+#if FF_API_AV_FOPEN_UTF8
+/**
+ * Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw.
+ * Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible.
+ * *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally.
+ * @return file descriptor of opened file (or negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code on error)
+ * and opened file name in **filename.
+ * @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before
+ * calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in
+ * libraries and could interfere with the calling application.
+ * @deprecated as fd numbers cannot be passed saftely between libs on some platforms
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/film_grain_params.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/film_grain_params.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f3bd0a4a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/film_grain_params.h
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H
+#define AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H
+
+#include "frame.h"
+
+enum AVFilmGrainParamsType {
+ AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_NONE = 0,
+
+ /**
+ * The union is valid when interpreted as AVFilmGrainAOMParams (codec.aom)
+ */
+ AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_AV1,
+
+ /**
+ * The union is valid when interpreted as AVFilmGrainH274Params (codec.h274)
+ */
+ AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H274,
+};
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis for AOM codecs.
+ *
+ * @note The struct must be allocated as part of AVFilmGrainParams using
+ * av_film_grain_params_alloc(). Its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFilmGrainAOMParams {
+ /**
+ * Number of points, and the scale and value for each point of the
+ * piecewise linear scaling function for the uma plane.
+ */
+ int num_y_points;
+ uint8_t y_points[14][2 /* value, scaling */];
+
+ /**
+ * Signals whether to derive the chroma scaling function from the luma.
+ * Not equivalent to copying the luma values and scales.
+ */
+ int chroma_scaling_from_luma;
+
+ /**
+ * If chroma_scaling_from_luma is set to 0, signals the chroma scaling
+ * function parameters.
+ */
+ int num_uv_points[2 /* cb, cr */];
+ uint8_t uv_points[2 /* cb, cr */][10][2 /* value, scaling */];
+
+ /**
+ * Specifies the shift applied to the chroma components. For AV1, its within
+ * [8; 11] and determines the range and quantization of the film grain.
+ */
+ int scaling_shift;
+
+ /**
+ * Specifies the auto-regression lag.
+ */
+ int ar_coeff_lag;
+
+ /**
+ * Luma auto-regression coefficients. The number of coefficients is given by
+ * 2 * ar_coeff_lag * (ar_coeff_lag + 1).
+ */
+ int8_t ar_coeffs_y[24];
+
+ /**
+ * Chroma auto-regression coefficients. The number of coefficients is given by
+ * 2 * ar_coeff_lag * (ar_coeff_lag + 1) + !!num_y_points.
+ */
+ int8_t ar_coeffs_uv[2 /* cb, cr */][25];
+
+ /**
+ * Specifies the range of the auto-regressive coefficients. Values of 6,
+ * 7, 8 and so on represent a range of [-2, 2), [-1, 1), [-0.5, 0.5) and
+ * so on. For AV1 must be between 6 and 9.
+ */
+ int ar_coeff_shift;
+
+ /**
+ * Signals the down shift applied to the generated gaussian numbers during
+ * synthesis.
+ */
+ int grain_scale_shift;
+
+ /**
+ * Specifies the luma/chroma multipliers for the index to the component
+ * scaling function.
+ */
+ int uv_mult[2 /* cb, cr */];
+ int uv_mult_luma[2 /* cb, cr */];
+
+ /**
+ * Offset used for component scaling function. For AV1 its a 9-bit value
+ * with a range [-256, 255]
+ */
+ int uv_offset[2 /* cb, cr */];
+
+ /**
+ * Signals whether to overlap film grain blocks.
+ */
+ int overlap_flag;
+
+ /**
+ * Signals to clip to limited color levels after film grain application.
+ */
+ int limit_output_range;
+} AVFilmGrainAOMParams;
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis for codecs using
+ * the ITU-T H.274 Versatile suplemental enhancement information message.
+ *
+ * @note The struct must be allocated as part of AVFilmGrainParams using
+ * av_film_grain_params_alloc(). Its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFilmGrainH274Params {
+ /**
+ * Specifies the film grain simulation mode.
+ * 0 = Frequency filtering, 1 = Auto-regression
+ */
+ int model_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Specifies the bit depth used for the luma component.
+ */
+ int bit_depth_luma;
+
+ /**
+ * Specifies the bit depth used for the chroma components.
+ */
+ int bit_depth_chroma;
+
+ enum AVColorRange color_range;
+ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
+ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
+ enum AVColorSpace color_space;
+
+ /**
+ * Specifies the blending mode used to blend the simulated film grain
+ * with the decoded images.
+ *
+ * 0 = Additive, 1 = Multiplicative
+ */
+ int blending_mode_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Specifies a scale factor used in the film grain characterization equations.
+ */
+ int log2_scale_factor;
+
+ /**
+ * Indicates if the modelling of film grain for a given component is present.
+ */
+ int component_model_present[3 /* y, cb, cr */];
+
+ /**
+ * Specifies the number of intensity intervals for which a specific set of
+ * model values has been estimated, with a range of [1, 256].
+ */
+ uint16_t num_intensity_intervals[3 /* y, cb, cr */];
+
+ /**
+ * Specifies the number of model values present for each intensity interval
+ * in which the film grain has been modelled, with a range of [1, 6].
+ */
+ uint8_t num_model_values[3 /* y, cb, cr */];
+
+ /**
+ * Specifies the lower ounds of each intensity interval for whichthe set of
+ * model values applies for the component.
+ */
+ uint8_t intensity_interval_lower_bound[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */];
+
+ /**
+ * Specifies the upper bound of each intensity interval for which the set of
+ * model values applies for the component.
+ */
+ uint8_t intensity_interval_upper_bound[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */];
+
+ /**
+ * Specifies the model values for the component for each intensity interval.
+ * - When model_id == 0, the following applies:
+ * For comp_model_value[y], the range of values is [0, 2^bit_depth_luma - 1]
+ * For comp_model_value[cb..cr], the range of values is [0, 2^bit_depth_chroma - 1]
+ * - Otherwise, the following applies:
+ * For comp_model_value[y], the range of values is [-2^(bit_depth_luma - 1), 2^(bit_depth_luma - 1) - 1]
+ * For comp_model_value[cb..cr], the range of values is [-2^(bit_depth_chroma - 1), 2^(bit_depth_chroma - 1) - 1]
+ */
+ int16_t comp_model_value[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */][6 /* model value */];
+} AVFilmGrainH274Params;
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis in video
+ * for specific codecs. Must be present on every frame where film grain is
+ * meant to be synthesised for correct presentation.
+ *
+ * @note The struct must be allocated with av_film_grain_params_alloc() and
+ * its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFilmGrainParams {
+ /**
+ * Specifies the codec for which this structure is valid.
+ */
+ enum AVFilmGrainParamsType type;
+
+ /**
+ * Seed to use for the synthesis process, if the codec allows for it.
+ *
+ * @note For H.264, this refers to `pic_offset` as defined in
+ * SMPTE RDD 5-2006.
+ */
+ uint64_t seed;
+
+ /**
+ * Additional fields may be added both here and in any structure included.
+ * If a codec's film grain structure differs slightly over another
+ * codec's, fields within may change meaning depending on the type.
+ */
+ union {
+ AVFilmGrainAOMParams aom;
+ AVFilmGrainH274Params h274;
+ } codec;
+} AVFilmGrainParams;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVFilmGrainParams structure and set its fields to
+ * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
+ * If size is not NULL it will be set to the number of bytes allocated.
+ *
+ * @return An AVFilmGrainParams filled with default values or NULL
+ * on failure.
+ */
+AVFilmGrainParams *av_film_grain_params_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a complete AVFilmGrainParams and add it to the frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
+ *
+ * @return The AVFilmGrainParams structure to be filled by caller.
+ */
+AVFilmGrainParams *av_film_grain_params_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/frame.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/frame.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..258026954
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/frame.h
@@ -0,0 +1,964 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_frame
+ * reference-counted frame API
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H
+#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "buffer.h"
+#include "channel_layout.h"
+#include "dict.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "samplefmt.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @{
+ * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data.
+ */
+
+enum AVFrameSideDataType {
+ /**
+ * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN,
+ /**
+ * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions.
+ * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data.
+ * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC,
+ /**
+ * Stereoscopic 3d metadata.
+ * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D,
+ /**
+ * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING,
+ /**
+ * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
+ * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO,
+ /**
+ * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
+ /**
+ * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
+ * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct
+ * presentation.
+ *
+ * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
+ /**
+ * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified
+ * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD,
+ /**
+ * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs
+ * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option).
+ * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in
+ * libavutil/motion_vector.h.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS,
+ /**
+ * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported
+ * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec.
+ * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES.
+ * @code
+ * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
+ * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
+ * u8 reason for start skip
+ * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
+ /**
+ * This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to
+ * enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
+ /**
+ * Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
+ * an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the
+ * mastering display color volume.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA,
+ /**
+ * The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer.
+ * This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE,
+
+ /**
+ * The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in
+ * libavutil/spherical.h.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL,
+
+ /**
+ * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in
+ * the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL,
+
+ /**
+ * The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the
+ * format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the
+ * metadata key entry "name".
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE,
+
+ /**
+ * Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t
+ * where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used.
+ * The timecode format is described in the documentation of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum()
+ * function in libavutil/timecode.h.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE,
+
+ /**
+ * HDR dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
+ * an AVDynamicHDRPlus type and contains information for color
+ * volume transform - application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_PLUS,
+
+ /**
+ * Regions Of Interest, the data is an array of AVRegionOfInterest type, the number of
+ * array element is implied by AVFrameSideData.size / AVRegionOfInterest.self_size.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_REGIONS_OF_INTEREST,
+
+ /**
+ * Encoding parameters for a video frame, as described by AVVideoEncParams.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS,
+
+ /**
+ * User data unregistered metadata associated with a video frame.
+ * This is the H.26[45] UDU SEI message, and shouldn't be used for any other purpose
+ * The data is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data which is 16 bytes of
+ * uuid_iso_iec_11578 followed by AVFrameSideData.size - 16 bytes of user_data_payload_byte.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_SEI_UNREGISTERED,
+
+ /**
+ * Film grain parameters for a frame, described by AVFilmGrainParams.
+ * Must be present for every frame which should have film grain applied.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS,
+
+ /**
+ * Bounding boxes for object detection and classification,
+ * as described by AVDetectionBBoxHeader.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_DETECTION_BBOXES,
+
+ /**
+ * Dolby Vision RPU raw data, suitable for passing to x265
+ * or other libraries. Array of uint8_t, with NAL emulation
+ * bytes intact.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_RPU_BUFFER,
+
+ /**
+ * Parsed Dolby Vision metadata, suitable for passing to a software
+ * implementation. The payload is the AVDOVIMetadata struct defined in
+ * libavutil/dovi_meta.h.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_METADATA,
+
+ /**
+ * HDR Vivid dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
+ * an AVDynamicHDRVivid type and contains information for color
+ * volume transform - CUVA 005.1-2021.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_VIVID,
+
+ /**
+ * Ambient viewing environment metadata, as defined by H.274.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT,
+};
+
+enum AVActiveFormatDescription {
+ AV_AFD_SAME = 8,
+ AV_AFD_4_3 = 9,
+ AV_AFD_16_9 = 10,
+ AV_AFD_14_9 = 11,
+ AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13,
+ AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14,
+ AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15,
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame.
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
+ * to the end with a minor bump.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFrameSideData {
+ enum AVFrameSideDataType type;
+ uint8_t *data;
+ size_t size;
+ AVDictionary *metadata;
+ AVBufferRef *buf;
+} AVFrameSideData;
+
+/**
+ * Structure describing a single Region Of Interest.
+ *
+ * When multiple regions are defined in a single side-data block, they
+ * should be ordered from most to least important - some encoders are only
+ * capable of supporting a limited number of distinct regions, so will have
+ * to truncate the list.
+ *
+ * When overlapping regions are defined, the first region containing a given
+ * area of the frame applies.
+ */
+typedef struct AVRegionOfInterest {
+ /**
+ * Must be set to the size of this data structure (that is,
+ * sizeof(AVRegionOfInterest)).
+ */
+ uint32_t self_size;
+ /**
+ * Distance in pixels from the top edge of the frame to the top and
+ * bottom edges and from the left edge of the frame to the left and
+ * right edges of the rectangle defining this region of interest.
+ *
+ * The constraints on a region are encoder dependent, so the region
+ * actually affected may be slightly larger for alignment or other
+ * reasons.
+ */
+ int top;
+ int bottom;
+ int left;
+ int right;
+ /**
+ * Quantisation offset.
+ *
+ * Must be in the range -1 to +1. A value of zero indicates no quality
+ * change. A negative value asks for better quality (less quantisation),
+ * while a positive value asks for worse quality (greater quantisation).
+ *
+ * The range is calibrated so that the extreme values indicate the
+ * largest possible offset - if the rest of the frame is encoded with the
+ * worst possible quality, an offset of -1 indicates that this region
+ * should be encoded with the best possible quality anyway. Intermediate
+ * values are then interpolated in some codec-dependent way.
+ *
+ * For example, in 10-bit H.264 the quantisation parameter varies between
+ * -12 and 51. A typical qoffset value of -1/10 therefore indicates that
+ * this region should be encoded with a QP around one-tenth of the full
+ * range better than the rest of the frame. So, if most of the frame
+ * were to be encoded with a QP of around 30, this region would get a QP
+ * of around 24 (an offset of approximately -1/10 * (51 - -12) = -6.3).
+ * An extreme value of -1 would indicate that this region should be
+ * encoded with the best possible quality regardless of the treatment of
+ * the rest of the frame - that is, should be encoded at a QP of -12.
+ */
+ AVRational qoffset;
+} AVRegionOfInterest;
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data.
+ *
+ * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only
+ * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed
+ * through other means (see below).
+ * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free().
+ *
+ * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold
+ * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a
+ * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by
+ * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it
+ * is reused again.
+ *
+ * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the
+ * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf /
+ * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at
+ * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case,
+ * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in
+ * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf.
+ * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for
+ * each plane, or anything in between.
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
+ * to the end with a minor bump.
+ *
+ * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the
+ * C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass
+ * for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class()
+ */
+typedef struct AVFrame {
+#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8
+ /**
+ * pointer to the picture/channel planes.
+ * This might be different from the first allocated byte. For video,
+ * it could even point to the end of the image data.
+ *
+ * All pointers in data and extended_data must point into one of the
+ * AVBufferRef in buf or extended_buf.
+ *
+ * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please
+ * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read
+ * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used,
+ * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated.
+ *
+ * NOTE: Pointers not needed by the format MUST be set to NULL.
+ *
+ * @attention In case of video, the data[] pointers can point to the
+ * end of image data in order to reverse line order, when used in
+ * combination with negative values in the linesize[] array.
+ */
+ uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+ /**
+ * For video, a positive or negative value, which is typically indicating
+ * the size in bytes of each picture line, but it can also be:
+ * - the negative byte size of lines for vertical flipping
+ * (with data[n] pointing to the end of the data
+ * - a positive or negative multiple of the byte size as for accessing
+ * even and odd fields of a frame (possibly flipped)
+ *
+ * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel
+ * plane must be the same size.
+ *
+ * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment
+ * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs.
+ * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without
+ * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference.
+ *
+ * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there
+ * may be extra padding present for performance reasons.
+ *
+ * @attention In case of video, line size values can be negative to achieve
+ * a vertically inverted iteration over image lines.
+ */
+ int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+ /**
+ * pointers to the data planes/channels.
+ *
+ * For video, this should simply point to data[].
+ *
+ * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and
+ * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer.
+ * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0]
+ * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels.
+ *
+ * Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame,
+ * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data,
+ * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels.
+ */
+ uint8_t **extended_data;
+
+ /**
+ * @name Video dimensions
+ * Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame,
+ * i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values.
+ *
+ * @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further
+ * restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle".
+ * @{
+ */
+ int width, height;
+ /**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame
+ */
+ int nb_samples;
+
+ /**
+ * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset
+ * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames,
+ * enum AVSampleFormat for audio)
+ */
+ int format;
+
+ /**
+ * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not
+ */
+ int key_frame;
+
+ /**
+ * Picture type of the frame.
+ */
+ enum AVPictureType pict_type;
+
+ /**
+ * Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified.
+ */
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+ /**
+ * Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user).
+ */
+ int64_t pts;
+
+ /**
+ * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used)
+ * This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from
+ * only AVPacket.dts values without pts values.
+ */
+ int64_t pkt_dts;
+
+ /**
+ * Time base for the timestamps in this frame.
+ * In the future, this field may be set on frames output by decoders or
+ * filters, but its value will be by default ignored on input to encoders
+ * or filters.
+ */
+ AVRational time_base;
+
+#if FF_API_FRAME_PICTURE_NUMBER
+ /**
+ * picture number in bitstream order
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int coded_picture_number;
+ /**
+ * picture number in display order
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int display_picture_number;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad))
+ */
+ int quality;
+
+ /**
+ * for some private data of the user
+ */
+ void *opaque;
+
+ /**
+ * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed.
+ * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps)
+ */
+ int repeat_pict;
+
+ /**
+ * The content of the picture is interlaced.
+ */
+ int interlaced_frame;
+
+ /**
+ * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first.
+ */
+ int top_field_first;
+
+ /**
+ * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame.
+ */
+ int palette_has_changed;
+
+#if FF_API_REORDERED_OPAQUE
+ /**
+ * reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float
+ * PTS but can be anything).
+ * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at
+ * that time,
+ * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque
+ * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE instead
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int64_t reordered_opaque;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Sample rate of the audio data.
+ */
+ int sample_rate;
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+ /**
+ * Channel layout of the audio data.
+ * @deprecated use ch_layout instead
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ uint64_t channel_layout;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. All the pointers in
+ * data and extended_data must point inside one of the buffers in buf or
+ * extended_buf. This array must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is
+ * non-NULL then buf[j] must also be non-NULL for all j < i.
+ *
+ * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array
+ * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than
+ * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in
+ * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the
+ * extended_buf array.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+ /**
+ * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS
+ * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which
+ * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
+ *
+ * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always
+ * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers,
+ * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
+ *
+ * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs
+ * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref().
+ */
+ AVBufferRef **extended_buf;
+ /**
+ * Number of elements in extended_buf.
+ */
+ int nb_extended_buf;
+
+ AVFrameSideData **side_data;
+ int nb_side_data;
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS
+ * @ingroup lavu_frame
+ * Flags describing additional frame properties.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors.
+ */
+#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output.
+ */
+#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags
+ */
+ int flags;
+
+ /**
+ * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ enum AVColorRange color_range;
+
+ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
+
+ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
+
+ /**
+ * YUV colorspace type.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
+
+ enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location;
+
+ /**
+ * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+ */
+ int64_t best_effort_timestamp;
+
+ /**
+ * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ */
+ int64_t pkt_pos;
+
+#if FF_API_PKT_DURATION
+ /**
+ * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in
+ * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ *
+ * @deprecated use duration instead
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int64_t pkt_duration;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * metadata.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ AVDictionary *metadata;
+
+ /**
+ * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of
+ * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there
+ * were errors during the decoding.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+ */
+ int decode_error_flags;
+#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1
+#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2
+#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT_ACTIVE 4
+#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_DECODE_SLICES 8
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+ /**
+ * number of audio channels, only used for audio.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ * @deprecated use ch_layout instead
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int channels;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed
+ * frame.
+ * It is set to a negative value if unknown.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+ */
+ int pkt_size;
+
+ /**
+ * For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the
+ * AVHWFramesContext describing the frame.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
+
+ /**
+ * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the
+ * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when
+ * the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new
+ * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field.
+ *
+ * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar
+ * purpose.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *opaque_ref;
+
+ /**
+ * @anchor cropping
+ * @name Cropping
+ * Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the
+ * top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of
+ * the frame intended for presentation.
+ * @{
+ */
+ size_t crop_top;
+ size_t crop_bottom;
+ size_t crop_left;
+ size_t crop_right;
+ /**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library.
+ * Must not be used to transfer data between libraries.
+ * Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library.
+ *
+ * Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of the buffer ref.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced.
+ * av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref()
+ * for the target frame's private_ref field.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *private_ref;
+
+ /**
+ * Channel layout of the audio data.
+ */
+ AVChannelLayout ch_layout;
+
+ /**
+ * Duration of the frame, in the same units as pts. 0 if unknown.
+ */
+ int64_t duration;
+} AVFrame;
+
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting
+ * struct must be freed using av_frame_free().
+ *
+ * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ *
+ * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those
+ * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or
+ * manually.
+ */
+AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it,
+ * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be
+ * unreferenced first.
+ *
+ * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
+ */
+void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame);
+
+/**
+ * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame.
+ *
+ * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each
+ * AVBufferRef from src.
+ *
+ * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is
+ * copied.
+ *
+ * @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst),
+ * or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this
+ * function, or undefined behavior will occur.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
+ */
+int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new frame that references the same data as src.
+ *
+ * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref().
+ *
+ * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields.
+ */
+void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src.
+ *
+ * @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading
+ * or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually
+ * before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked.
+ */
+void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data.
+ *
+ * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function:
+ * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio)
+ * - width and height for video
+ * - nb_samples and ch_layout for audio
+ *
+ * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if
+ * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf.
+ * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane.
+ *
+ * @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will
+ * leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain
+ * cases.
+ *
+ * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers.
+ * @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be
+ * chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly
+ * recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ */
+int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the frame data is writable.
+ *
+ * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and
+ * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one
+ * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any
+ * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly).
+ *
+ * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable()
+ */
+int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible.
+ *
+ * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data
+ * if it is not. Non-refcounted frames behave as non-writable, i.e. a copy
+ * is always made.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ *
+ * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(),
+ * av_buffer_make_writable()
+ */
+int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Copy the frame data from src to dst.
+ *
+ * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and
+ * allocated with the same parameters as src.
+ *
+ * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data /
+ * extended data arrays), not any other properties.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ */
+int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst.
+ *
+ * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect
+ * the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample
+ * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout.
+ * Side data is also copied.
+ */
+int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in.
+ *
+ * @param frame the frame to get the plane's buffer from
+ * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data.
+ *
+ * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input
+ * frame is not valid.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane);
+
+/**
+ * Add a new side data to a frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
+ * @param type type of the added side data
+ * @param size size of the side data
+ *
+ * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error
+ */
+AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame,
+ enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
+ size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef
+ *
+ * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
+ * @param type the type of the added side data
+ * @param buf an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of
+ * the reference is transferred to the frame.
+ *
+ * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure
+ * the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by
+ * the caller.
+ */
+AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame *frame,
+ enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
+ AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there
+ * is no side data with such type in this frame.
+ */
+AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame,
+ enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
+
+/**
+ * Remove and free all side data instances of the given type.
+ */
+void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
+
+
+/**
+ * Flags for frame cropping.
+ */
+enum {
+ /**
+ * Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the
+ * AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data
+ * to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior
+ * (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that
+ * are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you
+ * absolutely know what you are doing.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/
+ * crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the
+ * data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0.
+ *
+ * In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent
+ * alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel
+ * formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even
+ * if the cropping was rounded or ignored.
+ *
+ * @param frame the frame which should be cropped
+ * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields
+ * were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed.
+ */
+int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * @return a string identifying the side data type
+ */
+const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hash.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hash.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..94151ded7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash_generic
+ * Generic hashing API
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H
+#define AVUTIL_HASH_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_hash Hash Functions
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * Hash functions useful in multimedia.
+ *
+ * Hash functions are widely used in multimedia, from error checking and
+ * concealment to internal regression testing. libavutil has efficient
+ * implementations of a variety of hash functions that may be useful for
+ * FFmpeg and other multimedia applications.
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_hash_generic Generic Hashing API
+ * An abstraction layer for all hash functions supported by libavutil.
+ *
+ * If your application needs to support a wide range of different hash
+ * functions, then the Generic Hashing API is for you. It provides a generic,
+ * reusable API for @ref lavu_hash "all hash functions" implemented in libavutil.
+ * If you just need to use one particular hash function, use the @ref lavu_hash
+ * "individual hash" directly.
+ *
+ * @section Sample Code
+ *
+ * A basic template for using the Generic Hashing API follows:
+ *
+ * @code
+ * struct AVHashContext *ctx = NULL;
+ * const char *hash_name = NULL;
+ * uint8_t *output_buf = NULL;
+ *
+ * // Select from a string returned by av_hash_names()
+ * hash_name = ...;
+ *
+ * // Allocate a hash context
+ * ret = av_hash_alloc(&ctx, hash_name);
+ * if (ret < 0)
+ * return ret;
+ *
+ * // Initialize the hash context
+ * av_hash_init(ctx);
+ *
+ * // Update the hash context with data
+ * while (data_left) {
+ * av_hash_update(ctx, data, size);
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Now we have no more data, so it is time to finalize the hash and get the
+ * // output. But we need to first allocate an output buffer. Note that you can
+ * // use any memory allocation function, including malloc(), not just
+ * // av_malloc().
+ * output_buf = av_malloc(av_hash_get_size(ctx));
+ * if (!output_buf)
+ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ *
+ * // Finalize the hash context.
+ * // You can use any of the av_hash_final*() functions provided, for other
+ * // output formats. If you do so, be sure to adjust the memory allocation
+ * // above. See the function documentation below for the exact amount of extra
+ * // memory needed.
+ * av_hash_final(ctx, output_buffer);
+ *
+ * // Free the context
+ * av_hash_freep(&ctx);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @section Hash Function-Specific Information
+ * If the CRC32 hash is selected, the #AV_CRC_32_IEEE polynomial will be
+ * used.
+ *
+ * If the Murmur3 hash is selected, the default seed will be used. See @ref
+ * lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Murmur3" for more information.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @example ffhash.c
+ * This example is a simple command line application that takes one or more
+ * arguments. It demonstrates a typical use of the hashing API with allocation,
+ * initialization, updating, and finalizing.
+ */
+
+struct AVHashContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure
+ *
+ * @note The context is not initialized after a call to this function; you must
+ * call av_hash_init() to do so.
+ */
+int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Get the names of available hash algorithms.
+ *
+ * This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms.
+ *
+ * @param[in] i Index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0
+ * @return Pointer to a static string or `NULL` if `i` is out of range
+ */
+const char *av_hash_names(int i);
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of the algorithm corresponding to the given hash context.
+ */
+const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Maximum value that av_hash_get_size() will currently return.
+ *
+ * You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation for
+ * the output buffer and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to
+ * libavutil without recompilation.
+ *
+ * @warning
+ * Adding new hashes with larger sizes, and increasing the macro while doing
+ * so, will not be considered an ABI change. To prevent your code from
+ * overflowing a buffer, either dynamically allocate the output buffer with
+ * av_hash_get_size(), or limit your use of the Hashing API to hashes that are
+ * already in FFmpeg during the time of compilation.
+ */
+#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64
+
+/**
+ * Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes.
+ *
+ * The maximum value this function will currently return is available as macro
+ * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE.
+ *
+ * @param[in] ctx Hash context
+ * @return Size of the hash value in bytes
+ */
+int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize or reset a hash context.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
+ */
+void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Update a hash context with additional data.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
+ * @param[in] src Data to be added to the hash context
+ * @param[in] len Size of the additional data
+ */
+void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value.
+ *
+ * The minimum size of `dst` buffer is given by av_hash_get_size() or
+ * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. The use of the latter macro is discouraged.
+ *
+ * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
+ * been finalized.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
+ * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
+ *
+ * @see av_hash_final_bin() provides an alternative API
+ */
+void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a hash context and store the actual hash value in a buffer.
+ *
+ * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
+ * been finalized.
+ *
+ * If `size` is smaller than the hash size (given by av_hash_get_size()), the
+ * hash is truncated; if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
+ * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
+ * @param[in] size Number of bytes to write to `dst`
+ */
+void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a hash context and store the hexadecimal representation of the
+ * actual hash value as a string.
+ *
+ * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
+ * been finalized.
+ *
+ * The string is always 0-terminated.
+ *
+ * If `size` is smaller than `2 * hash_size + 1`, where `hash_size` is the
+ * value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
+ * @param[out] dst Where the string will be stored
+ * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst`
+ */
+void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a hash context and store the Base64 representation of the
+ * actual hash value as a string.
+ *
+ * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
+ * been finalized.
+ *
+ * The string is always 0-terminated.
+ *
+ * If `size` is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), where `hash_size` is
+ * the value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
+ * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
+ * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst`
+ */
+void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Free hash context and set hash context pointer to `NULL`.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx Pointer to hash context
+ */
+void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2d72de56a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h
@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2018 Mohammad Izadi <moh.izadi at gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H
+#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H
+
+#include "frame.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/**
+ * Option for overlapping elliptical pixel selectors in an image.
+ */
+enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption {
+ AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_WEIGHTED_AVERAGING = 0,
+ AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_LAYERING = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Represents the percentile at a specific percentage in
+ * a distribution.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHDRPlusPercentile {
+ /**
+ * The percentage value corresponding to a specific percentile linearized
+ * RGB value in the processing window in the scene. The value shall be in
+ * the range of 0 to100, inclusive.
+ */
+ uint8_t percentage;
+
+ /**
+ * The linearized maxRGB value at a specific percentile in the processing
+ * window in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive
+ * and in multiples of 0.00001.
+ */
+ AVRational percentile;
+} AVHDRPlusPercentile;
+
+/**
+ * Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for
+ * SMPTE 2094-40.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams {
+ /**
+ * The relative x coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing
+ * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
+ * in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
+ * to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for
+ * first processing window shall be 0.
+ */
+ AVRational window_upper_left_corner_x;
+
+ /**
+ * The relative y coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing
+ * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
+ * in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
+ * to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for
+ * first processing window shall be 0.
+ */
+ AVRational window_upper_left_corner_y;
+
+ /**
+ * The relative x coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing
+ * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
+ * in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
+ * to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for
+ * first processing window shall be 1.
+ */
+ AVRational window_lower_right_corner_x;
+
+ /**
+ * The relative y coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing
+ * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
+ * in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
+ * to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for
+ * first processing window shall be 1.
+ */
+ AVRational window_lower_right_corner_y;
+
+ /**
+ * The x coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and
+ * external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing
+ * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (width of Picture - 1),
+ * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
+ */
+ uint16_t center_of_ellipse_x;
+
+ /**
+ * The y coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and
+ * external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing
+ * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (height of Picture - 1),
+ * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
+ */
+ uint16_t center_of_ellipse_y;
+
+ /**
+ * The clockwise rotation angle in degree of arc with respect to the
+ * positive direction of the x-axis of the concentric internal and external
+ * ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing window. The
+ * value shall be in the range of 0 to 180, inclusive and in multiples of 1.
+ */
+ uint8_t rotation_angle;
+
+ /**
+ * The semi-major axis value of the internal ellipse of the elliptical pixel
+ * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be
+ * in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
+ */
+ uint16_t semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse;
+
+ /**
+ * The semi-major axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel
+ * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value
+ * shall not be less than semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse of the current
+ * processing window. The value shall be in the range of 1 to 65535,
+ * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
+ */
+ uint16_t semimajor_axis_external_ellipse;
+
+ /**
+ * The semi-minor axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel
+ * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be
+ * in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
+ */
+ uint16_t semiminor_axis_external_ellipse;
+
+ /**
+ * Overlap process option indicates one of the two methods of combining
+ * rendered pixels in the processing window in an image with at least one
+ * elliptical pixel selector. For overlapping elliptical pixel selectors
+ * in an image, overlap_process_option shall have the same value.
+ */
+ enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption overlap_process_option;
+
+ /**
+ * The maximum of the color components of linearized RGB values in the
+ * processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0 to
+ * 1, inclusive and in multiples of 0.00001. maxscl[ 0 ], maxscl[ 1 ], and
+ * maxscl[ 2 ] are corresponding to R, G, B color components respectively.
+ */
+ AVRational maxscl[3];
+
+ /**
+ * The average of linearized maxRGB values in the processing window in the
+ * scene. The value should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in
+ * multiples of 0.00001.
+ */
+ AVRational average_maxrgb;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the
+ * processing window in the scene. The maximum value shall be 15.
+ */
+ uint8_t num_distribution_maxrgb_percentiles;
+
+ /**
+ * The linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the
+ * processing window in the scene.
+ */
+ AVHDRPlusPercentile distribution_maxrgb[15];
+
+ /**
+ * The fraction of selected pixels in the image that contains the brightest
+ * pixel in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive
+ * and in multiples of 0.001.
+ */
+ AVRational fraction_bright_pixels;
+
+ /**
+ * This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in
+ * the processing window is present (for value of 1).
+ */
+ uint8_t tone_mapping_flag;
+
+ /**
+ * The x coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the
+ * curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range
+ * of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095.
+ */
+ AVRational knee_point_x;
+
+ /**
+ * The y coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the
+ * curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range
+ * of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095.
+ */
+ AVRational knee_point_y;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of the intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping
+ * function in the processing window. The maximum value shall be 15.
+ */
+ uint8_t num_bezier_curve_anchors;
+
+ /**
+ * The intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping function in the
+ * processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0
+ * to 1, inclusive and in multiples of 1/1023.
+ */
+ AVRational bezier_curve_anchors[15];
+
+ /**
+ * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of
+ * this Specification. Other values are reserved for future use.
+ */
+ uint8_t color_saturation_mapping_flag;
+
+ /**
+ * The color saturation gain in the processing window in the scene. The
+ * value shall be in the range of 0 to 63/8, inclusive and in multiples of
+ * 1/8. The default value shall be 1.
+ */
+ AVRational color_saturation_weight;
+} AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams;
+
+/**
+ * This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform -
+ * application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard.
+ *
+ * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
+ * appropriate type.
+ *
+ * @note The struct should be allocated with
+ * av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc() and its size is not a part of
+ * the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDynamicHDRPlus {
+ /**
+ * Country code by Rec. ITU-T T.35 Annex A. The value shall be 0xB5.
+ */
+ uint8_t itu_t_t35_country_code;
+
+ /**
+ * Application version in the application defining document in ST-2094
+ * suite. The value shall be set to 0.
+ */
+ uint8_t application_version;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of processing windows. The value shall be in the range
+ * of 1 to 3, inclusive.
+ */
+ uint8_t num_windows;
+
+ /**
+ * The color transform parameters for every processing window.
+ */
+ AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams params[3];
+
+ /**
+ * The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display,
+ * in units of 0.0001 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in
+ * the range of 0 to 10000, inclusive.
+ */
+ AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance;
+
+ /**
+ * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bit streams conforming to this version
+ * of this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use.
+ */
+ uint8_t targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of rows in the targeted system_display_actual_peak_luminance
+ * array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
+ */
+ uint8_t num_rows_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of columns in the
+ * targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance array. The value shall be
+ * in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
+ */
+ uint8_t num_cols_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance;
+
+ /**
+ * The normalized actual peak luminance of the targeted system display. The
+ * values should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in multiples of
+ * 1/15.
+ */
+ AVRational targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25];
+
+ /**
+ * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of
+ * this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use.
+ */
+ uint8_t mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of rows in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance array.
+ * The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
+ */
+ uint8_t num_rows_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of columns in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance
+ * array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
+ */
+ uint8_t num_cols_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance;
+
+ /**
+ * The normalized actual peak luminance of the mastering display used for
+ * mastering the image essence. The values should be in the range of 0 to 1,
+ * inclusive and in multiples of 1/15.
+ */
+ AVRational mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25];
+} AVDynamicHDRPlus;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVDynamicHDRPlus structure and set its fields to
+ * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
+ *
+ * @return An AVDynamicHDRPlus filled with default values or NULL
+ * on failure.
+ */
+AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRPlus and add it to the frame.
+ * @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
+ *
+ * @return The AVDynamicHDRPlus structure to be filled by caller or NULL
+ * on failure.
+ */
+AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a34f83072
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Limin Wang <lance.lmwang at gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H
+#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H
+
+#include "frame.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/**
+ * Color tone mapping parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for
+ * CUVA 005.1:2021.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams {
+ /**
+ * The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display,
+ * in multiples of 1.0/4095 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in
+ * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
+ */
+ AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance;
+
+ /**
+ * This flag indicates that transfer the base paramter(for value of 1)
+ */
+ int base_enable_flag;
+
+ /**
+ * base_param_m_p in the base parameter,
+ * in multiples of 1.0/16383. The value shall be in
+ * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
+ */
+ AVRational base_param_m_p;
+
+ /**
+ * base_param_m_m in the base parameter,
+ * in multiples of 1.0/10. The value shall be in
+ * the range of 0.0 to 6.3, inclusive.
+ */
+ AVRational base_param_m_m;
+
+ /**
+ * base_param_m_a in the base parameter,
+ * in multiples of 1.0/1023. The value shall be in
+ * the range of 0.0 to 1.0 inclusive.
+ */
+ AVRational base_param_m_a;
+
+ /**
+ * base_param_m_b in the base parameter,
+ * in multiples of 1/1023. The value shall be in
+ * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
+ */
+ AVRational base_param_m_b;
+
+ /**
+ * base_param_m_n in the base parameter,
+ * in multiples of 1.0/10. The value shall be in
+ * the range of 0.0 to 6.3, inclusive.
+ */
+ AVRational base_param_m_n;
+
+ /**
+ * indicates k1_0 in the base parameter,
+ * base_param_k1 <= 1: k1_0 = base_param_k1
+ * base_param_k1 > 1: reserved
+ */
+ int base_param_k1;
+
+ /**
+ * indicates k2_0 in the base parameter,
+ * base_param_k2 <= 1: k2_0 = base_param_k2
+ * base_param_k2 > 1: reserved
+ */
+ int base_param_k2;
+
+ /**
+ * indicates k3_0 in the base parameter,
+ * base_param_k3 == 1: k3_0 = base_param_k3
+ * base_param_k3 == 2: k3_0 = maximum_maxrgb
+ * base_param_k3 > 2: reserved
+ */
+ int base_param_k3;
+
+ /**
+ * This flag indicates that delta mode of base paramter(for value of 1)
+ */
+ int base_param_Delta_enable_mode;
+
+ /**
+ * base_param_Delta in the base parameter,
+ * in multiples of 1.0/127. The value shall be in
+ * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
+ */
+ AVRational base_param_Delta;
+
+ /**
+ * indicates 3Spline_enable_flag in the base parameter,
+ * This flag indicates that transfer three Spline of base paramter(for value of 1)
+ */
+ int three_Spline_enable_flag;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of three Spline. The value shall be in the range
+ * of 1 to 2, inclusive.
+ */
+ int three_Spline_num;
+
+ /**
+ * The mode of three Spline. the value shall be in the range
+ * of 0 to 3, inclusive.
+ */
+ int three_Spline_TH_mode;
+
+ /**
+ * three_Spline_TH_enable_MB is in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive
+ * and in multiples of 1.0/255.
+ *
+ */
+ AVRational three_Spline_TH_enable_MB;
+
+ /**
+ * 3Spline_TH_enable of three Spline.
+ * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
+ * and in multiples of 1.0/4095.
+ */
+ AVRational three_Spline_TH_enable;
+
+ /**
+ * 3Spline_TH_Delta1 of three Spline.
+ * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive,
+ * and in multiples of 0.25/1023.
+ */
+ AVRational three_Spline_TH_Delta1;
+
+ /**
+ * 3Spline_TH_Delta2 of three Spline.
+ * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive,
+ * and in multiples of 0.25/1023.
+ */
+ AVRational three_Spline_TH_Delta2;
+
+ /**
+ * 3Spline_enable_Strength of three Spline.
+ * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive,
+ * and in multiples of 1.0/255.
+ */
+ AVRational three_Spline_enable_Strength;
+} AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams;
+
+
+/**
+ * Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for
+ * CUVA 005.1:2021.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHDRVividColorTransformParams {
+ /**
+ * Indicates the minimum brightness of the displayed content.
+ * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0,
+ * inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095.
+ */
+ AVRational minimum_maxrgb;
+
+ /**
+ * Indicates the average brightness of the displayed content.
+ * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0,
+ * inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095.
+ */
+ AVRational average_maxrgb;
+
+ /**
+ * Indicates the variance brightness of the displayed content.
+ * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0,
+ * inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095.
+ */
+ AVRational variance_maxrgb;
+
+ /**
+ * Indicates the maximum brightness of the displayed content.
+ * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive
+ * and in multiples of 1/4095.
+ */
+ AVRational maximum_maxrgb;
+
+ /**
+ * This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in
+ * the processing window is present (for value of 1).
+ */
+ int tone_mapping_mode_flag;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of tone mapping param. The value shall be in the range
+ * of 1 to 2, inclusive.
+ */
+ int tone_mapping_param_num;
+
+ /**
+ * The color tone mapping parameters.
+ */
+ AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams tm_params[2];
+
+ /**
+ * This flag indicates that the metadata for the color saturation mapping in
+ * the processing window is present (for value of 1).
+ */
+ int color_saturation_mapping_flag;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of color saturation param. The value shall be in the range
+ * of 0 to 7, inclusive.
+ */
+ int color_saturation_num;
+
+ /**
+ * Indicates the color correction strength parameter.
+ * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 2.0, inclusive
+ * and in multiples of 1/128.
+ */
+ AVRational color_saturation_gain[8];
+} AVHDRVividColorTransformParams;
+
+/**
+ * This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform -
+ * CUVA 005.1:2021 standard
+ *
+ * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
+ * appropriate type.
+ *
+ * @note The struct should be allocated with
+ * av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_alloc() and its size is not a part of
+ * the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDynamicHDRVivid {
+ /**
+ * The system start code. The value shall be set to 0x01.
+ */
+ uint8_t system_start_code;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of processing windows. The value shall be set to 0x01
+ * if the system_start_code is 0x01.
+ */
+ uint8_t num_windows;
+
+ /**
+ * The color transform parameters for every processing window.
+ */
+ AVHDRVividColorTransformParams params[3];
+} AVDynamicHDRVivid;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVDynamicHDRVivid structure and set its fields to
+ * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
+ *
+ * @return An AVDynamicHDRVivid filled with default values or NULL
+ * on failure.
+ */
+AVDynamicHDRVivid *av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRVivid and add it to the frame.
+ * @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
+ *
+ * @return The AVDynamicHDRVivid structure to be filled by caller or NULL
+ * on failure.
+ */
+AVDynamicHDRVivid *av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hmac.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hmac.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ca4da6a68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hmac.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H
+#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVHMACType {
+ AV_HMAC_MD5,
+ AV_HMAC_SHA1,
+ AV_HMAC_SHA224,
+ AV_HMAC_SHA256,
+ AV_HMAC_SHA384,
+ AV_HMAC_SHA512,
+};
+
+typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVHMAC context.
+ * @param type The hash function used for the HMAC.
+ */
+AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVHMAC context.
+ * @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL
+ */
+void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key.
+ * @param ctx The HMAC context
+ * @param key The authentication key
+ * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes
+ */
+void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen);
+
+/**
+ * Hash data with the HMAC.
+ * @param ctx The HMAC context
+ * @param data The data to hash
+ * @param len The length of the data, in bytes
+ */
+void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len);
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest.
+ * @param ctx The HMAC context
+ * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into
+ * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes
+ * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code.
+ */
+int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen);
+
+/**
+ * Hash an array of data with a key.
+ * @param ctx The HMAC context
+ * @param data The data to hash
+ * @param len The length of the data, in bytes
+ * @param key The authentication key
+ * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes
+ * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into
+ * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes
+ * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code.
+ */
+int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len,
+ const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen,
+ uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7ff08c860
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,610 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
+
+#include "buffer.h"
+#include "frame.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+enum AVHWDeviceType {
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VULKAN,
+};
+
+typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal;
+
+/**
+ * This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state,
+ * i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration.
+ * E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding,
+ * this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding
+ * and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be
+ * derived.
+ *
+ * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The
+ * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field
+ * points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from
+ * AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with
+ * specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the
+ * references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed,
+ * optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware
+ * state.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext {
+ /**
+ * A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc().
+ */
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+
+ /**
+ * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
+ * way by the caller.
+ */
+ AVHWDeviceInternal *internal;
+
+ /**
+ * This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access.
+ *
+ * This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed
+ * afterwards.
+ */
+ enum AVHWDeviceType type;
+
+ /**
+ * The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with
+ * this context.
+ *
+ * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
+ * corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the
+ * documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
+ *
+ * After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified
+ * by the caller.
+ */
+ void *hwctx;
+
+ /**
+ * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
+ *
+ * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
+ * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
+ *
+ * @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this
+ * struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects
+ * are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked.
+ */
+ void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx);
+
+ /**
+ * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
+ */
+ void *user_opaque;
+} AVHWDeviceContext;
+
+typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal;
+
+/**
+ * This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with
+ * data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are
+ * assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable.
+ *
+ * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a
+ * given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor
+ * yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext
+ * struct.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHWFramesContext {
+ /**
+ * A class for logging.
+ */
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+
+ /**
+ * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
+ * way by the caller.
+ */
+ AVHWFramesInternal *internal;
+
+ /**
+ * A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and
+ * managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive
+ * additional references from it.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *device_ref;
+
+ /**
+ * The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to
+ * device_ref->data provided for convenience.
+ *
+ * Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+ */
+ AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx;
+
+ /**
+ * The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with
+ * this context.
+ *
+ * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
+ * corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the
+ * documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+ *
+ * After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this
+ * struct should not be modified by the caller.
+ */
+ void *hwctx;
+
+ /**
+ * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+ *
+ * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
+ * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
+ */
+ void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx);
+
+ /**
+ * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
+ */
+ void *user_opaque;
+
+ /**
+ * A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer().
+ * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+ * The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must
+ * have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw
+ * type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before
+ * this struct's free() callback is invoked.
+ *
+ * This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool
+ * internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at
+ * fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a
+ * case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately.
+ */
+ AVBufferPool *pool;
+
+ /**
+ * Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support
+ * dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size.
+ *
+ * May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be
+ * set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools.
+ */
+ int initial_pool_size;
+
+ /**
+ * The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type.
+ *
+ * Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set.
+ *
+ * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat format;
+
+ /**
+ * The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware
+ * frames.
+ *
+ * Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+ *
+ * @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but
+ * only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully
+ * planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else).
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat sw_format;
+
+ /**
+ * The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool.
+ *
+ * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+ */
+ int width, height;
+} AVHWFramesContext;
+
+/**
+ * Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name.
+ *
+ * @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive).
+ * @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if
+ * not found.
+ */
+enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name);
+
+/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType.
+ *
+ * @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType.
+ * @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type
+ * is not valid.
+ */
+const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over supported device types.
+ *
+ * @param prev AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type
+ * returned by this function in subsequent iterations.
+ * @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or
+ * AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more.
+ */
+enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type.
+ *
+ * @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate.
+ * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL
+ * on failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after
+ * the context is filled with all the required information and before it is
+ * used in any way.
+ *
+ * @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
+
+/**
+ * Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it.
+ *
+ * This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers
+ * who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device
+ * manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using
+ * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
+ *
+ * The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller
+ * should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of
+ * the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be
+ * touched by the caller.
+ *
+ * @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context
+ * will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller
+ * and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer
+ * needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer.
+ * @param type The type of the device to create.
+ * @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open.
+ * @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in
+ * opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller.
+ * @param flags currently unused
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type,
+ const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device.
+ *
+ * If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally
+ * derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate
+ * devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the
+ * existing device of the same type as is requested.
+ *
+ * Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source
+ * device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will
+ * attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in
+ * turn looking for an implemented derivation method.
+ *
+ * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created
+ * AVHWDeviceContext.
+ * @param type The type of the new device to create.
+ * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be
+ * used to create the new device.
+ * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero.
+ * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx,
+ enum AVHWDeviceType type,
+ AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device.
+ *
+ * This function performs the same action as av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived,
+ * however, it is able to set options for the new device to be derived.
+ *
+ * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created
+ * AVHWDeviceContext.
+ * @param type The type of the new device to create.
+ * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be
+ * used to create the new device.
+ * @param options Options for the new device to create, same format as in
+ * av_hwdevice_ctx_create.
+ * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero.
+ * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived_opts(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx,
+ enum AVHWDeviceType type,
+ AVBufferRef *src_ctx,
+ AVDictionary *options, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context.
+ *
+ * @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make
+ * a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the
+ * function remains owned by the caller.
+ * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL
+ * on failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the
+ * context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached
+ * to any frames.
+ *
+ * @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext.
+ *
+ * @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext
+ * @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with
+ * newly allocated buffers.
+ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an
+ * AVHWFramesContext attached.
+ *
+ * If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set)
+ * must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src,
+ * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM).
+ * If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one
+ * of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst,
+ * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO)
+ *
+ * dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the
+ * data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer().
+ * If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when
+ * dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen.
+ *
+ * The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to
+ * AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support
+ * transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions
+ * (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but
+ * also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are
+ * smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the
+ * destination frame is unspecified.
+ *
+ * @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure.
+ * @param src the source frame.
+ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
+
+enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection {
+ /**
+ * Transfer the data from the queried hw frame.
+ */
+ AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM,
+
+ /**
+ * Transfer the data to the queried hw frame.
+ */
+ AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in
+ * av_hwframe_transfer_data().
+ *
+ * @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for
+ * @param dir the direction of the transfer
+ * @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here.
+ * The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed
+ * by the caller when no longer needed using av_free().
+ * If this function returns successfully, the format list will
+ * have at least one item (not counting the terminator).
+ * On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified.
+ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx,
+ enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir,
+ enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags);
+
+
+/**
+ * This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to
+ * a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned
+ * by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by
+ * av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints {
+ /**
+ * A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx,
+ * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled.
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats;
+
+ /**
+ * A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx,
+ * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is
+ * not known.
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats;
+
+ /**
+ * The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
+ * (Zero if not known.)
+ */
+ int min_width;
+ int min_height;
+
+ /**
+ * The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
+ * (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.)
+ */
+ int max_width;
+ int max_height;
+} AVHWFramesConstraints;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device.
+ * After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific
+ * hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with
+ * av_free().
+ *
+ * @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
+ * @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on
+ * success or NULL on failure.
+ */
+void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific
+ * configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific
+ * configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities
+ * of the device.
+ *
+ * @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
+ * @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL
+ * to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device.
+ * @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints
+ * on the device, or NULL if not available.
+ */
+AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref,
+ const void *hwconfig);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
+ *
+ * @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
+ */
+void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints);
+
+
+/**
+ * Flags to apply to frame mappings.
+ */
+enum {
+ /**
+ * The mapping must be readable.
+ */
+ AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0,
+ /**
+ * The mapping must be writeable.
+ */
+ AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1,
+ /**
+ * The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent
+ * operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values
+ * which are not overwritten are unspecified.
+ */
+ AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2,
+ /**
+ * The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in
+ * the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may
+ * be much lower than normal memory.
+ */
+ AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Map a hardware frame.
+ *
+ * This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format
+ * and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable
+ * frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created
+ * by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and
+ * dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context.
+ *
+ * If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst,
+ * then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to
+ * the frame that src was originally mapped from.
+ *
+ * If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function
+ * attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and
+ * then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be
+ * possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible -
+ * given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to
+ * create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible.
+ *
+ * If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is
+ * mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame.
+ * If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst
+ * with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate
+ * format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context).
+ *
+ * A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not
+ * possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return
+ * values indicate that it failed somehow.
+ *
+ * On failure, the destination frame will be left blank, except for the
+ * hw_frames_ctx/format fields thay may have been set by the caller - those will
+ * be preserved as they were.
+ *
+ * @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping.
+ * @param src Source frame, to be mapped.
+ * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags.
+ * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
+
+
+/**
+ * Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing
+ * AVHWFramesContext on a different device.
+ *
+ * av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this.
+ *
+ * @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created
+ * AVHWFramesContext.
+ * @param format The AVPixelFormat for the derived context.
+ * @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new
+ * AVHWFramesContext on.
+ * @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext
+ * which will be mapped to the derived context.
+ * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the
+ * mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated
+ * in the derived device.
+ * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx,
+ enum AVPixelFormat format,
+ AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx,
+ AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx,
+ int flags);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cefbe0cea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H
+
+#ifndef CUDA_VERSION
+#include <cuda.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA.
+ *
+ * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
+ * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CUdeviceptr.
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContextInternal AVCUDADeviceContextInternal;
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContext {
+ CUcontext cuda_ctx;
+ CUstream stream;
+ AVCUDADeviceContextInternal *internal;
+} AVCUDADeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup hwcontext_cuda Device context creation flags
+ *
+ * Flags for av_hwdevice_ctx_create.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Use primary device context instead of creating a new one.
+ */
+#define AV_CUDA_USE_PRIMARY_CONTEXT (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77d2d72f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA.
+ *
+ * The default pool implementation will be fixed-size if initial_pool_size is
+ * set (and allocate elements from an array texture). Otherwise it will allocate
+ * individual textures. Be aware that decoding requires a single array texture.
+ *
+ * Using sw_format==AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P has special semantics, and maps to
+ * DXGI_FORMAT_420_OPAQUE. av_hwframe_transfer_data() is not supported for
+ * this format. Refer to MSDN for details.
+ *
+ * av_hwdevice_ctx_create() for this device type supports a key named "debug"
+ * for the AVDictionary entry. If this is set to any value, the device creation
+ * code will try to load various supported D3D debugging layers.
+ */
+
+#include <d3d11.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVD3D11VADeviceContext {
+ /**
+ * Device used for texture creation and access. This can also be used to
+ * set the libavcodec decoding device.
+ *
+ * Must be set by the user. This is the only mandatory field - the other
+ * device context fields are set from this and are available for convenience.
+ *
+ * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
+ * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
+ */
+ ID3D11Device *device;
+
+ /**
+ * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init.
+ *
+ * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
+ * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
+ */
+ ID3D11DeviceContext *device_context;
+
+ /**
+ * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init.
+ *
+ * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
+ * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
+ */
+ ID3D11VideoDevice *video_device;
+
+ /**
+ * If unset, this will be set from the device_context field on init.
+ *
+ * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
+ * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
+ */
+ ID3D11VideoContext *video_context;
+
+ /**
+ * Callbacks for locking. They protect accesses to device_context and
+ * video_context calls. They also protect access to the internal staging
+ * texture (for av_hwframe_transfer_data() calls). They do NOT protect
+ * access to hwcontext or decoder state in general.
+ *
+ * If unset on init, the hwcontext implementation will set them to use an
+ * internal mutex.
+ *
+ * The underlying lock must be recursive. lock_ctx is for free use by the
+ * locking implementation.
+ */
+ void (*lock)(void *lock_ctx);
+ void (*unlock)(void *lock_ctx);
+ void *lock_ctx;
+} AVD3D11VADeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * D3D11 frame descriptor for pool allocation.
+ *
+ * In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
+ * with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the
+ * planes of the frame.
+ *
+ * This has no use outside of custom allocation, and AVFrame AVBufferRef do not
+ * necessarily point to an instance of this struct.
+ */
+typedef struct AVD3D11FrameDescriptor {
+ /**
+ * The texture in which the frame is located. The reference count is
+ * managed by the AVBufferRef, and destroying the reference will release
+ * the interface.
+ *
+ * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[0].
+ */
+ ID3D11Texture2D *texture;
+
+ /**
+ * The index into the array texture element representing the frame, or 0
+ * if the texture is not an array texture.
+ *
+ * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[1] (cast from intptr_t).
+ */
+ intptr_t index;
+} AVD3D11FrameDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVD3D11VAFramesContext {
+ /**
+ * The canonical texture used for pool allocation. If this is set to NULL
+ * on init, the hwframes implementation will allocate and set an array
+ * texture if initial_pool_size > 0.
+ *
+ * The only situation when the API user should set this is:
+ * - the user wants to do manual pool allocation (setting
+ * AVHWFramesContext.pool), instead of letting AVHWFramesContext
+ * allocate the pool
+ * - of an array texture
+ * - and wants it to use it for decoding
+ * - this has to be done before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init()
+ *
+ * Deallocating the AVHWFramesContext will always release this interface,
+ * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
+ *
+ * This is in particular used by the libavcodec D3D11VA hwaccel, which
+ * requires a single array texture. It will create ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView
+ * objects for each array texture element on decoder initialization.
+ */
+ ID3D11Texture2D *texture;
+
+ /**
+ * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.BindFlags used for texture creation. The user must
+ * at least set D3D11_BIND_DECODER if the frames context is to be used for
+ * video decoding.
+ * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
+ */
+ UINT BindFlags;
+
+ /**
+ * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.MiscFlags used for texture creation.
+ * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
+ */
+ UINT MiscFlags;
+
+ /**
+ * In case if texture structure member above is not NULL contains the same texture
+ * pointer for all elements and different indexes into the array texture.
+ * In case if texture structure member above is NULL, all elements contains
+ * pointers to separate non-array textures and 0 indexes.
+ * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
+ */
+ AVD3D11FrameDescriptor *texture_infos;
+} AVD3D11VAFramesContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..42709f215
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM.
+ *
+ * Internal frame allocation is not currently supported - all frames
+ * must be allocated by the user. Thus AVHWFramesContext is always
+ * NULL, though this may change if support for frame allocation is
+ * added in future.
+ */
+
+enum {
+ /**
+ * The maximum number of layers/planes in a DRM frame.
+ */
+ AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES = 4
+};
+
+/**
+ * DRM object descriptor.
+ *
+ * Describes a single DRM object, addressing it as a PRIME file
+ * descriptor.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDRMObjectDescriptor {
+ /**
+ * DRM PRIME fd for the object.
+ */
+ int fd;
+ /**
+ * Total size of the object.
+ *
+ * (This includes any parts not which do not contain image data.)
+ */
+ size_t size;
+ /**
+ * Format modifier applied to the object (DRM_FORMAT_MOD_*).
+ *
+ * If the format modifier is unknown then this should be set to
+ * DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID.
+ */
+ uint64_t format_modifier;
+} AVDRMObjectDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * DRM plane descriptor.
+ *
+ * Describes a single plane of a layer, which is contained within
+ * a single object.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDRMPlaneDescriptor {
+ /**
+ * Index of the object containing this plane in the objects
+ * array of the enclosing frame descriptor.
+ */
+ int object_index;
+ /**
+ * Offset within that object of this plane.
+ */
+ ptrdiff_t offset;
+ /**
+ * Pitch (linesize) of this plane.
+ */
+ ptrdiff_t pitch;
+} AVDRMPlaneDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * DRM layer descriptor.
+ *
+ * Describes a single layer within a frame. This has the structure
+ * defined by its format, and will contain one or more planes.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDRMLayerDescriptor {
+ /**
+ * Format of the layer (DRM_FORMAT_*).
+ */
+ uint32_t format;
+ /**
+ * Number of planes in the layer.
+ *
+ * This must match the number of planes required by format.
+ */
+ int nb_planes;
+ /**
+ * Array of planes in this layer.
+ */
+ AVDRMPlaneDescriptor planes[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
+} AVDRMLayerDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * DRM frame descriptor.
+ *
+ * This is used as the data pointer for AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME frames.
+ * It is also used by user-allocated frame pools - allocating in
+ * AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs which contain
+ * an object of this type.
+ *
+ * The fields of this structure should be set such it can be
+ * imported directly by EGL using the EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import
+ * and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers extensions.
+ * (Note that the exact layout of a particular format may vary between
+ * platforms - we only specify that the same platform should be able
+ * to import it.)
+ *
+ * The total number of planes must not exceed AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES, and
+ * the order of the planes by increasing layer index followed by
+ * increasing plane index must be the same as the order which would
+ * be used for the data pointers in the equivalent software format.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDRMFrameDescriptor {
+ /**
+ * Number of DRM objects making up this frame.
+ */
+ int nb_objects;
+ /**
+ * Array of objects making up the frame.
+ */
+ AVDRMObjectDescriptor objects[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
+ /**
+ * Number of layers in the frame.
+ */
+ int nb_layers;
+ /**
+ * Array of layers in the frame.
+ */
+ AVDRMLayerDescriptor layers[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
+} AVDRMFrameDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * DRM device.
+ *
+ * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDRMDeviceContext {
+ /**
+ * File descriptor of DRM device.
+ *
+ * This is used as the device to create frames on, and may also be
+ * used in some derivation and mapping operations.
+ *
+ * If no device is required, set to -1.
+ */
+ int fd;
+} AVDRMDeviceContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e1b79bc0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2.
+ *
+ * Only fixed-size pools are supported.
+ *
+ * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
+ * with the data pointer set to a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9.
+ */
+
+#include <d3d9.h>
+#include <dxva2api.h>
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVDXVA2DeviceContext {
+ IDirect3DDeviceManager9 *devmgr;
+} AVDXVA2DeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVDXVA2FramesContext {
+ /**
+ * The surface type (e.g. DXVA2_VideoProcessorRenderTarget or
+ * DXVA2_VideoDecoderRenderTarget). Must be set by the caller.
+ */
+ DWORD surface_type;
+
+ /**
+ * The surface pool. When an external pool is not provided by the caller,
+ * this will be managed (allocated and filled on init, freed on uninit) by
+ * libavutil.
+ */
+ IDirect3DSurface9 **surfaces;
+ int nb_surfaces;
+
+ /**
+ * Certain drivers require the decoder to be destroyed before the surfaces.
+ * To allow internally managed pools to work properly in such cases, this
+ * field is provided.
+ *
+ * If it is non-NULL, libavutil will call IDirectXVideoDecoder_Release() on
+ * it just before the internal surface pool is freed.
+ *
+ * This is for convenience only. Some code uses other methods to manage the
+ * decoder reference.
+ */
+ IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder_to_release;
+} AVDXVA2FramesContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fc0263cab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H
+
+/**
+ * MediaCodec details.
+ *
+ * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVMediaCodecDeviceContext {
+ /**
+ * android/view/Surface handle, to be filled by the user.
+ *
+ * This is the default surface used by decoders on this device.
+ */
+ void *surface;
+
+ /**
+ * Pointer to ANativeWindow.
+ *
+ * It both surface and native_window is NULL, try to create it
+ * automatically if create_window is true and OS support
+ * createPersistentInputSurface.
+ *
+ * It can be used as output surface for decoder and input surface for
+ * encoder.
+ */
+ void *native_window;
+
+ /**
+ * Enable createPersistentInputSurface automatically.
+ *
+ * Disabled by default.
+ *
+ * It can be enabled by setting this flag directly, or by setting
+ * AVDictionary of av_hwdevice_ctx_create(), with "create_window" as key.
+ * The second method is useful for ffmpeg cmdline, e.g., we can enable it
+ * via:
+ * -init_hw_device mediacodec=mediacodec,create_window=1
+ */
+ int create_window;
+} AVMediaCodecDeviceContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_opencl.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_opencl.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ef54486c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_opencl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H
+
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+#include <OpenCL/cl.h>
+#else
+#include <CL/cl.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "frame.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL.
+ *
+ * Pools allocated internally are always dynamic, and are primarily intended
+ * to be used in OpenCL-only cases. If interoperation is required, it is
+ * typically required to allocate frames in the other API and then map the
+ * frames context to OpenCL with av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived().
+ */
+
+/**
+ * OpenCL frame descriptor for pool allocation.
+ *
+ * In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
+ * with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the
+ * planes of the frame.
+ */
+typedef struct AVOpenCLFrameDescriptor {
+ /**
+ * Number of planes in the frame.
+ */
+ int nb_planes;
+ /**
+ * OpenCL image2d objects for each plane of the frame.
+ */
+ cl_mem planes[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+} AVOpenCLFrameDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * OpenCL device details.
+ *
+ * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVOpenCLDeviceContext {
+ /**
+ * The primary device ID of the device. If multiple OpenCL devices
+ * are associated with the context then this is the one which will
+ * be used for all operations internal to FFmpeg.
+ */
+ cl_device_id device_id;
+ /**
+ * The OpenCL context which will contain all operations and frames on
+ * this device.
+ */
+ cl_context context;
+ /**
+ * The default command queue for this device, which will be used by all
+ * frames contexts which do not have their own command queue. If not
+ * intialised by the user, a default queue will be created on the
+ * primary device.
+ */
+ cl_command_queue command_queue;
+} AVOpenCLDeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * OpenCL-specific data associated with a frame pool.
+ *
+ * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx.
+ */
+typedef struct AVOpenCLFramesContext {
+ /**
+ * The command queue used for internal asynchronous operations on this
+ * device (av_hwframe_transfer_data(), av_hwframe_map()).
+ *
+ * If this is not set, the command queue from the associated device is
+ * used instead.
+ */
+ cl_command_queue command_queue;
+} AVOpenCLFramesContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e2dba8ad8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H
+
+#include <mfxvideo.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV.
+ *
+ * This API does not support dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must
+ * contain AVBufferRefs whose data pointer points to an mfxFrameSurface1 struct.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVQSVDeviceContext {
+ mfxSession session;
+ /**
+ * The mfxLoader handle used for mfxSession creation
+ *
+ * This field is only available for oneVPL user. For non-oneVPL user, this
+ * field must be set to NULL.
+ *
+ * Filled by the user before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() and should be
+ * cast to mfxLoader handle. Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always
+ * release this interface.
+ */
+ void *loader;
+} AVQSVDeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVQSVFramesContext {
+ mfxFrameSurface1 *surfaces;
+ int nb_surfaces;
+
+ /**
+ * A combination of MFX_MEMTYPE_* describing the frame pool.
+ */
+ int frame_type;
+} AVQSVFramesContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H */
+
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0b2e071cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H
+
+#include <va/va.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI.
+ *
+ * Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render
+ * target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an
+ * argument to vaCreateContext().
+ *
+ * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
+ * with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID.
+ */
+
+enum {
+ /**
+ * The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected
+ * automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
+ */
+ AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0),
+ /**
+ * The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by
+ * vaRenderPicture(). Additional code will be required to destroy them
+ * separately afterwards.
+ */
+ AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1),
+
+ /**
+ * The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute,
+ * so the surface allocation code will not try to use it.
+ */
+ AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2),
+
+ /**
+ * The driver does not support surface attributes at all.
+ * The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation,
+ * and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked.
+ */
+ AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3),
+};
+
+/**
+ * VAAPI connection details.
+ *
+ * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext {
+ /**
+ * The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user.
+ */
+ VADisplay display;
+ /**
+ * Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(),
+ * with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the
+ * AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present. The user
+ * may need to refer to this field when performing any later
+ * operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay.
+ */
+ unsigned int driver_quirks;
+} AVVAAPIDeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool.
+ *
+ * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx.
+ */
+typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext {
+ /**
+ * Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in
+ * the frame pool. If null, default settings are used.
+ */
+ VASurfaceAttrib *attributes;
+ int nb_attributes;
+ /**
+ * The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation.
+ * Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive.
+ * These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to
+ * vaCreateContext().
+ */
+ VASurfaceID *surface_ids;
+ int nb_surfaces;
+} AVVAAPIFramesContext;
+
+/**
+ * VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details.
+ *
+ * Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc().
+ */
+typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig {
+ /**
+ * ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration.
+ */
+ VAConfigID config_id;
+} AVVAAPIHWConfig;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1b7ea1e44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H
+
+#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU.
+ *
+ * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
+ * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a VdpVideoSurface.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVVDPAUDeviceContext {
+ VdpDevice device;
+ VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address;
+} AVVDPAUDeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..25dde85df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include <VideoToolbox/VideoToolbox.h>
+
+#include "frame.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX.
+ *
+ * This API supports frame allocation using a native CVPixelBufferPool
+ * instead of an AVBufferPool.
+ *
+ * If the API user sets a custom pool, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
+ * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CVImageBufferRef or CVPixelBufferRef.
+ * Note that the underlying CVPixelBuffer could be retained by OS frameworks
+ * depending on application usage, so it is preferable to let CoreVideo manage
+ * the pool using the default implementation.
+ *
+ * Currently AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx and AVHWFramesContext.hwctx are always
+ * NULL.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Convert a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format to AVPixelFormat.
+ * Returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if no known equivalent was found.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_map_videotoolbox_format_to_pixfmt(uint32_t cv_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVPixelFormat to a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format.
+ * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
+ */
+uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Same as av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt function, but can map and
+ * return full range pixel formats via a flag.
+ */
+uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt2(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, bool full_range);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVChromaLocation to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo chroma location string.
+ * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
+ */
+CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_chroma_loc_from_av(enum AVChromaLocation loc);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVColorSpace to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color matrix string.
+ * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
+ */
+CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_matrix_from_av(enum AVColorSpace space);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVColorPrimaries to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color primaries string.
+ * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
+ */
+CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_primaries_from_av(enum AVColorPrimaries pri);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVColorTransferCharacteristic to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color transfer
+ * function string.
+ * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
+ */
+CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_trc_from_av(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic trc);
+
+/**
+ * Update a CVPixelBufferRef's metadata to based on an AVFrame.
+ * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
+ */
+int av_vt_pixbuf_set_attachments(void *log_ctx,
+ CVPixelBufferRef pixbuf, const struct AVFrame *src);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_vulkan.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_vulkan.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..df86c85b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/hwcontext_vulkan.h
@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H
+
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(VK_USE_PLATFORM_WIN32_KHR)
+#define VK_USE_PLATFORM_WIN32_KHR
+#endif
+#include <vulkan/vulkan.h>
+
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+#include "frame.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VULKAN.
+ *
+ * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
+ * with the data pointer set to an AVVkFrame.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Main Vulkan context, allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx.
+ * All of these can be set before init to change what the context uses
+ */
+typedef struct AVVulkanDeviceContext {
+ /**
+ * Custom memory allocator, else NULL
+ */
+ const VkAllocationCallbacks *alloc;
+
+ /**
+ * Pointer to the instance-provided vkGetInstanceProcAddr loading function.
+ * If NULL, will pick either libvulkan or libvolk, depending on libavutil's
+ * compilation settings, and set this field.
+ */
+ PFN_vkGetInstanceProcAddr get_proc_addr;
+
+ /**
+ * Vulkan instance. Must be at least version 1.2.
+ */
+ VkInstance inst;
+
+ /**
+ * Physical device
+ */
+ VkPhysicalDevice phys_dev;
+
+ /**
+ * Active device
+ */
+ VkDevice act_dev;
+
+ /**
+ * This structure should be set to the set of features that present and enabled
+ * during device creation. When a device is created by FFmpeg, it will default to
+ * enabling all that are present of the shaderImageGatherExtended,
+ * fragmentStoresAndAtomics, shaderInt64 and vertexPipelineStoresAndAtomics features.
+ */
+ VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 device_features;
+
+ /**
+ * Enabled instance extensions.
+ * If supplying your own device context, set this to an array of strings, with
+ * each entry containing the specified Vulkan extension string to enable.
+ * Duplicates are possible and accepted.
+ * If no extensions are enabled, set these fields to NULL, and 0 respectively.
+ */
+ const char * const *enabled_inst_extensions;
+ int nb_enabled_inst_extensions;
+
+ /**
+ * Enabled device extensions. By default, VK_KHR_external_memory_fd,
+ * VK_EXT_external_memory_dma_buf, VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier,
+ * VK_KHR_external_semaphore_fd and VK_EXT_external_memory_host are enabled if found.
+ * If supplying your own device context, these fields takes the same format as
+ * the above fields, with the same conditions that duplicates are possible
+ * and accepted, and that NULL and 0 respectively means no extensions are enabled.
+ */
+ const char * const *enabled_dev_extensions;
+ int nb_enabled_dev_extensions;
+
+ /**
+ * Queue family index for graphics operations, and the number of queues
+ * enabled for it. If unavaiable, will be set to -1. Not required.
+ * av_hwdevice_create() will attempt to find a dedicated queue for each
+ * queue family, or pick the one with the least unrelated flags set.
+ * Queue indices here may overlap if a queue has to share capabilities.
+ */
+ int queue_family_index;
+ int nb_graphics_queues;
+
+ /**
+ * Queue family index for transfer operations and the number of queues
+ * enabled. Required.
+ */
+ int queue_family_tx_index;
+ int nb_tx_queues;
+
+ /**
+ * Queue family index for compute operations and the number of queues
+ * enabled. Required.
+ */
+ int queue_family_comp_index;
+ int nb_comp_queues;
+
+ /**
+ * Queue family index for video encode ops, and the amount of queues enabled.
+ * If the device doesn't support such, queue_family_encode_index will be -1.
+ * Not required.
+ */
+ int queue_family_encode_index;
+ int nb_encode_queues;
+
+ /**
+ * Queue family index for video decode ops, and the amount of queues enabled.
+ * If the device doesn't support such, queue_family_decode_index will be -1.
+ * Not required.
+ */
+ int queue_family_decode_index;
+ int nb_decode_queues;
+} AVVulkanDeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * Defines the behaviour of frame allocation.
+ */
+typedef enum AVVkFrameFlags {
+ /* Unless this flag is set, autodetected flags will be OR'd based on the
+ * device and tiling during av_hwframe_ctx_init(). */
+ AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_NONE = (1ULL << 0),
+
+ /* Image planes will be allocated in a single VkDeviceMemory, rather
+ * than as per-plane VkDeviceMemory allocations. Required for exporting
+ * to VAAPI on Intel devices. */
+ AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_CONTIGUOUS_MEMORY = (1ULL << 1),
+} AVVkFrameFlags;
+
+/**
+ * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx, used to set pool-specific options
+ */
+typedef struct AVVulkanFramesContext {
+ /**
+ * Controls the tiling of allocated frames. If left as optimal tiling,
+ * then during av_hwframe_ctx_init() will decide based on whether the device
+ * supports DRM modifiers, or if the linear_images flag is set, otherwise
+ * will allocate optimally-tiled images.
+ */
+ VkImageTiling tiling;
+
+ /**
+ * Defines extra usage of output frames. If left as 0, the following bits
+ * are set: TRANSFER_SRC, TRANSFER_DST. SAMPLED and STORAGE.
+ */
+ VkImageUsageFlagBits usage;
+
+ /**
+ * Extension data for image creation.
+ * If VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT is present in the chain,
+ * and the device supports DRM modifiers, then images will be allocated
+ * with the specific requested DRM modifiers.
+ * Additional structures may be added at av_hwframe_ctx_init() time,
+ * which will be freed automatically on uninit(), so users need only free
+ * any structures they've allocated themselves.
+ */
+ void *create_pnext;
+
+ /**
+ * Extension data for memory allocation. Must have as many entries as
+ * the number of planes of the sw_format.
+ * This will be chained to VkExportMemoryAllocateInfo, which is used
+ * to make all pool images exportable to other APIs if the necessary
+ * extensions are present in enabled_dev_extensions.
+ */
+ void *alloc_pnext[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+ /**
+ * A combination of AVVkFrameFlags. Unless AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_NONE is set,
+ * autodetected flags will be OR'd based on the device and tiling during
+ * av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+ */
+ AVVkFrameFlags flags;
+} AVVulkanFramesContext;
+
+/*
+ * Frame structure, the VkFormat of the image will always match
+ * the pool's sw_format.
+ * All frames, imported or allocated, will be created with the
+ * VK_IMAGE_CREATE_ALIAS_BIT flag set, so the memory may be aliased if needed.
+ *
+ * If all queue family indices in the device context are the same,
+ * images will be created with the EXCLUSIVE sharing mode. Otherwise, all images
+ * will be created using the CONCURRENT sharing mode.
+ *
+ * @note the size of this structure is not part of the ABI, to allocate
+ * you must use @av_vk_frame_alloc().
+ */
+typedef struct AVVkFrame {
+ /**
+ * Vulkan images to which the memory is bound to.
+ */
+ VkImage img[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+ /**
+ * The same tiling must be used for all images in the frame.
+ */
+ VkImageTiling tiling;
+
+ /**
+ * Memory backing the images. Could be less than the amount of planes,
+ * in which case the offset value will indicate the binding offset of
+ * each plane in the memory.
+ */
+ VkDeviceMemory mem[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+ size_t size[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+ /**
+ * OR'd flags for all memory allocated
+ */
+ VkMemoryPropertyFlagBits flags;
+
+ /**
+ * Updated after every barrier
+ */
+ VkAccessFlagBits access[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+ VkImageLayout layout[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+ /**
+ * Synchronization timeline semaphores, one for each sw_format plane.
+ * Must not be freed manually. Must be waited on at every submission using
+ * the value in sem_value, and must be signalled at every submission,
+ * using an incremented value.
+ */
+ VkSemaphore sem[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+ /**
+ * Up to date semaphore value at which each image becomes accessible.
+ * Clients must wait on this value when submitting a command queue,
+ * and increment it when signalling.
+ */
+ uint64_t sem_value[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+ /**
+ * Internal data.
+ */
+ struct AVVkFrameInternal *internal;
+
+ /**
+ * Describes the binding offset of each plane to the VkDeviceMemory.
+ */
+ ptrdiff_t offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+} AVVkFrame;
+
+/**
+ * Allocates a single AVVkFrame and initializes everything as 0.
+ * @note Must be freed via av_free()
+ */
+AVVkFrame *av_vk_frame_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the format of each image up to the number of planes for a given sw_format.
+ * Returns NULL on unsupported formats.
+ */
+const VkFormat *av_vkfmt_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat p);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/imgutils.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/imgutils.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e10ac1495
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/imgutils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
+#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * misc image utilities
+ *
+ * @addtogroup lavu_picture
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "pixdesc.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/**
+ * Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a
+ * format described by pixdesc.
+ *
+ * The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of
+ * the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first
+ * byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same
+ * component.
+ *
+ * @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step
+ * for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel
+ * components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the
+ * component in the plane with the max pixel step.
+ * @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component
+ * for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL.
+ * @param pixdesc the AVPixFmtDescriptor for the image, describing its format
+ */
+void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4],
+ const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
+
+/**
+ * Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width
+ * width for the plane plane.
+ *
+ * @return the computed size in bytes
+ */
+int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane);
+
+/**
+ * Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
+ * width width.
+ *
+ * @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane
+ * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image
+ * @param width width of the image in pixels
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width);
+
+/**
+ * Fill plane sizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and height height.
+ *
+ * @param size the array to be filled with the size of each image plane
+ * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image
+ * @param height height of the image in pixels
+ * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each
+ * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes()
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise
+ *
+ * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are
+ * int for av_image_fill_linesizes().
+ */
+int av_image_fill_plane_sizes(size_t size[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
+ int height, const ptrdiff_t linesizes[4]);
+
+/**
+ * Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
+ * height height.
+ *
+ * @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane
+ * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image
+ * @param height height of the image in pixels
+ * @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image
+ * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each
+ * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes()
+ * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
+ * error code in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int height,
+ uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and
+ * fill pointers and linesizes accordingly.
+ * The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using
+ * av_freep(&pointers[0]).
+ *
+ * @param pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane
+ * @param linesizes the array filled with the linesize for each plane
+ * @param w width of the image in pixels
+ * @param h height of the image in pixels
+ * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image
+ * @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment
+ * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
+ * error code in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4],
+ int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image plane from src to dst.
+ * That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each.
+ * The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize
+ * bytes.
+ *
+ * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize
+ * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined.
+ *
+ * @param dst destination plane to copy to
+ * @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst
+ * @param src source plane to copy from
+ * @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src
+ * @param height height (number of lines) of the plane
+ */
+void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize,
+ const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize,
+ int bytewidth, int height);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where
+ * available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such
+ * memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain
+ * av_image_copy_plane().
+ *
+ * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize
+ * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined.
+ *
+ * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are
+ * int for av_image_copy_plane().
+ * @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline
+ * size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance.
+ */
+void av_image_copy_plane_uc_from(uint8_t *dst, ptrdiff_t dst_linesize,
+ const uint8_t *src, ptrdiff_t src_linesize,
+ ptrdiff_t bytewidth, int height);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image in src_data to dst_data.
+ *
+ * @param dst_data destination image data buffer to copy to
+ * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data
+ * @param src_data source image data buffer to copy from
+ * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data
+ * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image
+ * @param width width of the image in pixels
+ * @param height height of the image in pixels
+ */
+void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4],
+ const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4],
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where
+ * available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such
+ * memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain
+ * av_image_copy().
+ *
+ * The data pointers and the linesizes must be aligned to the maximum required
+ * by the CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are
+ * int for av_image_copy().
+ * @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline
+ * size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance.
+ */
+void av_image_copy_uc_from(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesizes[4],
+ const uint8_t *src_data[4], const ptrdiff_t src_linesizes[4],
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image
+ * parameters and the provided array.
+ *
+ * The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src
+ * address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the
+ * specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and
+ * line sizes will be set. If a planar format is specified, several
+ * pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and
+ * the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the
+ * lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required
+ * size for the src buffer.
+ *
+ * To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in
+ * one call, use av_image_alloc().
+ *
+ * @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in
+ * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in
+ * @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL
+ * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
+ * @param width the width of the image in pixels
+ * @param height the height of the image in pixels
+ * @param align the value used in src for linesize alignment
+ * @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code
+ * in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4],
+ const uint8_t *src,
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an
+ * image with the given parameters.
+ *
+ * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
+ * @param width the width of the image in pixels
+ * @param height the height of the image in pixels
+ * @param align the assumed linesize alignment
+ * @return the buffer size in bytes, a negative error code in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image data from an image into a buffer.
+ *
+ * av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size
+ * for the buffer to fill.
+ *
+ * @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied
+ * @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst
+ * @param src_data pointers containing the source image data
+ * @param src_linesize linesizes for the image in src_data
+ * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image
+ * @param width the width of the source image in pixels
+ * @param height the height of the source image in pixels
+ * @param align the assumed linesize alignment for dst
+ * @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value
+ * (error code) on error
+ */
+int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size,
+ const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4],
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all
+ * bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int.
+ *
+ * @param w the width of the picture
+ * @param h the height of the picture
+ * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx
+ * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL
+ * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all
+ * bytes of a plane of an image with the specified pix_fmt can be addressed
+ * with a signed int.
+ *
+ * @param w the width of the picture
+ * @param h the height of the picture
+ * @param max_pixels the maximum number of pixels the user wants to accept
+ * @param pix_fmt the pixel format, can be AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if unknown.
+ * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx
+ * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL
+ * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_check_size2(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int64_t max_pixels, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the given sample aspect ratio of an image is valid.
+ *
+ * It is considered invalid if the denominator is 0 or if applying the ratio
+ * to the image size would make the smaller dimension less than 1. If the
+ * sar numerator is 0, it is considered unknown and will return as valid.
+ *
+ * @param w width of the image
+ * @param h height of the image
+ * @param sar sample aspect ratio of the image
+ * @return 0 if valid, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar);
+
+/**
+ * Overwrite the image data with black. This is suitable for filling a
+ * sub-rectangle of an image, meaning the padding between the right most pixel
+ * and the left most pixel on the next line will not be overwritten. For some
+ * formats, the image size might be rounded up due to inherent alignment.
+ *
+ * If the pixel format has alpha, the alpha is cleared to opaque.
+ *
+ * This can return an error if the pixel format is not supported. Normally, all
+ * non-hwaccel pixel formats should be supported.
+ *
+ * Passing NULL for dst_data is allowed. Then the function returns whether the
+ * operation would have succeeded. (It can return an error if the pix_fmt is
+ * not supported.)
+ *
+ * @param dst_data data pointers to destination image
+ * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the destination image
+ * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
+ * @param range the color range of the image (important for colorspaces such as YUV)
+ * @param width the width of the image in pixels
+ * @param height the height of the image in pixels
+ * @return 0 if the image data was cleared, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_fill_black(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4],
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, enum AVColorRange range,
+ int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/intfloat.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/intfloat.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fe3d7ec4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/intfloat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
+#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+union av_intfloat32 {
+ uint32_t i;
+ float f;
+};
+
+union av_intfloat64 {
+ uint64_t i;
+ double f;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float.
+ */
+static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i)
+{
+ union av_intfloat32 v;
+ v.i = i;
+ return v.f;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer.
+ */
+static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f)
+{
+ union av_intfloat32 v;
+ v.f = f;
+ return v.i;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double.
+ */
+static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i)
+{
+ union av_intfloat64 v;
+ v.i = i;
+ return v.f;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer.
+ */
+static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f)
+{
+ union av_intfloat64 v;
+ v.f = f;
+ return v.i;
+}
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/intreadwrite.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/intreadwrite.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c8413a53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/intreadwrite.h
@@ -0,0 +1,644 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
+#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "bswap.h"
+
+typedef union {
+ uint64_t u64;
+ uint32_t u32[2];
+ uint16_t u16[4];
+ uint8_t u8 [8];
+ double f64;
+ float f32[2];
+} av_alias av_alias64;
+
+typedef union {
+ uint32_t u32;
+ uint16_t u16[2];
+ uint8_t u8 [4];
+ float f32;
+} av_alias av_alias32;
+
+typedef union {
+ uint16_t u16;
+ uint8_t u8 [2];
+} av_alias av_alias16;
+
+/*
+ * Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of
+ * AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|48|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros.
+ * Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented
+ * as inline functions.
+ *
+ * R/W means read/write, B/L/N means big/little/native endianness.
+ * The following macros require aligned access, compared to their
+ * unaligned variants: AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128), AV_[RW]N[8-64]A.
+ * Incorrect usage may range from abysmal performance to crash
+ * depending on the platform.
+ *
+ * The unaligned variants are AV_[RW][BLN][8-64] and AV_COPY*U.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#if ARCH_ARM
+# include "arm/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_AVR32
+# include "avr32/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_MIPS
+# include "mips/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_PPC
+# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_TOMI
+# include "tomi/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_X86
+# include "x86/intreadwrite.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
+
+/*
+ * Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers.
+ */
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+
+# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16)
+# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RB16)
+# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16)
+# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WB16)
+# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24)
+# define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RB24)
+# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24)
+# define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WB24)
+# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32)
+# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RB32)
+# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32)
+# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WB32)
+# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RB48)
+# define AV_RB48(p) AV_RN48(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RB48)
+# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RB48(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WB48)
+# define AV_WB48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WB48)
+# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WB48(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64)
+# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RB64)
+# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64)
+# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WB64)
+# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v)
+# endif
+
+#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
+
+# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16)
+# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RL16)
+# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16)
+# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WL16)
+# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24)
+# define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RL24)
+# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24)
+# define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WL24)
+# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32)
+# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RL32)
+# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32)
+# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WL32)
+# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RL48)
+# define AV_RL48(p) AV_RN48(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RL48)
+# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RL48(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WL48)
+# define AV_WL48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WL48)
+# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WL48(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64)
+# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RL64)
+# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64)
+# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WL64)
+# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v)
+# endif
+
+#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
+
+/*
+ * Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided
+ * by per-arch headers.
+ */
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
+union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
+union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
+
+# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l)
+# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v))
+
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(_M_ARM) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_ARM64)) && AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED
+
+# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)))
+# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v))
+
+#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED
+
+# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
+# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
+
+#else
+
+#ifndef AV_RB16
+# define AV_RB16(x) \
+ ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) | \
+ ((const uint8_t*)(x))[1])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB16
+# define AV_WB16(p, val) do { \
+ uint16_t d = (val); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL16
+# define AV_RL16(x) \
+ ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
+ ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL16
+# define AV_WL16(p, val) do { \
+ uint16_t d = (val); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB32
+# define AV_RB32(x) \
+ (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) | \
+ (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) | \
+ (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 8) | \
+ ((const uint8_t*)(x))[3])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB32
+# define AV_WB32(p, val) do { \
+ uint32_t d = (val); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL32
+# define AV_RL32(x) \
+ (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
+ (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
+ (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
+ ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL32
+# define AV_WL32(p, val) do { \
+ uint32_t d = (val); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB64
+# define AV_RB64(x) \
+ (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 8) | \
+ (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB64
+# define AV_WB64(p, val) do { \
+ uint64_t d = (val); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL64
+# define AV_RL64(x) \
+ (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
+ (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL64
+# define AV_WL64(p, val) do { \
+ uint64_t d = (val); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RB##s(p)
+# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v)
+#else
+# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RL##s(p)
+# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */
+
+#ifndef AV_RN16
+# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN32
+# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN64
+# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN16
+# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN32
+# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN64
+# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+# define AV_RB(s, p) AV_RN##s(p)
+# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
+# define AV_RL(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
+# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
+#else
+# define AV_RB(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
+# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
+# define AV_RL(s, p) AV_RN##s(p)
+# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_RB8(x) (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#define AV_WB8(p, d) do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0)
+
+#define AV_RL8(x) AV_RB8(x)
+#define AV_WL8(p, d) AV_WB8(p, d)
+
+#ifndef AV_RB16
+# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RB(16, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB16
+# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL16
+# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RL(16, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL16
+# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB32
+# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RB(32, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB32
+# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL32
+# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RL(32, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL32
+# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB64
+# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RB(64, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB64
+# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL64
+# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RL(64, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL64
+# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB24
+# define AV_RB24(x) \
+ ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) | \
+ (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
+ ((const uint8_t*)(x))[2])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB24
+# define AV_WB24(p, d) do { \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL24
+# define AV_RL24(x) \
+ ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
+ (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
+ ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL24
+# define AV_WL24(p, d) do { \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB48
+# define AV_RB48(x) \
+ (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 40) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 32) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 24) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 16) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 8) | \
+ (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB48
+# define AV_WB48(p, darg) do { \
+ uint64_t d = (darg); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>16; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>24; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>32; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>40; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL48
+# define AV_RL48(x) \
+ (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
+ (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL48
+# define AV_WL48(p, darg) do { \
+ uint64_t d = (darg); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data
+ * in a type-safe way.
+ */
+
+#define AV_RNA(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
+#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
+
+#ifndef AV_RN16A
+# define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN32A
+# define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN64A
+# define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN16A
+# define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN32A
+# define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN64A
+# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+# define AV_RLA(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s##A(p))
+# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, av_bswap##s(v))
+#else
+# define AV_RLA(s, p) AV_RN##s##A(p)
+# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL64A
+# define AV_RL64A(p) AV_RLA(64, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL64A
+# define AV_WL64A(p, v) AV_WLA(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned
+ * memory locations.
+ */
+
+#define AV_COPYU(n, d, s) AV_WN##n(d, AV_RN##n(s));
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY16U
+# define AV_COPY16U(d, s) AV_COPYU(16, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY32U
+# define AV_COPY32U(d, s) AV_COPYU(32, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY64U
+# define AV_COPY64U(d, s) AV_COPYU(64, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY128U
+# define AV_COPY128U(d, s) \
+ do { \
+ AV_COPY64U(d, s); \
+ AV_COPY64U((char *)(d) + 8, (const char *)(s) + 8); \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be
+ * naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX,
+ * so emms_c() must be called before using any float code
+ * afterwards.
+ */
+
+#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \
+ (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n)
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY16
+# define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY32
+# define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY64
+# define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY128
+# define AV_COPY128(d, s) \
+ do { \
+ AV_COPY64(d, s); \
+ AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b))
+
+#ifndef AV_SWAP64
+# define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0)
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO16
+# define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO32
+# define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO64
+# define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO128
+# define AV_ZERO128(d) \
+ do { \
+ AV_ZERO64(d); \
+ AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/lfg.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/lfg.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e75a986f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/lfg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ * Lagged Fibonacci PRNG
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H
+#define AVUTIL_LFG_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * Context structure for the Lagged Fibonacci PRNG.
+ * The exact layout, types and content of this struct may change and should
+ * not be accessed directly. Only its `sizeof()` is guaranteed to stay the same
+ * to allow easy instanciation.
+ */
+typedef struct AVLFG {
+ unsigned int state[64];
+ int index;
+} AVLFG;
+
+void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed);
+
+/**
+ * Seed the state of the ALFG using binary data.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, negative value (AVERROR) on failure.
+ */
+int av_lfg_init_from_data(AVLFG *c, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int length);
+
+/**
+ * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG.
+ *
+ * Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223,
+ * it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case.
+ */
+static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){
+ unsigned a = c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
+ c->index += 1U;
+ return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG.
+ *
+ * Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster.
+ */
+static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){
+ unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
+ unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63];
+ a = c->state[c->index & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b;
+ c->index += 1U;
+ return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian
+ * generator using the random numbers issued by lfg.
+ *
+ * @param lfg pointer to the contex structure
+ * @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed
+ */
+void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/log.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/log.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab7ceabe2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/log.h
@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H
+#define AVUTIL_LOG_H
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+typedef enum {
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API
+}AVClassCategory;
+
+#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \
+ (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \
+ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \
+ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT))
+
+#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \
+ (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \
+ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \
+ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT))
+
+struct AVOptionRanges;
+
+/**
+ * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an
+ * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an
+ * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.).
+ */
+typedef struct AVClass {
+ /**
+ * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the
+ * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated.
+ */
+ const char* class_name;
+
+ /**
+ * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context
+ * instance ctx associated with the class.
+ */
+ const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx);
+
+ /**
+ * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL
+ *
+ * @see av_set_default_options()
+ */
+ const struct AVOption *option;
+
+ /**
+ * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created.
+ * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major
+ * version bumps everywhere.
+ */
+
+ int version;
+
+ /**
+ * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored.
+ * 0 means there is no such variable
+ */
+ int log_level_offset_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for
+ * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext
+ * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation
+ * could then leverage to display the parent context.
+ * The offset can be NULL.
+ */
+ int parent_log_context_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * Category used for visualization (like color)
+ * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class.
+ * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100)
+ */
+ AVClassCategory category;
+
+ /**
+ * Callback to return the category.
+ * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100)
+ */
+ AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx);
+
+ /**
+ * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges.
+ * available since version (52.12)
+ */
+ int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
+
+ /**
+ * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
+ */
+ void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev);
+
+ /**
+ * Iterate over the AVClasses corresponding to potential AVOptions-enabled
+ * children.
+ *
+ * @param iter pointer to opaque iteration state. The caller must initialize
+ * *iter to NULL before the first call.
+ * @return AVClass for the next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL if there are
+ * no more such children.
+ *
+ * @note The difference between child_next and this is that child_next
+ * iterates over _already existing_ objects, while child_class_iterate
+ * iterates over _all possible_ children.
+ */
+ const struct AVClass* (*child_class_iterate)(void **iter);
+} AVClass;
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_log
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Print no output.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8
+
+/**
+ * Something went really wrong and we will crash now.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0
+
+/**
+ * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible.
+ * For example, no header was found for a format which depends
+ * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8
+
+/**
+ * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered.
+ * However, not all future data is affected.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16
+
+/**
+ * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not
+ * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24
+
+/**
+ * Standard information.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_INFO 32
+
+/**
+ * Detailed information.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40
+
+/**
+ * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48
+
+/**
+ * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_TRACE 56
+
+#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions.
+ * @code
+ av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n");
+ @endcode
+ * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not
+ * recommended.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8)
+
+/**
+ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
+ * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
+ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
+ * function.
+ * @see av_log_set_callback
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ * subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ */
+void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
+
+/**
+ * Send the specified message to the log once with the initial_level and then with
+ * the subsequent_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
+ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
+ * function.
+ * @see av_log
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log.
+ * @param initial_level importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant" for the first occurance.
+ * @param subsequent_level importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant" after the first occurance.
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ * subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ * @param state a variable to keep trak of if a message has already been printed
+ * this must be initialized to 0 before the first use. The same state
+ * must not be accessed by 2 Threads simultaneously.
+ */
+void av_log_once(void* avcl, int initial_level, int subsequent_level, int *state, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(5, 6);
+
+
+/**
+ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
+ * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
+ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
+ * function.
+ * @see av_log_set_callback
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ * subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
+ */
+void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current log level
+ *
+ * @see lavu_log_constants
+ *
+ * @return Current log level
+ */
+int av_log_get_level(void);
+
+/**
+ * Set the log level
+ *
+ * @see lavu_log_constants
+ *
+ * @param level Logging level
+ */
+void av_log_set_level(int level);
+
+/**
+ * Set the logging callback
+ *
+ * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use
+ * threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded.
+ *
+ * @see av_log_default_callback
+ *
+ * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature.
+ */
+void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list));
+
+/**
+ * Default logging callback
+ *
+ * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it.
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ * subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
+ */
+void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt,
+ va_list vl);
+
+/**
+ * Return the context name
+ *
+ * @param ctx The AVClass context
+ *
+ * @return The AVClass class_name
+ */
+const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx);
+AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
+ * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line
+ * @param line_size size of the buffer
+ * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
+ * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
+ */
+void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
+ char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
+
+/**
+ * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
+ * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line;
+ * may be NULL if line_size is 0
+ * @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will
+ * be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator
+ * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
+ * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
+ * @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns
+ * the number of characters that would have been written for a
+ * sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null
+ * character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means
+ * that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer.
+ */
+int av_log_format_line2(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
+ char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
+
+/**
+ * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of
+ * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to
+ * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some
+ * bad luck.
+ * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must
+ * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1
+
+/**
+ * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs.
+ *
+ * Results in messages such as:
+ * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2
+
+void av_log_set_flags(int arg);
+int av_log_get_flags(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/lzo.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/lzo.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c03403992
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/lzo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+ * LZO 1x decompression
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Reimar Doeffinger
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_LZO_H
+#define AVUTIL_LZO_H
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_lzo LZO
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/** @name Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode
+ * @{ */
+/// end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished
+#define AV_LZO_INPUT_DEPLETED 1
+/// decoded data did not fit into output buffer
+#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_FULL 2
+/// a reference to previously decoded data was wrong
+#define AV_LZO_INVALID_BACKPTR 4
+/// a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream
+#define AV_LZO_ERROR 8
+/** @} */
+
+#define AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING 8
+#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING 12
+
+/**
+ * @brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data.
+ * @param out output buffer
+ * @param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here
+ * @param in input buffer
+ * @param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here
+ * @return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above
+ *
+ * Make sure all buffers are appropriately padded, in must provide
+ * AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING, out must provide AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING additional bytes.
+ */
+int av_lzo1x_decode(void *out, int *outlen, const void *in, int *inlen);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_LZO_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/macros.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/macros.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2a7567c3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/macros.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu
+ * Utility Preprocessor macros
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H
+#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H
+
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+# define AV_NE(be, le) (be)
+#else
+# define AV_NE(be, le) (le)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Comparator.
+ * For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0
+ * if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback.
+ * Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and
+ * there is no risk of overflow with signed types.
+ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus
+ * must not have a side-effect.
+ */
+#define FFDIFFSIGN(x,y) (((x)>(y)) - ((x)<(y)))
+
+#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c)
+#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a))
+#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c)
+
+#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0)
+#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0]))
+
+#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24))
+#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24))
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
+ *
+ * String manipulation macros
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s)
+#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s
+
+#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b
+#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s)
+
+#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1))
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c23b07c3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Neil Birkbeck <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H
+#define AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H
+
+#include "frame.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+
+
+/**
+ * Mastering display metadata capable of representing the color volume of
+ * the display used to master the content (SMPTE 2086:2014).
+ *
+ * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
+ * appropriate type.
+ *
+ * @note The struct should be allocated with av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc()
+ * and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVMasteringDisplayMetadata {
+ /**
+ * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of color primaries (r, g, b order).
+ */
+ AVRational display_primaries[3][2];
+
+ /**
+ * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of white point.
+ */
+ AVRational white_point[2];
+
+ /**
+ * Min luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2).
+ */
+ AVRational min_luminance;
+
+ /**
+ * Max luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2).
+ */
+ AVRational max_luminance;
+
+ /**
+ * Flag indicating whether the display primaries (and white point) are set.
+ */
+ int has_primaries;
+
+ /**
+ * Flag indicating whether the luminance (min_ and max_) have been set.
+ */
+ int has_luminance;
+
+} AVMasteringDisplayMetadata;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure and set its fields to
+ * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
+ *
+ * @return An AVMasteringDisplayMetadata filled with default values or NULL
+ * on failure.
+ */
+AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a complete AVMasteringDisplayMetadata and add it to the frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
+ *
+ * @return The AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure to be filled by caller.
+ */
+AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Content light level needed by to transmit HDR over HDMI (CTA-861.3).
+ *
+ * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
+ * appropriate type.
+ *
+ * @note The struct should be allocated with av_content_light_metadata_alloc()
+ * and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVContentLightMetadata {
+ /**
+ * Max content light level (cd/m^2).
+ */
+ unsigned MaxCLL;
+
+ /**
+ * Max average light level per frame (cd/m^2).
+ */
+ unsigned MaxFALL;
+} AVContentLightMetadata;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVContentLightMetadata structure and set its fields to
+ * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
+ *
+ * @return An AVContentLightMetadata filled with default values or NULL
+ * on failure.
+ */
+AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a complete AVContentLightMetadata and add it to the frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
+ *
+ * @return The AVContentLightMetadata structure to be filled by caller.
+ */
+AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/mathematics.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/mathematics.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e4aff1e97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/mathematics.h
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @addtogroup lavu_math
+ * Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
+#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "intfloat.h"
+
+#ifndef M_E
+#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_LN2
+#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_LN10
+#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_LOG2_10
+#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_PHI
+#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_PI
+#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_PI_2
+#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_SQRT1_2
+#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_SQRT2
+#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */
+#endif
+#ifndef NAN
+#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000)
+#endif
+#ifndef INFINITY
+#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_math
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Rounding methods.
+ */
+enum AVRounding {
+ AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero.
+ AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero.
+ AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity.
+ AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity.
+ AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero.
+ /**
+ * Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through
+ * unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
+ *
+ * Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a
+ * bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the
+ * enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal
+ * cases.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
+ * // Rescaling 3:
+ * // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2
+ * // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2
+ * // => 2
+ *
+ * av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
+ * // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE:
+ * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN
+ * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through
+ * // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands.
+ *
+ * @param a Operand
+ * @param b Operand
+ * @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0;
+ * if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0.
+ */
+int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b);
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest.
+ *
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
+ * directly can overflow.
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
+ *
+ * @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding.
+ *
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
+ * directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods.
+ * If the result is not representable then INT64_MIN is returned.
+ *
+ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers.
+ *
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
+ *
+ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding.
+ *
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
+ *
+ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q()
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq,
+ enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Compare two timestamps each in its own time base.
+ *
+ * @return One of the following values:
+ * - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b`
+ * - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b`
+ * - 0 if they represent the same position
+ *
+ * @warning
+ * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside
+ * the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase.
+ */
+int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b);
+
+/**
+ * Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor.
+ *
+ * In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers
+ * `a` and `b`.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10 (0x2)
+ * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02)
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param a Operand
+ * @param b Operand
+ * @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2
+ * @return
+ * - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod`
+ * - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod`
+ * - zero if `a % mod == b % mod`
+ */
+int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod);
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations.
+ *
+ * This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input
+ * timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q()
+ * call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations.
+ *
+ * The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all
+ * subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be
+ * initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
+ *
+ * @param[in] in_tb Input time base
+ * @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp
+ * @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained
+ * (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb`
+ * @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e.
+ * duration of the current packet/frame)
+ * @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of
+ * `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable
+ * @param[in] out_tb Output timebase
+ * @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb`
+ *
+ * @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not
+ * seconds.
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb);
+
+/**
+ * Add a value to a timestamp.
+ *
+ * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that
+ * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs.
+ *
+ * @param[in] ts Input timestamp
+ * @param[in] ts_tb Input timestamp time base
+ * @param[in] inc Value to be added
+ * @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc`
+ */
+int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc);
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/md5.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/md5.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fc2eabdb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/md5.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_md5
+ * Public header for MD5 hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H
+#define AVUTIL_MD5_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * MD5 hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_md5_size;
+
+struct AVMD5;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVMD5 context.
+ */
+struct AVMD5 *av_md5_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize MD5 hashing.
+ *
+ * @param ctx pointer to the function context (of size av_md5_size)
+ */
+void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash value.
+ *
+ * @param ctx hash function context
+ * @param src input data to update hash with
+ * @param len input data length
+ */
+void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param ctx hash function context
+ * @param dst buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
+
+/**
+ * Hash an array of data.
+ *
+ * @param dst The output buffer to write the digest into
+ * @param src The data to hash
+ * @param len The length of the data, in bytes
+ */
+void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/mem.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/mem.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..62b4ca6e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/mem.h
@@ -0,0 +1,609 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_mem
+ * Memory handling functions
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H
+#define AVUTIL_MEM_H
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_mem
+ * Utilities for manipulating memory.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical
+ * program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and
+ * encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory.
+ *
+ * However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a
+ * recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for
+ * instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and
+ * compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make
+ * dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes
+ * Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions.
+ *
+ * These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or
+ * generate better code.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @def av_malloc_attrib
+ * Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function.
+ *
+ * @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007bmalloc_007d-function-attribute-3251">Function attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation</a>
+ */
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+ #define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__))
+#else
+ #define av_malloc_attrib
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @def av_alloc_size(...)
+ * Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is
+ * given by the specified parameter(s).
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1);
+ * void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma
+ *
+ * @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007balloc_005fsize_007d-function-attribute-3220">Function attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation</a>
+ */
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
+ #define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__)))
+#else
+ #define av_alloc_size(...)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management
+ * Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory.
+ *
+ * All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX`
+ * bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme
+ * caution when doing so.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
+ * (including vectors if available on the CPU).
+ *
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
+ * be allocated
+ * @see av_mallocz()
+ */
+void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
+ * (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the
+ * block.
+ *
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated
+ * @see av_malloc()
+ */
+void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc().
+ *
+ * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
+ *
+ * @param nmemb Number of element
+ * @param size Size of a single element
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
+ * be allocated
+ * @see av_malloc()
+ */
+av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz().
+ *
+ * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
+ *
+ * @param nmemb Number of elements
+ * @param size Size of the single element
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
+ * be allocated
+ *
+ * @see av_mallocz()
+ * @see av_malloc_array()
+ */
+void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1, 2);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
+ *
+ * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. Otherwise, expand or
+ * shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
+ *
+ * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
+ * av_realloc() or `NULL`
+ * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or
+ * reallocated
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block
+ * cannot be reallocated
+ *
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be
+ * correctly aligned. The returned pointer must be freed after even
+ * if size is zero.
+ * @see av_fast_realloc()
+ * @see av_reallocp()
+ */
+void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a
+ * pointer.
+ *
+ * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is
+ * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or
+ * shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
+ * with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer
+ * is updated on success, or freed on failure.
+ * @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
+ * reallocated
+ *
+ * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
+ *
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
+ * correctly aligned.
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
+ *
+ * This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except:
+ * - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes,
+ * after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow.
+ * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory
+ * leak with the classic
+ * @code{.c}
+ * buf = realloc(buf);
+ * if (!buf)
+ * return -1;
+ * @endcode
+ * pattern.
+ */
+void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array.
+ *
+ * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block.
+ *
+ * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
+ * av_realloc() or `NULL`
+ * @param nmemb Number of elements in the array
+ * @param size Size of the single element of the array
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
+ * cannot be reallocated
+ *
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
+ * correctly aligned. The returned pointer must be freed after even if
+ * nmemb is zero.
+ * @see av_reallocp_array()
+ */
+av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate an array through a pointer to a pointer.
+ *
+ * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already
+ * allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`.
+ * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
+ * @param[in] nmemb Number of elements
+ * @param[in] size Size of the single element
+ *
+ * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
+ *
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
+ * correctly aligned. *ptr must be freed after even if nmemb is zero.
+ */
+int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing.
+ *
+ * If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated.
+ *
+ * If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is
+ * returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or
+ * freed.
+ *
+ * A typical use pattern follows:
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * uint8_t *buf = ...;
+ * uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, &current_size, size_needed);
+ * if (!new_buf) {
+ * // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer
+ * av_freep(&buf);
+ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL`
+ * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is
+ * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0
+ * in case of failure.
+ * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `ptr`
+ * @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated
+ * buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of
+ * error
+ * @see av_realloc()
+ * @see av_fast_malloc()
+ */
+void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
+ *
+ * Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be
+ * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to
+ * avoid memleaks is necessary.
+ *
+ * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
+ * `size_needed` is greater than 0.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * uint8_t *buf = ...;
+ * av_fast_malloc(&buf, &current_size, size_needed);
+ * if (!buf) {
+ * // Allocation failed; buf already freed
+ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
+ * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
+ * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
+ * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
+ * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0
+ * in case of failure.
+ * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr`
+ * @see av_realloc()
+ * @see av_fast_mallocz()
+ */
+void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
+ *
+ * Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared.
+ * Reused buffer is not cleared.
+ *
+ * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
+ * `size_needed` is greater than 0.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
+ * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
+ * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
+ * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
+ * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0
+ * in case of failure.
+ * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr`
+ * @see av_fast_malloc()
+ */
+void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
+ * or av_realloc() family.
+ *
+ * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed.
+ *
+ * @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed.
+ * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving
+ * behind dangling pointers.
+ * @see av_freep()
+ */
+void av_free(void *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
+ * or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
+ * av_free(buf);
+ * // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental
+ * // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a
+ * // security risk.
+ *
+ * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
+ * av_freep(&buf);
+ * // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a
+ * // NULL-pointer dereference.
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed
+ * @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action.
+ * @see av_free()
+ */
+void av_freep(void *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate a string.
+ *
+ * @param s String to be duplicated
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
+ * copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
+ * @see av_strndup()
+ */
+char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib;
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate a substring of a string.
+ *
+ * @param s String to be duplicated
+ * @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the
+ * terminating byte)
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
+ * substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
+ */
+char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib;
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc().
+ *
+ * @param p Buffer to be duplicated
+ * @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied
+ * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a
+ * copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated
+ */
+void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Overlapping memcpy() implementation.
+ *
+ * @param dst Destination buffer
+ * @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of
+ * the overlapping window); must be > 0
+ * @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0
+ *
+ * @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied,
+ * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`.
+ */
+void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array
+ *
+ * Utilities to make an array grow when needed.
+ *
+ * Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when
+ * needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need.
+ *
+ * libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically
+ * allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the
+ * array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the
+ * caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of
+ * the array, as well as freeing of the array after use.
+ *
+ * The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically
+ * allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need
+ * to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and
+ * av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system.
+ *
+ * @code
+ * type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values
+ * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
+ *
+ * type to_be_added = ...;
+ * type to_be_added2 = ...;
+ *
+ * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added);
+ * if (nb == 0)
+ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ *
+ * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2);
+ * if (nb == 0)
+ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ *
+ * // Now:
+ * // nb == 2
+ * // &to_be_added == array[0]
+ * // &to_be_added2 == array[1]
+ *
+ * av_freep(&array);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a
+ * result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add()
+ * implements this mechanism.
+ *
+ * @code
+ * type *array = NULL; //< an array of values
+ * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
+ *
+ * type to_be_added = ...;
+ * type to_be_added2 = ...;
+ *
+ * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL);
+ * if (!addr)
+ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ * memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added));
+ *
+ * // Shortcut of the above.
+ * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array),
+ * (const void *)&to_be_added2);
+ * if (!addr)
+ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ *
+ * // Now:
+ * // nb == 2
+ * // to_be_added == array[0]
+ * // to_be_added2 == array[1]
+ *
+ * av_freep(&array);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to
+ * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already
+ * allocated structure.
+ *
+ * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2.
+ * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
+ *
+ * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
+ * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
+ * is incremented.
+ * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
+ * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow
+ * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array
+ * @param[in] elem Element to add
+ * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add()
+ */
+void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
+
+/**
+ * Add an element to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(),
+ * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code
+ * instead and leave current buffer untouched.
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise
+ * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add()
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
+
+/**
+ * Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2.
+ * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
+ *
+ * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
+ * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
+ * is incremented.
+ * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
+ * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow
+ * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array
+ * @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array
+ * @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If
+ * `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is
+ * allocated but left uninitialized.
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated
+ * space
+ * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree()
+ */
+void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size,
+ const uint8_t *elem_data);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions
+ *
+ * Other functions related to memory allocation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow.
+ *
+ * @param[in] a Operand of multiplication
+ * @param[in] b Operand of multiplication
+ * @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow
+ */
+int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r);
+
+/**
+ * Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block.
+ *
+ * The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref
+ * lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions."
+ *
+ * By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`.
+ *
+ * @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size
+ *
+ * @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch
+ * this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so.
+ */
+void av_max_alloc(size_t max);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/motion_vector.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/motion_vector.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ec2955638
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/motion_vector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H
+#define AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+typedef struct AVMotionVector {
+ /**
+ * Where the current macroblock comes from; negative value when it comes
+ * from the past, positive value when it comes from the future.
+ * XXX: set exact relative ref frame reference instead of a +/- 1 "direction".
+ */
+ int32_t source;
+ /**
+ * Width and height of the block.
+ */
+ uint8_t w, h;
+ /**
+ * Absolute source position. Can be outside the frame area.
+ */
+ int16_t src_x, src_y;
+ /**
+ * Absolute destination position. Can be outside the frame area.
+ */
+ int16_t dst_x, dst_y;
+ /**
+ * Extra flag information.
+ * Currently unused.
+ */
+ uint64_t flags;
+ /**
+ * Motion vector
+ * src_x = dst_x + motion_x / motion_scale
+ * src_y = dst_y + motion_y / motion_scale
+ */
+ int32_t motion_x, motion_y;
+ uint16_t motion_scale;
+} AVMotionVector;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/murmur3.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/murmur3.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d90bc2fcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/murmur3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_murmur3
+ * Public header for MurmurHash3 hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
+#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_murmur3 Murmur3
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * MurmurHash3 hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * MurmurHash3 is a non-cryptographic hash function, of which three
+ * incompatible versions were created by its inventor Austin Appleby:
+ *
+ * - 32-bit output
+ * - 128-bit output for 32-bit platforms
+ * - 128-bit output for 64-bit platforms
+ *
+ * FFmpeg only implements the last variant: 128-bit output designed for 64-bit
+ * platforms. Even though the hash function was designed for 64-bit platforms,
+ * the function in reality works on 32-bit systems too, only with reduced
+ * performance.
+ *
+ * @anchor lavu_murmur3_seedinfo
+ * By design, MurmurHash3 requires a seed to operate. In response to this,
+ * libavutil provides two functions for hash initiation, one that requires a
+ * seed (av_murmur3_init_seeded()) and one that uses a fixed arbitrary integer
+ * as the seed, and therefore does not (av_murmur3_init()).
+ *
+ * To make hashes comparable, you should provide the same seed for all calls to
+ * this hash function -- if you are supplying one yourself, that is.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVMurMur3 hash context.
+ *
+ * @return Uninitialized hash context or `NULL` in case of error
+ */
+struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context with a seed.
+ *
+ * @param[out] c Hash context
+ * @param[in] seed Random seed
+ *
+ * @see av_murmur3_init()
+ * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of
+ * seeds for MurmurHash3.
+ */
+void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context.
+ *
+ * Equivalent to av_murmur3_init_seeded() with a built-in seed.
+ *
+ * @param[out] c Hash context
+ *
+ * @see av_murmur3_init_seeded()
+ * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of
+ * seeds for MurmurHash3.
+ */
+void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash context with new data.
+ *
+ * @param[out] c Hash context
+ * @param[in] src Input data to update hash with
+ * @param[in] len Number of bytes to read from `src`
+ */
+void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] c Hash context
+ * @param[out] dst Buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/opt.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/opt.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..461b5d3b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/opt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,891 @@
+/*
+ * AVOptions
+ * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H
+#define AVUTIL_OPT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * AVOptions
+ */
+
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "channel_layout.h"
+#include "dict.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+#include "samplefmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup avoptions AVOptions
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ * @{
+ * AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs
+ * ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible
+ * values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to.
+ *
+ * @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions
+ * This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct.
+ *
+ * All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore
+ * the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it.
+ * The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array
+ * of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default
+ * value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must
+ * also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field
+ * associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct
+ * should also be set when applicable, but are not required.
+ *
+ * The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct:
+ * @code
+ * typedef struct test_struct {
+ * const AVClass *class;
+ * int int_opt;
+ * char *str_opt;
+ * uint8_t *bin_opt;
+ * int bin_len;
+ * } test_struct;
+ *
+ * static const AVOption test_options[] = {
+ * { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt),
+ * AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
+ * { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt),
+ * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING },
+ * { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt),
+ * AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY },
+ * { NULL },
+ * };
+ *
+ * static const AVClass test_class = {
+ * .class_name = "test class",
+ * .item_name = av_default_item_name,
+ * .option = test_options,
+ * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
+ * };
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer
+ * is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to
+ * initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the
+ * AVOptions API.
+ *
+ * When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically
+ * free all the allocated string and binary options.
+ *
+ * Continuing with the above example:
+ *
+ * @code
+ * test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void)
+ * {
+ * test_struct *ret = av_mallocz(sizeof(*ret));
+ * ret->class = &test_class;
+ * av_opt_set_defaults(ret);
+ * return ret;
+ * }
+ * void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo)
+ * {
+ * av_opt_free(*foo);
+ * av_freep(foo);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting
+ * It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another
+ * AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in
+ * libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports
+ * codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the
+ * parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply
+ * implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_iterate() in the
+ * parent struct's AVClass.
+ * Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a
+ * child_struct field:
+ *
+ * @code
+ * typedef struct child_struct {
+ * AVClass *class;
+ * int flags_opt;
+ * } child_struct;
+ * static const AVOption child_opts[] = {
+ * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
+ * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
+ * { NULL },
+ * };
+ * static const AVClass child_class = {
+ * .class_name = "child class",
+ * .item_name = av_default_item_name,
+ * .option = child_opts,
+ * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
+ * };
+ *
+ * void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev)
+ * {
+ * test_struct *t = obj;
+ * if (!prev && t->child_struct)
+ * return t->child_struct;
+ * return NULL
+ * }
+ * const AVClass child_class_iterate(void **iter)
+ * {
+ * const AVClass *c = *iter ? NULL : &child_class;
+ * *iter = (void*)(uintptr_t)c;
+ * return c;
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ * Putting child_next() and child_class_iterate() as defined above into
+ * test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through
+ * test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on
+ * child_struct right after it is created).
+ *
+ * From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next()
+ * and child_class_iterate() are needed. The distinction is that child_next()
+ * iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_iterate()
+ * iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext
+ * was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its
+ * child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish
+ * iterating. OTOH child_class_iterate() on AVCodecContext.av_class will
+ * iterate over all available codecs with private options.
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants
+ * It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit
+ * field of the option the constants should apply to a string and
+ * create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST
+ * with their unit field set to the same string.
+ * Their default_val field should contain the value of the named
+ * constant.
+ * For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option
+ * above, put the following into the child_opts array:
+ * @code
+ * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
+ * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" },
+ * { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" },
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions
+ * This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct.
+ * Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or
+ * AVFormatContext in libavformat.
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions
+ * The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates
+ * over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches
+ * for an option with the given name.
+ *
+ * The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct
+ * may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag
+ * to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively.
+ *
+ * For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to
+ * get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children
+ * (e.g. when constructing documentation). In that case you should call
+ * av_opt_child_class_iterate() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass. The
+ * second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its
+ * children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read
+ * from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and
+ * av_opt_next() on each result).
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions
+ * When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the
+ * user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For
+ * non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the
+ * option type.
+ *
+ * Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string
+ * which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you
+ * have to free it with av_free().
+ *
+ * In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an
+ * AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this
+ * are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary
+ * filled with option as a parameter. This makes it possible to set some options
+ * that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known
+ * before the file is actually opened.
+ */
+
+enum AVOptionType{
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_INT,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT64,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE, ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE, ///< offset must point to AVRational
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR,
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT,
+#endif
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_CHLAYOUT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * AVOption
+ */
+typedef struct AVOption {
+ const char *name;
+
+ /**
+ * short English help text
+ * @todo What about other languages?
+ */
+ const char *help;
+
+ /**
+ * The offset relative to the context structure where the option
+ * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants.
+ */
+ int offset;
+ enum AVOptionType type;
+
+ /**
+ * the default value for scalar options
+ */
+ union {
+ int64_t i64;
+ double dbl;
+ const char *str;
+ /* TODO those are unused now */
+ AVRational q;
+ } default_val;
+ double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option
+ double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option
+
+ int flags;
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32
+/**
+ * The option is intended for exporting values to the caller.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT 64
+/**
+ * The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read.
+ * This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY 128
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_BSF_PARAM (1<<8) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for bit stream filtering
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_RUNTIME_PARAM (1<<15) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user at runtime
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DEPRECATED (1<<17) ///< set if option is deprecated, users should refer to AVOption.help text for more information
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_CHILD_CONSTS (1<<18) ///< set if option constants can also reside in child objects
+//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags
+
+ /**
+ * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant
+ * options and corresponding named constants share the same
+ * unit. May be NULL.
+ */
+ const char *unit;
+} AVOption;
+
+/**
+ * A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value.
+ */
+typedef struct AVOptionRange {
+ const char *str;
+ /**
+ * Value range.
+ * For string ranges this represents the min/max length.
+ * For dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count or width/height in multi-component case.
+ */
+ double value_min, value_max;
+ /**
+ * Value's component range.
+ * For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII.
+ */
+ double component_min, component_max;
+ /**
+ * Range flag.
+ * If set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value.
+ */
+ int is_range;
+} AVOptionRange;
+
+/**
+ * List of AVOptionRange structs.
+ */
+typedef struct AVOptionRanges {
+ /**
+ * Array of option ranges.
+ *
+ * Most of option types use just one component.
+ * Following describes multi-component option types:
+ *
+ * AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE:
+ * component index 0: range of pixel count (width * height).
+ * component index 1: range of width.
+ * component index 2: range of height.
+ *
+ * @note To obtain multi-component version of this structure, user must
+ * provide AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE to av_opt_query_ranges or
+ * av_opt_query_ranges_default function.
+ *
+ * Multi-component range can be read as in following example:
+ *
+ * @code
+ * int range_index, component_index;
+ * AVOptionRanges *ranges;
+ * AVOptionRange *range[3]; //may require more than 3 in the future.
+ * av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, obj, key, AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE);
+ * for (range_index = 0; range_index < ranges->nb_ranges; range_index++) {
+ * for (component_index = 0; component_index < ranges->nb_components; component_index++)
+ * range[component_index] = ranges->range[ranges->nb_ranges * component_index + range_index];
+ * //do something with range here.
+ * }
+ * av_opt_freep_ranges(&ranges);
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AVOptionRange **range;
+ /**
+ * Number of ranges per component.
+ */
+ int nb_ranges;
+ /**
+ * Number of componentes.
+ */
+ int nb_components;
+} AVOptionRanges;
+
+/**
+ * Show the obj options.
+ *
+ * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the
+ * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags.
+ * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the
+ * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags).
+ * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options
+ */
+int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values.
+ *
+ * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass)
+ */
+void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s);
+
+/**
+ * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. Only these
+ * AVOption fields for which (opt->flags & mask) == flags will have their
+ * default applied to s.
+ *
+ * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass)
+ * @param mask combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_*
+ * @param flags combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_*
+ */
+void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair
+ * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the
+ * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using
+ * AVOptions.
+ *
+ * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL
+ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to
+ * separate key from value
+ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * two pairs from each other
+ * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative
+ * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
+ * the error code issued by av_opt_set() if a key/value pair
+ * cannot be set
+ */
+int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
+ const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found,
+ * set the value of the corresponding option in ctx.
+ *
+ * @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on
+ * @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a
+ * delimiter
+ * @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand
+ * notation: if the first field in opts has no key part,
+ * the key is taken from the first element of shorthand;
+ * then again for the second, etc., until either opts is
+ * finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is
+ * found; after that, all options must be named
+ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * key from value, for example '='
+ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
+ * @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative
+ * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
+ * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair
+ * cannot be set
+ *
+ * Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _
+ * Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each
+ * other.
+ */
+int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
+ const char *const *shorthand,
+ const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
+/**
+ * Free all allocated objects in obj.
+ */
+void av_opt_free(void *obj);
+
+/**
+ * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field.
+ *
+ * @param field_name the name of the flag field option
+ * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check
+ * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set,
+ * isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist.
+ */
+int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name);
+
+/**
+ * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
+ *
+ * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
+ * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
+ * by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
+ * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
+ * with av_dict_free().
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
+ * but could not be set.
+ *
+ * @see av_dict_copy()
+ */
+int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options);
+
+
+/**
+ * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
+ *
+ * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
+ * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
+ * by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
+ * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
+ * with av_dict_free().
+ * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
+ * but could not be set.
+ *
+ * @see av_dict_copy()
+ */
+int av_opt_set_dict2(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options, int search_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string.
+ *
+ * @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to
+ * point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep
+ * or the final NUL)
+ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * key from value, for example '='
+ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
+ * @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below
+ * @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free()
+ * @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free()
+ *
+ * @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of error; in particular:
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present
+ *
+ */
+int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts,
+ const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
+ unsigned flags,
+ char **rkey, char **rval);
+
+enum {
+
+ /**
+ * Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned
+ * as NULL.
+ */
+ AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings
+ * @{
+ * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings
+ * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(),
+ * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer.
+ *
+ * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass.
+ * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated.
+ * @param val string to be evaluated.
+ * @param *_out value of the string will be written here.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure.
+ */
+int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out);
+int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out);
+int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out);
+int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out);
+int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out);
+int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN (1 << 0) /**< Search in possible children of the
+ given object first. */
+/**
+ * The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass
+ * instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is
+ * useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding
+ * object.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ (1 << 1)
+
+/**
+ * In av_opt_get, return NULL if the option has a pointer type and is set to NULL,
+ * rather than returning an empty string.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL (1 << 2)
+
+/**
+ * Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than
+ * one component for certain option types.
+ * @see AVOptionRanges for details.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE (1 << 12)
+
+/**
+ * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
+ * have all the specified flags set.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass.
+ * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
+ * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
+ * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
+ * it belongs to.
+ * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
+ * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
+ *
+ * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
+ * was found.
+ *
+ * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable
+ * directly with av_opt_set(). Use special calls which take an options
+ * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this
+ * flag.
+ */
+const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
+ int opt_flags, int search_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
+ * have all the specified flags set.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass.
+ * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
+ * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
+ * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
+ * it belongs to.
+ * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
+ * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
+ * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be
+ * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present
+ * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ.
+ *
+ * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
+ * was found.
+ */
+const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
+ int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj.
+ *
+ * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an
+ * AVClass describing it.
+ * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object
+ * or NULL
+ * @return next AVOption or NULL
+ */
+const AVOption *av_opt_next(const void *obj, const AVOption *prev);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj.
+ *
+ * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
+ * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
+ */
+void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent.
+ *
+ * @param iter a pointer where iteration state is stored.
+ * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL
+ */
+const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_iterate(const AVClass *parent, void **iter);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions
+ * @{
+ * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
+ * @param[in] name the name of the field to set
+ * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not
+ * of a string type, then the given string is parsed.
+ * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported.
+ * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named
+ * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators
+ * is undefined.
+ * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric
+ * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag
+ * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags;
+ * similarly, '-' unsets a flag.
+ * If the field is of a dictionary type, it has to be a ':' separated list of
+ * key=value parameters. Values containing ':' special characters must be
+ * escaped.
+ * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
+ * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj.
+ *
+ * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of
+ * error:
+ * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists
+ * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid
+ */
+int av_opt_set (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_int (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_double (void *obj, const char *name, double val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_q (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_bin (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags);
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_opt_set_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t ch_layout, int search_flags);
+#endif
+int av_opt_set_chlayout(void *obj, const char *name, const AVChannelLayout *layout, int search_flags);
+/**
+ * @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The
+ * caller still owns val is and responsible for freeing it.
+ */
+int av_opt_set_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, const AVDictionary *val, int search_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Set a binary option to an integer list.
+ *
+ * @param obj AVClass object to set options on
+ * @param name name of the binary option
+ * @param val pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with
+ * regard to the contents of the list)
+ * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
+ * @param flags search flags
+ */
+#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \
+ (av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \
+ AVERROR(EINVAL) : \
+ av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \
+ av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions
+ * @{
+ * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
+ * @param[in] name name of the option to get.
+ * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
+ * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj.
+ * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here
+ * @return >=0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+/**
+ * @note the returned string will be av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller
+ *
+ * @note if AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL is set in search_flags in av_opt_get, and the
+ * option is of type AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY or AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT
+ * and is set to NULL, *out_val will be set to NULL instead of an allocated
+ * empty string.
+ */
+int av_opt_get (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t **out_val);
+int av_opt_get_int (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *out_val);
+int av_opt_get_double (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double *out_val);
+int av_opt_get_q (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
+int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_out, int *h_out);
+int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt);
+int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt);
+int av_opt_get_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_opt_get_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *ch_layout);
+#endif
+int av_opt_get_chlayout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVChannelLayout *layout);
+/**
+ * @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must
+ * be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller
+ */
+int av_opt_get_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVDictionary **out_val);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/**
+ * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct.
+ * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or
+ * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled,
+ *
+ * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read
+ * or written to.
+ */
+void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL.
+ */
+void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges);
+
+/**
+ * Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option.
+ *
+ * The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile.
+ *
+ * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
+ * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
+ *
+ * The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges.
+ *
+ * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
+ */
+int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Copy options from src object into dest object.
+ *
+ * The underlying AVClass of both src and dest must coincide. The guarantee
+ * below does not apply if this is not fulfilled.
+ *
+ * Options that require memory allocation (e.g. string or binary) are malloc'ed in dest object.
+ * Original memory allocated for such options is freed unless both src and dest options points to the same memory.
+ *
+ * Even on error it is guaranteed that allocated options from src and dest
+ * no longer alias each other afterwards; in particular calling av_opt_free()
+ * on both src and dest is safe afterwards if dest has been memdup'ed from src.
+ *
+ * @param dest Object to copy from
+ * @param src Object to copy into
+ * @return 0 on success, negative on error
+ */
+int av_opt_copy(void *dest, const void *src);
+
+/**
+ * Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option.
+ *
+ * This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback
+ * and can be used as fallback from within the callback.
+ *
+ * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
+ * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
+ *
+ * The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges.
+ *
+ * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
+ */
+int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Check if given option is set to its default value.
+ *
+ * Options o must belong to the obj. This function must not be called to check child's options state.
+ * @see av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name().
+ *
+ * @param obj AVClass object to check option on
+ * @param o option to be checked
+ * @return >0 when option is set to its default,
+ * 0 when option is not set its default,
+ * <0 on error
+ */
+int av_opt_is_set_to_default(void *obj, const AVOption *o);
+
+/**
+ * Check if given option is set to its default value.
+ *
+ * @param obj AVClass object to check option on
+ * @param name option name
+ * @param search_flags combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*
+ * @return >0 when option is set to its default,
+ * 0 when option is not set its default,
+ * <0 on error
+ */
+int av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags);
+
+
+#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SKIP_DEFAULTS 0x00000001 ///< Serialize options that are not set to default values only.
+#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_OPT_FLAGS_EXACT 0x00000002 ///< Serialize options that exactly match opt_flags only.
+
+/**
+ * Serialize object's options.
+ *
+ * Create a string containing object's serialized options.
+ * Such string may be passed back to av_opt_set_from_string() in order to restore option values.
+ * A key/value or pairs separator occurring in the serialized value or
+ * name string are escaped through the av_escape() function.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj AVClass object to serialize
+ * @param[in] opt_flags serialize options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG)
+ * @param[in] flags combination of AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_* flags
+ * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg serialized options.
+ * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
+ * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value
+ * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other
+ * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error
+ * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
+ */
+int av_opt_serialize(void *obj, int opt_flags, int flags, char **buffer,
+ const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/parseutils.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/parseutils.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dad5c2775
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/parseutils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
+#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * misc parsing utilities
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q.
+ *
+ * Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is
+ * considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you
+ * want to exclude those values.
+ *
+ * The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio
+ * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
+ * num:den, a float number or an expression
+ * @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator
+ * @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log
+ * level of log_ctx
+ * @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max,
+ int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \
+ av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL)
+
+/**
+ * Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
+ * width value
+ * @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
+ * height value
+ * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
+ * width x height or a valid video size abbreviation.
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Parse str and store the detected values in *rate.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected
+ * frame rate
+ * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
+ * rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color.
+ *
+ * @param rgba_color 4-elements array of uint8_t values, where the respective
+ * red, green, blue and alpha component values are written.
+ * @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of
+ * a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence,
+ * possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha
+ * component.
+ * The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an
+ * hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which
+ * represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent,
+ * 0xff/1.0 completely opaque).
+ * If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed.
+ * The string "random" will result in a random color.
+ * @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the
+ * color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string
+ * containing nothing else than the color.
+ * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field
+ * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log()). Can be NULL.
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of
+ * failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed).
+ */
+int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen,
+ void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of a color from the internal table of hard-coded named
+ * colors.
+ *
+ * This function is meant to enumerate the color names recognized by
+ * av_parse_color().
+ *
+ * @param color_idx index of the requested color, starting from 0
+ * @param rgb if not NULL, will point to a 3-elements array with the color value in RGB
+ * @return the color name string or NULL if color_idx is not in the array
+ */
+const char *av_get_known_color_name(int color_idx, const uint8_t **rgb);
+
+/**
+ * Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of
+ * microseconds.
+ *
+ * @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding
+ * to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it
+ * is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval. If
+ * the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of
+ * January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date. If timestr cannot
+ * be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN.
+
+ * @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration.
+ * - If a date the syntax is:
+ * @code
+ * [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z]
+ * now
+ * @endcode
+ * If the value is "now" it takes the current time.
+ * Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is
+ * interpreted as UTC.
+ * If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current
+ * year-month-day.
+ * - If a duration the syntax is:
+ * @code
+ * [-][HH:]MM:SS[.m...]
+ * [-]S+[.m...]
+ * @endcode
+ * @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not
+ * zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration);
+
+/**
+ * Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL.
+ *
+ * syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done.
+ * Return 1 if found.
+ */
+int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info);
+
+/**
+ * Simplified version of strptime
+ *
+ * Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and
+ * store its results in the structure dt.
+ * This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported
+ * by the standard strptime().
+ *
+ * The supported input field descriptors are listed below.
+ * - `%%H`: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
+ * range '00' through '23'
+ * - `%%J`: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX
+ * - `%%M`: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
+ * range '00' through '59'
+ * - `%%S`: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
+ * range '00' through '59'
+ * - `%%Y`: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar
+ * - `%%m`: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12'
+ * - `%%d`: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1'
+ * through '31'
+ * - `%%T`: alias for `%%H:%%M:%%S`
+ * - `%%`: a literal `%`
+ *
+ * @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this function
+ * call. In case the input string contains more characters than
+ * required by the format string the return value points right after
+ * the last consumed input character. In case the whole input string
+ * is consumed the return value points to the null byte at the end of
+ * the string. On failure NULL is returned.
+ */
+char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt);
+
+/**
+ * Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value.
+ */
+time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/pixdesc.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/pixdesc.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0df73e6ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/pixdesc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,435 @@
+/*
+ * pixel format descriptor
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
+#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
+
+#include <inttypes.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor {
+ /**
+ * Which of the 4 planes contains the component.
+ */
+ int plane;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels.
+ * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise.
+ */
+ int step;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of elements before the component of the first pixel.
+ * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise.
+ */
+ int offset;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of least significant bits that must be shifted away
+ * to get the value.
+ */
+ int shift;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of bits in the component.
+ */
+ int depth;
+} AVComponentDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are
+ * stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the
+ * subsampling factors and number of components.
+ *
+ * @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV
+ * and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values
+ * are stored not what these values represent.
+ */
+typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor {
+ const char *name;
+ uint8_t nb_components; ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4)
+
+ /**
+ * Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width.
+ * For YV12 this is 1 for example.
+ * chroma_width = AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_width, log2_chroma_w)
+ * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
+ * This value only refers to the chroma components.
+ */
+ uint8_t log2_chroma_w;
+
+ /**
+ * Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height.
+ * For YV12 this is 1 for example.
+ * chroma_height= AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_height, log2_chroma_h)
+ * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
+ * This value only refers to the chroma components.
+ */
+ uint8_t log2_chroma_h;
+
+ /**
+ * Combination of AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_... flags.
+ */
+ uint64_t flags;
+
+ /**
+ * Parameters that describe how pixels are packed.
+ * If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0.
+ * If the format has 3 or 4 components:
+ * if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue;
+ * otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V.
+ *
+ * If present, the Alpha channel is always the last component.
+ */
+ AVComponentDescriptor comp[4];
+
+ /**
+ * Alternative comma-separated names.
+ */
+ const char *alias;
+} AVPixFmtDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * Pixel format is big-endian.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL (1 << 1)
+/**
+ * All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * Pixel format is an HW accelerated format.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL (1 << 3)
+/**
+ * At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR (1 << 4)
+/**
+ * The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale).
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB (1 << 5)
+
+/**
+ * The pixel format has an alpha channel. This is set on all formats that
+ * support alpha in some way, including AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8. The alpha is always
+ * straight, never pre-multiplied.
+ *
+ * If a codec or a filter does not support alpha, it should set all alpha to
+ * opaque, or use the equivalent pixel formats without alpha component, e.g.
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0 (or AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24 etc.) instead of AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA (1 << 7)
+
+/**
+ * The pixel format is following a Bayer pattern
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BAYER (1 << 8)
+
+/**
+ * The pixel format contains IEEE-754 floating point values. Precision (double,
+ * single, or half) should be determined by the pixel size (64, 32, or 16 bits).
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_FLOAT (1 << 9)
+
+/**
+ * Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format
+ * described by pixdesc. Note that this is not the same as the number
+ * of bits per sample.
+ *
+ * The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually
+ * used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are
+ * not counted.
+ */
+int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
+
+/**
+ * Return the number of bits per pixel for the pixel format
+ * described by pixdesc, including any padding or unused bits.
+ */
+int av_get_padded_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
+
+/**
+ * @return a pixel format descriptor for provided pixel format or NULL if
+ * this pixel format is unknown.
+ */
+const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_get(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all pixel format descriptors known to libavutil.
+ *
+ * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor.
+ *
+ * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor
+ */
+const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_next(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *prev);
+
+/**
+ * @return an AVPixelFormat id described by desc, or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if desc
+ * is not a valid pointer to a pixel format descriptor.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc);
+
+/**
+ * Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from
+ * the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor.
+ *
+ * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
+ * @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w (horizontal/width shift)
+ * @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h (vertical/height shift)
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format
+ */
+int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
+ int *h_shift, int *v_shift);
+
+/**
+ * @return number of planes in pix_fmt, a negative AVERROR if pix_fmt is not a
+ * valid pixel format.
+ */
+int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range);
+
+/**
+ * @return the AVColorRange value for name or an AVError if not found.
+ */
+int av_color_range_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries);
+
+/**
+ * @return the AVColorPrimaries value for name or an AVError if not found.
+ */
+int av_color_primaries_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer);
+
+/**
+ * @return the AVColorTransferCharacteristic value for name or an AVError if not found.
+ */
+int av_color_transfer_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space);
+
+/**
+ * @return the AVColorSpace value for name or an AVError if not found.
+ */
+int av_color_space_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location);
+
+/**
+ * @return the AVChromaLocation value for name or an AVError if not found.
+ */
+int av_chroma_location_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position.
+ *
+ * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system
+ * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256
+ *
+ * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position
+ * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position
+ */
+int av_chroma_location_enum_to_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos);
+
+/**
+ * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation.
+ *
+ * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system
+ * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256
+ *
+ * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position
+ * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position
+ */
+enum AVChromaLocation av_chroma_location_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos);
+
+/**
+ * Return the pixel format corresponding to name.
+ *
+ * If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a
+ * pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian
+ * format of name.
+ * For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16",
+ * then for "gray16le".
+ *
+ * Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is
+ * unknown.
+ *
+ * @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string()
+ */
+const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with
+ * number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer where to write the string
+ * @param buf_size the size of buf
+ * @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the
+ * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
+ * corresponding header.
+ */
+char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size,
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Read a line from an image, and write the values of the
+ * pixel format component c to dst.
+ *
+ * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image
+ * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
+ * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
+ * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read
+ * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read
+ * @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of
+ * values to write to dst
+ * @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted
+ * format writes the values corresponding to the palette
+ * component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in
+ * data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted.
+ * @param dst_element_size size of elements in dst array (2 or 4 byte)
+ */
+void av_read_image_line2(void *dst, const uint8_t *data[4],
+ const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
+ int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component,
+ int dst_element_size);
+
+void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4],
+ const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
+ int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component);
+
+/**
+ * Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an
+ * image line.
+ *
+ * @param src array containing the values to write
+ * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the
+ * image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed.
+ * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
+ * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
+ * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write
+ * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write
+ * @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of
+ * values to write to the image line
+ * @param src_element_size size of elements in src array (2 or 4 byte)
+ */
+void av_write_image_line2(const void *src, uint8_t *data[4],
+ const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
+ int x, int y, int c, int w, int src_element_size);
+
+void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4],
+ const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
+ int x, int y, int c, int w);
+
+/**
+ * Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format.
+ *
+ * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
+ *
+ * @return pixel format with swapped endianness if it exists,
+ * otherwise AV_PIX_FMT_NONE
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_swap_endianness(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION 0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */
+#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH 0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */
+#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE 0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */
+#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA 0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */
+#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT 0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */
+#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA 0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */
+#define FF_LOSS_EXCESS_RESOLUTION 0x0040 /**< loss due to unneeded extra resolution */
+#define FF_LOSS_EXCESS_DEPTH 0x0080 /**< loss due to unneeded extra color depth */
+
+
+/**
+ * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific
+ * pixel format to another.
+ * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur.
+ * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will
+ * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to
+ * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of
+ * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss
+ * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization.
+ * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses
+ * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another.
+ *
+ * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format
+ * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
+ * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
+ * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur
+ * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt).
+ */
+int av_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt,
+ enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt,
+ int has_alpha);
+
+/**
+ * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific
+ * pixel format to another.
+ * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur.
+ * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will
+ * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to
+ * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of
+ * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss
+ * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization.
+ * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses
+ * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another.
+ *
+ * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format
+ * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
+ * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
+ * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur
+ * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt).
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2,
+ enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/pixelutils.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/pixelutils.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7a997cde1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/pixelutils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H
+#define AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * Sum of abs(src1[x] - src2[x])
+ */
+typedef int (*av_pixelutils_sad_fn)(const uint8_t *src1, ptrdiff_t stride1,
+ const uint8_t *src2, ptrdiff_t stride2);
+
+/**
+ * Get a potentially optimized pointer to a Sum-of-absolute-differences
+ * function (see the av_pixelutils_sad_fn prototype).
+ *
+ * @param w_bits 1<<w_bits is the requested width of the block size
+ * @param h_bits 1<<h_bits is the requested height of the block size
+ * @param aligned If set to 2, the returned sad function will assume src1 and
+ * src2 addresses are aligned on the block size.
+ * If set to 1, the returned sad function will assume src1 is
+ * aligned on the block size.
+ * If set to 0, the returned sad function assume no particular
+ * alignment.
+ * @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL
+ *
+ * @return a pointer to the SAD function or NULL in case of error (because of
+ * invalid parameters)
+ */
+av_pixelutils_sad_fn av_pixelutils_get_sad_fn(int w_bits, int h_bits,
+ int aligned, void *log_ctx);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/pixfmt.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/pixfmt.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..37c2c79e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/pixfmt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,691 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
+#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * pixel format definitions
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024
+#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256
+
+/**
+ * Pixel format.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA
+ * color is put together as:
+ * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B
+ * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on
+ * big-endian CPUs.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * If the resolution is not a multiple of the chroma subsampling factor
+ * then the chroma plane resolution must be rounded up.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized
+ * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in
+ * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is
+ * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is
+ * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette
+ * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255.
+ * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed
+ * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like
+ * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function
+ * allocating the picture.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat {
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1,
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp
+ AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
+ AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
+ AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range
+ AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1
+ AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA...
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+
+ /**
+ * Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a
+ * VASurfaceID.
+ */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI,
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
+
+ /**
+ * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth.
+ * Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding.
+ * If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better.
+ */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian)
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian
+ /**
+ * HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the
+ * mfxFrameSurface1 structure.
+ *
+ * Before FFmpeg 5.0:
+ * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer when importing
+ * the following frames as QSV frames:
+ *
+ * VAAPI:
+ * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to VASurfaceID
+ *
+ * DXVA2:
+ * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9
+ *
+ * FFmpeg 5.0 and above:
+ * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to the mfxHDLPair
+ * structure when importing the following frames as QSV frames:
+ *
+ * VAAPI:
+ * mfxHDLPair.first contains a VASurfaceID pointer.
+ * mfxHDLPair.second is always MFX_INFINITE.
+ *
+ * DXVA2:
+ * mfxHDLPair.first contains IDirect3DSurface9 pointer.
+ * mfxHDLPair.second is always MFX_INFINITE.
+ *
+ * D3D11:
+ * mfxHDLPair.first contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer.
+ * mfxHDLPair.second contains the texture array index of the frame if the
+ * ID3D11Texture2D is an array texture, or always MFX_INFINITE if it is a
+ * normal texture.
+ */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_QSV,
+ /**
+ * HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the
+ * MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure.
+ */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL,
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer
+
+ /**
+ * HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers
+ * exactly as for system memory frames.
+ */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA,
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian
+
+#if FF_API_XVMC
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
+#endif
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian
+
+ /**
+ * Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11.
+ *
+ * This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11
+ * hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only.
+ *
+ * data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the
+ * texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is
+ * an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture).
+ */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11,
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian
+
+ /**
+ * DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing.
+ *
+ * data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor.
+ */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME,
+ /**
+ * Hardware surfaces for OpenCL.
+ *
+ * data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used
+ * in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface.
+ */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL,
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14BE, ///< Y , 14bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14LE, ///< Y , 14bpp, little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV24, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV42, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
+
+ /**
+ * Vulkan hardware images.
+ *
+ * data[0] points to an AVVkFrame
+ */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VULKAN,
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_Y210BE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 20bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_Y210LE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 20bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10LE, ///< packed RGB 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10R 10G 10B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10BE, ///< packed RGB 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10R 10G 10B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10LE, ///< packed BGR 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10B 10G 10R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10BE, ///< packed BGR 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10B 10G 10R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P210BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P210LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P410BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P410LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P216BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P216LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P416BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P416LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VUYA, ///< packed VUYA 4:4:4, 32bpp, VUYAVUYA...
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16BE, ///< IEEE-754 half precision packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, RGBARGBA..., big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16LE, ///< IEEE-754 half precision packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, RGBARGBA..., little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VUYX, ///< packed VUYX 4:4:4, 32bpp, Variant of VUYA where alpha channel is left undefined
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P012LE, ///< like NV12, with 12bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P012BE, ///< like NV12, with 12bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_Y212BE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 24bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_Y212LE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 24bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XV30BE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 32bpp, (msb)2X 10V 10Y 10U(lsb), big-endian, variant of Y410 where alpha channel is left undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XV30LE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 32bpp, (msb)2X 10V 10Y 10U(lsb), little-endian, variant of Y410 where alpha channel is left undefined
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XV36BE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 48bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian, variant of Y412 where alpha channel is left undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XV36LE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 48bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian, variant of Y412 where alpha channel is left undefined
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGB 32:32:32, 96bpp, RGBRGB..., big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGB 32:32:32, 96bpp, RGBRGB..., little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGBA 32:32:32:32, 128bpp, RGBARGBA..., big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGBA 32:32:32:32, 128bpp, RGBARGBA..., little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
+};
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be
+#else
+# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le
+#endif
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE, GRAY9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY14BE, GRAY14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE, BAYER_RGGB16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE, GBRPF32LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAYF32BE, GRAYF32LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P12BE, YUVA422P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P12BE, YUVA444P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P012 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P012BE, P012LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y210 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(Y210BE, Y210LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y212 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(Y212BE, Y212LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_XV30 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XV30BE, XV30LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_XV36 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XV36BE, XV36LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2RGB10BE, X2RGB10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2BGR10BE, X2BGR10LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P210 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P210BE, P210LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P410 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P410BE, P410LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P216 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P216BE, P216LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P416 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P416BE, P416LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBAF16BE, RGBAF16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBF32BE, RGBF32LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBAF32BE, RGBAF32LE)
+
+/**
+ * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
+ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.1 and ITU-T H.273.
+ */
+enum AVColorPrimaries {
+ AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0,
+ AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP 177 Annex B
+ AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+ AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3,
+ AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
+
+ AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< identical to above, also called "SMPTE C" even though it uses D65
+ AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C
+ AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ)
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428,
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3
+ AVCOL_PRI_EBU3213 = 22, ///< EBU Tech. 3213-E (nothing there) / one of JEDEC P22 group phosphors
+ AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = AVCOL_PRI_EBU3213,
+ AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * Color Transfer Characteristic.
+ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.2.
+ */
+enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic {
+ AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0,
+ AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361
+ AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+ AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3,
+ AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
+ AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7,
+ AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics"
+ AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)"
+ AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)"
+ AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4
+ AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut
+ AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC)
+ AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system
+ AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084,
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428,
+ AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma"
+ AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * YUV colorspace type.
+ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.3.
+ */
+enum AVColorSpace {
+ AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB), YZX and ST 428-1
+ AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / derived in SMPTE RP 177 Annex B
+ AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+ AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3, ///< reserved for future use by ITU-T and ISO/IEC just like 15-255 are
+ AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
+ AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601
+ AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC / functionally identical to above
+ AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< derived from 170M primaries and D65 white point, 170M is derived from BT470 System M's primaries
+ AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, ///< used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16
+ AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO,
+ AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system
+ AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system
+ AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x
+ AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system
+ AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system
+ AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp
+ AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * Visual content value range.
+ *
+ * These values are based on definitions that can be found in multiple
+ * specifications, such as ITU-T BT.709 (3.4 - Quantization of RGB, luminance
+ * and colour-difference signals), ITU-T BT.2020 (Table 5 - Digital
+ * Representation) as well as ITU-T BT.2100 (Table 9 - Digital 10- and 12-bit
+ * integer representation). At the time of writing, the BT.2100 one is
+ * recommended, as it also defines the full range representation.
+ *
+ * Common definitions:
+ * - For RGB and luma planes such as Y in YCbCr and I in ICtCp,
+ * 'E' is the original value in range of 0.0 to 1.0.
+ * - For chroma planes such as Cb,Cr and Ct,Cp, 'E' is the original
+ * value in range of -0.5 to 0.5.
+ * - 'n' is the output bit depth.
+ * - For additional definitions such as rounding and clipping to valid n
+ * bit unsigned integer range, please refer to BT.2100 (Table 9).
+ */
+enum AVColorRange {
+ AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+
+ /**
+ * Narrow or limited range content.
+ *
+ * - For luma planes:
+ *
+ * (219 * E + 16) * 2^(n-8)
+ *
+ * F.ex. the range of 16-235 for 8 bits
+ *
+ * - For chroma planes:
+ *
+ * (224 * E + 128) * 2^(n-8)
+ *
+ * F.ex. the range of 16-240 for 8 bits
+ */
+ AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1,
+
+ /**
+ * Full range content.
+ *
+ * - For RGB and luma planes:
+ *
+ * (2^n - 1) * E
+ *
+ * F.ex. the range of 0-255 for 8 bits
+ *
+ * - For chroma planes:
+ *
+ * (2^n - 1) * E + 2^(n - 1)
+ *
+ * F.ex. the range of 1-255 for 8 bits
+ */
+ AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2,
+ AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * Location of chroma samples.
+ *
+ * Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the
+ * image, the left shows only luma, the right
+ * shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay
+ * each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII
+ *
+ * 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions
+ * v v v v
+ * ______ ______
+ *1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples,
+ * | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions
+ *2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position
+ */
+enum AVChromaLocation {
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4,
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5,
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6,
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/random_seed.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/random_seed.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0462a048e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/random_seed.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
+#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions.
+ * This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases.
+ * Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed.
+ * It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster
+ * PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform.
+ */
+uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/rational.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/rational.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8cbfc8e06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/rational.h
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+/*
+ * rational numbers
+ * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_math_rational
+ * Utilties for rational number calculation.
+ * @author Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
+#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational
+ * @ingroup lavu_math
+ * Rational number calculation.
+ *
+ * While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the
+ * conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the
+ * other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of
+ * timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic
+ * interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and
+ * denominators.
+ *
+ * Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in
+ * reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all
+ * rational numbers.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator).
+ */
+typedef struct AVRational{
+ int num; ///< Numerator
+ int den; ///< Denominator
+} AVRational;
+
+/**
+ * Create an AVRational.
+ *
+ * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals.
+ *
+ * @note The return value is not reduced.
+ * @see av_reduce()
+ */
+static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den)
+{
+ AVRational r = { num, den };
+ return r;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compare two rationals.
+ *
+ * @param a First rational
+ * @param b Second rational
+ *
+ * @return One of the following values:
+ * - 0 if `a == b`
+ * - 1 if `a > b`
+ * - -1 if `a < b`
+ * - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0`
+ */
+static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){
+ const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den;
+
+ if(tmp) return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1;
+ else if(b.den && a.den) return 0;
+ else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31);
+ else return INT_MIN;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVRational to a `double`.
+ * @param a AVRational to convert
+ * @return `a` in floating-point form
+ * @see av_d2q()
+ */
+static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){
+ return a.num / (double) a.den;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reduce a fraction.
+ *
+ * This is useful for framerate calculations.
+ *
+ * @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator
+ * @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator
+ * @param[in] num Source numerator
+ * @param[in] den Source denominator
+ * @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den`
+ * @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max);
+
+/**
+ * Multiply two rationals.
+ * @param b First rational
+ * @param c Second rational
+ * @return b*c
+ */
+AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Divide one rational by another.
+ * @param b First rational
+ * @param c Second rational
+ * @return b/c
+ */
+AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Add two rationals.
+ * @param b First rational
+ * @param c Second rational
+ * @return b+c
+ */
+AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Subtract one rational from another.
+ * @param b First rational
+ * @param c Second rational
+ * @return b-c
+ */
+AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Invert a rational.
+ * @param q value
+ * @return 1 / q
+ */
+static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q)
+{
+ AVRational r = { q.den, q.num };
+ return r;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational.
+ *
+ * In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or
+ * `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign.
+ *
+ * @param d `double` to convert
+ * @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator
+ * @return `d` in AVRational form
+ * @see av_q2d()
+ */
+AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational.
+ *
+ * @param q Rational to be compared against
+ * @param q1 Rational to be tested
+ * @param q2 Rational to be tested
+ * @return One of the following values:
+ * - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2`
+ * - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1`
+ * - 0 if they have the same distance
+ */
+int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2);
+
+/**
+ * Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational.
+ *
+ * @param q Reference rational
+ * @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}`
+ * @return Index of the nearest value found in the array
+ */
+int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point
+ * format.
+ *
+ * @param q Rational to be converted
+ * @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit
+ * integer.
+ * @note The returned value is platform-indepedant.
+ */
+uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q);
+
+/**
+ * Return the best rational so that a and b are multiple of it.
+ * If the resulting denominator is larger than max_den, return def.
+ */
+AVRational av_gcd_q(AVRational a, AVRational b, int max_den, AVRational def);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/rc4.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/rc4.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bf0ca6e94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/rc4.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ * RC4 encryption/decryption/pseudo-random number generator
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RC4_H
+#define AVUTIL_RC4_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_rc4 RC4
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVRC4 {
+ uint8_t state[256];
+ int x, y;
+} AVRC4;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVRC4 context.
+ */
+AVRC4 *av_rc4_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes an AVRC4 context.
+ *
+ * @param d pointer to the AVRC4 context
+ * @param key buffer containig the key
+ * @param key_bits must be a multiple of 8
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, currently has no effect
+ * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise
+ */
+int av_rc4_init(struct AVRC4 *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the RC4 algorithm.
+ *
+ * @param d pointer to the AVRC4 context
+ * @param count number of bytes
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, may be NULL
+ * @param iv not (yet) used for RC4, should be NULL
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, not (yet) used
+ */
+void av_rc4_crypt(struct AVRC4 *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RC4_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/replaygain.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/replaygain.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b49bf1a3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/replaygain.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H
+#define AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * ReplayGain information (see
+ * http://wiki.hydrogenaudio.org/index.php?title=ReplayGain_1.0_specification).
+ * The size of this struct is a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVReplayGain {
+ /**
+ * Track replay gain in microbels (divide by 100000 to get the value in dB).
+ * Should be set to INT32_MIN when unknown.
+ */
+ int32_t track_gain;
+ /**
+ * Peak track amplitude, with 100000 representing full scale (but values
+ * may overflow). 0 when unknown.
+ */
+ uint32_t track_peak;
+ /**
+ * Same as track_gain, but for the whole album.
+ */
+ int32_t album_gain;
+ /**
+ * Same as track_peak, but for the whole album,
+ */
+ uint32_t album_peak;
+} AVReplayGain;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/ripemd.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/ripemd.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9df9f905f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/ripemd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_ripemd
+ * Public header for RIPEMD hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H
+#define AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_ripemd RIPEMD
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * RIPEMD hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_ripemd_size;
+
+struct AVRIPEMD;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVRIPEMD context.
+ */
+struct AVRIPEMD *av_ripemd_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize RIPEMD hashing.
+ *
+ * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_ripemd_size)
+ * @param bits number of bits in digest (128, 160, 256 or 320 bits)
+ * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
+ */
+int av_ripemd_init(struct AVRIPEMD* context, int bits);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param data input data to update hash with
+ * @param len input data length
+ */
+void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_ripemd_final(struct AVRIPEMD* context, uint8_t *digest);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/samplefmt.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/samplefmt.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6bad0e254
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/samplefmt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
+#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats
+ *
+ * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Audio sample formats
+ *
+ * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order.
+ * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed
+ * 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format.
+ *
+ * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range
+ * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level.
+ *
+ * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg
+ * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows:
+ *
+ * @par
+ * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane,
+ * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data
+ * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data
+ * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case,
+ * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane.
+ *
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat {
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1,
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double
+
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar
+
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not
+ * recognized.
+ */
+const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
+ * on error.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or
+ * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the
+ * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the
+ * input.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar);
+
+/**
+ * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format.
+ *
+ * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is
+ * the same as the input.
+ *
+ * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format.
+ *
+ * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is
+ * the same as the input.
+ *
+ * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with
+ * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer where to write the string
+ * @param buf_size the size of buf
+ * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the
+ * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
+ * corresponding header.
+ * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is
+ * unknown or in case of other errors
+ */
+char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Return number of bytes per sample.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format
+ * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given
+ * sample format
+ */
+int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the sample format is planar.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect
+ * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved
+ */
+int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters.
+ *
+ * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
+ * @param nb_channels the number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format
+ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation
+ *
+ * Functions that manipulate audio samples
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample
+ * format sample_fmt.
+ *
+ * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes:
+ * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer,
+ * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only.
+ *
+ * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each
+ * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the
+ * buffer for all channels for packed layout.
+ *
+ * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples
+ * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size),
+ * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
+ * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
+ * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples
+ * @param nb_channels the number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format
+ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer on success,
+ * or a negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize,
+ const uint8_t *buf,
+ int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and
+ * linesize accordingly.
+ * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0])
+ * Allocated data will be initialized to silence.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
+ * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format
+ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure
+ * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump
+ * @see av_samples_fill_arrays()
+ * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples()
+ */
+int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
+ int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples
+ * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly.
+ *
+ * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data
+ * pointers array.
+ *
+ * @see av_samples_alloc()
+ */
+int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
+ int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Copy samples from src to dst.
+ *
+ * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param src source array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst
+ * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
+ * @param sample_fmt audio sample format
+ */
+int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset,
+ int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels,
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Fill an audio buffer with silence.
+ *
+ * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
+ * @param sample_fmt audio sample format
+ */
+int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples,
+ int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/sha.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/sha.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2e1220abd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/sha.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_sha
+ * Public header for SHA-1 & SHA-256 hash function implementations.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H
+#define AVUTIL_SHA_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_sha SHA
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * SHA-1 and SHA-256 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations.
+ *
+ * This module supports the following SHA hash functions:
+ *
+ * - SHA-1: 160 bits
+ * - SHA-224: 224 bits, as a variant of SHA-2
+ * - SHA-256: 256 bits, as a variant of SHA-2
+ *
+ * @see For SHA-384, SHA-512, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha512.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_sha_size;
+
+struct AVSHA;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVSHA context.
+ */
+struct AVSHA *av_sha_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing.
+ *
+ * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size)
+ * @param bits number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits)
+ * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
+ */
+int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash value.
+ *
+ * @param ctx hash function context
+ * @param data input data to update hash with
+ * @param len input data length
+ */
+void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/sha512.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/sha512.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a4a3f23db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/sha512.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_sha512
+ * Public header for SHA-512 implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA512_H
+#define AVUTIL_SHA512_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA-512
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * SHA-512 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations.
+ *
+ * This module supports the following SHA-2 hash functions:
+ *
+ * - SHA-512/224: 224 bits
+ * - SHA-512/256: 256 bits
+ * - SHA-384: 384 bits
+ * - SHA-512: 512 bits
+ *
+ * @see For SHA-1, SHA-256, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_sha512_size;
+
+struct AVSHA512;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVSHA512 context.
+ */
+struct AVSHA512 *av_sha512_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize SHA-2 512 hashing.
+ *
+ * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha512_size)
+ * @param bits number of bits in digest (224, 256, 384 or 512 bits)
+ * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
+ */
+int av_sha512_init(struct AVSHA512* context, int bits);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param data input data to update hash with
+ * @param len input data length
+ */
+void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_sha512_final(struct AVSHA512* context, uint8_t *digest);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA512_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/spherical.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/spherical.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..828ac836d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/spherical.h
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Vittorio Giovara <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_video_spherical
+ * Spherical video
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H
+#define AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_video_spherical Spherical video mapping
+ * @ingroup lavu_video
+ *
+ * A spherical video file contains surfaces that need to be mapped onto a
+ * sphere. Depending on how the frame was converted, a different distortion
+ * transformation or surface recomposition function needs to be applied before
+ * the video should be mapped and displayed.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Projection of the video surface(s) on a sphere.
+ */
+enum AVSphericalProjection {
+ /**
+ * Video represents a sphere mapped on a flat surface using
+ * equirectangular projection.
+ */
+ AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR,
+
+ /**
+ * Video frame is split into 6 faces of a cube, and arranged on a
+ * 3x2 layout. Faces are oriented upwards for the front, left, right,
+ * and back faces. The up face is oriented so the top of the face is
+ * forwards and the down face is oriented so the top of the face is
+ * to the back.
+ */
+ AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP,
+
+ /**
+ * Video represents a portion of a sphere mapped on a flat surface
+ * using equirectangular projection. The @ref bounding fields indicate
+ * the position of the current video in a larger surface.
+ */
+ AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE,
+};
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes how to handle spherical videos, outlining
+ * information about projection, initial layout, and any other view modifier.
+ *
+ * @note The struct must be allocated with av_spherical_alloc() and
+ * its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVSphericalMapping {
+ /**
+ * Projection type.
+ */
+ enum AVSphericalProjection projection;
+
+ /**
+ * @name Initial orientation
+ * @{
+ * There fields describe additional rotations applied to the sphere after
+ * the video frame is mapped onto it. The sphere is rotated around the
+ * viewer, who remains stationary. The order of transformation is always
+ * yaw, followed by pitch, and finally by roll.
+ *
+ * The coordinate system matches the one defined in OpenGL, where the
+ * forward vector (z) is coming out of screen, and it is equivalent to
+ * a rotation matrix of R = r_y(yaw) * r_x(pitch) * r_z(roll).
+ *
+ * A positive yaw rotates the portion of the sphere in front of the viewer
+ * toward their right. A positive pitch rotates the portion of the sphere
+ * in front of the viewer upwards. A positive roll tilts the portion of
+ * the sphere in front of the viewer to the viewer's right.
+ *
+ * These values are exported as 16.16 fixed point.
+ *
+ * See this equirectangular projection as example:
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * Yaw
+ * -180 0 180
+ * 90 +-------------+-------------+ 180
+ * | | | up
+ * P | | | y| forward
+ * i | ^ | | /z
+ * t 0 +-------------X-------------+ 0 Roll | /
+ * c | | | | /
+ * h | | | 0|/_____right
+ * | | | x
+ * -90 +-------------+-------------+ -180
+ *
+ * X - the default camera center
+ * ^ - the default up vector
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ int32_t yaw; ///< Rotation around the up vector [-180, 180].
+ int32_t pitch; ///< Rotation around the right vector [-90, 90].
+ int32_t roll; ///< Rotation around the forward vector [-180, 180].
+ /**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @name Bounding rectangle
+ * @anchor bounding
+ * @{
+ * These fields indicate the location of the current tile, and where
+ * it should be mapped relative to the original surface. They are
+ * exported as 0.32 fixed point, and can be converted to classic
+ * pixel values with av_spherical_bounds().
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * +----------------+----------+
+ * | |bound_top |
+ * | +--------+ |
+ * | bound_left |tile | |
+ * +<---------->| |<--->+bound_right
+ * | +--------+ |
+ * | | |
+ * | bound_bottom| |
+ * +----------------+----------+
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * If needed, the original video surface dimensions can be derived
+ * by adding the current stream or frame size to the related bounds,
+ * like in the following example:
+ *
+ * @code{c}
+ * original_width = tile->width + bound_left + bound_right;
+ * original_height = tile->height + bound_top + bound_bottom;
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @note These values are valid only for the tiled equirectangular
+ * projection type (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE),
+ * and should be ignored in all other cases.
+ */
+ uint32_t bound_left; ///< Distance from the left edge
+ uint32_t bound_top; ///< Distance from the top edge
+ uint32_t bound_right; ///< Distance from the right edge
+ uint32_t bound_bottom; ///< Distance from the bottom edge
+ /**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * Number of pixels to pad from the edge of each cube face.
+ *
+ * @note This value is valid for only for the cubemap projection type
+ * (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP), and should be ignored in all other
+ * cases.
+ */
+ uint32_t padding;
+} AVSphericalMapping;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a AVSphericalVideo structure and initialize its fields to default
+ * values.
+ *
+ * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
+ */
+AVSphericalMapping *av_spherical_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * Convert the @ref bounding fields from an AVSphericalVideo
+ * from 0.32 fixed point to pixels.
+ *
+ * @param map The AVSphericalVideo map to read bound values from.
+ * @param width Width of the current frame or stream.
+ * @param height Height of the current frame or stream.
+ * @param left Pixels from the left edge.
+ * @param top Pixels from the top edge.
+ * @param right Pixels from the right edge.
+ * @param bottom Pixels from the bottom edge.
+ */
+void av_spherical_tile_bounds(const AVSphericalMapping *map,
+ size_t width, size_t height,
+ size_t *left, size_t *top,
+ size_t *right, size_t *bottom);
+
+/**
+ * Provide a human-readable name of a given AVSphericalProjection.
+ *
+ * @param projection The input AVSphericalProjection.
+ *
+ * @return The name of the AVSphericalProjection, or "unknown".
+ */
+const char *av_spherical_projection_name(enum AVSphericalProjection projection);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVSphericalProjection form a human-readable name.
+ *
+ * @param name The input string.
+ *
+ * @return The AVSphericalProjection value, or -1 if not found.
+ */
+int av_spherical_from_name(const char *name);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/stereo3d.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/stereo3d.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3aab959b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/stereo3d.h
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2013 Vittorio Giovara <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_video_stereo3d
+ * Stereoscopic video
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H
+#define AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "frame.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_video_stereo3d Stereo3D types and functions
+ * @ingroup lavu_video
+ *
+ * A stereoscopic video file consists in multiple views embedded in a single
+ * frame, usually describing two views of a scene. This file describes all
+ * possible codec-independent view arrangements.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * List of possible 3D Types
+ */
+enum AVStereo3DType {
+ /**
+ * Video is not stereoscopic (and metadata has to be there).
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_2D,
+
+ /**
+ * Views are next to each other.
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * LLLLRRRR
+ * LLLLRRRR
+ * LLLLRRRR
+ * ...
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE,
+
+ /**
+ * Views are on top of each other.
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * LLLLLLLL
+ * LLLLLLLL
+ * RRRRRRRR
+ * RRRRRRRR
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_TOPBOTTOM,
+
+ /**
+ * Views are alternated temporally.
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * frame0 frame1 frame2 ...
+ * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
+ * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
+ * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
+ * ... ... ...
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_FRAMESEQUENCE,
+
+ /**
+ * Views are packed in a checkerboard-like structure per pixel.
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * LRLRLRLR
+ * RLRLRLRL
+ * LRLRLRLR
+ * ...
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_CHECKERBOARD,
+
+ /**
+ * Views are next to each other, but when upscaling
+ * apply a checkerboard pattern.
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R
+ * LLLLRRRR => L L L L R R R R
+ * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R
+ * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE_QUINCUNX,
+
+ /**
+ * Views are packed per line, as if interlaced.
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * LLLLLLLL
+ * RRRRRRRR
+ * LLLLLLLL
+ * ...
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_LINES,
+
+ /**
+ * Views are packed per column.
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * LRLRLRLR
+ * LRLRLRLR
+ * LRLRLRLR
+ * ...
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_COLUMNS,
+};
+
+/**
+ * List of possible view types.
+ */
+enum AVStereo3DView {
+ /**
+ * Frame contains two packed views.
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_PACKED,
+
+ /**
+ * Frame contains only the left view.
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_LEFT,
+
+ /**
+ * Frame contains only the right view.
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_RIGHT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Inverted views, Right/Bottom represents the left view.
+ */
+#define AV_STEREO3D_FLAG_INVERT (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Stereo 3D type: this structure describes how two videos are packed
+ * within a single video surface, with additional information as needed.
+ *
+ * @note The struct must be allocated with av_stereo3d_alloc() and
+ * its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVStereo3D {
+ /**
+ * How views are packed within the video.
+ */
+ enum AVStereo3DType type;
+
+ /**
+ * Additional information about the frame packing.
+ */
+ int flags;
+
+ /**
+ * Determines which views are packed.
+ */
+ enum AVStereo3DView view;
+} AVStereo3D;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVStereo3D structure and set its fields to default values.
+ * The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
+ *
+ * @return An AVStereo3D filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a complete AVFrameSideData and add it to the frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
+ *
+ * @return The AVStereo3D structure to be filled by caller.
+ */
+AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Provide a human-readable name of a given stereo3d type.
+ *
+ * @param type The input stereo3d type value.
+ *
+ * @return The name of the stereo3d value, or "unknown".
+ */
+const char *av_stereo3d_type_name(unsigned int type);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVStereo3DType form a human-readable name.
+ *
+ * @param name The input string.
+ *
+ * @return The AVStereo3DType value, or -1 if not found.
+ */
+int av_stereo3d_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/tea.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/tea.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dd929bdaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/tea.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+ * A 32-bit implementation of the TEA algorithm
+ * Copyright (c) 2015 Vesselin Bontchev
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TEA_H
+#define AVUTIL_TEA_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @brief Public header for libavutil TEA algorithm
+ * @defgroup lavu_tea TEA
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_tea_size;
+
+struct AVTEA;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVTEA context
+ * To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
+ */
+struct AVTEA *av_tea_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVTEA context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVTEA context
+ * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption
+ * @param rounds the number of rounds in TEA (64 is the "standard")
+ */
+void av_tea_init(struct AVTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16], int rounds);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVTEA context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_tea_crypt(struct AVTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
+ int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TEA_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/threadmessage.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/threadmessage.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..42ce655f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/threadmessage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H
+#define AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H
+
+typedef struct AVThreadMessageQueue AVThreadMessageQueue;
+
+typedef enum AVThreadMessageFlags {
+
+ /**
+ * Perform non-blocking operation.
+ * If this flag is set, send and recv operations are non-blocking and
+ * return AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately if they can not proceed.
+ */
+ AV_THREAD_MESSAGE_NONBLOCK = 1,
+
+} AVThreadMessageFlags;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new message queue.
+ *
+ * @param mq pointer to the message queue
+ * @param nelem maximum number of elements in the queue
+ * @param elsize size of each element in the queue
+ * @return >=0 for success; <0 for error, in particular AVERROR(ENOSYS) if
+ * lavu was built without thread support
+ */
+int av_thread_message_queue_alloc(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq,
+ unsigned nelem,
+ unsigned elsize);
+
+/**
+ * Free a message queue.
+ *
+ * The message queue must no longer be in use by another thread.
+ */
+void av_thread_message_queue_free(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq);
+
+/**
+ * Send a message on the queue.
+ */
+int av_thread_message_queue_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
+ void *msg,
+ unsigned flags);
+
+/**
+ * Receive a message from the queue.
+ */
+int av_thread_message_queue_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
+ void *msg,
+ unsigned flags);
+
+/**
+ * Set the sending error code.
+ *
+ * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_send() will
+ * return it immediately. Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used to cause the sending thread to stop or
+ * suspend its operation.
+ */
+void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
+ int err);
+
+/**
+ * Set the receiving error code.
+ *
+ * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_recv() will
+ * return it immediately when there are no longer available messages.
+ * Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used
+ * to cause the receiving thread to stop or suspend its operation.
+ */
+void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
+ int err);
+
+/**
+ * Set the optional free message callback function which will be called if an
+ * operation is removing messages from the queue.
+ */
+void av_thread_message_queue_set_free_func(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
+ void (*free_func)(void *msg));
+
+/**
+ * Return the current number of messages in the queue.
+ *
+ * @return the current number of messages or AVERROR(ENOSYS) if lavu was built
+ * without thread support
+ */
+int av_thread_message_queue_nb_elems(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq);
+
+/**
+ * Flush the message queue
+ *
+ * This function is mostly equivalent to reading and free-ing every message
+ * except that it will be done in a single operation (no lock/unlock between
+ * reads).
+ */
+void av_thread_message_flush(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/time.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/time.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dc169b064
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/time.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TIME_H
+#define AVUTIL_TIME_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * Get the current time in microseconds.
+ */
+int64_t av_gettime(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current time in microseconds since some unspecified starting point.
+ * On platforms that support it, the time comes from a monotonic clock
+ * This property makes this time source ideal for measuring relative time.
+ * The returned values may not be monotonic on platforms where a monotonic
+ * clock is not available.
+ */
+int64_t av_gettime_relative(void);
+
+/**
+ * Indicates with a boolean result if the av_gettime_relative() time source
+ * is monotonic.
+ */
+int av_gettime_relative_is_monotonic(void);
+
+/**
+ * Sleep for a period of time. Although the duration is expressed in
+ * microseconds, the actual delay may be rounded to the precision of the
+ * system timer.
+ *
+ * @param usec Number of microseconds to sleep.
+ * @return zero on success or (negative) error code.
+ */
+int av_usleep(unsigned usec);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TIME_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/timecode.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/timecode.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..060574a17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/timecode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Smartjog S.A.S, Baptiste Coudurier <[email protected]>
+ * Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Smartjog S.A.S, Clément Bœsch <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Timecode helpers header
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H
+#define AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "rational.h"
+
+#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 23
+
+enum AVTimecodeFlag {
+ AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_DROPFRAME = 1<<0, ///< timecode is drop frame
+ AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_24HOURSMAX = 1<<1, ///< timecode wraps after 24 hours
+ AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_ALLOWNEGATIVE = 1<<2, ///< negative time values are allowed
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+ int start; ///< timecode frame start (first base frame number)
+ uint32_t flags; ///< flags such as drop frame, +24 hours support, ...
+ AVRational rate; ///< frame rate in rational form
+ unsigned fps; ///< frame per second; must be consistent with the rate field
+} AVTimecode;
+
+/**
+ * Adjust frame number for NTSC drop frame time code.
+ *
+ * @param framenum frame number to adjust
+ * @param fps frame per second, multiples of 30
+ * @return adjusted frame number
+ * @warning adjustment is only valid for multiples of NTSC 29.97
+ */
+int av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(int framenum, int fps);
+
+/**
+ * Convert frame number to SMPTE 12M binary representation.
+ *
+ * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized
+ * @param framenum frame number
+ * @return the SMPTE binary representation
+ *
+ * See SMPTE ST 314M-2005 Sec 4.4.2.2.1 "Time code pack (TC)"
+ * the format description as follows:
+ * bits 0-5: hours, in BCD(6bits)
+ * bits 6: BGF1
+ * bits 7: BGF2 (NTSC) or FIELD (PAL)
+ * bits 8-14: minutes, in BCD(7bits)
+ * bits 15: BGF0 (NTSC) or BGF2 (PAL)
+ * bits 16-22: seconds, in BCD(7bits)
+ * bits 23: FIELD (NTSC) or BGF0 (PAL)
+ * bits 24-29: frames, in BCD(6bits)
+ * bits 30: drop frame flag (0: non drop, 1: drop)
+ * bits 31: color frame flag (0: unsync mode, 1: sync mode)
+ * @note BCD numbers (6 or 7 bits): 4 or 5 lower bits for units, 2 higher bits for tens.
+ * @note Frame number adjustment is automatically done in case of drop timecode,
+ * you do NOT have to call av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2().
+ * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start.
+ * @note Color frame (CF) and binary group flags (BGF) bits are set to zero.
+ */
+uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum(const AVTimecode *tc, int framenum);
+
+/**
+ * Convert sei info to SMPTE 12M binary representation.
+ *
+ * @param rate frame rate in rational form
+ * @param drop drop flag
+ * @param hh hour
+ * @param mm minute
+ * @param ss second
+ * @param ff frame number
+ * @return the SMPTE binary representation
+ */
+uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte(AVRational rate, int drop, int hh, int mm, int ss, int ff);
+
+/**
+ * Load timecode string in buf.
+ *
+ * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
+ * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized
+ * @param framenum frame number
+ * @return the buf parameter
+ *
+ * @note Timecode representation can be a negative timecode and have more than
+ * 24 hours, but will only be honored if the flags are correctly set.
+ * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start.
+ */
+char *av_timecode_make_string(const AVTimecode *tc, char *buf, int framenum);
+
+/**
+ * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format.
+ *
+ * In contrast to av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string this function supports 50/60
+ * fps timecodes by using the field bit.
+ *
+ * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
+ * @param rate frame rate of the timecode
+ * @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode
+ * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit
+ * is arbitrary
+ * @param skip_field prevent the use of a field flag when it is known the field
+ * bit is arbitrary (e.g. because it is used as PC flag)
+ * @return the buf parameter
+ */
+char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string2(char *buf, AVRational rate, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df, int skip_field);
+
+/**
+ * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format.
+ *
+ * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
+ * @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode
+ * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit
+ * is arbitrary
+ * @return the buf parameter
+ */
+char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df);
+
+/**
+ * Get the timecode string from the 25-bit timecode format (MPEG GOP format).
+ *
+ * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
+ * @param tc25bit the 25-bits timecode
+ * @return the buf parameter
+ */
+char *av_timecode_make_mpeg_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tc25bit);
+
+/**
+ * Init a timecode struct with the passed parameters.
+ *
+ * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field
+ * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log)
+ * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode
+ * @param rate frame rate in rational form
+ * @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ...
+ * (see AVTimecodeFlag)
+ * @param frame_start the first frame number
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise
+ */
+int av_timecode_init(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int frame_start, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Init a timecode struct from the passed timecode components.
+ *
+ * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field
+ * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log)
+ * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode
+ * @param rate frame rate in rational form
+ * @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ...
+ * (see AVTimecodeFlag)
+ * @param hh hours
+ * @param mm minutes
+ * @param ss seconds
+ * @param ff frames
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise
+ */
+int av_timecode_init_from_components(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int hh, int mm, int ss, int ff, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Parse timecode representation (hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff).
+ *
+ * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log).
+ * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode
+ * @param rate frame rate in rational form
+ * @param str timecode string which will determine the frame start
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise
+ */
+int av_timecode_init_from_string(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, const char *str, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the timecode feature is available for the given frame rate
+ *
+ * @return 0 if supported, <0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_timecode_check_frame_rate(AVRational rate);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/timestamp.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/timestamp.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e082f01b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/timestamp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * timestamp utils, mostly useful for debugging/logging purposes
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H
+#define AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H
+
+#include "common.h"
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS) && !defined(PRId64)
+#error missing -D__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS / #define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
+#endif
+
+#define AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32
+
+/**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp
+ * representation.
+ *
+ * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE
+ * @param ts the timestamp to represent
+ * @return the buffer in input
+ */
+static inline char *av_ts_make_string(char *buf, int64_t ts)
+{
+ if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS");
+ else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%" PRId64, ts);
+ return buf;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
+ * function arguments but never stand-alone.
+ */
+#define av_ts2str(ts) av_ts_make_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts)
+
+/**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp time
+ * representation.
+ *
+ * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE
+ * @param ts the timestamp to represent
+ * @param tb the timebase of the timestamp
+ * @return the buffer in input
+ */
+static inline char *av_ts_make_time_string(char *buf, int64_t ts, AVRational *tb)
+{
+ if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS");
+ else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%.6g", av_q2d(*tb) * ts);
+ return buf;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
+ * function arguments but never stand-alone.
+ */
+#define av_ts2timestr(ts, tb) av_ts_make_time_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts, tb)
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/tree.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/tree.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bbb8fbb12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/tree.h
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * A tree container.
+ * @author Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TREE_H
+#define AVUTIL_TREE_H
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_tree AVTree
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * Low-complexity tree container
+ *
+ * Insertion, removal, finding equal, largest which is smaller than and
+ * smallest which is larger than, all have O(log n) worst-case complexity.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+struct AVTreeNode;
+extern const int av_tree_node_size;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVTreeNode.
+ */
+struct AVTreeNode *av_tree_node_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Find an element.
+ * @param root a pointer to the root node of the tree
+ * @param next If next is not NULL, then next[0] will contain the previous
+ * element and next[1] the next element. If either does not exist,
+ * then the corresponding entry in next is unchanged.
+ * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree,
+ * API identical to that of Standard C's qsort
+ * It is guaranteed that the first and only the first argument to cmp()
+ * will be the key parameter to av_tree_find(), thus it could if the
+ * user wants, be a different type (like an opaque context).
+ * @return An element with cmp(key, elem) == 0 or NULL if no such element
+ * exists in the tree.
+ */
+void *av_tree_find(const struct AVTreeNode *root, void *key,
+ int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), void *next[2]);
+
+/**
+ * Insert or remove an element.
+ *
+ * If *next is NULL, then the supplied element will be removed if it exists.
+ * If *next is non-NULL, then the supplied element will be inserted, unless
+ * it already exists in the tree.
+ *
+ * @param rootp A pointer to a pointer to the root node of the tree; note that
+ * the root node can change during insertions, this is required
+ * to keep the tree balanced.
+ * @param key pointer to the element key to insert in the tree
+ * @param next Used to allocate and free AVTreeNodes. For insertion the user
+ * must set it to an allocated and zeroed object of at least
+ * av_tree_node_size bytes size. av_tree_insert() will set it to
+ * NULL if it has been consumed.
+ * For deleting elements *next is set to NULL by the user and
+ * av_tree_insert() will set it to the AVTreeNode which was
+ * used for the removed element.
+ * This allows the use of flat arrays, which have
+ * lower overhead compared to many malloced elements.
+ * You might want to define a function like:
+ * @code
+ * void *tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key,
+ * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b),
+ * AVTreeNode **next)
+ * {
+ * if (!*next)
+ * *next = av_mallocz(av_tree_node_size);
+ * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next);
+ * }
+ * void *tree_remove(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key,
+ * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b, AVTreeNode **next))
+ * {
+ * av_freep(next);
+ * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, API identical
+ * to that of Standard C's qsort
+ * @return If no insertion happened, the found element; if an insertion or
+ * removal happened, then either key or NULL will be returned.
+ * Which one it is depends on the tree state and the implementation. You
+ * should make no assumptions that it's one or the other in the code.
+ */
+void *av_tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key,
+ int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b),
+ struct AVTreeNode **next);
+
+void av_tree_destroy(struct AVTreeNode *t);
+
+/**
+ * Apply enu(opaque, &elem) to all the elements in the tree in a given range.
+ *
+ * @param cmp a comparison function that returns < 0 for an element below the
+ * range, > 0 for an element above the range and == 0 for an
+ * element inside the range
+ *
+ * @note The cmp function should use the same ordering used to construct the
+ * tree.
+ */
+void av_tree_enumerate(struct AVTreeNode *t, void *opaque,
+ int (*cmp)(void *opaque, void *elem),
+ int (*enu)(void *opaque, void *elem));
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TREE_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/twofish.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/twofish.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..67f359e88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/twofish.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*
+ * An implementation of the TwoFish algorithm
+ * Copyright (c) 2015 Supraja Meedinti
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H
+#define AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @brief Public header for libavutil TWOFISH algorithm
+ * @defgroup lavu_twofish TWOFISH
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_twofish_size;
+
+struct AVTWOFISH;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVTWOFISH context
+ * To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
+ */
+struct AVTWOFISH *av_twofish_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVTWOFISH context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context
+ * @param key a key of size ranging from 1 to 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption
+ * @param key_bits number of keybits: 128, 192, 256 If less than the required, padded with zeroes to nearest valid value; return value is 0 if key_bits is 128/192/256, -1 if less than 0, 1 otherwise
+ */
+int av_twofish_init(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 16 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_twofish_crypt(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/tx.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/tx.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..064edbc09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/tx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TX_H
+#define AVUTIL_TX_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+typedef struct AVTXContext AVTXContext;
+
+typedef struct AVComplexFloat {
+ float re, im;
+} AVComplexFloat;
+
+typedef struct AVComplexDouble {
+ double re, im;
+} AVComplexDouble;
+
+typedef struct AVComplexInt32 {
+ int32_t re, im;
+} AVComplexInt32;
+
+enum AVTXType {
+ /**
+ * Standard complex to complex FFT with sample data type of AVComplexFloat,
+ * AVComplexDouble or AVComplexInt32, for each respective variant.
+ *
+ * Output is not 1/len normalized. Scaling currently unsupported.
+ * The stride parameter must be set to the size of a single sample in bytes.
+ */
+ AV_TX_FLOAT_FFT = 0,
+ AV_TX_DOUBLE_FFT = 2,
+ AV_TX_INT32_FFT = 4,
+
+ /**
+ * Standard MDCT with a sample data type of float, double or int32_t,
+ * respecively. For the float and int32 variants, the scale type is
+ * 'float', while for the double variant, it's 'double'.
+ * If scale is NULL, 1.0 will be used as a default.
+ *
+ * Length is the frame size, not the window size (which is 2x frame).
+ * For forward transforms, the stride specifies the spacing between each
+ * sample in the output array in bytes. The input must be a flat array.
+ *
+ * For inverse transforms, the stride specifies the spacing between each
+ * sample in the input array in bytes. The output must be a flat array.
+ *
+ * NOTE: the inverse transform is half-length, meaning the output will not
+ * contain redundant data. This is what most codecs work with. To do a full
+ * inverse transform, set the AV_TX_FULL_IMDCT flag on init.
+ */
+ AV_TX_FLOAT_MDCT = 1,
+ AV_TX_DOUBLE_MDCT = 3,
+ AV_TX_INT32_MDCT = 5,
+
+ /**
+ * Real to complex and complex to real DFTs.
+ * For the float and int32 variants, the scale type is 'float', while for
+ * the double variant, it's a 'double'. If scale is NULL, 1.0 will be used
+ * as a default.
+ *
+ * For forward transforms (R2C), stride must be the spacing between two
+ * samples in bytes. For inverse transforms, the stride must be set
+ * to the spacing between two complex values in bytes.
+ *
+ * The forward transform performs a real-to-complex DFT of N samples to
+ * N/2+1 complex values.
+ *
+ * The inverse transform performs a complex-to-real DFT of N/2+1 complex
+ * values to N real samples. The output is not normalized, but can be
+ * made so by setting the scale value to 1.0/len.
+ * NOTE: the inverse transform always overwrites the input.
+ */
+ AV_TX_FLOAT_RDFT = 6,
+ AV_TX_DOUBLE_RDFT = 7,
+ AV_TX_INT32_RDFT = 8,
+
+ /**
+ * Real to real (DCT) transforms.
+ *
+ * The forward transform is a DCT-II.
+ * The inverse transform is a DCT-III.
+ *
+ * The input array is always overwritten. DCT-III requires that the
+ * input be padded with 2 extra samples. Stride must be set to the
+ * spacing between two samples in bytes.
+ */
+ AV_TX_FLOAT_DCT = 9,
+ AV_TX_DOUBLE_DCT = 10,
+ AV_TX_INT32_DCT = 11,
+
+ /* Not part of the API, do not use */
+ AV_TX_NB,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Function pointer to a function to perform the transform.
+ *
+ * @note Using a different context than the one allocated during av_tx_init()
+ * is not allowed.
+ *
+ * @param s the transform context
+ * @param out the output array
+ * @param in the input array
+ * @param stride the input or output stride in bytes
+ *
+ * The out and in arrays must be aligned to the maximum required by the CPU
+ * architecture unless the AV_TX_UNALIGNED flag was set in av_tx_init().
+ * The stride must follow the constraints the transform type has specified.
+ */
+typedef void (*av_tx_fn)(AVTXContext *s, void *out, void *in, ptrdiff_t stride);
+
+/**
+ * Flags for av_tx_init()
+ */
+enum AVTXFlags {
+ /**
+ * Allows for in-place transformations, where input == output.
+ * May be unsupported or slower for some transform types.
+ */
+ AV_TX_INPLACE = 1ULL << 0,
+
+ /**
+ * Relaxes alignment requirement for the in and out arrays of av_tx_fn().
+ * May be slower with certain transform types.
+ */
+ AV_TX_UNALIGNED = 1ULL << 1,
+
+ /**
+ * Performs a full inverse MDCT rather than leaving out samples that can be
+ * derived through symmetry. Requires an output array of 'len' floats,
+ * rather than the usual 'len/2' floats.
+ * Ignored for all transforms but inverse MDCTs.
+ */
+ AV_TX_FULL_IMDCT = 1ULL << 2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a transform context with the given configuration
+ * (i)MDCTs with an odd length are currently not supported.
+ *
+ * @param ctx the context to allocate, will be NULL on error
+ * @param tx pointer to the transform function pointer to set
+ * @param type type the type of transform
+ * @param inv whether to do an inverse or a forward transform
+ * @param len the size of the transform in samples
+ * @param scale pointer to the value to scale the output if supported by type
+ * @param flags a bitmask of AVTXFlags or 0
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_tx_init(AVTXContext **ctx, av_tx_fn *tx, enum AVTXType type,
+ int inv, int len, const void *scale, uint64_t flags);
+
+/**
+ * Frees a context and sets *ctx to NULL, does nothing when *ctx == NULL.
+ */
+void av_tx_uninit(AVTXContext **ctx);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TX_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/uuid.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/uuid.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..748b7ed3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/uuid.h
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2022 Pierre-Anthony Lemieux <[email protected]>
+ * Zane van Iperen <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * UUID parsing and serialization utilities.
+ * The library treats the UUID as an opaque sequence of 16 unsigned bytes,
+ * i.e. ignoring the internal layout of the UUID, which depends on the type
+ * of the UUID.
+ *
+ * @author Pierre-Anthony Lemieux <[email protected]>
+ * @author Zane van Iperen <[email protected]>
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_UUID_H
+#define AVUTIL_UUID_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define AV_PRI_UUID \
+ "%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-" \
+ "%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx"
+
+#define AV_PRI_URN_UUID \
+ "urn:uuid:%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-" \
+ "%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx"
+
+/* AV_UUID_ARG() is used together with AV_PRI_UUID() or AV_PRI_URN_UUID
+ * to print UUIDs, e.g.
+ * av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_DEBUG, "UUID: " AV_PRI_UUID, AV_UUID_ARG(uuid));
+ */
+#define AV_UUID_ARG(x) \
+ (x)[ 0], (x)[ 1], (x)[ 2], (x)[ 3], \
+ (x)[ 4], (x)[ 5], (x)[ 6], (x)[ 7], \
+ (x)[ 8], (x)[ 9], (x)[10], (x)[11], \
+ (x)[12], (x)[13], (x)[14], (x)[15]
+
+#define AV_UUID_LEN 16
+
+/* Binary representation of a UUID */
+typedef uint8_t AVUUID[AV_UUID_LEN];
+
+/**
+ * Parses a string representation of a UUID formatted according to IETF RFC 4122
+ * into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive. The string must be 37
+ * characters long, including the terminating NUL character.
+ *
+ * Example string representation: "2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696"
+ *
+ * @param[in] in String representation of a UUID,
+ * e.g. 2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696
+ * @param[out] uu AVUUID
+ * @return A non-zero value in case of an error.
+ */
+int av_uuid_parse(const char *in, AVUUID uu);
+
+/**
+ * Parses a URN representation of a UUID, as specified at IETF RFC 4122,
+ * into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive. The string must be 46
+ * characters long, including the terminating NUL character.
+ *
+ * Example string representation: "urn:uuid:2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696"
+ *
+ * @param[in] in URN UUID
+ * @param[out] uu AVUUID
+ * @return A non-zero value in case of an error.
+ */
+int av_uuid_urn_parse(const char *in, AVUUID uu);
+
+/**
+ * Parses a string representation of a UUID formatted according to IETF RFC 4122
+ * into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive.
+ *
+ * @param[in] in_start Pointer to the first character of the string representation
+ * @param[in] in_end Pointer to the character after the last character of the
+ * string representation. That memory location is never
+ * accessed. It is an error if `in_end - in_start != 36`.
+ * @param[out] uu AVUUID
+ * @return A non-zero value in case of an error.
+ */
+int av_uuid_parse_range(const char *in_start, const char *in_end, AVUUID uu);
+
+/**
+ * Serializes a AVUUID into a string representation according to IETF RFC 4122.
+ * The string is lowercase and always 37 characters long, including the
+ * terminating NUL character.
+ *
+ * @param[in] uu AVUUID
+ * @param[out] out Pointer to an array of no less than 37 characters.
+ */
+void av_uuid_unparse(const AVUUID uu, char *out);
+
+/**
+ * Compares two UUIDs for equality.
+ *
+ * @param[in] uu1 AVUUID
+ * @param[in] uu2 AVUUID
+ * @return Nonzero if uu1 and uu2 are identical, 0 otherwise
+ */
+static inline int av_uuid_equal(const AVUUID uu1, const AVUUID uu2)
+{
+ return memcmp(uu1, uu2, AV_UUID_LEN) == 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Copies the bytes of src into dest.
+ *
+ * @param[out] dest AVUUID
+ * @param[in] src AVUUID
+ */
+static inline void av_uuid_copy(AVUUID dest, const AVUUID src)
+{
+ memcpy(dest, src, AV_UUID_LEN);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Sets a UUID to the nil UUID, i.e. a UUID with have all
+ * its 128 bits set to zero.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] uu UUID to be set to the nil UUID
+ */
+static inline void av_uuid_nil(AVUUID uu)
+{
+ memset(uu, 0, AV_UUID_LEN);
+}
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_UUID_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/version.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/version.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e8ec60434
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu
+ * Libavutil version macros
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H
+#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H
+
+#include "macros.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup version_utils
+ *
+ * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain
+ * backward compatibility.
+ *
+ * The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to
+ * Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/)
+ * The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg
+ * and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100.
+ * Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master.
+ *
+ * Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to
+ * avoid aliassing different git master checkouts.
+ * Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy
+ * a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch.
+ * That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100
+ * for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new
+ * point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib
+ * versions.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) ((a)<<16 | (b)<<8 | (c))
+#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c
+#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c)
+
+/**
+ * Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned
+ * by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version()
+ */
+#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16)
+#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a) & 0x00FF00) >> 8)
+#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a) & 0xFF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics
+ *
+ * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime
+ * which version of libavutil is in use.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 58
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 2
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION)
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ *
+ * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
+ * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
+ * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FF_API_FIFO_PEEK2 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#define FF_API_FIFO_OLD_API (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#define FF_API_XVMC (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#define FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#define FF_API_AV_FOPEN_UTF8 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#define FF_API_PKT_DURATION (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#define FF_API_REORDERED_OPAQUE (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#define FF_API_FRAME_PICTURE_NUMBER (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/video_enc_params.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/video_enc_params.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fc0c3bc1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/video_enc_params.h
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H
+#define AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/avassert.h"
+#include "libavutil/frame.h"
+
+enum AVVideoEncParamsType {
+ AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_NONE = -1,
+ /**
+ * VP9 stores:
+ * - per-frame base (luma AC) quantizer index, exported as AVVideoEncParams.qp
+ * - deltas for luma DC, chroma AC and chroma DC, exported in the
+ * corresponding entries in AVVideoEncParams.delta_qp
+ * - per-segment delta, exported as for each block as AVVideoBlockParams.delta_qp
+ *
+ * To compute the resulting quantizer index for a block:
+ * - for luma AC, add the base qp and the per-block delta_qp, saturating to
+ * unsigned 8-bit.
+ * - for luma DC and chroma AC/DC, add the corresponding
+ * AVVideoBlockParams.delta_qp to the luma AC index, again saturating to
+ * unsigned 8-bit.
+ */
+ AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_VP9,
+
+ /**
+ * H.264 stores:
+ * - in PPS (per-picture):
+ * * initial QP_Y (luma) value, exported as AVVideoEncParams.qp
+ * * delta(s) for chroma QP values (same for both, or each separately),
+ * exported as in the corresponding entries in AVVideoEncParams.delta_qp
+ * - per-slice QP delta, not exported directly, added to the per-MB value
+ * - per-MB delta; not exported directly; the final per-MB quantizer
+ * parameter - QP_Y - minus the value in AVVideoEncParams.qp is exported
+ * as AVVideoBlockParams.qp_delta.
+ */
+ AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H264,
+
+ /*
+ * MPEG-2-compatible quantizer.
+ *
+ * Summing the frame-level qp with the per-block delta_qp gives the
+ * resulting quantizer for the block.
+ */
+ AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_MPEG2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Video encoding parameters for a given frame. This struct is allocated along
+ * with an optional array of per-block AVVideoBlockParams descriptors.
+ * Must be allocated with av_video_enc_params_alloc().
+ */
+typedef struct AVVideoEncParams {
+ /**
+ * Number of blocks in the array.
+ *
+ * May be 0, in which case no per-block information is present. In this case
+ * the values of blocks_offset / block_size are unspecified and should not
+ * be accessed.
+ */
+ unsigned int nb_blocks;
+ /**
+ * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which the array
+ * of blocks starts.
+ */
+ size_t blocks_offset;
+ /*
+ * Size of each block in bytes. May not match sizeof(AVVideoBlockParams).
+ */
+ size_t block_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Type of the parameters (the codec they are used with).
+ */
+ enum AVVideoEncParamsType type;
+
+ /**
+ * Base quantisation parameter for the frame. The final quantiser for a
+ * given block in a given plane is obtained from this value, possibly
+ * combined with {@code delta_qp} and the per-block delta in a manner
+ * documented for each type.
+ */
+ int32_t qp;
+
+ /**
+ * Quantisation parameter offset from the base (per-frame) qp for a given
+ * plane (first index) and AC/DC coefficients (second index).
+ */
+ int32_t delta_qp[4][2];
+} AVVideoEncParams;
+
+/**
+ * Data structure for storing block-level encoding information.
+ * It is allocated as a part of AVVideoEncParams and should be retrieved with
+ * av_video_enc_params_block().
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVVideoBlockParams) is not a part of the ABI and new fields may be
+ * added to it.
+ */
+typedef struct AVVideoBlockParams {
+ /**
+ * Distance in luma pixels from the top-left corner of the visible frame
+ * to the top-left corner of the block.
+ * Can be negative if top/right padding is present on the coded frame.
+ */
+ int src_x, src_y;
+ /**
+ * Width and height of the block in luma pixels.
+ */
+ int w, h;
+
+ /**
+ * Difference between this block's final quantization parameter and the
+ * corresponding per-frame value.
+ */
+ int32_t delta_qp;
+} AVVideoBlockParams;
+
+/*
+ * Get the block at the specified {@code idx}. Must be between 0 and nb_blocks.
+ */
+static av_always_inline AVVideoBlockParams*
+av_video_enc_params_block(AVVideoEncParams *par, unsigned int idx)
+{
+ av_assert0(idx < par->nb_blocks);
+ return (AVVideoBlockParams *)((uint8_t *)par + par->blocks_offset +
+ idx * par->block_size);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Allocates memory for AVVideoEncParams of the given type, plus an array of
+ * {@code nb_blocks} AVVideoBlockParams and initializes the variables. Can be
+ * freed with a normal av_free() call.
+ *
+ * @param out_size if non-NULL, the size in bytes of the resulting data array is
+ * written here.
+ */
+AVVideoEncParams *av_video_enc_params_alloc(enum AVVideoEncParamsType type,
+ unsigned int nb_blocks, size_t *out_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocates memory for AVEncodeInfoFrame plus an array of
+ * {@code nb_blocks} AVEncodeInfoBlock in the given AVFrame {@code frame}
+ * as AVFrameSideData of type AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS
+ * and initializes the variables.
+ */
+AVVideoEncParams*
+av_video_enc_params_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVVideoEncParamsType type,
+ unsigned int nb_blocks);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/xtea.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/xtea.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..735427c10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libavutil/xtea.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/*
+ * A 32-bit implementation of the XTEA algorithm
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_XTEA_H
+#define AVUTIL_XTEA_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @brief Public header for libavutil XTEA algorithm
+ * @defgroup lavu_xtea XTEA
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVXTEA {
+ uint32_t key[16];
+} AVXTEA;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVXTEA context.
+ */
+AVXTEA *av_xtea_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVXTEA context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVXTEA context
+ * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption,
+ * interpreted as big endian 32 bit numbers
+ */
+void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVXTEA context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVXTEA context
+ * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption,
+ * interpreted as little endian 32 bit numbers
+ */
+void av_xtea_le_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context,
+ * in big endian format.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVXTEA context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_xtea_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
+ int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context,
+ * in little endian format.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVXTEA context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_xtea_le_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
+ int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_XTEA_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswresample/swresample.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswresample/swresample.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d4dcaebdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswresample/swresample.h
@@ -0,0 +1,650 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Michael Niedermayer ([email protected])
+ *
+ * This file is part of libswresample
+ *
+ * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H
+#define SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lswr
+ * libswresample public header
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lswr libswresample
+ * @{
+ *
+ * Audio resampling, sample format conversion and mixing library.
+ *
+ * Interaction with lswr is done through SwrContext, which is
+ * allocated with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts2(). It is opaque, so all parameters
+ * must be set with the @ref avoptions API.
+ *
+ * The first thing you will need to do in order to use lswr is to allocate
+ * SwrContext. This can be done with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts2(). If you
+ * are using the former, you must set options through the @ref avoptions API.
+ * The latter function provides the same feature, but it allows you to set some
+ * common options in the same statement.
+ *
+ * For example the following code will setup conversion from planar float sample
+ * format to interleaved signed 16-bit integer, downsampling from 48kHz to
+ * 44.1kHz and downmixing from 5.1 channels to stereo (using the default mixing
+ * matrix). This is using the swr_alloc() function.
+ * @code
+ * SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc();
+ * av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "in_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, 0);
+ * av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "out_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, 0);
+ * av_opt_set_int(swr, "in_sample_rate", 48000, 0);
+ * av_opt_set_int(swr, "out_sample_rate", 44100, 0);
+ * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "in_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, 0);
+ * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "out_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * The same job can be done using swr_alloc_set_opts2() as well:
+ * @code
+ * SwrContext *swr = NULL;
+ * int ret = swr_alloc_set_opts2(&swr, // we're allocating a new context
+ * &(AVChannelLayout)AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO, // out_ch_layout
+ * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, // out_sample_fmt
+ * 44100, // out_sample_rate
+ * &(AVChannelLayout)AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1, // in_ch_layout
+ * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, // in_sample_fmt
+ * 48000, // in_sample_rate
+ * 0, // log_offset
+ * NULL); // log_ctx
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * Once all values have been set, it must be initialized with swr_init(). If
+ * you need to change the conversion parameters, you can change the parameters
+ * using @ref avoptions, as described above in the first example; or by using
+ * swr_alloc_set_opts2(), but with the first argument the allocated context.
+ * You must then call swr_init() again.
+ *
+ * The conversion itself is done by repeatedly calling swr_convert().
+ * Note that the samples may get buffered in swr if you provide insufficient
+ * output space or if sample rate conversion is done, which requires "future"
+ * samples. Samples that do not require future input can be retrieved at any
+ * time by using swr_convert() (in_count can be set to 0).
+ * At the end of conversion the resampling buffer can be flushed by calling
+ * swr_convert() with NULL in and 0 in_count.
+ *
+ * The samples used in the conversion process can be managed with the libavutil
+ * @ref lavu_sampmanip "samples manipulation" API, including av_samples_alloc()
+ * function used in the following example.
+ *
+ * The delay between input and output, can at any time be found by using
+ * swr_get_delay().
+ *
+ * The following code demonstrates the conversion loop assuming the parameters
+ * from above and caller-defined functions get_input() and handle_output():
+ * @code
+ * uint8_t **input;
+ * int in_samples;
+ *
+ * while (get_input(&input, &in_samples)) {
+ * uint8_t *output;
+ * int out_samples = av_rescale_rnd(swr_get_delay(swr, 48000) +
+ * in_samples, 44100, 48000, AV_ROUND_UP);
+ * av_samples_alloc(&output, NULL, 2, out_samples,
+ * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0);
+ * out_samples = swr_convert(swr, &output, out_samples,
+ * input, in_samples);
+ * handle_output(output, out_samples);
+ * av_freep(&output);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * When the conversion is finished, the conversion
+ * context and everything associated with it must be freed with swr_free().
+ * A swr_close() function is also available, but it exists mainly for
+ * compatibility with libavresample, and is not required to be called.
+ *
+ * There will be no memory leak if the data is not completely flushed before
+ * swr_free().
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h"
+#include "libavutil/frame.h"
+#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
+
+#include "libswresample/version_major.h"
+#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version
+ * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including
+ * the full version information. */
+#include "libswresample/version.h"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @name Option constants
+ * These constants are used for the @ref avoptions interface for lswr.
+ * @{
+ *
+ */
+
+#define SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE 1 ///< Force resampling even if equal sample rate
+//TODO use int resample ?
+//long term TODO can we enable this dynamically?
+
+/** Dithering algorithms */
+enum SwrDitherType {
+ SWR_DITHER_NONE = 0,
+ SWR_DITHER_RECTANGULAR,
+ SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR,
+ SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR_HIGHPASS,
+
+ SWR_DITHER_NS = 64, ///< not part of API/ABI
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_LIPSHITZ,
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_F_WEIGHTED,
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_MODIFIED_E_WEIGHTED,
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_IMPROVED_E_WEIGHTED,
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_SHIBATA,
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_LOW_SHIBATA,
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_HIGH_SHIBATA,
+ SWR_DITHER_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI
+};
+
+/** Resampling Engines */
+enum SwrEngine {
+ SWR_ENGINE_SWR, /**< SW Resampler */
+ SWR_ENGINE_SOXR, /**< SoX Resampler */
+ SWR_ENGINE_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI
+};
+
+/** Resampling Filter Types */
+enum SwrFilterType {
+ SWR_FILTER_TYPE_CUBIC, /**< Cubic */
+ SWR_FILTER_TYPE_BLACKMAN_NUTTALL, /**< Blackman Nuttall windowed sinc */
+ SWR_FILTER_TYPE_KAISER, /**< Kaiser windowed sinc */
+};
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The libswresample context. Unlike libavcodec and libavformat, this structure
+ * is opaque. This means that if you would like to set options, you must use
+ * the @ref avoptions API and cannot directly set values to members of the
+ * structure.
+ */
+typedef struct SwrContext SwrContext;
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for SwrContext. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ * @return the AVClass of SwrContext
+ */
+const AVClass *swr_get_class(void);
+
+/**
+ * @name SwrContext constructor functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Allocate SwrContext.
+ *
+ * If you use this function you will need to set the parameters (manually or
+ * with swr_alloc_set_opts2()) before calling swr_init().
+ *
+ * @see swr_alloc_set_opts2(), swr_init(), swr_free()
+ * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise
+ */
+struct SwrContext *swr_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize context after user parameters have been set.
+ * @note The context must be configured using the AVOption API.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_set_int()
+ * @see av_opt_set_dict()
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] s Swr context to initialize
+ * @return AVERROR error code in case of failure.
+ */
+int swr_init(struct SwrContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Check whether an swr context has been initialized or not.
+ *
+ * @param[in] s Swr context to check
+ * @see swr_init()
+ * @return positive if it has been initialized, 0 if not initialized
+ */
+int swr_is_initialized(struct SwrContext *s);
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+/**
+ * Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters.
+ *
+ * This function does not require s to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the
+ * other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts() to set the parameters
+ * on the allocated context.
+ *
+ * @param s existing Swr context if available, or NULL if not
+ * @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*)
+ * @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*).
+ * @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz)
+ * @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*)
+ * @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*).
+ * @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz)
+ * @param log_offset logging level offset
+ * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL
+ *
+ * @see swr_init(), swr_free()
+ * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise
+ * @deprecated use @ref swr_alloc_set_opts2()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+struct SwrContext *swr_alloc_set_opts(struct SwrContext *s,
+ int64_t out_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat out_sample_fmt, int out_sample_rate,
+ int64_t in_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat in_sample_fmt, int in_sample_rate,
+ int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters.
+ *
+ * This function does not require *ps to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the
+ * other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts2() to set the parameters
+ * on the allocated context.
+ *
+ * @param ps Pointer to an existing Swr context if available, or to NULL if not.
+ * On success, *ps will be set to the allocated context.
+ * @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (e.g. AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_*)
+ * @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*).
+ * @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz)
+ * @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (e.g. AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_*)
+ * @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*).
+ * @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz)
+ * @param log_offset logging level offset
+ * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL
+ *
+ * @see swr_init(), swr_free()
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on error.
+ * On error, the Swr context is freed and *ps set to NULL.
+ */
+int swr_alloc_set_opts2(struct SwrContext **ps,
+ const AVChannelLayout *out_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat out_sample_fmt, int out_sample_rate,
+ const AVChannelLayout *in_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat in_sample_fmt, int in_sample_rate,
+ int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+/**
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @name SwrContext destructor functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Free the given SwrContext and set the pointer to NULL.
+ *
+ * @param[in] s a pointer to a pointer to Swr context
+ */
+void swr_free(struct SwrContext **s);
+
+/**
+ * Closes the context so that swr_is_initialized() returns 0.
+ *
+ * The context can be brought back to life by running swr_init(),
+ * swr_init() can also be used without swr_close().
+ * This function is mainly provided for simplifying the usecase
+ * where one tries to support libavresample and libswresample.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] s Swr context to be closed
+ */
+void swr_close(struct SwrContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @name Core conversion functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** Convert audio.
+ *
+ * in and in_count can be set to 0 to flush the last few samples out at the
+ * end.
+ *
+ * If more input is provided than output space, then the input will be buffered.
+ * You can avoid this buffering by using swr_get_out_samples() to retrieve an
+ * upper bound on the required number of output samples for the given number of
+ * input samples. Conversion will run directly without copying whenever possible.
+ *
+ * @param s allocated Swr context, with parameters set
+ * @param out output buffers, only the first one need be set in case of packed audio
+ * @param out_count amount of space available for output in samples per channel
+ * @param in input buffers, only the first one need to be set in case of packed audio
+ * @param in_count number of input samples available in one channel
+ *
+ * @return number of samples output per channel, negative value on error
+ */
+int swr_convert(struct SwrContext *s, uint8_t **out, int out_count,
+ const uint8_t **in , int in_count);
+
+/**
+ * Convert the next timestamp from input to output
+ * timestamps are in 1/(in_sample_rate * out_sample_rate) units.
+ *
+ * @note There are 2 slightly differently behaving modes.
+ * @li When automatic timestamp compensation is not used, (min_compensation >= FLT_MAX)
+ * in this case timestamps will be passed through with delays compensated
+ * @li When automatic timestamp compensation is used, (min_compensation < FLT_MAX)
+ * in this case the output timestamps will match output sample numbers.
+ * See ffmpeg-resampler(1) for the two modes of compensation.
+ *
+ * @param[in] s initialized Swr context
+ * @param[in] pts timestamp for the next input sample, INT64_MIN if unknown
+ * @see swr_set_compensation(), swr_drop_output(), and swr_inject_silence() are
+ * function used internally for timestamp compensation.
+ * @return the output timestamp for the next output sample
+ */
+int64_t swr_next_pts(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t pts);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @name Low-level option setting functions
+ * These functons provide a means to set low-level options that is not possible
+ * with the AVOption API.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Activate resampling compensation ("soft" compensation). This function is
+ * internally called when needed in swr_next_pts().
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context. If it is not initialized,
+ * or SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE is not set, swr_init() is
+ * called with the flag set.
+ * @param[in] sample_delta delta in PTS per sample
+ * @param[in] compensation_distance number of samples to compensate for
+ * @return >= 0 on success, AVERROR error codes if:
+ * @li @c s is NULL,
+ * @li @c compensation_distance is less than 0,
+ * @li @c compensation_distance is 0 but sample_delta is not,
+ * @li compensation unsupported by resampler, or
+ * @li swr_init() fails when called.
+ */
+int swr_set_compensation(struct SwrContext *s, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance);
+
+/**
+ * Set a customized input channel mapping.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized
+ * @param[in] channel_map customized input channel mapping (array of channel
+ * indexes, -1 for a muted channel)
+ * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure.
+ */
+int swr_set_channel_mapping(struct SwrContext *s, const int *channel_map);
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+/**
+ * Generate a channel mixing matrix.
+ *
+ * This function is the one used internally by libswresample for building the
+ * default mixing matrix. It is made public just as a utility function for
+ * building custom matrices.
+ *
+ * @param in_layout input channel layout
+ * @param out_layout output channel layout
+ * @param center_mix_level mix level for the center channel
+ * @param surround_mix_level mix level for the surround channel(s)
+ * @param lfe_mix_level mix level for the low-frequency effects channel
+ * @param rematrix_maxval if 1.0, coefficients will be normalized to prevent
+ * overflow. if INT_MAX, coefficients will not be
+ * normalized.
+ * @param[out] matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is
+ * the weight of input channel i in output channel o.
+ * @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the
+ * matrix array
+ * @param matrix_encoding matrixed stereo downmix mode (e.g. dplii)
+ * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
+ * @deprecated use @ref swr_build_matrix2()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int swr_build_matrix(uint64_t in_layout, uint64_t out_layout,
+ double center_mix_level, double surround_mix_level,
+ double lfe_mix_level, double rematrix_maxval,
+ double rematrix_volume, double *matrix,
+ int stride, enum AVMatrixEncoding matrix_encoding,
+ void *log_ctx);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Generate a channel mixing matrix.
+ *
+ * This function is the one used internally by libswresample for building the
+ * default mixing matrix. It is made public just as a utility function for
+ * building custom matrices.
+ *
+ * @param in_layout input channel layout
+ * @param out_layout output channel layout
+ * @param center_mix_level mix level for the center channel
+ * @param surround_mix_level mix level for the surround channel(s)
+ * @param lfe_mix_level mix level for the low-frequency effects channel
+ * @param rematrix_maxval if 1.0, coefficients will be normalized to prevent
+ * overflow. if INT_MAX, coefficients will not be
+ * normalized.
+ * @param[out] matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is
+ * the weight of input channel i in output channel o.
+ * @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the
+ * matrix array
+ * @param matrix_encoding matrixed stereo downmix mode (e.g. dplii)
+ * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int swr_build_matrix2(const AVChannelLayout *in_layout, const AVChannelLayout *out_layout,
+ double center_mix_level, double surround_mix_level,
+ double lfe_mix_level, double maxval,
+ double rematrix_volume, double *matrix,
+ ptrdiff_t stride, enum AVMatrixEncoding matrix_encoding,
+ void *log_context);
+
+/**
+ * Set a customized remix matrix.
+ *
+ * @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized
+ * @param matrix remix coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is
+ * the weight of input channel i in output channel o
+ * @param stride offset between lines of the matrix
+ * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure.
+ */
+int swr_set_matrix(struct SwrContext *s, const double *matrix, int stride);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @name Sample handling functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Drops the specified number of output samples.
+ *
+ * This function, along with swr_inject_silence(), is called by swr_next_pts()
+ * if needed for "hard" compensation.
+ *
+ * @param s allocated Swr context
+ * @param count number of samples to be dropped
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int swr_drop_output(struct SwrContext *s, int count);
+
+/**
+ * Injects the specified number of silence samples.
+ *
+ * This function, along with swr_drop_output(), is called by swr_next_pts()
+ * if needed for "hard" compensation.
+ *
+ * @param s allocated Swr context
+ * @param count number of samples to be dropped
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int swr_inject_silence(struct SwrContext *s, int count);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the delay the next input sample will experience relative to the next output sample.
+ *
+ * Swresample can buffer data if more input has been provided than available
+ * output space, also converting between sample rates needs a delay.
+ * This function returns the sum of all such delays.
+ * The exact delay is not necessarily an integer value in either input or
+ * output sample rate. Especially when downsampling by a large value, the
+ * output sample rate may be a poor choice to represent the delay, similarly
+ * for upsampling and the input sample rate.
+ *
+ * @param s swr context
+ * @param base timebase in which the returned delay will be:
+ * @li if it's set to 1 the returned delay is in seconds
+ * @li if it's set to 1000 the returned delay is in milliseconds
+ * @li if it's set to the input sample rate then the returned
+ * delay is in input samples
+ * @li if it's set to the output sample rate then the returned
+ * delay is in output samples
+ * @li if it's the least common multiple of in_sample_rate and
+ * out_sample_rate then an exact rounding-free delay will be
+ * returned
+ * @returns the delay in 1 / @c base units.
+ */
+int64_t swr_get_delay(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t base);
+
+/**
+ * Find an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert
+ * call will output, if called with in_samples of input samples. This
+ * depends on the internal state, and anything changing the internal state
+ * (like further swr_convert() calls) will may change the number of samples
+ * swr_get_out_samples() returns for the same number of input samples.
+ *
+ * @param in_samples number of input samples.
+ * @note any call to swr_inject_silence(), swr_convert(), swr_next_pts()
+ * or swr_set_compensation() invalidates this limit
+ * @note it is recommended to pass the correct available buffer size
+ * to all functions like swr_convert() even if swr_get_out_samples()
+ * indicates that less would be used.
+ * @returns an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert
+ * will output or a negative value to indicate an error
+ */
+int swr_get_out_samples(struct SwrContext *s, int in_samples);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @name Configuration accessors
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return the @ref LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT constant.
+ *
+ * This is useful to check if the build-time libswresample has the same version
+ * as the run-time one.
+ *
+ * @returns the unsigned int-typed version
+ */
+unsigned swresample_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the swr build-time configuration.
+ *
+ * @returns the build-time @c ./configure flags
+ */
+const char *swresample_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the swr license.
+ *
+ * @returns the license of libswresample, determined at build-time
+ */
+const char *swresample_license(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @name AVFrame based API
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Convert the samples in the input AVFrame and write them to the output AVFrame.
+ *
+ * Input and output AVFrames must have channel_layout, sample_rate and format set.
+ *
+ * If the output AVFrame does not have the data pointers allocated the nb_samples
+ * field will be set using av_frame_get_buffer()
+ * is called to allocate the frame.
+ *
+ * The output AVFrame can be NULL or have fewer allocated samples than required.
+ * In this case, any remaining samples not written to the output will be added
+ * to an internal FIFO buffer, to be returned at the next call to this function
+ * or to swr_convert().
+ *
+ * If converting sample rate, there may be data remaining in the internal
+ * resampling delay buffer. swr_get_delay() tells the number of
+ * remaining samples. To get this data as output, call this function or
+ * swr_convert() with NULL input.
+ *
+ * If the SwrContext configuration does not match the output and
+ * input AVFrame settings the conversion does not take place and depending on
+ * which AVFrame is not matching AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED, AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED
+ * or the result of a bitwise-OR of them is returned.
+ *
+ * @see swr_delay()
+ * @see swr_convert()
+ * @see swr_get_delay()
+ *
+ * @param swr audio resample context
+ * @param output output AVFrame
+ * @param input input AVFrame
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure or nonmatching
+ * configuration.
+ */
+int swr_convert_frame(SwrContext *swr,
+ AVFrame *output, const AVFrame *input);
+
+/**
+ * Configure or reconfigure the SwrContext using the information
+ * provided by the AVFrames.
+ *
+ * The original resampling context is reset even on failure.
+ * The function calls swr_close() internally if the context is open.
+ *
+ * @see swr_close();
+ *
+ * @param swr audio resample context
+ * @param out output AVFrame
+ * @param in input AVFrame
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure.
+ */
+int swr_config_frame(SwrContext *swr, const AVFrame *out, const AVFrame *in);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswresample/version.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswresample/version.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..31ecf6fff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswresample/version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*
+ * Version macros.
+ *
+ * This file is part of libswresample
+ *
+ * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H
+#define SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Libswresample version macros
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/version.h"
+
+#include "version_major.h"
+
+#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 10
+#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_BUILD LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_IDENT "SwR" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION)
+
+#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswresample/version_major.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswresample/version_major.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7f265c207
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswresample/version_major.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/*
+ * Version macros.
+ *
+ * This file is part of libswresample
+ *
+ * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR_H
+#define SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Libswresample version macros
+ */
+
+#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 4
+
+#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswscale/swscale.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswscale/swscale.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9d4612aaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswscale/swscale.h
@@ -0,0 +1,436 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H
+#define SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libsws
+ * external API header
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+#include "libavutil/frame.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
+#include "version_major.h"
+#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version
+ * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including
+ * the full version information. */
+#include "version.h"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup libsws libswscale
+ * Color conversion and scaling library.
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned swscale_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libswscale build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *swscale_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libswscale license.
+ */
+const char *swscale_license(void);
+
+/* values for the flags, the stuff on the command line is different */
+#define SWS_FAST_BILINEAR 1
+#define SWS_BILINEAR 2
+#define SWS_BICUBIC 4
+#define SWS_X 8
+#define SWS_POINT 0x10
+#define SWS_AREA 0x20
+#define SWS_BICUBLIN 0x40
+#define SWS_GAUSS 0x80
+#define SWS_SINC 0x100
+#define SWS_LANCZOS 0x200
+#define SWS_SPLINE 0x400
+
+#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_MASK 0x30000
+#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_SHIFT 16
+
+#define SWS_PARAM_DEFAULT 123456
+
+#define SWS_PRINT_INFO 0x1000
+
+//the following 3 flags are not completely implemented
+//internal chrominance subsampling info
+#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT 0x2000
+//input subsampling info
+#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP 0x4000
+#define SWS_DIRECT_BGR 0x8000
+#define SWS_ACCURATE_RND 0x40000
+#define SWS_BITEXACT 0x80000
+#define SWS_ERROR_DIFFUSION 0x800000
+
+#define SWS_MAX_REDUCE_CUTOFF 0.002
+
+#define SWS_CS_ITU709 1
+#define SWS_CS_FCC 4
+#define SWS_CS_ITU601 5
+#define SWS_CS_ITU624 5
+#define SWS_CS_SMPTE170M 5
+#define SWS_CS_SMPTE240M 7
+#define SWS_CS_DEFAULT 5
+#define SWS_CS_BT2020 9
+
+/**
+ * Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace
+ * suitable for sws_setColorspaceDetails().
+ *
+ * @param colorspace One of the SWS_CS_* macros. If invalid,
+ * SWS_CS_DEFAULT is used.
+ */
+const int *sws_getCoefficients(int colorspace);
+
+// when used for filters they must have an odd number of elements
+// coeffs cannot be shared between vectors
+typedef struct SwsVector {
+ double *coeff; ///< pointer to the list of coefficients
+ int length; ///< number of coefficients in the vector
+} SwsVector;
+
+// vectors can be shared
+typedef struct SwsFilter {
+ SwsVector *lumH;
+ SwsVector *lumV;
+ SwsVector *chrH;
+ SwsVector *chrV;
+} SwsFilter;
+
+struct SwsContext;
+
+/**
+ * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0
+ * otherwise.
+ */
+int sws_isSupportedInput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0
+ * otherwise.
+ */
+int sws_isSupportedOutput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
+ * @return a positive value if an endianness conversion for pix_fmt is
+ * supported, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+int sws_isSupportedEndiannessConversion(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an empty SwsContext. This must be filled and passed to
+ * sws_init_context(). For filling see AVOptions, options.c and
+ * sws_setColorspaceDetails().
+ */
+struct SwsContext *sws_alloc_context(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the swscaler context sws_context.
+ *
+ * @return zero or positive value on success, a negative value on
+ * error
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int sws_init_context(struct SwsContext *sws_context, SwsFilter *srcFilter, SwsFilter *dstFilter);
+
+/**
+ * Free the swscaler context swsContext.
+ * If swsContext is NULL, then does nothing.
+ */
+void sws_freeContext(struct SwsContext *swsContext);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and return an SwsContext. You need it to perform
+ * scaling/conversion operations using sws_scale().
+ *
+ * @param srcW the width of the source image
+ * @param srcH the height of the source image
+ * @param srcFormat the source image format
+ * @param dstW the width of the destination image
+ * @param dstH the height of the destination image
+ * @param dstFormat the destination image format
+ * @param flags specify which algorithm and options to use for rescaling
+ * @param param extra parameters to tune the used scaler
+ * For SWS_BICUBIC param[0] and [1] tune the shape of the basis
+ * function, param[0] tunes f(1) and param[1] f´(1)
+ * For SWS_GAUSS param[0] tunes the exponent and thus cutoff
+ * frequency
+ * For SWS_LANCZOS param[0] tunes the width of the window function
+ * @return a pointer to an allocated context, or NULL in case of error
+ * @note this function is to be removed after a saner alternative is
+ * written
+ */
+struct SwsContext *sws_getContext(int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat,
+ int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat,
+ int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter,
+ SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param);
+
+/**
+ * Scale the image slice in srcSlice and put the resulting scaled
+ * slice in the image in dst. A slice is a sequence of consecutive
+ * rows in an image.
+ *
+ * Slices have to be provided in sequential order, either in
+ * top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in
+ * non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined.
+ *
+ * @param c the scaling context previously created with
+ * sws_getContext()
+ * @param srcSlice the array containing the pointers to the planes of
+ * the source slice
+ * @param srcStride the array containing the strides for each plane of
+ * the source image
+ * @param srcSliceY the position in the source image of the slice to
+ * process, that is the number (counted starting from
+ * zero) in the image of the first row of the slice
+ * @param srcSliceH the height of the source slice, that is the number
+ * of rows in the slice
+ * @param dst the array containing the pointers to the planes of
+ * the destination image
+ * @param dstStride the array containing the strides for each plane of
+ * the destination image
+ * @return the height of the output slice
+ */
+int sws_scale(struct SwsContext *c, const uint8_t *const srcSlice[],
+ const int srcStride[], int srcSliceY, int srcSliceH,
+ uint8_t *const dst[], const int dstStride[]);
+
+/**
+ * Scale source data from src and write the output to dst.
+ *
+ * This is merely a convenience wrapper around
+ * - sws_frame_start()
+ * - sws_send_slice(0, src->height)
+ * - sws_receive_slice(0, dst->height)
+ * - sws_frame_end()
+ *
+ * @param c The scaling context
+ * @param dst The destination frame. See documentation for sws_frame_start() for
+ * more details.
+ * @param src The source frame.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int sws_scale_frame(struct SwsContext *c, AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the scaling process for a given pair of source/destination frames.
+ * Must be called before any calls to sws_send_slice() and sws_receive_slice().
+ *
+ * This function will retain references to src and dst, so they must both use
+ * refcounted buffers (if allocated by the caller, in case of dst).
+ *
+ * @param c The scaling context
+ * @param dst The destination frame.
+ *
+ * The data buffers may either be already allocated by the caller or
+ * left clear, in which case they will be allocated by the scaler.
+ * The latter may have performance advantages - e.g. in certain cases
+ * some output planes may be references to input planes, rather than
+ * copies.
+ *
+ * Output data will be written into this frame in successful
+ * sws_receive_slice() calls.
+ * @param src The source frame. The data buffers must be allocated, but the
+ * frame data does not have to be ready at this point. Data
+ * availability is then signalled by sws_send_slice().
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ *
+ * @see sws_frame_end()
+ */
+int sws_frame_start(struct SwsContext *c, AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Finish the scaling process for a pair of source/destination frames previously
+ * submitted with sws_frame_start(). Must be called after all sws_send_slice()
+ * and sws_receive_slice() calls are done, before any new sws_frame_start()
+ * calls.
+ *
+ * @param c The scaling context
+ */
+void sws_frame_end(struct SwsContext *c);
+
+/**
+ * Indicate that a horizontal slice of input data is available in the source
+ * frame previously provided to sws_frame_start(). The slices may be provided in
+ * any order, but may not overlap. For vertically subsampled pixel formats, the
+ * slices must be aligned according to subsampling.
+ *
+ * @param c The scaling context
+ * @param slice_start first row of the slice
+ * @param slice_height number of rows in the slice
+ *
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int sws_send_slice(struct SwsContext *c, unsigned int slice_start,
+ unsigned int slice_height);
+
+/**
+ * Request a horizontal slice of the output data to be written into the frame
+ * previously provided to sws_frame_start().
+ *
+ * @param c The scaling context
+ * @param slice_start first row of the slice; must be a multiple of
+ * sws_receive_slice_alignment()
+ * @param slice_height number of rows in the slice; must be a multiple of
+ * sws_receive_slice_alignment(), except for the last slice
+ * (i.e. when slice_start+slice_height is equal to output
+ * frame height)
+ *
+ * @return a non-negative number if the data was successfully written into the output
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more input data needs to be provided before the
+ * output can be produced
+ * another negative AVERROR code on other kinds of scaling failure
+ */
+int sws_receive_slice(struct SwsContext *c, unsigned int slice_start,
+ unsigned int slice_height);
+
+/**
+ * Get the alignment required for slices
+ *
+ * @param c The scaling context
+ * @return alignment required for output slices requested with sws_receive_slice().
+ * Slice offsets and sizes passed to sws_receive_slice() must be
+ * multiples of the value returned from this function.
+ */
+unsigned int sws_receive_slice_alignment(const struct SwsContext *c);
+
+/**
+ * @param c the scaling context
+ * @param dstRange flag indicating the while-black range of the output (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg)
+ * @param srcRange flag indicating the while-black range of the input (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg)
+ * @param table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the output yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x]
+ * @param inv_table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the input yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x]
+ * @param brightness 16.16 fixed point brightness correction
+ * @param contrast 16.16 fixed point contrast correction
+ * @param saturation 16.16 fixed point saturation correction
+ *
+ * @return A negative error code on error, non negative otherwise.
+ * If `LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 7`, returns -1 if not supported.
+ */
+int sws_setColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, const int inv_table[4],
+ int srcRange, const int table[4], int dstRange,
+ int brightness, int contrast, int saturation);
+
+/**
+ * @return A negative error code on error, non negative otherwise.
+ * If `LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 7`, returns -1 if not supported.
+ */
+int sws_getColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, int **inv_table,
+ int *srcRange, int **table, int *dstRange,
+ int *brightness, int *contrast, int *saturation);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and return an uninitialized vector with length coefficients.
+ */
+SwsVector *sws_allocVec(int length);
+
+/**
+ * Return a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff
+ * quality = 3 is high quality, lower is lower quality.
+ */
+SwsVector *sws_getGaussianVec(double variance, double quality);
+
+/**
+ * Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value.
+ */
+void sws_scaleVec(SwsVector *a, double scalar);
+
+/**
+ * Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height.
+ */
+void sws_normalizeVec(SwsVector *a, double height);
+
+void sws_freeVec(SwsVector *a);
+
+SwsFilter *sws_getDefaultFilter(float lumaGBlur, float chromaGBlur,
+ float lumaSharpen, float chromaSharpen,
+ float chromaHShift, float chromaVShift,
+ int verbose);
+void sws_freeFilter(SwsFilter *filter);
+
+/**
+ * Check if context can be reused, otherwise reallocate a new one.
+ *
+ * If context is NULL, just calls sws_getContext() to get a new
+ * context. Otherwise, checks if the parameters are the ones already
+ * saved in context. If that is the case, returns the current
+ * context. Otherwise, frees context and gets a new context with
+ * the new parameters.
+ *
+ * Be warned that srcFilter and dstFilter are not checked, they
+ * are assumed to remain the same.
+ */
+struct SwsContext *sws_getCachedContext(struct SwsContext *context,
+ int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat,
+ int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat,
+ int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter,
+ SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32 bits.
+ *
+ * The output frame will have the same packed format as the palette.
+ *
+ * @param src source frame buffer
+ * @param dst destination frame buffer
+ * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert
+ * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src
+ */
+void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits.
+ *
+ * With the palette format "ABCD", the destination frame ends up with the format "ABC".
+ *
+ * @param src source frame buffer
+ * @param dst destination frame buffer
+ * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert
+ * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src
+ */
+void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for swsContext. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *sws_get_class(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswscale/version.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswscale/version.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4e54701ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswscale/version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef SWSCALE_VERSION_H
+#define SWSCALE_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * swscale version macros
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/version.h"
+
+#include "version_major.h"
+
+#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 1
+#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBSWSCALE_BUILD LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBSWSCALE_IDENT "SwS" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION)
+
+#endif /* SWSCALE_VERSION_H */
diff --git a/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswscale/version_major.h b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswscale/version_major.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..88577a2b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make/stub_includes/ffmpeg/v0600/libswscale/version_major.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef SWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR_H
+#define SWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * swscale version macros
+ */
+
+#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 7
+
+/**
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ */
+
+#endif /* SWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR_H */